AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 26, 1998
REGISTRATION NO. 333-51713
================================================================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS FINANCE, INC.
(EXACT NAMES OF REGISTRANTS AS SPECIFIED IN THEIR CHARTERS)
4922
4922
(PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL
CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBERS)
DELAWARE 76-0558052
DELAWARE 76-0573998
(STATES OR OTHER JURISDICTIONS OF (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NOS.)
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)
16420 PARK 10 PLACE
SUITE 420
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77084
(281) 597-6777
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
REGISTRANTS' PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
See "Table of Additional Registrants" on the following page for information
related to the Subsidiary Guarantors of the securities offered hereby.
------------------------
ANTHONY J. CLARK
16420 PARK 10 PLACE
SUITE 420
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77084
(281) 597-6777
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
------------------------
COPY TO:
STEPHEN A. MASSAD
BAKER & BOTTS, L.L.P.
910 LOUISIANA
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002
------------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
PUBLIC: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes
effective.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
------------------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE>
TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS
TO
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-4 REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, L.L.C.
EGAN HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
EGAN HUB PARTNERS, L.L.C.
DELAWARE 4922 76-0458010
DELAWARE 4922 76-0573996
DELAWARE 4922 76-0458004
DELAWARE 4922 76-0573997
(STATES OR OTHER (PRIMARY STANDARD (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
JURISDICTIONS OF INDUSTRIAL IDENTIFICATION NOS.)
INCORPORATION OR CLASSIFICATION CODE
ORGANIZATION) NUMBERS)
16420 PARK 10 PLACE
SUITE 420
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77084
(281) 597-6777
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
REGISTRANTS' PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
------------------------
ANTHONY J. CLARK
16420 PARK 10 PLACE
SUITE 420
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77084
(281) 597-6777
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
------------------------
COPY TO:
STEPHEN A. MASSAD
BAKER & BOTTS, L.L.P.
910 LOUISIANA
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002
<PAGE>
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 26, 1998
PROSPECTUS
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS FINANCE, INC.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE 8 1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008 FOR ANY AND
ALL OUTSTANDING 8 1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008
($115,000,000 IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OUTSTANDING)
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON
, 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED.
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("MHP
Storage"), and its wholly owned subsidiary, Market Hub Partners Finance, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation ("Finance Corp.", and, together with MHP Storage, the
"Issuers"), hereby offer (the "Exchange Offer"), upon the terms and
conditions set forth in this Prospectus (the "Prospectus") and the
accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), to exchange
$1,000 principal amount of their 8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2008 (the "Exchange
Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a Registration Statement of which
this Prospectus is a part, for each $1,000 principal amount of their outstanding
8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2008 (the "Old Notes" and, together with the Exchange
Notes, the "Notes"), of which $115,000,000 principal amount is outstanding as
of the date hereof. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the
form and terms of the Old Notes (which they are intended to replace) except for
certain transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the Old Notes.
See "The Exchange Offer". The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as
the Old Notes (which they are intended to replace) and will be issued under and
be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture (the "Indenture") dated March 1,
1998 among the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined herein) and IBJ
Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), governing the
Notes. See "The Exchange Offer" and "Description of Exchange Notes".
Interest on the Exchange Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on
March 1 and September 1 of each year, commencing September 1, 1998. The Exchange
Notes will mature on March 1, 2008. The Issuers will not be required to make any
mandatory sinking fund or redemption payments with respect to the Exchange
Notes. The Exchange Notes will be redeemable at the option of MHP Storage, in
whole or in part, at any time on or after March 1, 2003, at the redemption
prices set forth herein. The Issuers may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate
principal amount of Exchange Notes at MHP Storage's option, at any time on or
prior to March 1, 2001, at a redemption price equal to 108.25% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages (as
defined herein), if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of
one or more Public Equity Offerings (as defined herein); provided, that at least
$74.75 million of the aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes originally
issued remains outstanding after such redemption. See "Description of Exchange
Notes -- Optional Redemption".
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined herein), the Issuers
will be required to make an offer to repurchase all or any part of each holder's
Exchange Notes at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the
(COVER TEXT CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
------------------------
SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 17 FOR A DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN RISKS TO BE
CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND AN INVESTMENT IN THE
EXCHANGE NOTES.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION
OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO
THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
The date of this Prospectus is , 1998.
<PAGE>
date of purchase. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will have,
or will have access to, sufficient funds, or will be permitted by its other debt
agreements, to purchase the Exchange Notes upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control. See "Description of Exchange Notes -- Certain Covenants -- Change of
Control".
The Exchange Notes offered hereby (the "Exchange Offering") will be
general unsecured joint and several obligations of the Issuers and will be fully
and unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior unsecured basis (the "Subsidiary
Guarantees"), jointly and severally, by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors (as
defined herein) to the extent set forth in the Indenture. The Exchange Notes and
each Subsidiary Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to all secured
obligations of the Issuers and the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent
of the assets securing such obligations. MHP Storage has entered into the New
Credit Facility (as defined herein) pursuant to which MHP Storage is permitted
to borrow up to $20.0 million of secured Indebtedness (as defined herein) from
time to time. At December 31, 1997, on a pro forma basis assuming that the Old
Notes Offering (as defined herein) and the application of the net proceeds
therefrom had occurred on such date, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors
would have had no outstanding Indebtedness other than the Old Notes. The
Indenture permits MHP Storage and its subsidiaries (including Finance Corp. and
the Subsidiary Guarantors) to incur additional indebtedness, subject to certain
limitations.
The Issuers will accept for exchange any and all Old Notes validly tendered
and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York time, on
, 1998, unless extended by the Issuers in their sole
discretion (the "Expiration Date"). Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at
any time prior to 5:00 p.m. on the Expiration Date. The Exchange Offer is
subject to certain customary conditions. The Old Notes were sold by the Issuers
on March 4, 1998 to the Initial Purchaser (as defined herein) in a transaction
not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption under the
Securities Act. The Initial Purchaser subsequently placed the Old Notes with
qualified institutional buyers in reliance upon Rule 144A under the Securities
Act. Accordingly, the Old Notes may not be reoffered, resold or otherwise
transferred unless registered under the Securities Act or unless an applicable
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available.
The Exchange Notes are being offered hereunder in order to satisfy the
obligations of the Issuers under the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined
herein) entered into by the Issuers in connection with the Old Notes Offering.
See "The Exchange Offer".
Based on no-action letters issued by the staff of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") to third parties, the Issuers believe
the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any holder thereof (other than any
such holder that is an "affiliate" of the Issuers or of any Subsidiary
Guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary
course of such holder's business and such holder has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such
Exchange Notes. See "The Exchange Offer -- Purpose and Effect of the Exchange
Offer" and "-- Resale of the Exchange Notes". Each broker-dealer (a
"Participating Broker-Dealer") that receives Exchange Notes for its own
account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of
Transmittal states that, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, any purchaser of Old Notes who is an "affiliate" of the Issuers or
of any Subsidiary Guarantor who intends to participate in the Exchange Offer for
the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it
may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Participating
Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities. The Issuers have agreed that they will make this Prospectus
available to any Participating Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such
resale. See "Plan of Distribution".
2
<PAGE>
There has not previously been any public market for the Old Notes or the
Exchange Notes. Although the Initial Purchaser has informed the Issuers that it
currently intends to make a market in the Exchange Notes, it is not obligated to
do so, and any such market-making activities with respect to the Exchange Notes
may be discontinued at any time without notice. The Issuers do not intend to
list the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange or to seek approval for
quotation through any automated quotation system.
Any Old Notes not tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer will remain
outstanding and will be entitled to all the rights and will be subject to the
limitations applicable thereto under the Indenture. Following consummation of
the Exchange Offer, the holders of Old Notes will continue to be subject to the
existing restrictions upon transfer thereof, and the Issuers will have no
further obligation to such holders to provide for registration under the
Securities Act of the Old Notes held by such holders. To the extent that Old
Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, a holder's ability to
sell untendered Old Notes could be adversely affected. See "Risk
Factors -- Exchange Offer Procedures" and "Exchange Offer -- Consequences of
Failure to Exchange".
The Exchange Notes will be available initially only in book-entry form. The
Issuers expect that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to this Exchange Offer
will be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes (as defined herein),
which will be deposited with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company (the
"Depositary") and registered in its name or in the name of Cede & Co., its
nominee. Beneficial interests in a Global Note representing the Exchange Notes
will be shown on, and transfers thereof will be effected through, records
maintained by the Depositary and its participants. After the initial issuance of
the Global Notes, Exchange Notes in certificated form will be issued in exchange
for a Global Note only on the terms set forth in the Indenture. See
"Description of Exchange Notes -- Book Entry, Delivery and Form".
THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE RELATED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CONTAIN IMPORTANT
INFORMATION. HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES ARE URGED TO READ THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE
RELATED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CAREFULLY BEFORE DECIDING WHETHER TO TENDER THEIR
OLD NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
This Prospectus, together with the Letter of Transmittal, is being sent to
all registered holders of Old Notes as of , 1998.
The Issuers will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the
Exchange Notes offered hereby. No dealer-manager is being used in connection
with this Exchange Offer. The Issuers will pay all expenses incurred by it
incident to the Exchange Offer. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Plan of
Distribution".
THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS NOT BEING MADE TO, NOR WILL TENDERS BE ACCEPTED FROM
OR ON BEHALF OF, HOLDERS OF THE OLD NOTES IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE
MAKING OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER OR ACCEPTANCE THEREOF WOULD NOT BE IN COMPLIANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION OR WOULD OTHERWISE NOT BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH
ANY PROVISION OF ANY APPLICABLE SECURITY LAW.
3
<PAGE>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Issuers have filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-4 (the "Exchange Offer Registration Statement", which term shall encompass
all amendments, exhibits and schedules thereto) pursuant to the Securities Act,
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, covering the Exchange
Notes being offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the
information set forth in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. For further
information with respect to the Company (as defined herein) and the Exchange
Offer, reference is made to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. With
respect to each contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, reference is made to the exhibit referred
to herein, that is the complete text of the document or matter involved, and
each such statement shall be deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference.
The Exchange Offer Registration Statement, including the exhibits thereto, can
be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission at Judiciary Plaza, Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549; the Chicago Regional Office, Suite 1400, 500 West Madison Street,
Northwest Atrium Center, Chicago, Illinois 60661; and the New York Regional
Office, Suite 1300, 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048. Copies of
such material also can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed
rates. The Commission maintains a Web site on the Internet that contains
reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding
registrants that file electronically with the Commission. The address of this
site on the Internet is http://www.sec.gov.
As a result of the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with
the Commission, the Issuers will become subject to the informational
requirements of Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act"), and, in accordance therewith, will be required to file
periodic reports and other information with the Commission for so long as they
are subject to such requirements. In addition, MHP Storage has agreed that,
whether or not it is required to do so by the rules and regulations of the
Commission, it will file with the Commission (unless the Commission would not
accept such filing) and distribute to holders of the Notes, copies of the annual
reports and quarterly reports and other information, documents and reports that
MHP Storage would be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13
of the Exchange Act, if it were subject to such requirements. MHP Storage will
also make such information available to prospective purchasers of the Old Notes
or the Exchange Notes, as applicable, securities analysts and broker-dealers
upon their request. In addition, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors have
agreed to furnish to holders of Old Notes, and prospective purchasers of Old
Notes designated by such holders, the information required to be delivered
pursuant to Rule 144A (d) (4) under the Securities Act, until such time as the
Issuers have exchanged such Old Notes for Exchange Notes.
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements regarding the
intent, belief and current expectations of the Company's management. Although
the Company believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking
statements are reasonable, it can give no assurance that such expectations will
prove to be correct. Generally, these statements relate to business plans or
strategies, projected or anticipated benefits or other consequences of such
plans or strategies, or projections involving anticipated revenues, expenses,
earnings, levels of capital expenditures or other aspects of operating results.
The operations of the Company are subject to a number of uncertainties, risks
and other influences, many of which are outside the control of the Company and
any one of which, or a combination of which, could materially affect the results
of the Company's operations and whether the forward-looking statements made by
the Company ultimately prove to be accurate. Important factors that could cause
actual results to differ materially from the Company's expectations are
disclosed in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus. The Company
assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.
4
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER MATTERS
A "market hub" is a geographic location at which there is a natural gas
storage facility and a convergence of multiple pipeline interconnections. The
term "Bcf" means billion cubic feet of natural gas; "MMcf" means million
cubic feet of natural gas; and "Mcf" means thousand cubic feet of natural gas.
The term "MMBtu" means million British Thermal Units. For purposes of this
Prospectus, contract amounts assume one million Btu per thousand cubic feet of
natural gas. "FERC" is the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission. Injection and
withdrawal capacities are presented in average volumes (Mcf, MMcf or Bcf) of
natural gas per day. A significant factor affecting injection capacity is the
pressure of the natural gas stored in the cavern. The nominal or average
injection rates are increased or decreased if actual cavern pressures are below
or above pressures used in determining the average injection rates. Withdrawal
capacity is limited by the capacity of pipeline metering stations that take
natural gas away from the storage facility, which in turn is limited by pipeline
operating pressures and sizes. Pad gas is a volume of gas needed as permanent
inventory in a salt cavern storage facility to maintain adequate pressure for
deliverability rates and cavern integrity. Storage capacities of salt caverns
are estimated by sonar and various other techniques and are presented herein on
an estimated basis.
5
<PAGE>
SUMMARY
THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE READ
IN CONJUNCTION WITH, THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL DATA, INCLUDING
THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO, APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED HEREIN, REFERENCES TO THE "COMPANY" SHALL
MEAN MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P. ("MHP STORAGE") TOGETHER WITH MHP
STORAGE'S SUBSIDIARIES, MARKET HUB PARTNERS FINANCE, INC. ("FINANCE CORP."),
MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, L.P. ("MOSS BLUFF"), EGAN HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
("EGAN") AND THE GENERAL PARTNERS OF MOSS BLUFF AND EGAN, TAKEN AS A WHOLE;
REFERENCES TO THE "ISSUERS" SHALL MEAN MHP STORAGE AND FINANCE CORP.,
COLLECTIVELY; AND REFERENCES TO THE "SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS" SHALL MEAN MOSS
BLUFF, EGAN AND THEIR RESPECTIVE GENERAL PARTNERS, COLLECTIVELY.
THE COMPANY
Based on publicly available information, the Company believes it is the
largest owner and operator of high deliverability salt cavern natural gas
storage capacity in North America. The Company's Moss Bluff and Egan facilities,
located near Houston, Texas and in Acadia Parish, Louisiana, respectively, are
strategically positioned at industry-recognized market hubs near the convergence
of major natural gas pipelines and serve as aggregation points for natural gas
collected along the Texas and Louisiana Gulf Coast. Both of the Company's
facilities have bidirectional interconnects to five pipelines, which form hub
and spoke systems and enable the Company to provide its customers with storage
and other services that allow better management of their variable gas load
requirements. At December 31, 1997, the Company's two facilities maintained
approximately 16.0 Bcf of natural gas storage capacity, 94% of which was leased
under storage contracts with major utilities, pipeline companies, local
distribution companies, natural gas producers and natural gas marketers. These
storage contracts provide a minimum level of revenues regardless of usage by the
customer. The Company supplements these revenues by providing a variety of load
management services ("hub services"). For the year ended December 31, 1997,
the Company had revenues of $27.5 million and Adjusted EBITDA (as defined
herein) of $19.1 million.
The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Market Hub Partners, L.P.
("MHP"), which was formed in December 1994. MHP is owned by subsidiaries of
PacifiCorp, NIPSCO Industries, Inc., DPL Inc. and Public Service Enterprise
Group, Inc., all of which are large utilities or utility holding companies.
MHP's owners currently lease approximately 50% of the Company's storage
capacity. The remaining storage capacity is leased to third parties under
contracts with, among others, subsidiaries or divisions of Houston Industries
Incorporated, El Paso Natural Gas Company, The Coastal Corporation and
Consolidated Natural Gas Company. In order to accommodate the current market
demand for the Company's services, the Company has recently commenced additional
construction at both of its facilities to expand the aggregate working gas
capacity from approximately 16.0 Bcf to approximately 24.0 Bcf. The Company
believes that incremental capacity expansions result in high rates of return due
to the relatively low capital expenditures required to add new capacity and
deliverability and the relatively low incremental costs associated with
operating the new capacity.
The Company's salt cavern storage facilities offer significant advantages
over conventional reservoir natural gas storage facilities. In conventional
reservoir storage, which includes both depleted natural gas reservoirs and
aquifers, natural gas is injected for approximately 200 to 250 days per year
when demand is lower and withdrawn during the 100 to 150 days per year in the
winter months when demand is higher. While a reservoir storage facility
typically converts from injection to withdrawal once or twice a year, a salt
cavern facility is capable of switching from injection to withdrawal several
times a day. In addition, each of the Company's salt cavern facilities is
designed to permit withdrawal of all the working gas in such facility in periods
as short as ten days. Conventional storage facilities are typically depleted oil
and gas reservoirs which, depending on their size and permeability, permit
withdrawal of all working gas in periods ranging from 80 to 150 days. This
flexibility allows salt cavern storage customers to better manage unpredictable
load variances throughout the year, including short duration load swings, such
as those attributable to
6
<PAGE>
intraday heating and air conditioning demand, and to serve peak demand during
major supply interruption events, such as hurricanes and the loss of production
due to extremely cold weather.
INDUSTRY
The demand for the storage services provided by the Company has been
enhanced by the partial deregulation of the natural gas industry. In 1985, the
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission ("FERC") commenced restructuring the
regulation of interstate pipelines, requiring them to grant transportation
access to any creditworthy shipper, including producers and other marketers, on
an open access, nondiscriminatory basis. In April 1992, the FERC issued Order
636, which enabled a user to purchase natural gas from a number of sources and
arrange for transportation and delivery to one or more pipelines which act as
open access carriers and which do not take title to the natural gas transported.
This unbundling of services has created significant opportunities for the
Company to compete with pipelines and other providers of storage of natural gas
and has created opportunities for those who can help gas move most efficiently
to where it is needed. Strategic interconnects combined with storage in the
pipeline grid, or "market hubs", enhance transmission efficiency. Gas produced
can flow to a market hub, from which it can be dispatched to a variety of
locations. Since not all markets peak at the same time, serving the combined
peak loads of pipelines as a group requires substantially less total
deliverability than serving the peak deliverability needs of pipelines
individually.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Company plans to continue to grow its revenue base and to improve its
profitability and cash flow through the implementation of the following key
business strategies:
o OFFER SUPERIOR DELIVERABILITY AND FLEXIBILITY
The Company's marketing strategy emphasizes the high deliverability and
flexibility of its salt cavern storage facilities relative to conventional
reservoir natural gas storage and targets those customers whose storage and
delivery needs are more variable. For example, salt cavern storage can be
used by utilities as "peaking" facilities to rapidly meet short-swing
surges in demand. Salt cavern storage can allow local distribution companies
to reserve a supply of natural gas at a storage facility that can be
delivered quickly, reducing the need to purchase gas on short notice at peak
prices. Natural gas marketing companies and natural gas production companies
can use salt cavern facilities to store natural gas when prices are low and
withdraw natural gas when prices increase. A salt cavern's flexible injection
and withdrawal capabilities can allow pipeline companies to increase
operating efficiencies and reduce compressor fuel usage through physically
balancing pipeline receipts and deliveries.
o GENERATE STABLE REVENUES AND CASH FLOWS THROUGH DEMAND STORAGE CONTRACTS
The Company's primary source of revenues is demand storage contracts, in
which the Company leases storage capacity to customers on a firm basis for
periods ranging from one year to 20 years. Prices per Bcf of storage capacity
and the amount of storage capacity to be leased are generally fixed at the
inception of the contract. Accordingly, these storage contracts, which have a
remaining weighted average life of approximately 7.7 years as of December 31,
1997, provide a relatively stable source of revenues and cash flows, since
the customer is required to pay a minimum level of storage fees regardless of
usage. In 1997, approximately 86% of the Company's total revenues were
generated from the minimum fees under demand storage contracts.
o OPTIMIZE REVENUES AND OPERATING EFFICIENCIES BY OFFERING HUB SERVICES
The Company offers a variety of load management services to its customers on
a short-term and "interruptible" basis to supplement its storage revenues.
These hub services include: (i) balancing services, which allow customers to
borrow or park gas for a limited time, (ii) wheeling services, which allow
customers to transfer gas from one pipeline to another through the Company's
surface interconnects, (iii) title transfer services, which allow customers
to effect the transfer of natural gas from one
7
<PAGE>
storage facility or pipeline to another without incurring unnecessary
transportation charges, (iv) imbalance services, which allow customers to
trade imbalances on a particular pipeline or between pipelines and (v)
loaning services, which allow customers to borrow natural gas from the
Company.
Since the Company's storage customers generally do not utilize 100% of
storage and/or withdrawal and injection capacities at all times, hub services
allow the Company to optimize revenues and operating efficiencies through the
use of unutilized and unsubscribed capacity. Hub services also provide an
opportunity to attract new customers and market longer-term demand-type
storage contracts to these new customers.
o CAPITALIZE ON FAVORABLE EXPANSION ECONOMICS BY SELECTIVELY EXPANDING CAPACITY
Due to the favorable economics associated with capacity expansion, the
Company evaluates increasing capacity at its current facilities when it has
leased close to 100% of storage capacity and demand for additional capacity
remains strong. The Company has previously expanded capacity six times. The
Company plans to use approximately $20.0 million of the proceeds of the Old
Notes Offering to expand capacity by 50%, from approximately 16.0 Bcf to
approximately 24.0 Bcf, and approximately $6.0 million to purchase
incremental pad gas associated with such expansion. The Company believes that
incremental capacity expansions result in high rates of return due to the
relatively low capital expenditures required to add new capacity and
deliverability and the relatively low incremental costs associated with
operating the new capacity. For example, approximately $158.4 million has
been invested in fixed assets to develop the Company's approximately 16.0 Bcf
of existing storage capacity, or approximately $9.9 million per Bcf. The
Company's current expansion plan projects an increase in capacity by 8.0 Bcf
for $20.0 million, requiring only $2.5 million per Bcf of additional
capacity.
o CONTINUE DEVELOPMENT OF INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGY TO IMPROVE OPERATING
EFFICIENCIES
The Company plans to maintain its focus on developing salt cavern storage
techniques that it believes to be state-of-the-art. Through a subsidiary of
its majority owner, PacifiCorp, the Company has maintained an extensive
technical relationship with Sandia National Laboratories, a leading source of
technology for hydrocarbon storage, and previously had an extensive technical
relationship with Gaz de France, a world leader in natural gas related
research and development. The cooperative effort in technology has been
primarily focused on salt cavern design, construction and operation. The use
of Solution Mining Under Gas ("SMUG") technology, which allows the expansion
of existing caverns without interrupting operations, provides the Company
with what it believes are cost and safety advantages.
THE OLD NOTES OFFERING
OLD NOTES............................... The Old Notes were sold by the
Issuers on March 4, 1998 to SBC
Warburg Dillon Read Inc. (the
"Initial Purchaser") pursuant to a
Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase
Agreement") dated February 27, 1998
(the "Old Notes Offering" and,
together with the Exchange Offering,
the "Offering"). The Initial
Purchaser subsequently resold the Old
Notes in the United States to
qualified institutional buyers in
reliance upon Rule 144A under the
Securities Act.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT........... Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement,
the Issuers, the Subsidiary
Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser
entered into a Registration Rights
Agreement dated March 4, 1998 (the
"Registration Rights Agreement"),
which grants the holders of the Old
Notes certain exchange and
registration rights. The Exchange
Offer is intended to satisfy such
exchange rights, which terminate upon
the consummation of the Exchange
Offer.
8
<PAGE>
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
SECURITIES OFFERED...................... $115,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of 8 1/4% Senior Notes due
2008 (the "Exchange Notes"). The
form and terms of the Exchange Notes
are identical in all material
respects to the form and terms of the
Old Notes except that the Exchange
Notes have been registered under the
Securities Act and will not contain
certain transfer restrictions and
hence are not entitled to certain
rights under the Registration Rights
Agreement, including the provisions
providing for the payment of
liquidated damages in certain
circumstances. The Exchange Notes
will evidence the same debt as the
Old Notes and will be issued under
and be entitled to the benefits of
the Indenture governing the Old
Notes. See "Description of Exchange
Notes".
THE EXCHANGE OFFER...................... $1,000 principal amount of the
Exchange Notes in exchange for each
$1,000 principal amount of
outstanding Old Notes. As of the date
hereof, $115,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of Old Notes are
issued and outstanding. The Issuers
will issue the Exchange Notes to
holders of Old Notes on or promptly
after the Expiration Date.
RESALE.................................. Based on interpretations by the staff
of the Commission set forth in
no-action letters issued to third
parties, and subject to the
immediately following sentence, the
Issuers believe that Exchange Notes
issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer
in exchange for Old Notes may be
offered for resale, resold and
otherwise transferred by any holder
thereof (other than (i) a
broker-dealer who purchased such Old
Notes directly from the Issuers for
resale pursuant to Rule 144A or any
other available exemption under the
Securities Act or (ii) a person that
is an "affiliate" of the Issuers or
of any Subsidiary Guarantor within
the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act) without compliance
with the registration and prospectus
delivery provisions of the Securi-
ties Act, provided that the holder is
acquiring such Exchange Notes in its
ordinary course of business and does
not intend to participate in, and has
no arrangement or understanding with
any person to participate in, the
distribution of such Exchange Notes.
However, any purchaser of Notes who
is an affiliate of the Issuers or of
any Subsidiary Guarantor or who
intends to participate in the
Exchange Offer for the purpose of
distributing the Exchange Notes, or
any broker-dealer who purchased the
Old Notes from the Issuers to resell
pursuant to Rule 144A or any other
available exemption under the
Securities Act, (i) will not be able
to rely on the interpretations by the
staff of the Commission set forth in
the above-mentioned no-action
letters, (ii) will not be able to
tender its Old Notes in the Exchange
Offer and (iii) must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any sale or transfer
of the Notes unless such sale or
transfer is made pursuant to an
exemption from such requirements. The
Issuers do not intend to seek their
own no-action letter, and there is no
assurance that the staff of the
Commission would make a similar
determination with respect to the
Exchange Notes as it has in such
no-action letters to third parties.
See "The Exchange Offer -- Resale of
Exchange Notes" and "Plan of
Distribution".
9
<PAGE>
EXPIRATION DATE......................... 5:00 p.m., New York time, on
, 1998, unless the
Exchange Offer is extended, in which
case the term "Expiration Date"
means the latest date and time to
which the Exchange Offer is extended.
See "The Exchange
Offer -- Expiration Date; Extensions;
Amendments".
INTEREST ON THE NOTES................... Each Exchange Note will bear interest
from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or duly
provided for on the Old Note
surrendered in exchange for such
Exchange Note or, if no interest has
been paid or duly provided for on
such Old Note, from March 4, 1998.
Interest on the Exchange Notes is
payable semi-annually on each March 1
and September 1, commencing on
September 1, 1998. Holders of Old
Notes whose Old Notes are accepted
for exchange will not receive
interest that is accrued and unpaid
on such Old Notes for any period from
and after the last date to which
interest has been paid or duly
provided for on the Old Notes prior
to the original issue date of the
Exchange Notes or, if no such
interest has been paid or duly
provided for, will not receive any
accrued interest on such Old Notes,
and will be deemed to have waived the
right to receive any interest on such
Old Notes, accrued from and after
March 4, 1998. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Interest on the Exchange
Notes".
ACCEPTANCE OF OLD NOTES AND DELIVERY OF
EXCHANGE NOTES........................ The Issuers will accept for exchange,
subject to the conditions described
under "The Exchange
Offer -- Conditions", any and all
Old Notes which are properly tendered
in the Exchange Offer prior to 5:00
p.m., New York time, on the
Expiration Date. The Exchange Notes
issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer
will be delivered promptly following
the Expiration Date. See "The
Exchange Offer -- Terms of the
Exchange Offer".
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING
OLD NOTES............................. Each holder of Old Notes wishing to
accept the Exchange Offer must
complete, sign and date the
accompanying Letter of Transmittal,
or a facsimile thereof, in accordance
with the instructions contained
herein and therein, and mail or
otherwise deliver such Letter of
Transmittal, or such facsimile,
together with the Old Notes and any
other required documentation to the
Exchange Agent (as defined herein) at
the address set forth in the Letter
of Transmittal. By executing the
Letter of Transmittal, each holder
will represent to the Issuers that,
among other things, (i) it is not an
affiliate of the Issuers or of any
Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) it is not
engaged in, and does not intend to
engage in, and has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to
participate in, a distribution of the
Exchange Notes, (iii) it is acquiring
the Exchange Notes in its ordinary
course of business and (iv) that any
person participating in the Exchange
Offer with the intention or for the
purpose of distributing the Exchange
Notes must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act,
and of the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder, in connection
with a secondary resale of the
Exchange Notes acquired by such
person and cannot rely on the
position of the staff of the
Commission. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Purpose and Effect of the
Exchange Offer" and "-- Procedures
for Tendering".
10
<PAGE>
SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR BENEFICIAL
HOLDERS............................... Any beneficial holder whose Old Notes
are registered in the name of a
broker, dealer, commercial bank,
trust company or other nominee and
who wishes to tender in the Exchange
Offer should contact the registered
holder promptly and instruct such
registered holder to tender on such
beneficial holder's behalf. If such
beneficial holder wishes to tender on
such beneficial holder's own behalf,
such beneficial holder must, prior to
completing and executing the Letter
of Transmittal and delivering its Old
Notes, either make appropriate
arrangements to register ownership of
the Old Notes in such beneficial
holder's name or obtain a properly
completed bond power from the
registered holder. The transfer of
registered ownership may take
considerable time. The Issuers will
keep the Exchange Offer open for not
less than twenty days in order to
provide for the transfer of
registered ownership. See "The
Exchange Offer -- Procedures for
Tendering".
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES.......... Holders of Old Notes who wish to
tender their Old Notes and (i) whose
Old Notes are not immediately
available, (ii) who cannot deliver
their Old Notes, the Letter of
Transmittal or any other required
documents to the Exchange Agent or
(iii) who cannot complete the
procedures for book-entry transfer,
prior to the Expiration Date, must
tender their Old Notes according to
the guaranteed delivery procedures
set forth in "The Exchange
Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Pro-
cedures".
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS....................... Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn
at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New
York time, on the Expiration Date,
unless previously accepted for
exchange. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Withdrawal of Tenders".
UNTENDERED OLD NOTES.................... Following the consummation of the
Exchange Offer, holders of Old Notes
eligible to participate but who do
not tender their Old Notes will not
have any further exchange rights, and
such Old Notes will continue to be
subject to certain restrictions on
transfer. Accordingly, the liquidity
of the market for such Old Notes
could be adversely affected. See
"The Exchange Offer -- Purpose and
Effect of the Exchange Offer".
11
<PAGE>
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE
TO EXCHANGE........................... The Old Notes that are not exchanged
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will
remain restricted securities.
Accordingly, such Old Notes may be
resold only (i) to the Issuers, (ii)
pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act,
(iii) pursuant to Rule 144A or Rule
144 under the Securities Act, (iv)
outside the United States to a
foreign person pursuant to the
requirements of Rule 904 under the
Securities Act, (v) to an
institutional "accredited investor"
as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act
who furnishes the Trustee with a
letter containing certain
representations and agreements and,
in the case of any transfer of
aggregate principal amount of Old
Notes of $100,000 or less, an opinion
of counsel, if the Issuers so
request, or (vi) pursuant to some
other exemption under the Securities
Act (and based on an opinion of
counsel, if the Issuers so request).
See "The Exchange
Offer -- Consequences of Failure to
Exchange".
USE OF PROCEEDS......................... There will be no cash proceeds to the
Issuers from the exchange pursuant to
the Exchange Offer.
EXCHANGE AGENT.......................... IBJ Schroder Bank and Trust Company,
the Trustee under the Indenture, is
serving as exchange agent (the
"Exchange Agent") in connection
with the Exchange Offer. The mailing
address of the Exchange Agent is IBJ
Schroder Bank & Trust Company, P.O.
Box 84, Bowling Green Station, New
York, New York 10274-0084. The
address for deliveries by overnight
courier and for hand deliveries is
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company,
One State Street, New York, New York
10004, Attn: Securities Processing
Window, Subcellar One (SC-1). For
assistance and requests for
additional copies of this Prospectus,
the Letter of Transmittal or the
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the
telephone number for the Exchange
Agent is (212) 858-2103, and the
facsimile number for the Exchange
Agent is (212) 858-2611.
THE EXCHANGE NOTES
GENERAL................................. The form and terms of the Exchange
Notes are the same as the form and
terms of the Old Notes (which they
are intended to replace) except that:
(i) the Exchange Notes have been
registered under the Securities Act
and, therefore, will not bear legends
restricting the transfer thereof and
(ii) the holders of Exchange Notes
will not be entitled to certain
rights under the Registration Rights
Agreement, including the provision
providing for an increase in the
interest rate on the Old Notes in
certain circumstances relating to the
timing of the Exchange Offer, which
rights will terminate when the
Exchange Offer is consummated. See
"The Exchange Offer -- Purpose and
Effect of the Exchange Offer". The
Exchange Notes will evidence the same
debt as the Old Notes and will be
entitled to the benefits of the
Indenture. See "Description of
Exchange Notes". The Old Notes and
the Exchange Notes are referred to
herein collectively as the "Notes".
12
<PAGE>
SECURITIES OFFERED...................... $115,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of 8 1/4% Senior Notes due
2008.
INTEREST RATE AND PAYMENT DATES......... The Exchange Notes will bear interest
at a rate of 8 1/4% per annum.
Interest on the Exchange Notes will
accrue from the date of issuance
thereof or from the most recent
Interest Payment Date (as defined
herein) to which interest has been
paid or provided for, payable
semi-annually in cash in arrears on
March 1 and September 1 of each year,
commencing September 1, 1998.
MATURITY DATE........................... March 1, 2008.
RANKING................................. The Exchange Notes will be senior
unsecured joint and several
obligations of the Issuers and will
rank PARI PASSU in right of payment
with all other existing and future
unsecured and unsubordinated
Indebtedness (as defined herein) of
the Issuers and senior to all
existing and future Subordinated
Indebtedness (as defined herein) of
the Issuers. Each Subsidiary
Guarantee (as defined herein) will be
a senior unsecured obligation of the
applicable Subsidiary Guarantor and
will rank PARI PASSU in right of
payment with all other existing and
future unsecured and unsubordinated
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary
Guarantor, and senior to all existing
and future Subordinated Indebtedness
of the applicable Subsidiary
Guarantor. The Exchange Notes and
Subsidiary Guarantees, however, will
be effectively subordinated to
secured Indebtedness of the Issuers
and the Subsidiary Guarantors with
respect to the assets securing that
Indebtedness. At December 31, 1997,
on a pro forma basis assuming that
the Old Notes Offering and the
application of the net proceeds
therefrom had occurred on such date,
the Issuers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors would have had no
Indebtedness outstanding other than
the Old Notes. It is contemplated,
however, that MHP Storage may incur
Indebtedness under the New Credit
Facility (as defined herein) which
would be secured by a lien on
substantially all the assets of MHP
Storage and certain of its
Subsidiaries (as defined herein).
Subject to certain limitations, the
Issuers and their Subsidiaries
(including the Subsidiary Guarantors)
may incur additional Indebtedness in
the future. See "Description of
Exchange Notes -- Ranking" and
" -- Certain Covenants -- Limitation
on Indebtedness and Disqualified
Equity Interests".
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS................... The Exchange Notes will be
unconditionally guaranteed on a
senior unsecured basis by Moss Bluff,
Egan and their respective general
partners.
13
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION..................... The Issuers may, at the option of MHP
Storage, redeem the Exchange Notes in
whole or from time to time in part,
on or after March 1, 2003, at the
redemption prices set forth herein,
together with accrued and unpaid
interest thereon and Liquidated
Damages (as defined herein), if any,
to the date of redemption. At any
time on or prior to March 1, 2001,
the Issuers may redeem up to 35% of
the aggregate principal amount of
Exchange Notes originally issued from
the Net Cash Proceeds (as defined
herein) of one or more Public Equity
Offerings (as defined herein), at a
redemption price equal to 108.25% of
the principal amount thereof,
together with accrued and unpaid
interest thereon and Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the date of
redemption, PROVIDED, that at least
$74.75 million of the aggregate
principal amount of Exchange Notes
originally issued remains outstanding
immediately after that redemption.
See "Description of Exchange
Notes -- Optional Redemption".
CHANGE OF CONTROL....................... If a Change of Control (as defined
herein) occurs, the Issuers must make
an offer to purchase all the
then-outstanding Exchange Notes, and
purchase all such Exchange Notes
validly tendered pursuant to such
offer, at a purchase price equal to
101% of the principal amount thereof,
together with accrued and unpaid
interest thereon and Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the date of pur-
chase. However, there can be no
assurance that the Company will have,
or will have access to, sufficient
funds, or will be permitted by its
other debt agreements, to purchase
the Exchange Notes upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control.
See "Description of Exchange
Notes -- Certain Covenants -- Change
of Control".
CERTAIN COVENANTS....................... The Indenture contains certain
covenants, including covenants that
limit (i) incurrence of certain
Indebtedness, (ii) issuance of Dis-
qualified Equity Interests (as
defined herein), (iii) issuance of
Preferred Equity Interests (as
defined herein) by Restricted Sub-
sidiaries (as defined herein), (iv)
Restricted Payments (as defined
herein), (v) issuances and sales of
equity interests by Restricted
Subsidiaries, (vi) sale/leaseback
transactions, (vii) transactions with
affiliates, (viii) liens, (ix) asset
sales, (x) dividend and other payment
restrictions by Restricted
Subsidiaries, (xi) conduct of
business, (xii) activities of Finance
Corp. and (xiii) mergers,
consolidations and sales of assets.
See "Description of Exchange
Notes -- Certain Covenants" and
"-- Merger, Consolidation and Sale
of Assets".
RISK FACTORS
See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 17 for a discussion of certain
factors that investors should consider before making an investment in the
Exchange Notes.
14
<PAGE>
SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following summary financial information for each of the years in the
period ended December 31, 1997 is derived from the audited Consolidated
Financial Statements of Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P. The summary financial
information for the period from December 21, 1994 (inception) to December 31,
1994 was derived from the unaudited financial statements of the Company for this
period. The summary financial information for the three month periods ended
March 31, 1998 and 1997 is derived from the unaudited Condensed Consolidated
Financial Statements of the Company for these periods. Such unaudited financial
statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited financial
statements and in management's opinion contains all adjustments necessary to
fairly present such financial statements. The audited Consolidated Financial
Statements for MHP Storage, as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1997 and related notes thereto and
the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31, 1998
and for the three month periods ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 and notes thereto
appear elsewhere in this Prospectus. The operating data is derived from the
historical operating records of the Company. The selected pro forma income
statement data for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the three months ended
March 31, 1998 give effect to the completion of the Old Notes Offering and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom as if the Old Notes Offering had been
consummated on January 1, 1997 and January 1, 1998, respectively. The selected
pro forma balance sheet data as of December 31, 1997 gives effect to the
completion of the Old Notes Offering and the application of the net proceeds
therefrom as if the Old Notes Offering had been consummated on December 31,
1997. Neither the summary historical financial data nor the summary pro forma
financial data are necessarily indicative of either the future results of
operations or the results of operations that would have occurred if those events
had been consummated on the indicated dates. The following summary financial
information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference
to, the unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company and notes thereto, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations", and the Consolidated Financial Statements
of the Company and notes thereto and other financial information included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
DECEMBER 21, 1994 ENDED
(INCEPTION) YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
TO DECEMBER 31, ------------------------------- --------------------
1994(11) 1995 1996(10) 1997 1997 1998
----------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
OPERATING INFORMATION) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenues................................ $ 115 $ 7,874 $ 18,586 $ 27,486 $ 6,026 $ 7,648
Operating expenses...................... 733 6,138 10,171 13,931 2,975 3,112
------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating income (loss)................. (618) 1,736 8,415 13,555 3,051 4,536
Interest expense........................ 18 664 2,544 3,605 1,093 1,033
Interest income......................... 14 98 139 99 13 207
Extraordinary item(1)................... -- -- (452) -- -- (6,702)
------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss)....................... (622) 1,170 5,558 10,049 1,971 (2,992)
======= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(2)............................... $ (597) $ 3,356 $ 12,272 $ 18,483 $ 4,231 $ 5,842
EBITDA margin(3)........................ -- 42.6% 66.0% 67.2% 70.2% 76.4%
Cash flows from operating activities.... 14 1,438 5,192 18,068 4,943 1,857
Cash flows from investing activities.... -- (26,755) (37,598) (29,785) (4,436) (3,989)
Cash flows from financing activities.... 13,227 25,002 31,887 13,544 (808) 33,402
Depreciation and amortization(4)........ 21 1,620 3,857 4,928 1,180 1,306
Capital expenditures.................... -- 26,755 37,598 29,785 4,436 3,989
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)... -- 1.5x 3.0x 3.1x 2.6x 3.4x
</TABLE>
(TABLE CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
15
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
DECEMBER 21, 1994 ENDED
(INCEPTION) YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
TO DECEMBER 31, ------------------------------- --------------------
1994(11) 1995 1996(10) 1997 1997 1998
----------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
OPERATING INFORMATION) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
SELECTED PRO FORMA DATA:
Adjusted EBITDA(6)...................... 19,083 5,842
Cash interest expense(7)................ 9,488 2,372
Adjusted EBITDA/cash interest expense... 2.0x 2.5x
Total debt/Adjusted EBITDA.............. 6.0x 19.7x
Net debt/Adjusted EBITDA(8)............. 4.1x 14.0x
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)... 1.5x 2.1x
OPERATING DATA (AT END OF PERIOD;
UNAUDITED)(9):
Working gas storage capacity (Bcf)...... 2.75 7.35 11.95 16.00 13.30 17.60
Injection capacity (MMcf/d)............. 70 270 600 800 700 800
Withdrawal and wheeling capacity
(MMcf/d).............................. 225 1,650 2,500 3,350 2,720 3,350
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital (deficiency)............ $ 4,793 $ (6,824) $ (4,245) $ (3,324) $ (3,027) $ 39,673
Property and equipment, net............. 57,721 82,228 123,116 147,973 126,371 150,656
Total assets............................ 74,183 88,184 131,916 159,887 134,093 197,388
Total debt.............................. 11,200 9,814 57,692 53,492 52,382 115,000
Partners' capital....................... 41,436 68,994 68,487 99,913 74,326 79,304
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) Charge relating to early extinguishment of debt.
(2) EBITDA is defined as net income before extraordinary items plus interest
expense (net of interest income) plus depreciation and amortization. EBITDA
is presented not as an alternative measure of operating results or cash
flow from operations (as determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles), but rather to provide additional information
related to the debt servicing ability of the Company. Interest expense as
reflected on the Company's financial statements includes amortization of
deferred financing fees.
(3) EBITDA margin means EBITDA divided by revenues.
(4) Excludes amortization of deferred financing costs, which amounts are
included in interest expense.
(5) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, fixed
charges include interest expense (plus capitalized interest) and that
portion of non-capitalized rental expense deemed to be the equivalent of
interest. Earnings represent income from continuing operations before
income taxes and fixed charges. The deficiency in earnings during the
period from December 21, 1994 (inception) to December 31, 1994 to cover
fixed charges was $622,000.
(6) Adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA plus $600,000 for the year ended December 31,
1997, the amount of a special bonus payment to executives in connection
with the development of the Moss Bluff and Egan facilities.
(7) Cash interest expense represents the interest cost of the Old Notes, which
represented the entire amount of debt outstanding upon consummation of the
Old Notes Offering, at an interest rate of 8.25%.
(8) Net debt means total debt less cash and cash equivalents assuming the
consummation of the Old Notes Offering and the application of the net
proceeds therefrom as of such date.
(9) Operating data capacities represent capacities attributable to the Company
and, for December 31, 1994 and 1995, include only 50% of total capacity at
the Moss Bluff facility. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Capacity Expansions".
(10) On July 3, 1996, MHP acquired the 50% remaining partnership interest in
Moss Bluff Gas Storage Systems owned by CMS Energy Corporation, the
financing for which was provided through the issuance of $60 million of
senior secured notes in a private placement offering. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Capacity Expansions". The results of operations related to
the additional 50% interest acquired are reflected in the income statement
data since July 3, 1996. Had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 1995,
the Company would have had revenues of $21,168 and $13,221 for 1996 and
1995, respectively, and would have had net income of $6,440 and $2,125 for
1996 and 1995, respectively.
(11) The Company was formed on December 31, 1997. MHP was formed December 21,
1994. Therefore, the information subsequent to December 21, 1994 is
presented.
16
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
AN INVESTMENT IN THE EXCHANGE NOTES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE
OF RISK. THE FOLLOWING FACTORS, IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED
IN THIS PROSPECTUS, SHOULD BE CAREFULLY CONSIDERED IN EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT
IN THE EXCHANGE NOTES OFFERED HEREBY.
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE; ABILITY TO SERVICE DEBT
The Company is highly leveraged and has significant debt service
requirements. At December 31, 1997, on a pro forma basis assuming that the Old
Notes Offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom had occurred on
such date, the total consolidated indebtedness of the Company would have been
$115 million and the ratio of total consolidated indebtedness to total
capitalization would have been 60.3%. The degree to which the Company is
leveraged will have important consequences to holders of the Exchange Notes,
including: (i) the ability of the Company to obtain additional financing,
whether for working capital, capital expenditures or other purposes, may be
impaired; (ii) a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from operations
will be required for debt service, thereby reducing funds available to the
Company for its operations; (iii) the Company's flexibility in planning for or
reacting to changes in market conditions may be limited; (iv) the Company may be
more vulnerable upon a downturn in its business; and (v) to the extent that the
Company incurs any indebtedness at variable rates, including under the New
Credit Facility (as defined herein), the Company will be vulnerable to increases
in interest rates.
The Exchange Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers. The
Exchange Notes will rank PARI PASSU with all other unsecured and unsubordinated
indebtedness of the Issuers, but will be effectively subordinated to secured
indebtedness of the Issuers, including any amounts that may be borrowed by MHP
Storage under the New Credit Facility. At December 31, 1997, on a pro forma
basis assuming that the Old Notes Offering and the application of the net
proceeds therefrom had occurred on such date, the Issuers would have had no
Indebtedness outstanding other than the Old Notes. Future borrowings under the
New Credit Facility will be permitted, subject to the applicable terms,
conditions and limitations thereof and to the provisions of the Indenture.
Borrowings under the New Credit Facility will be secured by substantially all
the assets of MHP Storage and its subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Exchange Notes
will be effectively subordinated to the extent of such security interests. See
"Description of New Credit Facility" and "Description of Exchange
Notes -- Ranking".
Based on current operations, the Company expects that it will be able to
meet the debt service requirements on its indebtedness, meet its working capital
needs and fund its capital expenditures and other operating expenses out of cash
flow from operations, proceeds of the Old Notes Offering and available
borrowings under the New Credit Facility. However, there can be no assurance
that the Company's business will generate cash flow at levels sufficient to meet
these requirements. If the Company is unable to generate sufficient cash flow
from operations to service its debt obligations and to meet other cash
requirements, it may be required to sell assets, reduce capital expenditures,
refinance all or a portion of its existing debt (including the Exchange Notes)
or obtain additional financing. There can be no assurance that any such asset
sales or refinancing would be possible or that any additional financing would be
available on terms acceptable to the Company. The Company's ability to meet its
debt service obligations will be dependent upon its future performance which, in
turn, will be subject to future economic conditions and to financial, business
and other factors, many of which are beyond the Company's control.
DEPENDENCE ON SUBSIDIARIES; HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE
MHP Storage is a holding company whose assets consist of ownership
interests in its subsidiaries. Consequently, MHP Storage's ability to repay its
indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes, depends on the earnings of its
subsidiaries and on its ability to receive funds from such subsidiaries through
dividends, repayment of intercompany notes or other payments. The ability of MHP
Storage's subsidiaries to pay dividends, repay intercompany notes or make other
advances to MHP Storage is subject to restrictions imposed by applicable law,
tax considerations and the terms of the partnership agreements or other
instruments governing the subsidiaries. Finance Corp. was organized solely for
the purpose of serving as a co-issuer of the Exchange Notes in order to
facilitate the Offering. Neither Finance Corp. nor the general
17
<PAGE>
partner of MHP Storage has any meaningful operations or assets and should not be
considered as a source of revenues to pay the debt service requirements on the
Exchange Notes.
RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY CERTAIN COVENANTS
The Company has entered into an agreement with a bank providing for a
revolving loan facility to fund working capital requirements and for general
business purposes of the Company (the "New Credit Facility"). The New Credit
Facility and the Indenture contain a number of significant covenants that, among
other things, restrict the ability of the Company to dispose of assets, incur
additional indebtedness, incur liens on property or assets, repay other
indebtedness, pay dividends, enter into certain investments or transactions,
repurchase or redeem equity, engage in mergers or consolidations or engage in
certain transactions with subsidiaries and affiliates and otherwise restrict
business activities. There can be no assurance that such restrictions will not
adversely affect the Company's ability to finance its future operations or
capital needs or engage in other business activities that may be in the interest
of the Company. In addition, the New Credit Facility also requires MHP Storage
and the Subsidiary Guarantors to maintain compliance with certain financial
ratios. The ability of MHP Storage and the Subsidiary Guarantors to comply with
such ratios may be affected by events beyond their control. A breach of any of
these covenants or the inability of the Company to comply with the required
financial ratios could result in a default under the New Credit Facility. If any
such default occurred, the lender under the New Credit Facility could elect to
declare all borrowings outstanding under the New Credit Facility, together with
accrued interest and other fees, to be due and payable. If MHP Storage and the
Subsidiary Guarantors were unable to repay any such borrowings when due, the
lender under the New Credit Facility could proceed against the collateral. If
the indebtedness under the New Credit Facility or the Exchange Notes were to be
accelerated, there can be no assurance that the assets of the Company would be
sufficient to repay such indebtedness in full. Any such default may have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of
operation. See "Description of New Credit Facility" and "Description of
Exchange Notes".
UNCERTAINTY OF INDUSTRY CONDITIONS
Prices for natural gas are seasonal and volatile, which has enhanced demand
for the Company's storage services. The Company has benefited from large price
swings and peaking resulting from seasonal price sensitivity through increased
withdrawal charges and demand for nonstorage hub services. There can be no
assurance that the market for natural gas will continue to experience volatility
and seasonal price sensitivity in the future at the levels previously seen. In
the event that volatility and seasonality in the natural gas industry decrease,
either as a result of increased storage capacity throughout the pipeline system,
increased production capacity or otherwise, the demand for the Company's storage
services and, therefore, the prices which the Company will be able to charge for
such services may decline.
RISKS OF OPERATIONS
The Company's operations are subject to all of the risks generally
associated with the transportation and storage of natural gas, a highly volatile
product, including personal injuries and damage to pipelines, storage
facilities, related equipment and surrounding properties caused by hurricanes,
weather and other acts of God, fires and explosions, subsidence, as well as
leakage of natural gas and spills of liquids and condensate. The Company's
facilities incorporate certain primary and backup equipment which, in the event
of mechanical failure, might take some time to replace. Any prolonged disruption
to the operations of either the Moss Bluff facility or the Egan facility,
whether due to mechanical failure, labor difficulties, destruction of or damage
to such facilities, severe weather conditions, interruption of transportation or
utilities service or other reasons, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally,
certain of the Company's contracts obligate the Company to indemnify the
customer for any damage or injury occurring during the period in which the
customer's natural gas is in the Company's possession. In order to minimize the
effects of any such incident, the Company maintains insurance coverage which
includes, but is not limited to, property and business interruption insurance.
See "Business -- Insurance". The Company believes that its insurance coverage
is adequate; however, there
18
<PAGE>
can be no assurance that the proceeds of any such insurance would be paid in a
timely manner or be in an amount sufficient to meet the Company's needs if such
an event were to occur.
DEPENDENCE ON MAJOR CUSTOMERS
The Company was a party to storage contracts with 18 customers as of
December 31, 1997. For 1997, approximately 56% of the Company's consolidated
revenues were derived from its three largest customers, Northern Indiana Public
Service Company ("Northern Indiana"), a wholly owned subsidiary of NIPSCO
Industries, Inc., TPC Corporation ("TPC"), a wholly owned subsidiary of
PacifiCorp, and Channel Industries Gas Company ("Channel"). Northern Indiana,
TPC and Channel accounted for 32%, 14% and 10%, respectively, of the Company's
consolidated revenues for 1997. The Company believes that the services it
provides to its major customers, including partners of MHP, will continue to
account for a significant percentage of the Company's total revenues. The loss
or material adverse change in the financial condition of one or more of these
customers could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
condition and results of operations.
TERMINATION OR EXPIRATION OF FIRM STORAGE CONTRACTS
The Company's firm storage contracts expire at various times from 1998
through 2016. Certain of the current contracts provide that the customer has the
right to terminate the contract upon the occurrence of certain events of default
specified therein. No assurance can be given that these contracts will be
extended or that alternative contractual arrangements will be made upon the
expiration or termination of such contracts and, if the contracts are extended
or new contracts entered into, for what periods, at what prices and on what
terms. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the net revenues generated
from customer contractual or other arrangements that the Company may enter into
upon termination or expiration of the existing contracts will be sufficient to
enable the Company to satisfy its obligations. See "Business -- Description of
Significant Contracts".
RISKS RELATED TO CAPITAL EXPANSION AND IMPROVEMENTS
The Company plans to apply approximately $26.0 million of the proceeds of
the Old Notes Offering over a 12-month period to fund the expansion of its Moss
Bluff and Egan storage facilities and to purchase incremental pad gas. The
Company believes that, after completion of the projects funded with the proceeds
of the Old Notes Offering, the Company will experience positive effects on its
revenues and operating income. However, there can be no assurance that such
capital expenditure plans will be implemented in the anticipated time frame,
that actual costs of planned projects will not exceed budgeted amounts or that
the projects will have such intended financial benefits. For example, there can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to economically lease the
increased storage capacity.
Changes in the economic or regulatory environments or delays in
implementing the capital expenditure plans may require modification of such
plans, increase the cost to complete such plans or otherwise make the completion
of such plans impracticable or uneconomical. In certain circumstances, the
Company may be required to obtain additional financing to complete its planned
projects, and there can be no assurance that such financing will be available on
acceptable terms, if at all.
DEPENDENCE ON PIPELINES
The Moss Bluff and Egan facilities are dependent on the pipelines to which
they have access to transport gas to and from such facilities. These pipelines
are owned by parties not affiliated with the Company. Any interruption of
service on those pipelines or adverse change in their terms and conditions of
service could have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company and
its customers to transport gas to and from the facilities and a corresponding
material adverse effect on the Company's revenues. In addition, the rates
charged by those interconnected pipelines for transportation to and from the
Moss Bluff and Egan facilities affect the utilization and value of the Company's
services. Significant changes in the rates charged by those pipelines or the
rates charged by other pipelines with which the interconnected pipelines compete
could also have a material adverse effect on the Company's revenues.
19
<PAGE>
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
The Company believes that its operations depend to a significant degree
upon a relatively small group of management and key technical personnel.
Although the Company has entered into employment agreements with certain of
these individuals, the continued employment of such persons cannot be assured.
The loss of the services of certain management personnel or other key employees
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. The Company does not maintain key man life
insurance for any of its key personnel. See "Management -- Employment
Agreements".
OTHER OPERATIONS OF MHP; CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
MHP, through a subsidiary, is developing a gas storage facility in Tioga
County, Pennsylvania. MHP does not have any direct employees. Accordingly, the
Company has allocated and will continue to allocate some of its resources,
including services of its employees, for the development of the Tioga facility
in lieu of allocating such resources to the Company and its operations. In the
future, MHP may acquire or develop other facilities. In such event, MHP may
elect to develop such facilities through the Company, at the MHP level or
through subsidiaries of MHP other than the Company. The development and
ownership of additional facilities by MHP independent of the Company, and the
possible integration of the operations of such facilities with the Company's
facilities in the future, may give rise to conflicts of interest between the
Company and MHP or another subsidiary of MHP. Neither MHP nor any of its direct
or indirect subsidiaries (other than the Company) will be an obligor on the
Exchange Notes.
A substantial portion of the revenues of the Company is derived from its
contracts to provide storage capacity to TPC and to Northern Indiana. TPC,
through a wholly owned subsidiary, has a majority ownership and voting interest,
and an affiliate of Northern Indiana has a substantial ownership and voting
interest, in MHP and its general partner. These interests, combined with
existing customer relationships with the Company, may present conflicts of
interest. The Indenture prohibits the Company from entering into any material
transactions with its affiliates unless certain conditions are satisfied. See
"Description of Exchange Notes -- Certain Covenants -- Limitations on
Transactions with Affiliates". In addition, the partnership agreements and
other governing documents of MHP, the Company and their respective general
partners contain provisions that require disinterested persons to act for such
entities in certain situations involving conflicts of interest with TPC.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
The Company's business activities are, and will continue to be, affected by
government regulation. Historically, pipelines acted as wholesalers of natural
gas, purchasing it from producers and reselling it primarily to local
distribution companies, electric utilities and others. In 1985, the FERC
commenced restructuring the regulation of interstate pipelines, requiring those
who chose to perform transportation service to grant transportation access to
any creditworthy shipper, including producers and other marketers of natural
gas, on an open access, nondiscriminatory basis. In the current market, a user
may purchase natural gas from a number of sources, and arrange for
transportation and delivery on one or more pipelines which act as open access
carriers and which do not take title to the natural gas transported. The
unbundling of services brought about by this restructuring has created
significant opportunities for the Company. The scope and nature of future
benefits to the Company of restructuring, however, depend on the manner in which
restructuring evolves. The continued course of restructuring or other future
regulatory actions cannot be predicted at this time and is likely to be beyond
the control of the Company.
The Company's operations at the Moss Bluff facility involve both intrastate
and interstate services. The Moss Bluff facility's intrastate services are not
subject to FERC regulation. These activities are, however, subject to Texas
Railroad Commission ("TRC") regulation. Pursuant to the Texas Gas Utility
Regulatory Act, intrastate rates are deemed to be just and reasonable and
approved by the TRC if they have been negotiated at arm's length with pipeline
companies or large industrial customers. Moss Bluff's interstate services are
subject to FERC regulation, but the FERC has issued an order permitting the Moss
Bluff facility to charge market-based rates for all services provided in
interstate commerce.
20
<PAGE>
The Company's Egan facility received all necessary permits and approvals
from the State of Louisiana allowing it to commence operations in September
1995. Additionally, in October 1996, Egan received a certificate of public
convenience and necessity from FERC authorizing construction and operation of
the Egan facility and market-based pricing of its services. FERC subsequently
authorized expansion of Egan's facilities.
There is no assurance that the orders permitting the Moss Bluff and Egan
Facilities to charge market-based rates will not be modified or revoked and, if
the Company constructs new facilities providing interstate services, the Company
may be subject to more extensive FERC regulation. For a more detailed
description of the effect of government regulation on the Company's business,
see "Business -- Regulation and Environmental Considerations".
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION
Certain aspects of the Company's activities are also subject to
environmental regulation. The cost of compliance with environmental laws that
affect the Company can be substantial and could have a materially adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition. Environmental regulations frequently
impose "strict liability" on property owners, facility operators and certain
other persons, which means that in some situations the Company could be liable
for cleanup costs resulting from improper conduct or conditions caused by
previous property owners, operators, lessees or other persons not associated
with the Company. In the event of an accident or breakage in any of the
Company's natural gas storage facilities, the Company could be liable for
substantial cleanup costs for resulting spills or leaks of condensate or other
damage to the environment or other property. While the Company maintains
insurance it believes to be adequate for such claims, no assurance can be given
that the Company will not incur liability in excess of the policy limits of such
policies. See "Business -- Regulation and Environmental Considerations".
COMPETITION
The Company's current competitors include affiliates of major interstate
and intrastate pipelines and natural gas storage operators of varying size,
financial resources and experience. Additionally, an increase in competition in
the market could arise from new ventures or expanded operations from existing
competitors. Many of these current and potential competitors, particularly those
affiliated with interstate and intrastate pipeline companies, have financial and
other resources substantially greater than those of the Company. See
"Business -- Competition".
CHANGE OF CONTROL
Upon a Change of Control (as defined herein), the Issuers must make an
offer to purchase all the then-outstanding Exchange Notes, and purchase all such
Exchange Notes validly tendered pursuant to such offer, at a purchase price
equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase. There can be no
assurance that the Company will have, or will have access to, sufficient funds,
or will be permitted by its other debt agreements, to purchase the Exchange
Notes upon the occurrence of a Change of Control. In addition, a Change of
Control may require the Company to offer to purchase other outstanding
indebtedness and may cause a default under the New Credit Facility. The
inability to purchase all of the tendered Exchange Notes would constitute an
Event of Default (as defined herein) under the Indenture. See "Description of
Exchange Notes -- Change of Control".
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET
Prior to the Exchange Offer, there has not been any public market for the
Old Notes. The Old Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and
will be subject to restrictions on transferability to the extent that they are
not exchanged for Exchange Notes by holders who are entitled to participate in
the Exchange Offer. The holders of Old Notes (other than any such holder that is
an "affiliate" of the Issuers or of any Subsidiary Guarantor within the
meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) who are not
21
<PAGE>
eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer are entitled to certain
registration rights, and the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors are required
to file a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Old Notes.
The Exchange Notes will constitute a new issue of securities with no
established trading market. The Exchange Notes will not be listed on any
securities exchange. The Company has been advised by the Initial Purchaser that
it intends to make a market in the Exchange Notes; however, the Initial
Purchaser is not obligated to do so, and any such market making activities may
be discontinued at any time without notice. In addition, such market making
activity may be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and the
Exchange Act and may be limited during the Exchange Offer and the pendency of
the Shelf Registration Statement. Therefore, there can be no assurance that an
active market for the Exchange Notes will develop or as to liquidity of a
trading market for the Exchange Notes. The liquidity of, and trading market for,
the Exchange Notes may also be materially and adversely affected by declines in
the market for high-yield securities generally. Such a decline may materially
and adversely affect such liquidity trading independent of the financial
performance of, and prospects for, the Company.
EXCHANGE OFFER PROCEDURES
Issuance of the Exchange Notes in exchange for the Old Notes pursuant to
the Exchange Offer will be made only after a timely receipt by the Issuers of
such Old Notes, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal and
all other required documents. Therefore, holders of the Old Notes desiring to
tender such Old Notes in exchange for Exchange Notes should allow sufficient
time to ensure timely delivery. The Issuers are under no duty to give
notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of Old
Notes for exchange. Old Notes that are not tendered or are tendered but not
accepted will, following the consummation of the Exchange Offer, continue to be
subject to the existing restrictions upon transfer thereof and, upon
consummation of the Exchange Offer, registration rights under the Registration
Rights Agreement generally will terminate. In addition, any holder of Old Notes
who tenders in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of participating in a
distribution of the Exchange Notes may be deemed to have received restricted
securities and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any
resale transactions. Each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange
Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were
acquired by such Participating Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. See "Plan of
Distribution". To the extent that Old Notes are tendered and accepted in the
Exchange Offer, the trading market for untendered and tendered but unaccepted
Old Notes could be adversely affected. See "The Exchange Offer".
FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE; UNENFORCEABILITY OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
The Company believes that the indebtedness represented by the Subsidiary
Guarantees is being incurred for proper purposes and in good faith and each
Subsidiary Guarantor is, and after the consummation of the Exchange Offering
will be, solvent, will have sufficient capital for carrying on its business and
will be able to pay its debts as they mature. Revenues of the Subsidiary
Guarantors accounted for 100% of the Company's consolidated revenues for 1997,
and the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantors represented approximately 100% of
the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis. If a court of competent
jurisdiction in a suit by a creditor or representative of creditors of any
Subsidiary Guarantor (such as a trustee in bankruptcy or a debtor-in-possession)
were to find that, at the time of the incurrence of the indebtedness represented
by the Subsidiary Guarantee, such Subsidiary Guarantor was insolvent, was
rendered insolvent by reason of the incurrence of such guarantee, was engaged in
a business or transaction for which its remaining assets constituted
unreasonably small capital, intended to incur, or believes that it would incur,
debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they matured, or intended to
hinder, delay or defraud its creditors, and that the indebtedness was incurred
for less than fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value, then such court
could, among other things, (i) void all or a portion of such Subsidiary
Guarantor's obligations to the holders of the Notes, the effect of which could
be that the holders of Notes may not be repaid in full and/or (ii) subordinate
such Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations to the holders of
22
<PAGE>
the Notes to other existing and future indebtedness of such Subsidiary
Guarantor, the effect of which would be to entitle such other creditors to be
paid in full before any payment could be made on the Notes. The guarantee of the
Notes by a Subsidiary Guarantor will be released in certain circumstances. See
"Description of Exchange Notes -- Subsidiary Guarantees".
MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P. AND THE COMPANY
MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P. In December 1994, TPC (then-named Tejas Power
Corporation) formed Market Hub Partners, L.P. ("MHP") with subsidiaries of
NIPSCO Industries, Inc. ("NIPSCO"), DPL Inc. ("DPL"), Public Service
Enterprise Group, Inc. ("PSEG") and one other company. TPC contributed to MHP
its interest in the market hub assets and facilities, market hub locations,
development plans, permits, leases and signed storage service contracts relating
to its five market hub projects, including the Moss Bluff and Egan facilities.
TPC's four partners contributed in the aggregate the agreed-upon sum of $45.0
million in cash to MHP over the period from 1994 through July 1996. In April
1997, TPC was acquired by PacifiCorp, an electric utility, and currently
operates as a wholly owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp. In addition to its interest
in MHP, TPC is principally engaged in gas marketing. Also in 1997, DPL acquired
the ownership interest of the original fifth partner in MHP. Direct and indirect
subsidiaries of PacifiCorp, NIPSCO, DPL and PSEG are the limited partners of MHP
and own the stock of the general partner of MHP.
In addition to the Company, MHP owns a subsidiary which is developing a
10.0 Bcf salt cavern storage facility in Tioga County, Pennsylvania. It is
anticipated that the Tioga facility will become operational in the year 2000.
The Company believes that the affiliation of its market hub facilities with the
Tioga facility or with other market hub facilities developed by MHP in the
future will benefit the Company by allowing it to offer services related to an
integrated system of market hubs.
THE COMPANY. MHP Storage was formed on December 31, 1997, at which time
MHP contributed its interest in Moss Bluff and Egan to MHP Storage. MHP Storage,
Moss Bluff and Egan are Delaware limited partnerships and their respective
general partners are Delaware limited liability corporations. The Company's
principal executive offices are located at 16420 Park Ten Place, Suite 420,
Houston, Texas 77084, and its main telephone number is (281) 597-6777.
23
<PAGE>
The following chart illustrates the relationships among MHP Storage, its
subsidiaries, MHP and MHP's owners, subsidiaries of PacifiCorp, DPL, NIPSCO and
PSEG. For purposes of this Prospectus, except as otherwise specified under the
caption "Description of Exchange Notes", references to the "Company" mean
the entities inside the dotted lines below, taken as a whole. Only the
entities inside the dotted line are issuers or guarantors of the Notes, and the
other entities shown are neither issuers nor guarantors.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |
| Subsidiaries of PacifiCorp (66.0%), |
| DPL (17.0%), NIPSCO (11.3%) |
| and PSEG (5.7%) |
| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |
100% |
| |
------------------------ |
| Market Hub | |
| Partners, Inc. | |
------------------------ |
| |
Approximately Approximately
2% 98%
GP LP
| |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |
| Market Hub Partners, L.P. |
| |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |
100% | 100%
| | |
------------------------ | |
| Market Hub Partners | | |
| Storage, L.L.C. | | |
------------------------ | |
| | |
0.01% 99.99% |
GP LP |
| | |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| | |
| Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P. | |
| Issuer of the Senior Notes | |
| | |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| | | | | |
100% 100% | 100% | |
| | | | | |
| ------------------------ | ------------------------ | |
| | Moss Bluff Hub | | | Egan Hub | | |
| | Partners, L.L.C. | | | Partners, L.L.C. | | |
| | Subsidiary Guarantor | | | Subsidiary Guarantor | | |
| ------------------------ | ------------------------ | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| 0.01% 99.99% 0.01% 99.99% |
| GP LP GP LP |
| | | | | |
- ------------------------------- ------------------------------- ------------------------------- -------------------------------
| | | | | | | |
| Market Hub Partners | | Moss Bluff Hub | | Egan Hub | | Other Subsidiaries, |
| Finance, Inc. | | Partners, L.P. | | Partners, L.P. | | including the owner of |
| Issuer of the Senior Notes | | Subsidiary Guarantor | | Subsidiary Guarantor | | the Tioga project |
| | | | | | | |
- ------------------------------- ------------------------------- ------------------------------- -------------------------------
</TABLE>
Note: "GP" denotes general partnership interests; "LP" denotes limited
partnership interests.
24
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS
The Company will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the
Exchange Notes offered hereby. The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy certain
of the Company's obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.
The net proceeds from the Old Notes Offering were approximately $111.4
million. Of such amount, the Company used approximately $59.3 million to repay
the entire outstanding principal amount of certain secured indebtedness owed to
third parties (the "Secured Notes"), including accrued interest and prepayment
penalties. Approximately $26.0 million will be dedicated to capital expenditures
for the continued expansion and development of its facilities and to purchase
incremental pad gas. On March 5, 1998, the Company distributed to MHP
approximately $17.6 million of the net proceeds from the Old Notes Offering,
which proceeds were used by MHP to repay debt owed by MHP to its partners,
including accrued interest. In March 1998, the company loaned $4.0 million of
the net proceeds of the Old Notes Offering to a subsidiary of MHP to develop
another project. The Company intends to loan an additional $1.0 million to this
subsidiary in the future. All remaining proceeds from the Old Notes Offering
will be used to fund the Company's working capital requirements and for other
general business purposes. In the interim, the Company has invested unused
proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing investments.
25
<PAGE>
SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER OPERATING DATA
The following selected financial information for each of the years in the
period ended December 31, 1997 is derived from the audited Consolidated
Financial Statements of Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P. The selected financial
information for the period from December 21, 1994 (inception) to December 31,
1994 was derived from the unaudited financial statements of the Company for this
period. The selected financial information for the three month periods ended
March 31, 1998 and 1997 is derived from the unaudited Condensed Consolidated
Financial Statements of the Company for these periods. Such unaudited financial
statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited financial
statements and in management's opinion contains all adjustments necessary to
fairly present such financial statements. The audited Consolidated Financial
Statements for MHP Storage, as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1997 and related notes thereto and
the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31, 1998
and for the three month periods ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 and notes thereto
appear elsewhere in this Prospectus. The operating data is derived from the
historical operating records of the Company. The selected pro forma income
statement data for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the three month period
ended March 31, 1998 give effect to the completion of the Old Notes Offering and
the application of the net proceeds therefrom as if the Old Notes Offering had
been consummated on January 1, 1997 and January 1, 1998, respectively. The
selected pro forma balance sheet data as of December 31, 1997 gives effect to
the completion of the Old Notes Offering and the application of the net proceeds
therefrom as if the Old Notes Offering had been consummated on December 31,
1997. Neither the summary historical financial data nor the summary pro forma
financial data are necessarily indicative of either the future results of
operations or the results of operations that would have occurred if those events
had been consummated on the indicated dates. The following summary financial
information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference
to, the unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company and notes thereto, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations", and the Consolidated Financial Statements
of the Company and notes thereto and other financial information included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 21,
1994 THREE MONTHS ENDED
(INCEPTION) YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
TO DECEMBER 31, ------------------------------- --------------------
1994(11) 1995 1996(10) 1997 1997 1998
--------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS,
EXCEPT OPERATING EXPENSES) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenues................................ $ 115 $ 7,874 $ 18,586 $ 27,486 6,026 7,648
Operating expenses...................... 733 6,138 10,171 13,931 2,975 3,112
--------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating income (loss)................. (618) 1,736 8,415 13,555 3,051 4,536
Interest expense........................ 18 664 2,544 3,605 1,093 1,033
Interest income......................... 14 98 139 99 13 207
Extraordinary item(1)................... -- -- (452) -- -- (6,702)
--------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss)....................... (622) 1,170 5,558 10,049 1,971 (2,992)
=============== ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(2)............................... $ (597) $ 3,356 $ 12,272 $ 18,483 4,231 5,842
EBITDA margin(3)........................ -- 42.6% 66.0% 67.2% 70.2% 76.4%
Cash flows from operating activities.... 14 1,438 5,192 18,068 4,943 1,857
Cash flows from investing activities.... -- (26,755) (37,598) (29,785) (4,436) (3,989)
Cash flows from financing activities.... 13,227 25,002 31,887 13,544 (808) 33,402
Depreciation and amortization(4)........ 21 1,620 3,857 4,928 1,180 1,306
Capital expenditures.................... -- 26,755 37,598 29,785 4,436 3,989
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)... -- 1.5x 3.0x 3.1x 2.6x 3.4x
SELECTED PRO FORMA DATA:
Adjusted EBITDA(6)...................... 19,083 5,842
Cash interest expense(7)................ 9,488 2,372
Adjusted EBITDA/cash interest expense... 2.0x 2.5x
Total debt/Adjusted EBITDA.............. 6.0x 19.7x
Net debt/Adjusted EBITDA(8)............. 4.1x 14.0x
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)... 1.5x 2.1x
OPERATING DATA (AT END OF PERIOD;
UNAUDITED)(9)
Working gas storage capacity (Bcf)...... 2.75 7.35 11.95 16.00 13.30 17.60
Injection capacity (MMcf/d)............. 70 270 600 800 700 800
Withdrawal and wheeling capacity
(MMcf/d).............................. 225 1,650 2,500 3,350 2,720 3,350
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital (deficiency)............ $ 4,793 $ (6,824) $ (4,245) $ (3,324) $ (3,027) $ 39,673
Property and equipment, net............. 57,721 82,228 123,116 147,973 126,371 150,656
Total assets............................ 74,183 88,184 131,916 159,887 134,093 197,388
Total debt.............................. 11,200 9,814 57,692 53,492 52,382 115,000
Partners' capital....................... 41,436 68,994 68,487 99,913 74,326 79,304
</TABLE>
(FOOTNOTES ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
26
<PAGE>
- ------------
(1) Charge related to early extinguishment of debt.
(2) EBITDA is defined as net income before extraordinary items plus interest
expense (net of interest income) plus depreciation and amortization. EBITDA
is presented not as an alternative measure of operating results or cash
flow from operations (as determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles), but rather to provide additional information
related to the debt servicing ability of the Company. Interest expense as
reflected on the Company's financial statements includes amortization of
deferred financing fees.
(3) EBITDA margin means EBITDA divided by revenues.
(4) Excludes amortization of deferred financing costs, which amounts are
included in interest expense.
(5) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, fixed
charges include interest expense (plus capitalized interest) and that
portion of non-capitalized rental expense deemed to be the equivalent of
interest. Earnings represent income from continuing operations before
income taxes and fixed charges. The deficiency in earnings during the
period from December 21, 1994 (inception) to December 31, 1994 to cover
fixed charges was $622,000.
(6) Adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA plus $600,000 for the year ended December 31,
1997, the amount of a special bonus payment to executives in connection
with the development of the Moss Bluff and Egan facilities.
(7) Cash interest expense represents the interest cost of the Old Notes, which
represented the entire amount of debt outstanding upon consummation of the
Old Notes Offering, at an interest rate of 8.25%.
(8) Net debt means total debt less cash and cash equivalents assuming the
consummation of the Old Notes Offering and the application of the net
proceeds therefrom as of such date.
(9) Operating data capacities represent capacities attributable to the Company
and, for December 31, 1994 and 1995, include only 50% of total capacity at
the Moss Bluff facility. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Capacity Expansions".
(10) On July 3, 1996, MHP acquired the 50% remaining partnership interest in
Moss Bluff Gas Storage Systems owned by CMS Energy Corporation, the
financing for which was provided through the issuance of $60 million of
senior secured notes in a private placement offering. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Capacity Expansions". The results of operations related to
the additional 50% interest acquired are reflected in the income statement
data since July 3, 1996. Had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 1995,
the Company would have had revenues of $21,168 and $13,221 for 1996 and
1995, respectively, and would have had net income of $6,440 and $2,125 for
1996 and 1995, respectively.
(11) The Company was formed on December 31, 1997. MHP was formed on December 21,
1994. Therefore, the information subsequent to December 21, 1994 is
presented.
27
<PAGE>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements have been prepared based on the historical financial statements of
the Company for the year ended December 31, 1997 and for the three month period
ended March 31, 1998. The pro forma financial statements give effect to the
issuance of the Old Notes including interest expense on the Old Notes which
replaces interest expense historically recognized.
The Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Income Statements were prepared
assuming the Old Notes were issued at the beginning of each of the respective
periods and give effect to events directly attributable to the issuance of the
Old Notes which are expected to have a continuing impact on the Company. The Pro
Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction
with the audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed
consolidated financial statements of the Company included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are
presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of
actual results that would have been achieved had the issuance of the Old Notes
been consummated on such dates, and are not necessarily indicative of future
results.
28
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
(A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE THREE MONTH PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
(IN THOUSANDS)
COMPANY
ACTUAL ADJUSTMENT PRO FORMA
------ ---------- ---------
Revenues:
Salt cavern storage revenues.... $6,504 $ 6,504
Hub services revenues........... 1,144 1,144
------ ---------
Total revenues.................. 7,648 7,648
Operating expense:
Operations and maintenance...... 470 470
Plant administrative............ 212 212
Property taxes.................. 240 240
Royalty payments................ 68 68
General and administrative...... 816 816
Depreciation.................... 1,306 1,306
------ ---------
Total operating expenses........ 3,112 3,112
------ ---------
Operating income..................... 4,536 4,536
Interest expense..................... 1,033 (809)(1) 1,923
1,699(2)
Interest income...................... 207 207
------ ---------- ---------
Net income........................... $3,710 $ (890) $ 2,820
====== ========== =========
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges... 3.4x 2.1x
====== =========
29
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
(A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
COMPANY
ACTUAL ADJUSTMENT PRO FORMA
--------- ---------- ---------
Revenues:
Salt cavern storage revenues....... $ 23,743 $23,743
Hub services revenues.............. 3,743 3,743
--------- ---------
Total revenues..................... 27,486 27,486
Operating expense:
Operations and maintenance......... 2,196 2,196
Plant administrative............... 2,996 2,996
Property taxes..................... 810 810
Royalty payments................... 203 203
General and administrative......... 2,798 2,798
Depreciation....................... 4,928 4,928
--------- ---------
Total operating expenses........... 13,931 13,931
--------- ---------
Operating income........................ 13,555 13,555
Interest expense........................ 3,605 (4,752)(1) 8,699
9,846(2)
Interest income......................... 99 99
--------- ---------- ---------
Net income.............................. $ 10,049 $ (5,094) $ 4,955
========= ========== =========
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges...... 3.1x 1.5x
========= =========
30
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
(A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(1) Adjustment to record the elimination of interest expense incurred on
the Secured Notes, which were retired with proceeds from the Offering.
(2) Adjustment to record the interest expense related to the Old Notes
Offering and amortization of pro forma debt issuance costs, detailed as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
3 MONTH PERIOD
YEAR ENDED ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1997 MARCH 31, 1997
----------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Principal of the Old Notes
offering........................... $ 115,000
Multiplied by interest rate.......... 8.25%
Pro forma interest expense........... 9,488 1,637
Debt issuance costs.................. 3,587
Divided by term of Old Notes
(years)............................ 10
----------
Pro forma amortization............... 359 62
------ --------------
Total adjustment..................... 9,846 1,699
====== ==============
</TABLE>
No adjustment has been made to the historical actual capitalized interest of
$1.1 million and $.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the three
month period ended March 31, 1998, respectively, as the calculation of such
capitalized interest using the interest rate of the Old Notes as compared to
using the interest rate on actual debt outstanding, applied to average
construction in progress balances, does not result in a material fluctuation.
31
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
GENERAL
The Company markets its natural gas storage services to utilities, pipeline
companies, local distribution companies, producers and natural gas marketers.
The Company receives fees for use of its salt cavern storage facilities, which
generally include a contractual demand charge for the reservation of storage
space and, in some instances, injection and withdrawal fees for the actual use
of the space. A relatively stable source of revenues exists from several
long-term, demand charge contracts with customers at the Company's two operating
facilities. These contracts provide a minimum level of revenue regardless of
usage by the customer. Salt cavern storage revenues as a percentage of total
revenues for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 were 95%, 84% and
86%, respectively, and for the three month periods ended March 31, 1997 and 1998
were 90% and 85%, respectively.
The Company also offers short-term firm and interruptible hub services to
its customers. These services include balancing, wheeling, title transfer,
imbalance trading and loaning natural gas. See "Business -- Description of
Services". The Company is currently using hub services to generate incremental
revenue and to provide existing and potential long-term customers with an
inexpensive way to incorporate these services in their natural gas portfolios.
The Company believes that hub service transactions may lead to additional
long-term storage contracts over time. Short-term hub services were provided to
over 35 customers in 1997. Hub services revenues as a percentage of total
revenues for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 were 5%, 16% and
14%, respectively, and for the three month periods ended March 31, 1997 and 1998
were 10% and 15%, respectively.
CAPACITY EXPANSIONS
The Company's financial condition and results of operations are directly
related to the working storage capacity of the Company's storage facilities. The
Company has increased capacity at its facilities six times to meet market demand
for storage services. As of March 31, 1998, capacity at the Moss Bluff facility
was approximately 9.9 Bcf, and capacity at the Egan facility was approximately
7.7 Bcf, for a total storage capacity of 17.6 Bcf. This compares to working gas
storage capacity at March 31, 1997 of approximately 8.3 Bcf at the Moss Bluff
facility and approximately 5.0 Bcf at the Egan facility, for a total of 13.3
Bcf. As of December 31, 1997, capacity at the Moss Bluff facility was
approximately 9.5 Bcf, and capacity at the Egan facility was approximately 6.5
Bcf, for a total storage capacity of approximately 16.0 Bcf. The Company is
currently in the process of expanding the capacity of the Moss Bluff and Egan
facilities. See "Business -- Storage Facilities".
At the time of the formation of MHP, the Moss Bluff facility was held by
Moss Bluff Gas Storage Systems ("MBGSS"), a partnership controlled by MHP and
owned 50% by MHP and 50% by CMS Energy Corporation ("CMS"). On July 3, 1996,
MHP acquired (the "MBGSS Transaction") the 50% partner interest in MBGSS owned
by CMS for, principally, a net cash payment of approximately $26.6 million and
the assumption of liabilities of approximately $6.4 million. The MBGSS
Transaction effectively doubled the storage capacity at the Moss Bluff facility
attributable to the Company.
As a result of the MBGSS Transaction and the continued expansion of the
Moss Bluff and Egan facilities, average storage capacity attributable to the
Company has increased each year since the formation of MHP. Storage capacity
attributable to the Company was approximately 7.35 Bcf, 11.95 Bcf and 16.00 Bcf
as of December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and approximately 13.3 Bcf
and 17.6 Bcf as of March 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
MHP Storage was formed by MHP on December 31, 1997 to hold the equity
interests of Moss Bluff, Egan and their respective general partners. Financial
and operating data for the periods presented have been restated to reflect the
financial position and results of operations as if the formation of MHP Storage
had occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented.
32
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth a summary of material income statement line
items as a percentage of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997 and for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, THREE MONTHS THREE MONTHS
------------------------------- ENDED ENDED
1995 1996 1997 MARCH 31, 1997 MARCH 31, 1998
--------- --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues
Salt cavern storage revenues.... 94.5% 83.6% 86.4% 89.8% 85.0%
Hub services revenues........... 5.5 16.4 13.6 10.2 15.0
--------- --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
Total revenues............. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Operating expenses................... 78.0 54.7 50.7 49.4 40.7
--------- --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
Operating income..................... 22.0 45.3 49.3 50.6 59.3
Net interest expense................. 7.2 12.9 12.8 17.9 10.8
--------- --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
Net income before extraordinary
item................................. 14.8% 32.4% 36.5% 32.7% 48.5%
========= ========= ========= =============== ===============
</TABLE>
COMPARISON OF THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997
REVENUES. Revenues for the first three months of 1998 were $7.6 million
compared to $6.0 million for the first three months of 1997, an increase of $1.6
million, or 27%. This $1.6 million increase is attributable to a $1.1 million
increase in salt cavern storage revenues and to a $0.5 million increase in hub
services revenues. The increase in salt cavern storage revenues is principally
due to an increase in working storage capacity from 13.3 Bcf at March 31, 1997
to 17.6 Bcf at March 31, 1998. Increased hub services revenues are a result of
increased activity at the Company's operating facilities due to a greater number
of customers and due to the increased working storage capacity.
OPERATING EXPENSES. Operating expenses were $3.1 million for the first
quarter of 1998 compared to $3.0 million for the first quarter of 1997, an
increase of $0.1 million, or 3%. The increase is a result of increased
activities at the operating facilities and working storage capacity expansions.
OPERATING INCOME. As a result of the factors described above, operating
income for the first quarter 1998 increased to $4.5 million from $3.1 million in
the first quarter 1997, an increase of $1.4 million, or 45%.
NET INTEREST EXPENSE. Net interest expense was $0.8 million for the first
three months of 1998 compared to $1.1 million for the first three months of
1997, a decrease of $0.3 million, or 27%. This decrease is the result of
issuance of $115 million in aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes in March
1998. The increase in interest expense associated with the issuance is more than
offset by a $0.2 million increase in interest income associated with a higher
cash balance.
COMPARISON OF 1997 AND 1996
REVENUES. Revenues were $27.5 million in 1997 compared to $18.6 million in
1996, an increase of $8.9 million, or 48%. This $8.9 million increase was
attributable to an $8.2 million increase in salt cavern storage revenues and to
a $0.7 million increase in hub services revenues. The increase in salt cavern
storage revenues is due to the effects of the MBGSS Transaction, which added
approximately 4.0 Bcf of capacity to the Moss Bluff facility in July 1996, along
with other storage cavern expansions at Moss Bluff and Egan totaling 4.05 Bcf in
1997. Increased hub services revenues reflect increased marketing of such
services and capital expansions of surface infrastructure at the Company's
facilities, which have increased the capacity to provide such services to its
customers.
OPERATING EXPENSES. Operating expenses were $13.9 million in 1997 compared
to $10.2 million in 1996, an increase of $3.7 million, or 36%. The majority of
this increase related to the transfer of the CMS interest in the Moss Bluff
facility pursuant to the MBGSS Transaction in July 1996. Depreciation expense
increased $1.1 million as a result of capital expenditures and the MBGSS
Transaction.
33
<PAGE>
OPERATING INCOME. As a result of the factors described above and the
economies of scale associated with capacity expansions, operating income
increased to $13.6 million in 1997 from $8.4 million in 1996, an increase of
$5.2 million, or 62%, and also increased as a percentage of total revenues to
49% in 1997 from 45% in 1996.
NET INTEREST EXPENSE. Net interest expense was $3.5 million in 1997
compared to $2.4 million in 1996, an increase of $1.1 million, or 46%, resulting
from a full year's interest on the Secured Notes in 1997.
COMPARISON OF 1996 AND 1995
REVENUES. Revenues were $18.6 million in 1996 compared to $7.9 million in
1995, an increase of $10.7 million, or 135%. Of such increase, $8.1 million was
attributable to increased salt cavern storage revenues and $2.6 million was
attributable to increased hub services revenues. Significant events contributing
to these increases during the period were (i) the commencement of operations at
the Egan facility, which came on line in September 1995 with 3.6 Bcf of working
gas capacity and contributed $5.4 million to the total increase in salt cavern
storage revenues and (ii) the MBGSS Transaction in July 1996, an event which
increased working gas capacity net to the Company from the Moss Bluff facility
from 3.75 Bcf at the end of 1995 to 7.75 Bcf at the end of 1996 and contributed
$2.7 million to the total increase in salt cavern storage revenues. Increased
hub services revenues reflect increased provision of such services and expanded
surface infrastructure at the Company's facilities.
OPERATING EXPENSES. Operating expenses were $10.2 million in 1996 compared
to $6.1 million in 1995, an increase of $4.1 million, or 67%. This increase was
attributable to a $2.2 million increase in depreciation as a result of increased
capital expenditures relating to capacity expansions and a $0.8 million increase
in operations and maintenance expense that were primarily related to the
commencement of operations at the Egan facility in September 1995 and the MBGSS
Transaction in July 1996.
OPERATING INCOME. As a result of the factors described above, operating
income increased to $8.4 million in 1996 from $1.7 million in 1995, an increase
of $6.7 million, or 394%, and also increased as a percentage of total revenues
to 45.3% in 1996 from 22.0% in 1995.
NET INTEREST EXPENSE. Net interest expense was $2.4 million in 1996
compared to $0.6 million in 1995, an increase of $1.8 million, or 300%. This
increase was attributable to the issuance of $60.0 million principal amount of
Secured Notes in a private placement transaction on July 3, 1996. Proceeds of
the private placement were distributed to MHP and used to facilitate the
transfer of the remaining 50% interest in the Moss Bluff facility owned by a
third party, to retire an outstanding bank loan on the Moss Bluff facility and
to repay a portion of the promissory note owed by MHP to TPC.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
GENERAL
The Company's working capital and capital expenditure requirements have
historically been funded from contributions of partners' capital, the issuance
of debt securities and net cash provided by operations. In connection with the
formation of MHP, TPC contributed to MHP its market hub assets, development
plans, permits, leases and storage contracts, and MHP's partners contributed to
MHP the agreed-upon sum of $45.0 million in the aggregate in cash over the
period from December 1994 through July 1996.
In 1993, to fund the development of the Moss Bluff facility, MBGSS, a
partnership then owned 50% by TPC and 50% by CMS, entered into a project
financing facility (the "Construction Facility") with a third-party lender for
$25.0 million. Borrowings under this facility provided construction financing
for the first two salt caverns at the Moss Bluff facility and for related
surface equipment. At the time of the MBGSS Transaction on July 3, 1996, Moss
Bluff and Egan completed the issuance of $60.0 million of Secured Notes in a
private placement transaction. Proceeds of the offering of the Secured Notes
were used primarily to facilitate the transfer of CMS's 50% interest in MBGSS
for $26.6 million, to retire the outstanding balance of the Construction
Facility of $16.7 million and to repay intercompany indebtedness of Egan to MHP
in the amount of $14.1 million. Proceeds received from the Old Notes Offering
were used, in part, by the Company to repay the entire outstanding principle
amount of the Secured Notes of $53.5
34
<PAGE>
million, with accrued interest of approximately $0.7 million and prepayment
penalties of approximately $5.1 million.
MHP has from time to time borrowed money from TPC and the other partners of
MHP to finance capital expenditures for the development of the Moss Bluff and
Egan facilities. On March 5, 1998, the Company distributed approximately $17.6
million of the net proceeds from the Old Notes Offering to MHP, which MHP used
to repay the outstanding principal amount of $17.0 million of the Partner Notes
issued by MHP to its partners, together with accrued interest thereon of $0.6
million. There are no remaining amounts owed to the partners of MHP by MHP or
the Company.
In April 1998, the Company executed a credit facility (the "New Credit
Facility") with BankOne, Texas, N.A. that expires December 2000. The New Credit
Facility provides for revolving credit borrowings up to $20.0 million in the
aggregate outstanding at any time. Borrowings under the credit facility will
bear interest at a rate per annum, at the Company's option, equal to: (i) the
bank's prime rate or (ii) the London Interbank Offered Rate plus 2%. The New
Credit Facility is secured by substantially all the assets of the Company and
includes certain covenants applicable to the Company, including requirements
that the Company comply with certain financial ratios.
CASH FLOWS
COMPARISON OF THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997.__Net cash
provided by operating activities was $1.9 million for the first quarter of 1998
and $4.9 million for the first quarter of 1997. The reduction in cash flows from
operating activities is primarily due to reductions in current liabilities
during the first quarter of 1998.
Net cash used in investing activities during the first quarter of 1998 and
1997 consisted entirely of capital expenditures. The Company spent $4.0 million
and $4.4 million during the first quarter of 1998 and 1997, respectively. During
the first quarter of 1998, working gas storage capacity increased 1.6 Bcf, to
17.6 Bcf from 16.0 Bcf at December 31, 1997.
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $33.4 million
during the first quarter of 1998 and ($0.8) million during the first quarter of
1997. During the first quarter of 1998, the Company issued $115 million in
aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes and repaid certain secured
indebtedness owed to third parties (the "Secured Notes") for $59.3 million,
including accrued interest and prepayment penalty. The Company distributed $17.6
million to MHP for repayment of certain indebtedness owed to certain Partners of
MHP, including $0.6 million of accrued interest. In addition, a $4.0 million
loan was made to an MHP subsidiary for the Tioga project. The Company also
received $2,084 of cash that had been restricted under terms of the Secured
Notes.
COMPARISON OF 1997 AND 1996. Net cash provided by operating activities was
$18.1 million in 1997 and $5.2 million in 1996. The primary source of additional
cash flow was increased net income, in addition to increases in trade payable
and accrued liabilities of $4.0 million, as compared to a $4.2 million decrease
in trade payables and accrued liabilities during 1996.
Net cash used in investing activities in 1997 and 1996 consisted entirely
of capital expenditures. The Company spent $29.8 million in 1997 and $37.6
million in 1996 on the continued development of its Moss Bluff and Egan
facilities. During 1996, capacity at Moss Bluff net to the Company was expanded
to approximately 7.8 Bcf, primarily through the transfer of CMS's interest in
the facility, and capacity at Egan was increased to 4.2 Bcf. At year end 1997,
the Company had expanded capacity to approximately 9.5 Bcf and approximately 6.5
Bcf at Moss Bluff and Egan, respectively.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $13.5 million in 1997 and
$31.9 million in 1996. Sources of financing consisted of the issuance of $60.0
million of Secured Notes in 1996, and $17.7 million of partners' contributions
during 1997. A portion of the proceeds of the Secured Notes and of partner
contributions was used to repay indebtedness.
35
<PAGE>
COMPARISON OF 1996 AND 1995. Net cash provided by operating activities in
1996 and 1995 was $5.2 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The increase in
1996 is primarily attributable to increased revenues and net income from
operations.
Net cash flows from investing activities in 1996 and 1995 consisted
entirely of capital expenditures. During 1996 and 1995, the Company spent $37.6
million and $26.8 million, respectively, on the development of its storage
facilities. During 1995, the Company continued its expansion of the Moss Bluff
facility, reaching a capacity of approximately 3.75 Bcf (owned capacity) at year
end. The Company commenced operations at the Egan facility in September 1995
with approximately 3.6 Bcf of capacity in service. At year end 1996, capacity at
the Moss Bluff and Egan facilities was approximately 7.75 Bcf (owned capacity)
and approximately 4.2 Bcf, respectively.
Net cash provided by financing activities in 1996 and 1995 was $31.9
million and $25.0 million, respectively. Sources of financing consisted of $26.4
million of partners' contributions during 1995 and the issuance of $60.0 million
of Secured Notes during 1996.
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
Following consummation of the Old Notes Offering, the Company expects that
its primary capital requirements will be for debt service, working capital and
capital expenditures. The Company plans to use approximately $26.0 million of
the net proceeds of the Old Notes Offering to expand the capacity of its current
facilities at Moss Bluff and Egan and to purchase incremental pad gas. After
this additional capacity has been added, management expects that capital
expenditures needed to maintain these facilities will be relatively low. The
Company projects that its maintenance capital expenditures for 1998 will be less
than $1.0 million. The Company believes that funds generated from operations and
funds available under the New Credit Facility will be sufficient to meet its
liquidity requirements for the foreseeable future.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
The Company is conducting a program to review and, if necessary, resolve
data processing issues relating to whether its computer systems will recognize
the year 2000 or will treat any date after December 31, 1999 as a date during
the twentieth century. The Company does not currently have any information
concerning the year 2000 compliance status of its customers or vendors, except
for public information. Although the Company currently anticipates that it will
not incur material expenditures or disruption of operations relating to year
2000 processing issues, if the Company or its customers or vendors are unable to
resolve any significant processing issues that may arise in a timely manner,
such inability could have an adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. Accordingly, the Company plans to devote
the necessary resources to resolve all significant year 2000 issues in a timely
manner.
36
<PAGE>
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
There are three principal types of underground natural gas storage sites:
(i) depleted oil or gas reservoirs; (ii) aquifers, which are water-only
reservoirs conditioned to hold natural gas; and (iii) salt cavern formations.
Salt cavern storage facilities, such as those operated by the Company, offer
significant advantages compared to depleted reservoirs and aquifers. Due to the
physical qualities of the salt formations in which these caverns are
constructed, the salt cavern storage facilities generally have higher average
daily deliverability rates than storage facilities that utilize depleted
reservoirs or aquifers. For example, each of the Company's salt cavern storage
facilities is designed to permit withdrawal of all the working gas in such
facility in periods as short as ten days. They are also typically less costly to
operate and more flexible than other competing storage methods. While a
reservoir storage facility typically converts from injection to withdrawal once
or twice per year, salt cavern storage facilities are capable of being switched
from injection to withdrawal, and vice versa, several times a day. Accordingly,
the Company believes that salt cavern storage facilities are better suited to
meet short-duration load swings (E.G., intra-day heating and air-conditioning
demand) and to serve peak demand during major supply interruption events, such
as hurricanes and loss of production due to extremely cold weather.
Several types of customers typically utilize salt cavern storage, including
local distribution companies, gas-fired electric utilities, gas marketing
companies, gas producers and gas pipelines. For example, local distribution
companies can reduce their costs by maintaining a reserve supply of natural gas
at a storage facility. The salt cavern's high deliverability capability allows
distribution companies to access supply quickly, eliminating the need to
purchase gas on short notice at peak prices. Gas-fired electric utilities
typically use other sources of supply for baseload demand, but utilize gas
storage facilities as "peaking" facilities to rapidly meet short-swing surges
in demand. Gas marketing companies use salt cavern storage as a tool to maximize
arbitrage profits when the total cost of purchasing gas at off-peak times and
storing it is less than the price at which they can sell gas during periods of
tight supply. Likewise, gas producers can increase profits by storing gas until
prices increase, with the advantage of quick access to that stored supply in a
salt cavern facility. Finally, salt cavern storage allows gas pipeline companies
to increase operating efficiency by physically balancing pipeline receipts and
deliveries with the salt cavern's flexible injection and withdrawal
capabilities, thereby enabling companies to reduce compressor fuel usage through
improved balancing.
Market hubs, or strategic interconnects combined with storage in the
pipeline grid, can be used for a number of purposes. A market hub can be an
advantageous location to make or take delivery of gas, as it provides receipt
point security because all purchase and supply contracts can be written with a
known point of delivery. A market hub with salt cavern storage can improve
efficiency of gas transportation management. Scheduling and imbalance penalties
can be avoided, while pooling supply from different sources at one location can
reduce transportation costs. In addition, high-deliverability storage can be
used to minimize risks created by counterparty failures by eliminating the need
for a party to enter the "spot" market. Finally, salt cavern storage permits
producers, purchasers, marketers and pipelines to take advantage of pricing
differentials. Both commodity and transportation costs can be reduced: commodity
cost through purchases at off-peak prices for use during peak periods, and
transportation cost through access at off-peak "interruptible" rates, compared
to more expensive "firm" transportation.
Changes in the industry have created the need for more efficient methods of
managing the supply of natural gas throughout the pipeline grid. Prior to the
issuance of FERC Order 636 in April 1992, users of natural gas were able to
purchase sufficient natural gas from pipelines, on short notice, to meet
substantially all their natural gas supply needs, and pipelines were largely
obligated by contract to supply these needs. The Company believes that if
general consumption of natural gas begins to more closely match supply, natural
gas may not be available in sufficient quantities on a timely basis to satisfy
short-duration peak usage needs caused by seasonal temperature variation or
supply interruptions, and such events may increase the demand for flexible,
reliable natural gas supply services.
37
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
GENERAL
Based on publicly available information, the Company believes it is the
largest owner and operator of high deliverability salt cavern natural gas
storage capacity in North America. The Company's Moss Bluff and Egan facilities,
located near Houston, Texas and in Acadia Parish, Louisiana, respectively, are
strategically positioned at industry-recognized market hubs near the convergence
of major natural gas pipelines and serve as aggregation points for natural gas
collected along the Texas and Louisiana Gulf Coast. Both of the Company's
facilities have bidirectional interconnects to five pipelines, which form hub
and spoke systems and enable the Company to provide its customers with storage
and other services that allow better management of their variable gas load
requirements. At December 31, 1997, the Company's two facilities maintained
approximately 16.0 Bcf of natural gas storage capacity, 94% of which was leased
under storage contracts with major utilities, pipeline companies, local
distribution companies, natural gas producers and natural gas marketers. These
storage contracts provide a minimum level of revenues regardless of usage by the
customer. The Company supplements these revenues by providing a variety of load
management services ("hub services"). For the year ended December 31, 1997,
the Company had revenues of $27.5 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $19.1 million.
The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of MHP, which was formed in
December 1994. MHP is owned by subsidiaries of PacifiCorp, NIPSCO Industries,
Inc., DPL Inc. and Public Service Enterprise Group, Inc., all of which are large
utilities or utility holding companies. MHP's owners currently lease
approximately 50% of the Company's storage capacity. The remaining storage
capacity is leased to third parties under contracts with, among others,
subsidiaries or divisions of Houston Industries Incorporated, El Paso Natural
Gas Company, The Coastal Corporation and Consolidated Natural Gas Company. In
order to accommodate the current market demand for the Company's services, the
Company has recently commenced additional construction at both of its facilities
to expand the aggregate working gas capacity from approximately 16.0 Bcf to
approximately 24.0 Bcf. The Company believes that incremental capacity
expansions result in high rates of return due to the relatively low capital
expenditures required to add new capacity and deliverability and the relatively
low incremental costs associated with operating the new capacity.
The Company's salt cavern storage facilities offer significant advantages
over conventional reservoir natural gas storage facilities. In conventional
reservoir storage, which includes both depleted natural gas reservoirs and
aquifers, natural gas is injected for approximately 200 to 250 days per year
when demand is lower and withdrawn during the 100 to 150 days per year in the
winter months when demand is higher. While a reservoir storage facility
typically converts from injection to withdrawal once or twice a year, a salt
cavern facility is capable of switching from injection to withdrawal several
times a day. In addition, each of the Company's salt cavern facilities is
designed to permit withdrawal of all the working gas in such facility in periods
as short as ten days. Conventional storage facilities are typically depleted oil
and gas reservoirs which, depending on their size and permeability, permit
withdrawal of all working gas in periods ranging from 80 to 150 days. This
flexibility allows salt cavern storage customers to better manage unpredictable
load variances throughout the year, including short duration load swings, such
as those attributable to intraday heating and air conditioning demand, and to
serve peak demand during major supply interruption events, such as hurricanes
and the loss of production due to extremely cold weather.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Company plans to continue to grow its revenue base and to improve its
profitability and cash flow through the implementation of the following key
business strategies:
o OFFER SUPERIOR DELIVERABILITY AND FLEXIBILITY
The Company's marketing strategy emphasizes the high deliverability and
flexibility of its salt cavern storage facilities relative to conventional
reservoir natural gas storage and targets those customers whose storage and
delivery needs are more variable. For example, salt cavern storage can be
used by utilities as
38
<PAGE>
"peaking" facilities to rapidly meet short-swing surges in demand. Salt
cavern storage can allow local distribution companies to reserve a supply of
natural gas at a storage facility that can be delivered quickly, reducing the
need to purchase gas on short notice at peak prices. Natural gas marketing
companies and natural gas production companies can use salt cavern facilities
to store natural gas when prices are low and withdraw natural gas when prices
increase.
A salt cavern's flexible injection and withdrawal capabilities can allow
pipeline companies to increase operating efficiencies and reduce compressor
fuel usage through physically balancing pipeline receipts and deliveries.
o GENERATE STABLE REVENUES AND CASH FLOWS THROUGH DEMAND STORAGE CONTRACTS
The Company's primary source of revenues is demand storage contracts, in
which the Company leases storage capacity to customers on a firm basis for
periods ranging from one year to 20 years. Prices per Bcf of storage capacity
and the amount of storage capacity to be leased are generally fixed at the
inception of the contract. Accordingly, these storage contracts, which have a
remaining weighted average life of approximately 7.7 years as of December 31,
1997, provide a relatively stable source of revenues and cash flows, since
the customer is required to pay a minimum level of storage fees regardless of
usage. In 1997, approximately 86% of the Company's total revenues were
generated from the minimum fees under demand storage contracts.
o OPTIMIZE REVENUES AND OPERATING EFFICIENCIES BY OFFERING HUB SERVICES
The Company offers a variety of load management services to its customers on
a short-term and "interruptible" basis to supplement its storage revenues.
These hub services include: (i) balancing services, which allow customers to
borrow or park gas for a limited time, (ii) wheeling services, which allow
customers to transfer gas from one pipeline to another through the Company's
surface interconnects, (iii) title transfer services, which allow customers
to effect the transfer of gas from one storage facility or pipeline to
another without incurring unnecessary transportation charges, (iv) imbalance
services, which allow customers to trade imbalances on a particular pipeline
or between pipelines and (v) loaning services, which allow customers to
borrow natural gas from the Company. Since the Company's storage customers
generally do not utilize 100% of storage and/or withdrawal and injection
capacities at all times, hub services allow the Company to optimize revenues
and operating efficiencies through the use of unutilized and unsubscribed
capacity. Hub services also provide an opportunity to attract new customers
and market longer-term demand-type storage contracts to these new customers.
o CAPITALIZE ON FAVORABLE EXPANSION ECONOMICS BY SELECTIVELY EXPANDING CAPACITY
Due to the favorable economics associated with capacity expansion, the
Company evaluates increasing capacity at its current facilities when it has
leased close to 100% of storage capacity and demand for additional capacity
remains strong. The Company has previously expanded capacity six times. The
Company plans to use approximately $20.0 million of the proceeds of the Old
Notes Offering to expand capacity by 50%, from approximately 16.0 Bcf to
approximately 24.0 Bcf, and approximately $6.0 million to purchase
incremental pad gas associated with such expansion. The Company believes that
incremental capacity expansions result in high rates of return due to the
relatively low capital expenditures required to add new capacity and
deliverability and the relatively low incremental costs associated with
operating the new capacity. For example, approximately $158.4 million has
been invested in fixed assets to develop the Company's approximately 16.0 Bcf
of existing storage capacity, or approximately $9.9 million per Bcf. The
Company's current expansion plan projects an increase in capacity by 8.0 Bcf
for $20.0 million, requiring only $2.5 million per Bcf of additional
capacity.
o CONTINUE DEVELOPMENT OF INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGY TO IMPROVE OPERATING
EFFICIENCIES
The Company plans to maintain its focus on developing salt cavern storage
techniques that it believes to be state-of-the-art. Through a subsidiary of
its majority owner, PacifiCorp, the Company has maintained an extensive
technical relationship with Sandia National Laboratories, a leading source of
technology for hydrocarbon storage, and previously had an extensive technical
relationship with Gaz de France, a world leader in natural gas related
research and development. The cooperative effort in technology has
39
<PAGE>
been primarily focused on salt cavern design, construction and operation. The
use of Solution Mining Under Gas ("SMUG") technology, which allows the
expansion of existing caverns without interrupting operations, provides the
Company with what it believes are cost and safety advantages.
STORAGE FACILITIES
GENERAL. A salt cavern is formed by drilling and leaching an underground
cavern in a naturally existing salt formation and installing related surface
equipment. The typical salt cavern storage facility consists of a solution
mining plant, which provides fresh water to dissolve cavities within the
underlying salt, brine handling and disposal facilities, and the necessary
surface facilities to compress natural gas into the cavity and allow it to flow
back into a pipeline. Natural gas is injected under pressure and is generally
not subject to loss because salt is essentially impermeable. All storage
facilities which the Company owns and all storage facility projects which MHP is
planning or developing are salt cavern storage facilities.
MOSS BLUFF FACILITY. The Moss Bluff facility consists of three storage
caverns located in Liberty and Chambers Counties near Houston, Texas that
provide approximately 9.5 Bcf of working storage capacity. The facility
typically provides 10-day withdrawal service (950 MMcf/day) and 20-day injection
service (475 MMcf/day), although it is capable of providing up to approximately
1,200 MMcf/day of withdrawal capacity and additional wheeling capacity of
approximately 300 MMcf/day. The Moss Bluff facility occupies what the Company
believes to be an ideal location on the pipeline grid, with access to five
pipelines, three of which are intrastate and two of which are interstate. The
three intrastate pipeline interconnects are with Channel (which is owned and
operated as two pipelines), MidCon Texas and Tejas Gas. The interstate pipeline
interconnects are with NGPL and Texas Eastern Transmission ("TETCO"). The
interconnections to Channel, TETCO, MidCon Texas and Tejas Gas are via a 4.9
mile dual header system of 16-inch and 20-inch pipe, which runs south from the
facility to the main metering facility location near the Liberty and Chambers
Counties border. The interconnection to NGPL is a 16-inch, 9.7-mile pipe, which
was added with the development of the second cavern.
Operations at the Moss Bluff facility were commenced in 1990 with a single
storage cavern providing approximately 1.75 Bcf of working storage capacity. At
the time operations were commenced, the Moss Bluff facility was wholly owned by
a partnership controlled by TPC. TPC contributed its interest in the Moss Bluff
facility to MHP at the time of its formation in 1994. Moss Bluff completed
construction of the second storage cavern at the Moss Bluff facility in 1994,
which initially provided 3.15 Bcf of working gas storage. During 1994, an
estimated 0.6 Bcf of storage capacity was added to the second cavern at the Moss
Bluff facility. The new capacity was placed in service on September 1, 1994.
Effective September 18, 1995, Moss Bluff completed construction and commenced
operations of the third storage cavern at the Moss Bluff facility, adding an
estimated initial 2.00 Bcf of working gas storage capacity. In 1997, the Company
undertook a major expansion of the Moss Bluff facility, adding an equivalent of
2.75 Bcf of working storage capacity using SMUG technology and increasing
average injection capability to 475 MMcf/day by placing a fifth compressor in
service.
The Company has budgeted capital expenditures of approximately $6.0 million
in 1998 for the further expansion of the Moss Bluff facility. The Company
currently intends to utilize SMUG technology to increase working storage
capacity in caverns 2 and 3 by an aggregate of 2.5 Bcf for total facility
storage capacity of 12.0 Bcf. The Company also intends to add a sixth compressor
to the facility, which is expected to increase average injection capability to
approximately 600 MMcf/day, and to add an additional disposal well to enhance
cavern expansion and de-watering capabilities. Additional meter capacity will
also be added to improve take-away capacity to correspond to market demands.
EGAN FACILITY. The Egan facility consists of two storage caverns located
in Acadia Parish in the south central part of Louisiana that provide
approximately 6.5 Bcf of working storage capacity. The Egan facility typically
provides 10-day withdrawal service (650 MMcf/day) and 20-day injection service
(325 MMcf/day), although it is capable of providing up to approximately 1,500
MMcf/day of withdrawal capacity and additional wheeling capacity of
approximately 350 MMcf/day. Because of the Egan facility's location in the
supply area and proximity to the interstate and intrastate pipeline grid, the
Company believes
40
<PAGE>
the Egan facility is the best located market hub for matching Gulf Coast
production to market demand in the midwestern and northeastern United States.
The Egan facility provides services to customers on five interstate pipelines:
Tennessee Gas, Texas Gas, ANR, Trunkline and Columbia Gas. The Egan facility
interconnects to pipelines owned by Tennessee Gas and Texas Gas through 3.5
miles of dual 24-inch pipes, to pipelines owned by ANR and Trunkline through 1.5
miles of dual 20-inch pipes and to a Columbia Gas pipeline through 6.7 miles of
a single 24-inch pipe.
Operations at the Egan facility were commenced in 1995 with a single
storage cavern providing approximately 3.6 Bcf of working storage capacity. The
second cavern well was drilled and leaching operations commenced during 1997,
effectively increasing total working storage capacity to 6.5 Bcf by December 31,
1997.
The Company has budgeted capital expenditures of approximately $14.0
million in 1998 for the further expansion of the Egan facility. The Company
anticipates the Egan facility will have a total facility storage capacity of
12.0 Bcf by December 1998. Additionally, the Company intends to add a fifth,
sixth and seventh compressor to the Egan facility, which are expected to
increase average injection capability to approximately 600 MMcf/day. Additional
meter capacity will also be added to improve take-away capacity to correspond to
market demands.
STORAGE SYSTEM SUMMARY
The following table sets forth storage system information for the Company
as of December 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ESTIMATED
WITHDRAWAL
CAPACITY ESTIMATED
ESTIMATED PLUS WORKING
INJECTION WHEELING GAS STORAGE PROJECTED
CAPACITY CAPACITY CAPACITY IN-SERVICE
(MMCF/DAY) (MMCF/DAY) (BCF) DATE
---------- ----------- ----------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EXISTING
Moss Bluff.............................. 475 1,500 9.5 In Service
Egan.................................... 325 1,850 6.5 In Service
---------- ----------- -----------
Subtotal........................... 800 3,350 16.0
PLANNED EXPANSIONS
Moss Bluff.............................. 125 150 2.5 September 1998
Egan.................................... 275 150 5.5 December 1998
---------- ----------- -----------
Subtotal........................... 400 300 8.0
---------- ----------- -----------
Total......................... 1,200 3,650 24.0
========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES
STORAGE SERVICES. Storage services are marketed by the Company on an
unbundled basis to utilities, pipeline companies, local distribution companies,
producers and natural gas marketers and permit customers to contract for
injection, storage space and withdrawal capacities. These unbundled services are
currently offered on firm, secondary firm and interruptible bases. The majority
of the Company's contracts are on a firm basis, where the user pays a demand
charge for the availability of the storage space and for injection and
withdrawal rights regardless of usage. In a secondary firm arrangement, the user
customarily pays a lower demand fee than in a firm contract because the facility
has the right to make the storage capacity or injection and withdrawal
facilities unavailable to the secondary firm customer if a customer with a firm
contract requires the space or facilities. Interruptible contracts are similar
to secondary firm contracts, except that no demand fee is paid and the facility
is allowed to give prior access to both firm and secondary firm customers. Since
customers with firm contracts generally do not utilize 100% of storage and/or
withdrawal and injection capacity at all times, the Company can increase
revenues and operating efficiencies by offering secondary firm and interruptible
services to maximize capacity utilization. The facility may charge fees for the
actual use of its storage capacity and of its injection and withdrawal
41
<PAGE>
facilities in addition to the demand fees charged to reserve availability of
capacities. The number of contracts and their terms for a given storage cavern
depend upon the physical limitations of available space and injection and
withdrawal capacity at the relevant storage cavern.
HUB SERVICES. The Company also offers short-term and interruptible "hub"
services to its customers.
o BALANCING SERVICES. Balancing services allow the Company's customers to
borrow natural gas from a storage facility or to park their own natural gas
at the facility within specified volumetric ranges for a limited time. A
shipper using this service can continually keep its transportation
obligations in balance.
o WHEELING SERVICES. Wheeling services are the transportation of natural gas
at a market hub from one pipeline to another over the surface interconnects
and involve no storage service. Wheeling allows the Company's customers to
reach markets or suppliers not normally available to them. A hub customer
can deliver or purchase gas on one pipeline and have the hub transfer it to
another for further shipping.
o TITLE TRANSFER SERVICES. Title transfer services allow the Company's
customers to effect the transfer of natural gas from one storage facility
or pipeline to another without incurring unnecessary transportation
charges.
o IMBALANCE SERVICES. Imbalance services facilitate the trading of
imbalances by shippers on a particular pipeline or between pipelines with
interconnects to a market hub. The hub handles the physical gas movement,
if needed, and the nominations necessary to complete the transaction.
o LOAN SERVICES. Loaning services involve the loaning of non-critical pad
gas and "extra" gas that the Company has obtained title to through
in-kind fuel payments. The Company enters into loaning transactions only
with counterparties it considers creditworthy.
The Company began offering hub services on a short-term firm and
interruptible basis at Moss Bluff in late 1994 and at Egan in late 1995. Using
inventory management techniques common to many producing-manufacturing firms,
the Company has developed hub services to enable better management of
incremental, unsubscribed and rollover capacity at the operating facilities.
Market hub services typically provide higher margins than demand storage;
however, they are less predictable.
42
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF SIGNIFICANT CONTRACTS
As of December 31, 1997, Moss Bluff and Egan had 22 contracts with 18
customers for an aggregate of 9.0 Bcf and 6.1 Bcf of storage capacity at the
Moss Bluff facility and the Egan facility, respectively. The following chart
sets forth certain terms with respect to firm storage capacity based on the
Company's agreements with its most significant customers:
MOSS BLUFF FACILITY
CAPACITY LEASED
CUSTOMER TERMINATION DATE (IN MMCF)
- ------------------------------------- ------------------- ----------------
Northern Indiana Public Service
Company (NIPSCO Industries,
Inc.).............................. April 2013 4,000
Houston Lighting & Power Company
(Houston Industries
Incorporated)...................... April 2000(1) 1,000
Channel Industries Gas Company (El
Paso Natural Gas Company).......... April 2000 750
TPC (PacifiCorp)..................... April 2002 600
TPC (PacifiCorp)..................... September 1998 500
Inventory Management and Distribution
Company, L.L.C.
(Joint venture owned by Marathon
Oil Company, NIPSCO Energy
Services, Inc. and Inventory
Management and Distribution
Company, Inc.)................ April 1998 500
Texaco Natural Gas, Inc. (Texaco
Inc.).............................. April 1999 500
PNM Energy Marketing (Public Service
Company of New Mexico)............. July 2000 500
All Other Contracts.................. 650
------
Total...................... 9,000
======
- ------------
(1) Pursuant to an early termination provision, Houston Lighting & Power
terminated this contract in March 1998. Subsequently, Houston Lighting &
Power signed a new one-year contract for 900 MMcf for June 1998 through
October 1998 and 600 MMcf for November 1998 through May 1999.
EGAN FACILITY
CAPACITY LEASED
CUSTOMER TERMINATION DATE (IN MMCF)
- ------------------------------------- ------------------- ----------------
Northern Indiana Public Service
Company (NIPSCO Industries,
Inc.).............................. April 2016(1) 1,500
ANR Pipeline Company (The Coastal
Corporation)....................... November 1999 1,000
The East Ohio Gas Company
(Consolidated Natural Gas
Company)...................... April 2008 900
Columbia Energy Services, Inc. (The
Columbia Gas System, Inc.)......... September 2000 500
TPC (PacifiCorp)..................... April 2006 500
TPC (PacifiCorp)..................... April 1998 400
The Dayton Power & Light Company (DPL
Inc.).............................. October 2000 432
All Other Contracts.................. 850
------
Total...................... 6,082
======
- ------------
(1) This contract has a primary term expiring April 1, 2016 but may be
terminated by the customer effective April 1, 2006 on 12 months' notice.
43
<PAGE>
Certain of the current contracts provide that the customer has the right to
terminate the contract upon the occurrence of certain events of default
specified therein. Additionally, certain of the Company's contracts obligate the
Company to indemnify the customer for any damage or injury occurring during the
period in which the customer's natural gas is in the Company's possession.
MARKETING AND SALES EFFORTS
GENERAL. The Company targets sales efforts on utilities, pipeline
companies, local distribution companies, producers and natural gas marketers. As
of December 31, 1997, available capacity at the Moss Bluff and Egan facilities
for firm demand contracts was effectively sold out. Nonetheless, in light of
planned expansions and the expirations of several firm basis contracts in 1998,
the Company will continue to market firm storage service. In addition, the
Company's increasing sales of hub services have allowed the Company to expand
its customer base and maximize inventory value.
TARGET CUSTOMERS. Local distribution companies have been the primary focus
of the Company's marketing efforts. These companies have traditionally developed
long-term gas supply plans and acquired the necessary storage under long-term
contracts to meet those plans. However, in response to changes in the industry
caused by deregulation, the Company has increased its marketing of specialized
services to local distribution companies. Likewise, incentive rates have
increased customers' focus on the cost of the gas supply. In response, the
Company has highlighted the benefits of salt cavern storage and simple hedging
strategies which permit customers to purchase natural gas supplies at off-peak
prices.
The number of natural gas marketers and producers contracting for the
Company's services has steadily increased over the last two years. These
customers have traditionally purchased under shorter-term contracts of two to
three years. However, recent regulatory initiatives designed to encourage
greater accountability among the unregulated merchants, such as the imposition
of more restrictive balancing and scheduling requirements and larger penalties
for noncompliance with such requirements, have made these customers more open to
longer-term contracts.
Interstate pipeline companies represent the Company's smallest customer
base. To date, the Company has had limited success with this market because
prospective pipeline customers have their own low deliverability storage
facilities. In addition, current FERC policy limits rate recovery by pipelines
interested in contracting for upstream capacity in third-party storage
facilities. However, the Company continues to market its services to interstate
pipelines. The Company believes that without a merchant function or an incentive
to manage customer inventories, interstate pipelines are not well positioned to
ensure that existing reservoir storage facilities are filled and cycled by their
transportation customers in a manner that assures satisfactory peak (withdrawal)
and off-peak (injection) performance and full cost recovery for storage
operations. The Company believes that third-party high deliverability storage is
an increasingly viable option for pipelines attempting to maximize the value of
their seasonal storage capabilities.
ON-LINE INVENTORY TRACKING. The nature of high deliverability salt cavern
storage operations and the services provided by the Company require that the
Company have a reliable and efficient system in place to track the physical flow
of natural gas throughout its facilities. The Company utilizes at Moss Bluff and
Egan an on-line inventory tracking system developed by MHP. This system tracks
customer nominations and allocations and provides the Company with accurate fuel
accounting for both customer and Company accounts. By automating what used to be
a manual accounting process, the Company has increased efficiency and reduced
the risk of errors.
SERVICE PRICING TECHNIQUES. The Company intends to continue to price its
services under a market based rate design authorized by applicable state and
federal regulatory bodies. Prices are based upon what the market will bear at a
given time for a particular service. Full consideration is given to operational
and value factors associated with providing a service such as capacity, cycling
rights, pipeline access, current contractual commitments to the surface
facilities, pipeline and cavern pressures and the firm or interruptible nature
of the service.
44
<PAGE>
TECHNOLOGY AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
At the time of formation of MHP, MHP and TPC entered into an agreement
pursuant to which TPC has maintained an extensive technical development program
for the benefit of MHP and its subsidiaries. Key elements in this program
include an existing technical relationship with Sandia National Laboratories
("Sandia"), a leading source of technology for hydrocarbon storage, and
previously included a technical relationship with Gaz de France, the French
state-owned natural gas company ("GDF"). The cooperative effort in technology
has been primarily focused on natural gas storage cavern design, construction
and operation and has enabled TPC to gain recognition for technical leadership
within the industry.
Sandia originally developed technology for the United States Department of
Energy for the Strategic Petroleum Reserve, which stores crude oil in salt
caverns. As a result of this work, the Company believes Sandia is the leading
source in the United States of technology for hydrocarbon storage. Under an
agreement with Sandia, TPC receives three-dimensional computer simulation,
long-term creep and stress relaxation studies, mineral property testing, linear
programming and other advanced support. The Sandia contract was originally
entered into in May 1990 for an initial 12-month period and was subsequently
amended and extended several times, most recently through November 1998.
GDF is recognized as a world leader in natural gas related research and
development, with related expenditures of approximately $200.0 million per year.
Over several decades, GDF has constructed dozens of salt cavern storage
facilities and acquired an extensive patent estate and a depth of operating
skill. GDF was a major shareholder of TPC until PacifiCorp acquired TPC in April
1997. During that time, GDF provided technological assistance to TPC (and
indirectly to MHP) through its ownership relationship and an exclusive
technology agreement that was in effect from 1991 through 1997. Although neither
TPC nor MHP currently has such a relationship or agreement with GDF, MHP
continues to benefit from the experience gained in connection with TPC's and
MHP's dealings with GDF.
REGULATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
Various aspects of the transportation, sale and marketing of natural gas
are subject to or affected by extensive federal regulation under the Natural Gas
Act ("NGA"), the Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978 ("NGPA"), the Natural Gas
Wellhead Decontrol Act of 1989 ("Decontrol Act"), regulations promulgated by
the FERC and certain statutes and regulations promulgated as state law.
NATURAL GAS TRANSMISSION INDUSTRY. Historically, interstate pipeline
companies acted as wholesale merchants by purchasing natural gas from producers,
transporting the natural gas from production areas to markets and reselling that
natural gas to local distribution companies and large end users. Prior to the
enactment of the NGPA in 1978 and the Decontrol Act of 1989, all sales of
natural gas for resale in interstate commerce, including sales by producers,
were subject to the rates and service jurisdiction of the FERC under the NGA and
NGPA. However, as a result of the NGPA and the Decontrol Act, by no later than
January 1, 1993 all so-called the "first sales" of natural gas were federally
deregulated, thus allowing all types of sellers, other than pipelines, local
distribution companies and their affiliates, to market their natural gas free
from federal controls. Moreover, pursuant to Section 311 of the NGPA and under
Section 7 of the NGA, the FERC promulgated regulations by which wholly
intrastate natural gas pipeline companies and local distribution companies
served by interstate pipelines may engage in interstate transactions without
becoming subject to the FERC's full rates and service jurisdiction under the
NGA. At the same time, however, the FERC has retained its traditional
jurisdiction over the activities of interstate pipelines. Under the NGA and the
NGPA, the transportation and sale of natural gas by interstate pipeline
companies have been subject to extensive regulation, including rate regulation,
regulation of relations with marketing affiliates and accounting and reporting
requirements. In addition, the construction of new facilities, the extension or
modification of existing facilities and the commencement and cessation of sales
or transportation services by interstate pipeline companies generally have
required prior FERC authorization. Such authorizations can be denied or
conditioned to include public interest protections that may be unfavorable to
the interstate pipeline.
45
<PAGE>
Commencing in 1985, the FERC adopted regulatory changes that have
significantly altered the transportation, sale and marketing of natural gas.
These changes were intended to foster competition in the natural gas industry
by, among other things, transforming the primary role of the interstate pipeline
companies from that of wholesale marketers to that of natural gas transporters
and by mandating that interstate pipeline companies provide open and
nondiscriminatory transportation services to all producers, distributors,
marketers and other shippers seeking such services (so-called "open access"
requirements). To provide interstate pipeline companies with the incentive to
revamp their services, the FERC also sought to expedite, for pipeline companies
providing "open access" services, the certification process for new services,
facilities and operations. Throughout the early years of this process, the
FERC's actions in these areas were subject to extensive judicial review and
generated significant industry comment and proposals for modification to
existing regulations.
In April 1992, the FERC issued its latest and most comprehensive
restructuring ruling, Order No. 636, a complex regulation that has had a major
impact on natural gas pipeline operations, services and rates. Among other
things, Order No. 636 generally required each interstate pipeline company to
unbundle its traditional wholesale services and make available on an open and
nondiscriminatory basis numerous constituent services (such as gathering
services, storage services and firm and interruptible transportation services)
and to adopt a new rate-making methodology to determine appropriate rates for
those services. To the extent the pipeline company or its sales affiliate made
natural gas sales as a merchant in the future, it would do so pursuant to a
blanket sales certificate that placed such entity in direct competition with all
other sellers pursuant to private contracts. However, pipeline companies were
not required by Order No. 636 to remain merchants of natural gas, and many of
the interstate pipeline companies have elected to become transporters only. The
FERC required that each interstate pipeline company, in an individual
restructuring proceeding, set forth in detail its new terms of service in a
filing with the FERC. The FERC and the federal appellate courts have largely
affirmed the significant features of Order No. 636 and the numerous related
orders pertaining to the individual interstate pipelines. Nevertheless, because
the FERC continues to review and modify its open access regulations, the outcome
of any such later proceedings and their ultimate impact on MHP's business is
uncertain.
In addition, the FERC has announced its intention to reexamine certain of
its transportation related policies, including the appropriate manner in which
interstate pipelines release transportation capacity under Order No. 636 and,
more recently, the price that firm service shippers can charge for released
capacity. The FERC has also recently requested comments on the financial outlook
of the gas pipeline industry, including, among other matters, whether the FERC's
current ratemaking policies are suitable in the current industry environment.
Finally, the FERC has recently issued a notice of proposed rulemaking to further
standardize pipeline transportation tariffs which, if implemented as proposed,
would adversely affect the reliability of scheduled interruptible service.
REGULATION OF THE COMPANY'S FACILITIES. Certain of the operations of the
Moss Bluff facility are subject to FERC regulation and other of its activities
are subject to regulation by the Texas Railroad Commission ("TRC"). The Moss
Bluff facility is classified by the FERC as a so-called "Hinshaw pipeline",
exempt from the FERC's interstate pipeline rates and service jurisdiction under
the NGA. The Moss Bluff facility is subject to regulation under the utility
statutes of Texas as to its intrastate activity. Under regulations promulgated
by the FERC, Hinshaw pipelines can engage in other interstate transactions by
complying with certain reporting and other regulations applicable to such
transactions. In this regard, the FERC has issued a limited-jurisdiction
certificate to Moss Bluff under Section 7 of the NGA authorizing Moss Bluff to
engage in the sale, transportation (including storage) or assignment of natural
gas that is subject to the FERC's jurisdiction under the NGA to the same extent
that intrastate pipelines are authorized to engage in such activities pursuant
to Section 311 of the NGPA. The FERC has authorized Moss Bluff to charge
market-based rates for its interstate storage and interruptible hub services.
Such market-based rate authorization does not apply to stand-alone
transportation service, for which Moss Bluff would require additional
authorization. Further, it is based upon the FERC's determination, in light of
Moss Bluffs' and its affiliates' activities described in its rate application,
that Moss Bluff is not able to exercise market power in the provision of its
storage and interruptible hub services. Such authorization is subject to
reexamination in
46
<PAGE>
the event there is a significant future change to Moss Bluff's market power
status. Such a change could include, for example, the addition by Moss Bluff or
its affiliates of significant additional storage capacity or access to
significant market area storage or transportation. Moss Bluff is required to
report to the FERC circumstances that could significantly affect its market
power status. Such market-based rate authorization could be limited or revoked
prospectively in the event of any such change. Pursuant to the Texas Gas Utility
Regulatory Act, intrastate rates are deemed to be just and reasonable and
approved by the TRC if they have been negotiated at arm's length with pipeline
companies or large industrial customers, which is the case with respect to Moss
Bluff's rates for wholly interstate services.
Egan is an interstate pipeline and storer of natural gas subject to FERC
regulation under the NGA and NGPA. In October 1996, Egan received a certificate
of public convenience and necessity from the FERC for its storage facility. This
certificate grants Egan the authority under Section 7 of the NGA to own and
operate its then-existing facilities and to build a second salt cavern storage
facility at the Egan site. The FERC subsequently authorized Egan to expand its
originally certificated facilities. Egan's natural gas storage and hub services
are offered at market-based rates. Egan is the first hub in the United States
with FERC authorization to charge market-based rates for natural gas hub
services. Such market-based rate authorization is, however, based upon the
FERC's determination, in light of Egan's and its affiliates' activities
described in its certificate applications, that Egan is not able to exercise
market power in the provision of its services. Such authorization is subject to
reexamination in the event a significant change occurs to Egan's market power
status; for example, if Egan adds storage capacity or storage caverns beyond the
two caverns contemplated, or an affiliate enters the interstate storage or
transportation business, and Egan is required to report to the FERC any such
future circumstances that could significantly affect its market power status.
Such market-based rate authorization could be limited or revoked prospectively
in the event of any such change.
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY MATTERS. The Company is subject to environmental
risks normally incident to the operation and construction of pipelines and other
facilities for processing, storing and transporting natural gas and other
products, including, but not limited to, uncontrollable flows of natural gas,
fluids and other substances into the environment, fires, pollution and other
environmental and safety risks. The following is a discussion of certain
environmental safety concerns related to the Company. It is not intended to
constitute a complete discussion of the various federal, state and local
statutes, rules, regulations or orders to which the Company's operations may be
subject. For example, the Company, without regard to fault, could incur
liability under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980, as amended, or state counterparts, in connection with the
disposal or other releases of hazardous substances. Further, the recent trend in
environmental legislation and regulations is toward stricter standards, and this
will likely continue in the future.
The Company's activities in connection with the operation and construction
of pipelines, injection wells, storage caverns and other facilities for storing
and transporting natural gas and other products are subject to environmental and
safety regulation by federal and state authorities, including, without
limitation, the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission ("TNRCC"), the
Louisiana Office of Conservation, the TRC and the Federal Environmental
Protection Agency ("EPA"), which can increase the costs of designing,
installing and operating such facilities. In most instances, the regulatory
requirements relate to the discharge of substances into the environment and
include measures to control water and air pollution.
Environmental laws and regulations may require the acquisition of a permit
before certain activities may be conducted by the Company. Further, these laws
and regulations may limit or prohibit activities on certain lands lying within
wilderness areas, wetlands, areas providing habitat for certain species or other
protected areas. The Company is also subject to other federal, state and local
laws covering the handling, storage or discharge of materials used by the
Company, or otherwise relating to protection of the environment, safety and
health.
An example of state environmental regulation affecting the Company is the
Texas Clean Air Act ("TCA Act"), as administered by the TNRCC. The TCA Act
restricts emission of air pollutants from natural gas pipeline facilities, and
the TNRCC may curtail operations not meeting applicable standards.
47
<PAGE>
Additionally, the TRC has the authority to take any steps necessary to ensure
compliance with applicable safety regulations through pipeline construction
standards and to issue permits and regulations necessary to prevent
environmental pollution by pipeline operations. These regulations are subject to
change from time to time. The design, construction, operation and maintenance of
the Company's natural gas pipeline facilities are subject to the safety
regulations established by the Secretary of the Department of Transportation
pursuant to the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968, as amended ("1968
Act"), or by state agency regulations meeting the requirements of the 1968 Act.
The Moss Bluff facility is subject to environmental regulations monitored by the
TRC that pertain to natural gas storage, disposal of salt water, brine pit
operations and noxious emissions.
Management believes the Company has obtained and is in current compliance
with all necessary and material permits and that the Company is in substantial
compliance with applicable material environmental and safety regulations.
INSURANCE
Although it is not fully insured against all environmental, safety and
other risks, the Company maintains insurance coverages it considers appropriate,
including replacement insurance for surface equipment, gas inventory insurance,
business interruption insurance, leaching insurance and general liability
insurance.
COMPETITION
The natural gas storage industry is highly competitive. The Company
competes most directly with other independent, stand-alone storage facilities
and interstate pipelines which offer storage services. Additionally, an increase
in competition in the market could arise from new ventures or expanded
operations from existing competitors. Many of the Company's competitors have
capital and other resources far greater than those of the Company. Competitive
factors include (i) the quantity, location and physical flow characteristics of
interconnected pipelines, (ii) the costs of service and rates of the Company's
competitors, (iii) the ability to offer service from multiple locations and (iv)
ancillary services, such as title tracking and electronic bulletin boards.
EMPLOYEES
As of January 1, 1998, the Company had 38 full-time employees. The Company
is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement and has not experienced
work stoppages or strikes as a result of labor disputes. The Company considers
relations with its employees to be excellent.
Through June 30, 1996, many of the day-to-day operating activities at Moss
Bluff and Egan were performed under contract by employees of TPC and its
affiliates and were governed by various service agreements between TPC and MHP.
See "Certain Transactions". Effective July 1, 1996, the TPC employees who were
previously involved in providing project development services, construction
management services, storage sales services, gas title information and
administrative services to MHP became employees of MHP, and contracts relating
to such services were terminated. The remaining service contracts between TPC
and MHP for accounting, financial, field operating and technology access
services were canceled as of December 31, 1997, and the TPC employees who were
previously involved in these areas became employees of MHP effective January 1,
1998. Since January 1, 1998, all employees of MHP have become employees of the
Company.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company is not aware of any pending or threatened material legal claims
or proceedings.
48
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
MANAGERS, DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The management structure of the Company is the same as that of MHP and of
its sole general partner, Market Hub Partners, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("MHP GP"). Subsidiaries of PacifiCorp, NIPSCO, DPL and PSEG, each a limited
partner of MHP, own percentages of MHP GP equal to their interests in MHP and
have the right under the Certificate of Incorporation of MHP GP to appoint
representatives to its Board of Directors. MHP GP, through its Board of
Directors and executive officers, controls the management and affairs of MHP.
The management structure for MHP GP, MHP and each of MHP's wholly owned
subsidiaries, including Finance Corp. and MHP Storage, Moss Bluff, Egan and
their respective general partners (collectively, the "MHP Entities") is
substantially identical, and the directors and executive officers of MHP GP
serve in the same or substantially identical capacities for each of the MHP
Entities.
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
managers, directors and executive officers of the MHP Entities:
NAME AGE POSITION
- ---------------------------------- --- ---------------------------------------
Donald B. Russell................. 50 President and Chief Executive Officer
David W. Hooker................... 42 Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer
Anthony J. Clark.................. 43 Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer
Patrick B. Lorio.................. 37 Vice President, Business Development
Jack Gatewood..................... 47 Vice President, Engineering
Mark Cook......................... 38 Vice President, Sales
Donald N. Furman.................. 41 Director and Chairman of the Board
James W. Tomasiak................. 38 Director
Jeffrey W. Yundt.................. 52 Director
Eileen A. Moran................... 43 Director
M. Scott Jones.................... 43 Director
Lon C. Mitchell................... 45 Director
DONALD B. RUSSELL is President and Chief Executive Officer of the MHP
Entities. He has served in this capacity since MHP's inception in December 1994.
Prior to joining MHP, Mr. Russell was the President and Chief Executive Officer
of Vanir Construction Management, Inc., a company he founded in 1981. In
addition, from 1983 through 1993, Mr. Russell served as Executive Vice President
of the Vanir Group Companies, Inc., which was engaged in various areas of the
real estate development and construction business. Mr. Russell has spent 25
years in the field of construction, construction management and real estate
development. He is a past President of the Construction Management Association
of America and, from 1990 through 1995, served as one of its directors.
DAVID W. HOOKER is the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
of the MHP Entities. He has held these positions since November 1997. Prior to
this, Mr. Hooker was Vice President of Operations of MHP. From 1992 through
1994, he worked for TPC in various marketing and business development
capacities. From 1987 to 1992, Mr. Hooker was employed by NICOR, Inc. in various
positions involving natural gas marketing, sales and governmental relations.
Prior to joining NICOR, Inc., he practiced law in Denver, Colorado. Mr. Hooker
has spent 17 years in the energy sector.
ANTHONY J. CLARK is Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the MHP
Entities. He has held these positions since joining MHP in September 1997. From
1992 to 1996, Mr. Clark was employed by Transfuel, Inc., a wholly owned
subsidiary of Mitsubishi, Inc., serving as a Senior Vice President from 1992 to
1993 and as President and Chief Operating Officer from 1993 to 1996. He came to
Transfuel from Norfolk Holdings, Inc., where he held the positions of Senior
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1984 to 1991. Mr. Clark has
spent 22 years in the energy sector.
49
<PAGE>
PATRICK B. LORIO is Vice President of Business Development of the MHP
Entities and has held this position since February 1998. From 1996 to 1998, Mr.
Lorio was Manager of the Commercial Group for Amoco in the United Kingdom,
responsible for all hydrocarbon sales, transportation and processing activities
as well as for establishing Amoco's UK/European gas trading operations. From
1994 to 1996, Mr. Lorio was Director of Amoco's East Region gas trading
operations and also held the position of Director of Business Development. From
1993 to 1994, he was employed by Tejas Power Corporation as Director of Business
Development. Mr. Lorio has over 15 years in the energy sector and has worked in
all areas of the natural gas value chain.
JACK GATEWOOD is Vice President of Engineering of the MHP Entities and has
held this position since July 1996. From 1989 through 1996, Mr. Gatewood worked
for TPC, developing and expanding the Moss Bluff and Egan facilities. Prior to
joining TPC, he was a project manager for CBS Engineering, where he led design
teams developing offshore oil and gas production in the Gulf of Mexico, the Gulf
of Suez and the South China Sea. Mr. Gatewood has spent 23 years in the energy
sector.
MARK COOK is Vice President of Sales of the MHP Entities and is responsible
for marketing storage services and directing the daily commercial operations of
the Moss Bluff and Egan facilities. He has held this position since August 1997.
He came to MHP in 1995 from TPC, where he worked to develop interruptible hub
services. From 1987 through 1994, Mr. Cook was employed by NGC Corporation,
where he served in various capacities, including as Director of Gas Accounting.
Mr. Cook has spent 14 years in the energy sector.
DONALD N. FURMAN is a director and the Chairman of the Board of the MHP
Entities. He has served in this capacity since May 1997 and is an appointee of
TPC, a subsidiary of PacifiCorp. Since July 1995, Mr. Furman has been President
of PacifiCorp Power Marketing, Inc., PacifiCorp's unregulated marketing
subsidiary, and Vice President of PacifiCorp. From 1991 to 1994, he was Senior
Vice President of Operations of Citizens Lehman Power L.P. A former practicing
attorney, Mr. Furman has extensive experience in the utility industry,
particularly in bulk power markets and transactions.
JAMES W. TOMASIAK is a director of the MHP Entities. He has served in this
capacity since April 1998 and is an appointee of Miami Valley Market Hub, Inc.,
a subsidiary of DPL. Since 1996, Mr. Tomasiak has been a Managing Director of
Dayton Power & Light Company, responsible for Environmental and Information
Systems and for supplies of electricity and natural gas. He joined DPL in 1990.
Prior to that time, Mr. Tomasiak held several positions with Wisconsin Public
Service Corporation.
JEFFREY W. YUNDT is a director of the MHP Entities. He has served in this
capacity since the formation of MHP in 1994 and is an appointee of NIPSCO Energy
Services, Inc., a subsidiary of NIPSCO. Mr. Yundt has been an Executive Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer of NIPSCO since 1994. From 1991 to 1993,
he served as NIPSCO's Vice President and General Manager, Energy Distribution.
Prior to that time, Mr. Yundt was Vice President of NIPSCO Industries, Inc.
EILEEN A. MORAN is a director of the MHP Entities. She has served in this
capacity since the formation of MHP in 1994 and is an appointee of PSRC Del.,
Inc. ("PSRC"), a subsidiary of PSEG. Ms. Moran has served as President and
Chief Executive Officer of PSRC, which is a subsidiary of New Jersey public
utility, Public Service Electric & Gas Company, since May 1990.
M. SCOTT JONES is a director of the MHP Entities. He has served in this
capacity since November 1997 and is an appointee of TPC, a subsidiary of
PacifiCorp. Mr. Jones is TPC's Vice President of Financial Structuring. He
joined TPC in 1992 as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Prior to
joining TPC, he was a shareholder of the Houston law firm of Dickerson,
Carmouche & Jones.
LON C. MITCHELL is a director of the MHP Entities. He has served in this
capacity since March 1998 and is an appointee of TPC, a subsidiary of
PacifiCorp. Mr. Mitchell has been the Assistant Controller of PacifiCorp since
1996. In 1994 and 1995, he served as a financial consultant. From 1990 through
1993, Mr. Mitchell served as the Vice President and Controller of NERCO Oil &
Gas, a former subsidiary of PacifiCorp. Prior to joining PacifiCorp in 1990, Mr.
Mitchell held a various finance and accounting positions with Pennzoil Company.
50
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth certain summary information concerning the
compensation paid during the year ended December 31, 1997 to the Company's Chief
Executive Officer and to the four most highly compensated executive officers
whose combined salary and bonus for services rendered to MHP Storage and its
subsidiaries for such period exceeded $100,000, or would have exceeded such
amount if paid during the full fiscal year.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
ANNUAL COMPENSATION
----------------------
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION SALARY BONUS
- ---------------------------------------- ---------- ----------
Donald B. Russell....................... $ 164,920 $ 594,900(1)
President and Chief Executive
Officer
David W. Hooker......................... $ 123,692 $ 319,388(1)
Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer
Anthony J. Clark(2)..................... $ 46,668 $ 36,332
Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Secretary
Jack Gatewood........................... $ 86,587 $ 75,000
Vice President, Engineering
Mark Cook............................... $ 99,712 $ 39,350
Vice President, Sales
- ------------
(1) Includes special bonus payments of $360,000 to Mr. Russell and $240,000 to
Mr. Hooker paid in connection with the Moss Bluff and Egan facilities.
(2) Salary and bonus information reflects compensation from September 1997, when
Mr. Clark joined the Company, through December 31, 1997.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
Each of Messrs. Russell, Hooker, Clark, Lorio, Gatewood and Cook
(collectively, the "Executives") has entered into an employment agreement
(collectively, the "Agreements") with MHP, MHP Storage and Market Hub Partners
Storage, L.L.C. ("MHP Storage GP" and, collectively with MHP and MHP Storage,
the "Employers"). The Agreements provide for an annual base salary of
approximately $160,000, $160,000, $140,000, $120,000 and $120,000 for Messrs.
Russell, Hooker, Clark, Lorio, Gatewood and Cook, respectively. In addition, on
an annual basis, Messrs. Hooker, Clark, Lorio and Gatewood shall receive between
65% and 135% of a Target Bonus equal to 1.5%, 1.25%, 1.0% and 1.0%,
respectively, of the before-tax net income of MHP and its subsidiaries,
including the Company. The amount of a bonus, if any, paid to Mr. Russell shall
be at the discretion of the Boards of Directors of the Employers.
Each Agreement may be terminated at any time by the Employers, with or
without Cause (as defined therein), or by the Executive, for any reason. In the
event of a termination without Cause or a resignation for Good Reason (as
defined therein), the Company shall pay the Executive 65% of the Target Bonus
for the calendar year, pro rated for the number of days in the year prior to the
termination date. If such termination or resignation is involuntary, the
Executive shall receive, in addition to the aforementioned amount, a lump sum
cash payment equal to two years' base salary. In addition, the Agreements
provide that, in the event of a Change of Control (as defined therein), Messrs.
Hooker, Clark, Cook, Lorio, Gatewood and Russell shall receive incentive bonuses
equal to 2.0%, 1.25%, 1.25%, 1.0%, 1.0% and 1.0%, respectively, of the increase
in value of MHP after January 1, 1998, as calculated pursuant to the Employment
Agreements. Each Agreement expires on December 31, 2000, with the exception of
that of Mr. Russell, which expires on December 31, 1998.
51
<PAGE>
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
As described below, the Company has entered into certain related party
transactions. The Company believes such transactions were on terms no less
favorable to the Company than could have been obtained from unrelated third
parties.
SERVICES AGREEMENTS
At the time of formation of MHP on December 20, 1994, MHP and certain of
its subsidiaries entered into a series of service agreements with TPC and with
the other limited partners of MHP. Pursuant to various agreements, each of which
terminated on or before December 31, 1997, TPC provided MHP and its subsidiaries
(i) business support services, including financial reporting and accounting,
insurance, payroll and tax preparation services, (ii) financial planning
services, including the arrangement of long-term and construction borrowing,
(iii) operating services, including the maintenance, repair and administration
of the Moss Bluff and Egan facilities, (iv) gas title and administrative
services for the Egan facility, including the calculation of allocations of gas
flows and the coordination of pipeline nominations and confirmations, and (v)
construction management, administrative and permitting services in connection
with the development of the Egan facility. The Company no longer contracts for
these services, as they are performed by employees of MHP Storage, many of whom
were employees of TPC and performed these services for the benefit of MHP prior
to the termination of the aforementioned services agreements. See
"Business -- Employees".
Certain other services agreements, with the limited partners of MHP remain
in force. Under a technology agreement with TPC, MHP and its subsidiaries,
including the Company, have access to certain technology relating to the design,
construction and operation of the Moss Bluff and Egan facilities, including
technology made available to TPC through an agreement with Sandia National
Laboratories. In addition, the Company uses, and will continue to use, certain
software provided by TPC. MHP is also a party to storage sales services
agreements with each of its limited partners. These agreements are substantially
identical and provide that employees of the MHP limited partner party thereto
will assist MHP by identifying prospective clients, coordinating sales efforts,
reporting on client credit-worthiness and performing post-sales follow-up
services.
In connection with the services described above, MHP paid TPC approximately
$4.7 million, $2.0 million and $2.2 million in 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. Amounts paid to MHP's other limited partners have been de minimis.
STORAGE SERVICE CONTRACTS
In addition to the services agreements described above, the Company is
party to storage service contracts with several of MHP's limited partners and
their affiliates. Certain summary information with respect to these contracts is
provided below:
TPC CORPORATION. Pursuant to two contracts for gas storage services at
each of the Moss Bluff and Egan facilities, TPC paid the Company an aggregate of
approximately $1.1 million, $2.8 million and $3.7 million in 1995, 1996 and
1997, respectively. The contracts related to services at the Moss Bluff facility
terminate in April 2002 and September 1998, respectively. One of the contracts
for services at the Egan facility terminated in April 1998. The other terminates
in April 2006. See "Business -- Description of Significant Contracts". In
addition, the Company received $166,000, $151,000 and $56,000 for hub services
it performed for TPC in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
NORTHERN INDIANA PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY. Northern Indiana, an affiliate of
NIPSCO Energy Services, Inc., has contracted with the Company for gas storage
services at both the Moss Bluff and Egan facilities. Pursuant to two agreements,
Northern Indiana paid the Company an aggregate of approximately $3.7 million,
$7.5 million and $9.0 million in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Northern
Indiana's contract with Moss Bluff terminates in April 2013. The agreement for
services at the Egan facility has a primary term expiring in April 2016 but may
be terminated by Northern Indiana effective April 2006 on 12 months' notice. See
"Business -- Description of Significant Contracts".
52
<PAGE>
MIAMI VALLEY RESOURCES, INC. Pursuant to an agreement entered into in
1995, Miami Valley Resources, Inc. ("Miami Valley"), an affiliate of Miami
Valley Market Hub, Inc., contracted for gas storage services at the Company's
Egan facility. Under this agreement, Miami Valley paid the Company an aggregate
of $37,000, $0.2 million and $0.3 million in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
This agreement terminates, at Miami Valley's option, in March 1999 or in March
2004.
THE DAYTON POWER AND LIGHT COMPANY. In September 1997, the Dayton Power
and Light Company ("Dayton Power and Light"), an affiliate of Miami Valley
Market Hub, Inc. and a subsidiary of DPL Inc., signed an agreement providing for
gas storage services at the Egan facility. Pursuant to this agreement, Dayton
Power and Light paid the Company an aggregate of approximately $0.1 million in
1997. This agreement terminates in October 2000. See "Business -- Description
of Significant Contracts".
PARTNER NOTES
On March 5, 1998, the Company distributed approximately $17.6 million of
the net proceeds from the Old Notes Offering to MHP, which MHP used to repay the
outstanding principal amount of $17.0 million of the Partner Notes, together
with accrued interest thereon of $0.6 million. Accrued interest on the Partner
Notes as of December 31, 1997 was $0.3 million. The Partner Notes were issued by
MHP in April and October 1997 to its partners pro rata for the purpose of
funding capital expenditures for the development of the Moss Bluff and Egan
facilities. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".
TIOGA LOAN
In March 1998, the Company loaned $4.0 million of the net proceeds of the
Old Notes Offering to another subsidiary of MHP which owns and is developing
MHP's Tioga project. The loan to Tioga is unsecured and matures in three years.
Interest is at prime rate plus 2.0%. The Company intends to loan an additional
$1.0 million to Tioga in the future. It is anticipated that such loan will be
under the same terms as the $4.0 million loan. See "Use of Proceeds".
OWNERSHIP
The sole general partner of MHP Storage is Market Hub Partners Storage,
L.L.C., a wholly owned subsidiary of MHP. The sole limited partner of MHP
Storage is MHP. See "The Company". The following table sets forth certain
information regarding the beneficial ownership of the equity of MHP as of
December 31, 1997.
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER PERCENTAGE(1)
- ---------------------------------------- -------------
TPC Corporation, a subsidiary of
PacifiCorp(2)......................... 66.0%
Miami Valley Market Hub, Inc., a
subsidiary of DPL Inc................. 17.0%
NIPSCO Energy Services, Inc., a
subsidiary of NIPSCO Industries,
Inc................................... 11.3%
Public Service Resources Corporation, a
subsidiary of Public Service
Enterprise Group, Inc................. 5.7%
-------------
Total.............................. 100.0%
=============
- ------------
(1) Includes limited partner interest and proportionate share of general partner
interest. The member interests in the general partner of MHP are owned by
the partners of MHP proportionately in accordance with their limited partner
interests in MHP.
(2) TPC owns its interest through a wholly owned subsidiary, Tioga Gas Storage
Company.
Under the terms of MHP's Partnership Agreement, certain decisions by MHP
require the approval of PacifiCorp subsidiary, TPC, and at least two other
partners. Such matters principally involve decisions relating to financing,
acquisitions or divestitures and approval of operating budgets. The terms of the
limited liability company agreements of the general partners of MHP Storage,
Moss Bluff and Egan, as well as of the charter and bylaws of Finance Corp. and
MHP's general partner, require approval for certain decisions by a supermajority
of such entities' managers or directors, as the case may be, representing 80% of
the
53
<PAGE>
ownership interests of such entity. Such decisions include, but are not limited
to, decisions with respect to acquisitions or divestitures in excess of $1.0
million, certain expansions and financings, budgets, mergers and other similar
transactions, regulatory filings and certain contracts and agreements. The
limited liability company agreements also require approval by disinterested
managers of the general partner for loans or agreements between a limited
partner of MHP, on the one hand, and MHP Storage, Moss Bluff or Egan, on the
other hand.
DESCRIPTION OF NEW CREDIT FACILITY
MHP Storage and the Subsidiary Guarantors have entered into an agreement
with Bank One, Texas, N.A., as lender, for a new bank credit facility. The New
Credit Facility provides for revolving credit borrowings up to $20.0 million in
the aggregate outstanding at any time. Borrowings under the New Credit Facility
bear interest at a rate per annum, at MHP Storage's option, equal to: (i) the
bank's prime rate or (ii) a LIBOR rate plus 2.00%. The New Credit Facility is
secured by substantially all the assets of the Company. It includes certain
covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of MHP Storage and of
the Subsidiary Guarantors to incur indebtedness, incur certain contingent
obligations, incur liens, dispose of assets, make loans or advances, enter into
certain investments, pay dividends or distributions, issue stock, engage in
mergers, consolidations or otherwise significantly alter corporate structure,
engage in transactions with affiliates, expand into other lines of business and
otherwise restrict business activities. In addition, the New Credit Facility
also requires that MHP Storage and the Subsidiary Guarantors maintain compliance
with certain financial ratios. The New Credit Facility expires on December 31,
2000.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The Old Notes were originally sold by the Issuers on March 4, 1998 to the
Initial Purchaser pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Purchaser
subsequently resold the Old Notes to qualified institutional buyers in reliance
on Rule 144A under the Securities Act. As a condition to the completion of the
Old Notes Offering, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors entered into the
Registration Rights Agreement with the Initial Purchaser pursuant to which the
Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors agreed to file with the Commission the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the
Securities Act with respect to an offer to exchange the Old Notes for Exchange
Notes. The Exchange Notes are being offered hereunder in order to satisfy the
obligations of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Registration
Rights Agreement.
The Registration Rights Agreement provides that, unless due to a change in
law or Commission policy the Exchange Offer is not permissible under applicable
federal law or Commission policy, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors
shall (i) cause to be filed with the Commission as soon as practicable on or
prior to 60 days after the date of the Old Notes Offering (or, if such 60th day
is not a business day, then the first business day thereafter), a Registration
Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Notes and the
Exchange Offer, (ii) use their best efforts to cause such Registration Statement
to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable on or prior to
120 days after the Closing Date (or, if such 120th day is not a business day,
then the first business day thereafter), (iii) upon the effectiveness of such
Registration Statement, promptly commence the Exchange Offer and use their best
efforts to issue on or prior to 45 days after the effective date of the Exchange
Offer, Exchange Notes in exchange for all Old Notes tendered in the Exchange
Offer, (iv) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective
continuously and keep the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than 20
business days and (v) use their best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as
required by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement to the extent
necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Notes acquired by
broker-dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities.
Under existing interpretations of the staff of the Commission, the Exchange
Notes would, in general, be freely transferable after the Exchange Offer without
further registration under the Securities Act.
54
<PAGE>
However, any purchaser of Old Notes who is an "affiliate" of the Issuers or of
any Subsidiary Guarantor or who intends to participate in the Exchange Offer for
the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes (i) will not be able to rely on
the interpretations of the staff of the Commission, (ii) will not be able to
tender its Old Notes in the Exchange Offer and (iii) must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any sale or transfer of the Old Notes, unless such sale or
transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from such requirements. See
"-- Resale of Exchange Notes".
Each holder who wishes to exchange Old Notes for Exchange Notes in the
Exchange Offer will be required to make certain representations, including
representations that (i) it is not an affiliate of the Issuers or of any
Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage
in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a
distribution of the Exchange Notes and (iii) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes
in its ordinary course of business. In addition, broker-dealers receiving
Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer will have a prospectus delivery requirement
with respect to resales of Exchange Notes. The Commission has taken the position
that such broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with
respect to the Exchange Notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from
the original sale of Old Notes) with this Prospectus. Under the Registration
Rights Agreement, the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor is required to allow
such broker-dealers to use this Prospectus in connection with the resale of such
Exchange Notes. See "-- Resale of Exchange Notes".
If (i) the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors are not required to file
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer
because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission
policy, (ii) any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined herein)
notifies MHP Storage within 20 business days of the commencement of the Exchange
Offer that such holder (a) is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy
from participating in the Exchange Offer or (b) may not resell the Exchange
Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a
prospectus and this Prospectus is not appropriate or available for such resales
by such holder or (c) is a broker-dealer and owns Old Notes (including the
Initial Purchaser who holds Old Notes as part of an unsold allotment from the
original offering of the Notes) acquired directly from MHP Storage or an
affiliate of MHP Storage or (iii) the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors do
not consummate the Exchange Offer within 45 days following the effectiveness
date of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, then MHP Storage and the
Subsidiary Guarantors shall (x) cause to be filed a shelf registration statement
pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the "Shelf Registration
Statement"), on or prior to the earliest to occur of (1) the 45th day after the
date on which MHP Storage determines that it is not required to file the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (2) the 45th day after the date on
which MHP Storage receives notice from a holder of Transfer Restricted
Securities as contemplated by clause (ii) above (such earliest date being the
"Shelf Filing Deadline"), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for
resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the holders of which shall have
provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) of the Registration
Rights Agreement, and (y) use their best efforts to cause such Shelf
Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or before
the 90th day after the Shelf Filing Deadline. For purposes of the Exchange
Offer, "Transfer Restricted Securities" means each Note until the earliest to
occur of (i) the date on which each such Old Note has been exchanged by a person
other than a broker-dealer for an Exchange Note in the Exchange Offer, (ii)
following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer of an Old Note
for an Exchange Note, the date on which such Exchange Note is sold to a
purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such
sale a copy of this Prospectus, (iii) the date on which such Note has been
effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance
with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iv) the date on which such Note is
distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The
Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall use their best efforts to keep such
Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as
required by the Registration Rights Agreement to the extent necessary to ensure
that it is available for resales of Notes by the holders of Transferred
Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of such agreement, and to ensure
that it conforms to the requirements of such agreement, the Securities Act and
the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to
time,
55
<PAGE>
for a continuous period of two years following the date on which such Shelf
Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act or such
shorter period that will terminate when all the Notes covered by the Shelf
Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration
Statement.
If (i) any of the registration statements required by the Registration
Rights Agreement are not filed with the Commission on or before the date
specified for such filing, (ii) any of such registration statements are not
declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such
effectiveness (the "Effectiveness Target Date"), (iii) the Exchange Offer has
not been consummated within 165 days after the date of the Old Notes Offering or
(iv) any registration statement required by the Registration Rights Agreement is
filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or
usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities in
accordance with and during the periods required by the Registration Rights
Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a
"Registration Default"), the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, jointly
and severally, have agreed to pay liquidated damages to each holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities with respect to the first 90-day period immediately
following the occurrence of such Registration Default, in an amount equal to
$.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Notes constituting Transfer
Restricted Securities held by such holder for each week or portion thereof that
the Registration Default continues. The amount of the liquidated damages shall
increase each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been
cured, up to a maximum amount of liquidated damages of $.30 per week per $1,000
in principal amount of Notes constituting Transfer Restricted Securities.
Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular
Transfer Restricted Securities, the accrual of liquidated damages with respect
to such Transfer Restricted Securities will cease.
In connection with the summary herein of certain provisions of the
Registration Rights Agreement, reference is made to such Registration Rights
Agreement, the complete text of which is filed as an exhibit to the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
Following the consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of the Old Notes
who were eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer but who did not tender
their Old Notes will not have any further registration rights, and such Old
Notes will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer.
Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for such Old Notes could be adversely
affected.
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus
and in the Letter of Transmittal, the Issuers will accept any and all Old Notes
validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the
Expiration Date. The Issuers will issue $1,000 principal amount of Exchange
Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding Old Notes
accepted in the Exchange Offer. Holders may tender some or all of their Old
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. However, Old Notes may be tendered only in
integral multiples of $1,000.
The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms
of the Old Notes, except that (i) the Exchange Notes bear a different CUSIP
Number from the Old Notes, (ii) the Exchange Notes have been registered under
the Securities Act and hence will not bear legends restricting the transfer
thereof and (iii) the holders of the Exchange Notes will not be entitled to
certain rights under the Registration Rights Agreement, including the provisions
providing for the payment of liquidated damages in certain circumstances
relating to the timing of the Exchange Offer, all of which rights generally will
terminate when the Exchange Offer is terminated. The Exchange Notes will
evidence the same debt as the Old Notes and will be entitled to the benefits of
the Indenture.
The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum number of Old Notes
being tendered. As of the date of this Prospectus, $115,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of Old Notes were outstanding. The Issuers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors intend to conduct the Exchange Offer in accordance with the
applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder. The Issuers shall be deemed to have accepted validly
tendered Old Notes when, as and if the Issuers have given oral or written notice
thereof to the Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the
56
<PAGE>
tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the Exchange Notes from the
Issuers. If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth herein or
otherwise, the certificates for any such unaccepted Old Notes will be returned,
without expense, to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable
after the Expiration Date.
Holders who tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer will not be required to
pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the Letter
of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Issuers will pay all charges and expenses,
other than transfer taxes in certain circumstances, in connection with the
Exchange Offer. See " -- Fees and Expenses".
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS
The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York time, on
, 1998, unless the Issuers, in their sole discretion, extend the
Exchange Offer, in which case the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest
date and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended. In order to extend the
Exchange Offer, the Issuers will notify the Exchange Agent of any extension by
oral or written notice and will mail to the registered holders an announcement
thereof, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York time, on the next business day after
the previously scheduled expiration date. The Issuers reserve the right, in
their sole discretion, (i) to delay accepting any Old Notes, to extend the
Exchange Offer or to terminate the Exchange Offer if any of the conditions set
forth below under " -- Conditions" shall not have been satisfied, by giving
oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the Exchange
Agent or (ii) to amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner. Any such
delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as
promptly as practicable by oral or written notice thereof to the registered
holders. Without limiting the manner in which the Issuers may choose to make
public announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or
amendment of the Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall have no obligation to
publish, advertise or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other
than by making a timely release to the Dow Jones News Service.
INTEREST ON THE EXCHANGE NOTES
Each Exchange Note will bear interest from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or duly provided for on the Old Note surrendered in
exchange for such Exchange Note or, if no interest has been paid or duly
provided for on such Old Note, from March 4, 1998. Interest on the Exchange
Notes is payable semi-annually on each March 1 and September 1, commencing on
September 1, 1998.
Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will not
receive interest that is accrued and unpaid on such Old Notes for any period
from and after the last date to which interest has been paid or duly provided
for on the Old Notes prior to the original issue date of the Exchange Notes or,
if no such interest has been paid or duly provided for, will not receive any
accrued interest on such Old Notes and will be deemed to have waived the right
to receive any interest on such Old Notes accrued from and after the last date
to which interest has been paid or duly provided for on such Old Notes or, if no
such interest has been paid or duly provided for, March 4, 1998.
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING
For a holder of Old Notes to tender Old Notes validly pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantee, or (in the case of a
book-entry transfer), an Agent's Message in lieu of the Letter of Transmittal,
and any other required documents, must be received by the Exchange Agent at the
address set forth in the Letter of Transmittal prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
time, on the Expiration Date. In addition, prior to 5:00 p.m., New York time, on
the Expiration Date, either (i) certificates for tendered Old Notes must be
received by the Exchange Agent at such address, (ii) such Old Notes must be
transferred pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below
(and a confirmation of such tender received by the Exchange Agent, including an
Agent's Message if the tendering holder has not delivered a Letter of
Transmittal) or (iii) the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery
procedures described below.
57
<PAGE>
The term "Agent's Message" means a message transmitted by the Depositary,
received by the Exchange Agent and forming part of the confirmation of a
book-entry transfer, which states that the Depositary has received an express
acknowledgment from the participant in the Depositary tendering Old Notes which
are the subject of such book-entry confirmation that such participant has
received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal and
that the Issuers may enforce such agreement against such participant. In the
case of an Agent's Message relating to guaranteed delivery, the term means a
message transmitted by the Depositary and received by the Exchange Agent, which
states that the Depositary has received an express acknowledgment from the
participant in the Depositary tendering Old Notes that such participant has
received and agrees to be bound by the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
By tendering Old Notes pursuant to the procedures set forth above, each
holder will make to the Issuers the representations set forth above in the
fourth paragraph under the heading " -- Purpose and Effect of the Exchange
Offer". The tender by a holder and the acceptance thereof by the Issuers will
constitute agreement between such holder and the Issuers in accordance with the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Letter of
Transmittal.
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL
OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND SOLE RISK
OF THE HOLDER. AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO DELIVERY BY MAIL, HOLDERS MAY WISH TO
CONSIDER OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME
SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION
DATE. NO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE ISSUERS. HOLDERS
MAY REQUEST THEIR RESPECTIVE BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES
OR NOMINEES TO EFFECT THE ABOVE TRANSACTIONS FOR SUCH HOLDERS.
Any beneficial holder whose Old Notes are registered in the name of a
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes
to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct such
registered holder to tender on such beneficial holder's behalf. If such
beneficial holder wishes to tender on such beneficial holder's own behalf, such
beneficial holder must, prior to completing and executing the Letter of
Transmittal and delivering its Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements
to register ownership of the Old Notes in such beneficial holder's name or
obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer
of registered ownership may take considerable time. The Issuers will keep the
Exchange Offer open for not less than twenty days in order to provide for the
transfer of registered ownership. See the "Instructions to Registered Holder
and/or Book-Entry Transfer Facility Participant from Beneficial Owner"
accompanying the Letter of Transmittal. Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or
a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution (as defined below) unless the Old Notes tendered pursuant thereto
are tendered (i) by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled
"Special Registration Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on
the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution. In
the event that signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal,
as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantee must be by a
member firm of the Medallion System (an "Eligible Institution"). If the Letter
of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any Old
Notes listed therein, such Old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a
properly completed bond power, signed by such registered holder as such
registered holder's name appears on such Old Notes with the signature thereon
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old
Notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators,
guardians, attorneys-in-fact, offices of corporations or others acting in a
fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when
signing, and evidence satisfactory to the Issuers of their authority to so act
must be submitted with the Letter of Transmittal.
The Issuers understand that the Exchange Agent will make a request promptly
after the date of this Prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the Old
Notes at the book-entry transfer facility, The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"
or the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility"), for the purpose of facilitating
58
<PAGE>
the Exchange Offer, and subject to the establishment thereof, any financial
institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's system
may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing such Book-Entry Transfer
Facility to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account with
respect to the Old Notes in accordance with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's
procedures for such transfer. Although delivery of the Old Notes may be effected
through book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility, an appropriate Letter of Transmittal properly completed and
duly executed with any required signature guarantee, or, in the case of a
book-entry transfer, an Agent's Message in lieu of the Letter of Transmittal and
all other required documents must in each case be transmitted to and received or
confirmed by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth in the Letter of
Transmittal on or prior to the Expiration Date, or, if the guaranteed delivery
procedures described below are complied with, within the time period provided
under such procedures. DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance of tendered Old Notes and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes
will be determined by the Issuers in their sole discretion, which determination
will be final and binding. The Issuers reserve the absolute right to reject any
and all Old Notes not properly tendered or any Old Notes the Issuers' acceptance
of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Issuers, be unlawful. The
Issuers also reserve the right in their sole discretion to waive any defects,
irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Old Notes. The Issuers'
interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the
instructions in the Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all
parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders
of Old Notes must be cured within such time as the Issuers shall determine.
Although the Issuers intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with
respect to tenders of Old Notes, neither the Issuers, the Exchange Agent nor any
other person shall incur any liability for failure to give such notification.
Tenders of Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or
irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange
Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or
irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange
Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in the Letter of
Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not
immediately available, (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of
Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent or (iii) who
cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer, prior to the Expiration
Date, may effect a tender if:
(a) the tender is made through an Eligible Institution and the Notice
of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the holder;
(b) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from
the holder and such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly
executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or
hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the holder, the
certificate number(s) of such Old Notes and the principal amount of Old
Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and
guaranteeing that, within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after
the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof)
together with the certificate(s) representing the Old Notes (or a
confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange
Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility), and any other
documents required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the
Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and
(c) such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (of
facsimile thereof), as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered
Old Notes in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of book-entry
transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility), and all other documents required by the
Letter of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent on, or prior to,
the fifth New York Stock Exchange trading day after the Expiration Date.
59
<PAGE>
Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be
sent to holders who wish to tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth above.
WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS
Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn
at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the Expiration Date.
To withdraw a tender of Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, a telegram, telex,
letter or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the
Exchange Agent at its address set forth in the Letter of Transmittal prior to
5:00 p.m., New York time, on the Expiration Date, unless previously accepted for
exchange. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person
having deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii)
identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number(s) and
principal amount of such Old Notes, or, in the case of Old Notes transferred by
book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility to be credited), (iii) be signed by the holder in the same
manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Old
Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be
accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee with respect
to the Old Notes register the transfer of such Old Notes into the name of the
person withdrawing the tender and (iv) specify the name in which any such Old
Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor. All
questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt)
of such notices will be determined by the Issuers, whose determination shall be
final and binding on all parties. Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not
to have been validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer, and no
Exchange Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Old Notes so
withdrawn are validly retendered. Any Old Notes which have been tendered but
which are not accepted for exchange will be returned to the holder thereof
without cost to such holder as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection
of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may
be retendered by following one of the procedures described above under
" -- Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
CONDITIONS
Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall not
be required to accept for exchange, or exchange Exchange Notes for, any Old
Notes, and may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer as provided herein before
the acceptance of such Old Notes, if:
(a) any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court
or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer
which, in the Issuers' reasonable discretion, might materially impair the
ability of the Issuers to proceed with the Exchange Offer or any material
adverse development has occurred in any existing action or proceeding with
respect to the Issuers or any of their subsidiaries; or
(b) any law, statute, rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff
of the Commission is proposed, adopted or enacted, which, in the Issuers'
reasonable discretion, might materially impair the ability of the Issuers
to proceed with the Exchange offer or materially impair the contemplated
benefits of the Exchange offer to the Issuers; or
(c) any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval
the Issuers shall, in the Issuers' reasonable discretion, deem necessary
for the consummation of the Exchange Offer as contemplated hereby.
If the Issuers determine in their reasonable discretion that any of the
conditions are not satisfied, the Issuers may (i) refuse to accept any Old Notes
and return all tendered Old Notes to the tendering holders, (ii) extend the
Exchange Offer and retain all Old Notes tendered prior to the expiration of the
Exchange Offer, subject, however, to the rights of holders to withdraw such Old
Notes (see "-- Withdrawal of Tenders"), or (iii) waive such unsatisfied
conditions with respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all properly tendered
Old Notes which have not been withdrawn.
60
<PAGE>
EXCHANGE AGENT
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company has been appointed as Exchange Agent for
the Exchange Offer. The mailing address of the Exchange Agent is IBJ Schroder
Bank & Trust Company, P.O. Box 84, Bowling Green Station, New York, New York
10274-0084. The address for deliveries by overnight courier and for hand
deliveries is IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, One State Street, New York, New
York 10004, Attn: Securities Processing Window, Subcellar One, (SC-1). For
assistance and requests for additional copies of this Prospectus, the Letter of
Transmittal or the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the telephone number for the
Exchange Agent is (212) 858-2103, and the facsimile number for the Exchange
Agent is (212) 858-2611. Delivery to an address other than as set forth herein
and in the Letter of Transmittal will not constitute a valid delivery.
FEES AND EXPENSES
The expenses of soliciting tenders will be borne by the Issuers. The
principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation
may be made by telegraph, telecopy, telephone or in person by officers and
regular employees of the Issuers and their affiliates.
The Issuers have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers, or others
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Issuers, however, will pay the
Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse
it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith.
The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer will
be paid by the Issuers. Such expenses include fees and expenses of the Exchange
Agent and Trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
The Exchange Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Old
Notes, which is face value, as reflected in MHP Storage's accounting records on
the date of exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will
be recognized by MHP Storage. The expenses of the Exchange Offer will be
expensed over the term of the Exchange Notes.
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE
The Old Notes that are not exchanged for Exchange Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, such Old Notes
may be resold only (i) to the Issuers (upon redemption thereof or otherwise),
(ii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act,
(iii) so long as the Old Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to
a person inside the United States whom the seller reasonably believes is a
qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the
Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, in
accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (iv) outside the United
States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904
under the Securities Act, (v) to an institutional "accredited investor" as
defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act who
furnishes the Trustee with a letter containing certain representations and
agreements (and, in the case of any transfer of aggregate principal amount of
Old Notes of $100,000 or less, an opinion of counsel, if the Issuers so request)
or (vi) pursuant to some other exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act (and based on an opinion of counsel, if the Issuers so
request), in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any
state of the United States.
RESALE OF EXCHANGE NOTES
With respect to resales of Exchange Notes, based on interpretations by the
staff of the Commission set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties
(for example, the letters of the Commission to (i) Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation, available May 13, 1988, (ii) Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc. available
June 5, 1991 and (iii) Shearson & Sterling, available July 2, 1993), the Issuers
believe that a holder or other person (other than a person that is an affiliate
of the Issuers or of any Subsidiary Guarantor within the meaning of
61
<PAGE>
Rule 405 under the Securities Act) who receives Exchange Notes in exchange for
Old Notes in the ordinary course of business and who is not participating, does
not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate, in the distribution of the Exchange Notes, will be
allowed to resell the Exchange Notes to the public without further registration
under the Securities Act and without delivering to the purchasers of the
Exchange Notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of the
Securities Act. However, if any holder acquires Exchange Notes in the Exchange
Offer for the purpose of distributing or participating in a distribution of the
Exchange Notes, such holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the
Commission enunciated in such no-action letters or any similar interpretive
letters and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction,
unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. Further, each
Participating Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in
exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such Participating
Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such Exchange Notes.
Each holder of Old Notes who wishes to exchange Old Notes for Exchange
Notes in the Exchange Offer will be required to represent that (i) it is not an
affiliate of the Issuers or of any Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) it is not engaged
in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding
with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iii)
it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business and (iv)
that any person participating in the Exchange Offer with the intention or for
the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes must comply with the registration
and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, and of the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder, in connection with a secondary resale of the
Exchange Notes acquired by such person and cannot rely on the position of the
staff of the Commission. Each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange
Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that
it acquired the Old Notes for its own account as the result of market-making
activities or other trading activities and must agree that it will deliver a
prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any
resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer will
not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act. Based on the position taken by the staff of the Division of
Corporation Finance of the Commission in the interpretive letters referred to
above, the Issuers believe that Participating Broker-Dealers who acquired Old
Notes for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with
respect to the Exchange Notes received upon exchange of such Old Notes (other
than Old Notes which represent an unsold allotment from the original sale of the
Old Notes) with a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act,
which may be the prospectus prepared for an exchange offer so long as it
contains a description of the plan of distribution with respect to the resale of
such Exchange Notes. Accordingly, this Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Participating Broker-Dealer in
connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Old Notes
where such Old Notes were acquired by such Participating Broker-Dealer for its
own account as a result of market-making or such other trading activities.
Subject to certain provisions set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement,
the Issuers have agreed that this Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Participating Broker-Dealer in
connection with resales of such Exchange Notes. However, a Participating
Broker-Dealer who intends to use this Prospectus in connection with the resale
of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer must notify the Issuers, or cause the Issuers to be notified, on or prior
to the Expiration Date, that it is a Participating Broker-Dealer. Such notice
may be given in the space provided for that purpose in the Letter of Transmittal
or may be delivered to the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth in
the Letter of Transmittal. See "Plan of Distribution". Any Participating
Broker-Dealer who is an "affiliate" of the Issuers or of any Subsidiary
Guarantor may not rely on such interpretive letters and must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale transaction.
62
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGE NOTES
The Old Notes were issued and the Exchange Notes will be issued pursuant to
an indenture (the "Indenture") among Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., as
issuer, Market Hub Partners Finance, Inc. ("Finance Corp"), a wholly owned
subsidiary of Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., as co-issuer, the Subsidiary
Guarantors, as guarantors, and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as trustee
(the "Trustee"). The terms of the Notes include those set forth or referred to
in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"). The Notes are subject to all
such terms, and Holders of Old Notes and prospective Holders of Exchange Notes
are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act. In connection with
the summary herein of certain provisions of the Notes and of the Indenture,
reference is made to such Notes and to such Indenture, the complete texts of
which are filed as exhibits to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, of
which this Prospectus is a part. The definitions of certain capitalized terms
used in the following summary are set forth below under "-- Certain
Definitions". Capitalized terms that are used but not otherwise defined herein
have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture, and those definitions are
incorporated herein by reference. As used in the following summary, the term
"Company" means Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P. and does not include any
subsidiary of Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., the term "Issuers" refers to
the Company and Finance Corp., the term "Notes" includes the Old Notes and
Exchange Notes and the term "Offering" refers to the Old Notes Offering.
Copies of the Indenture are available from the Company on request.
Finance Corp. is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company that was
incorporated in Delaware in January, 1998 for the purpose of serving as a
co-issuer of the Notes in order to facilitate the Offering. The Company believes
that certain prospective purchasers of the Notes may be restricted in their
ability to purchase debt securities of partnerships, such as the Company, unless
such debt securities are jointly issued by a corporation. Finance Corp. has no
and will have no business operations, assets or revenues. Consequently, Holders
of Old Notes and prospective Holders of Exchange Notes should not expect Finance
Corp. to participate in servicing the interest and principal obligations on the
Notes.
GENERAL
The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms
of the Old Notes (which they are intended to replace) except that (i) the
Exchange Notes will have been registered under the Securities Act and,
therefore, will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof and (ii) the
holders of Exchange Notes will not be entitled to certain rights under the
Registration Rights Agreement, including the provisions providing for an
increase in the interest rate on the Old Notes in certain circumstances relating
to the timing of the Exchange Offer, which rights will terminate when the
Exchange Offer is consummated. The Exchange Notes will be issued solely in
exchange for an equal principal amount of Old Notes. As of the date hereof, $115
million aggregate principal amount of Old Notes is outstanding. See "The
Exchange Offer".
The Old Notes are and the Exchange Notes will be (i) senior unsecured joint
and several obligations of the Issuers, (ii) unconditionally guaranteed by the
Subsidiary Guarantors and (iii) limited to $115 million aggregate principal
amount. The Exchange Notes will be issued only in registered form, without
coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. The Exchange
Notes will mature on March 1, 2008 and bear interest at the rate per annum shown
on the front cover hereof from the date they are originally issued under the
Indenture or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has
been paid or provided for, payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on March 1
and September 1 of each year, commencing September 1, 1998, to the Persons in
whose names the Exchange Notes are registered at the close of business on the
preceding February 15 or August 15, as the case may be (whether or not a
business day). Interest on the Exchange Notes will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
Principal of and premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
on the Exchange Notes will be Payable (i) in same-day funds on or prior to the
payment dates with respect to those amounts in the case of Exchange Notes held
of record by The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") or its nominee and (ii) at
63
<PAGE>
the corporate trust office of the Trustee in New York, New York, in the case of
Exchange Notes held of record by Holders other than DTC or its nominee, and the
Exchange Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange at
the corporate trust office of the Trustee in New York, New York. The Company
may, at its option, pay interest on Exchange Notes held of record by Holders
other than DTC or its nominee by check mailed to the addresses of the Persons
entitled thereto as they appear in the Note Register on the Regular Record Date
for that interest or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an
account located in the United States designated by the Holder.
No service charge will be made for the exchange of Old Notes for Exchange
Notes or for any registration of transfer the Exchange Notes, but the Company or
the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of
the Trustee) payable in connection therewith. The Company is not required (i) to
issue or register the transfer of Exchange Notes during a period beginning at
the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of
redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of that mailing or
(ii) to register the transfer of Exchange Notes selected for redemption in whole
or in part, except the unredeemed portion of Old Notes being redeemed in part.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
The Issuers may, at the Company's option, redeem the Exchange Notes in
whole or from time to time in part, on or after March 1, 2003, on not less than
30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of principal amount) set forth below, together with accrued and
unpaid interest thereon and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of
redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record
date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to
the date of redemption), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on
March 1 of the year indicated below:
REDEMPTION
YEAR PRICE
- ------------------------------------- -----------
2003................................. 104.125%
2004................................. 102.750%
2005................................. 101.375%
2006 and thereafter.................. 100.000%
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time on or prior to March 1, 2001,
the Issuers may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Exchange
Notes originally issued from the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Public Equity
Offerings, at a redemption price equal to 108.25% of the principal amount
thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the date of redemption, PROVIDED that (i) at least $74.75
million of the aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes originally issued
remains outstanding immediately after that redemption and (ii) the Company
effects that redemption within 60 days after the Public Equity Offering closes.
If less than all the Exchange Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will,
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, select the
particular Exchange Notes (or any portion thereof that is an integral multiple
of $1,000) to be redeemed, pro rata, by lot or by any other method permitted in
the Indenture.
No sinking fund or mandatory redemption is provided for the Exchange Notes.
RANKING. The Exchange Notes will be senior unsecured joint and several
obligations of the Issuers and will rank PARI PASSU in right of payment with all
other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the
Issuers and senior to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the
Issuers. Each Subsidiary Guarantee will be a senior unsecured obligation of the
applicable Subsidiary Guarantor and will rank PARI PASSU in right of payment
with all other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of
such Subsidiary Guarantor, and senior to all existing and future Subordinated
Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor. The Exchange Notes and
Subsidiary Guarantees, however, will be
64
<PAGE>
effectively subordinated to secured Indebtedness of the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors with respect to the assets securing that Indebtedness. At
December 31, 1997, on a pro forma basis assuming that Old Notes Offering and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom had occurred on such date, the Issuers
and the Subsidiary Guarantors would not have had any Indebtedness outstanding
other than the Old Notes. It is contemplated, however, that the Company may
incur Indebtedness under the New Credit Facility, which will be secured by a
lien on substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries
(including the Subsidiary Guarantors). Subject to certain limitations, the
Company and its Subsidiaries (including the Subsidiary Guarantors) may incur
additional Indebtedness in the future. See "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation
on Indebtedness and Disqualified Equity Interests".
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
Each Restricted Subsidiary, other than Finance Corp., will unconditionally
guarantee (each, a "Subsidiary Guarantee"), jointly and severally, to each
Holder of Exchange Notes and the Trustee, the full and punctual performance of
the Company's obligations under the Indenture and the Exchange Notes, including
the payment of principal of and premium, if any, interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on the Exchange Notes. As of the Issue Date, all of the
Company's Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. Under certain
circumstances, the Board of Directors will be able to designate the Company's
existing or future Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. See " -- Certain
Covenants -- Future Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries"
below. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the restrictive
covenants set forth in the Indenture.
The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under a Subsidiary Guarantee
are limited to the maximum amount that, after giving effect to any collections
from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in
respect of the obligations of that other Subsidiary Guarantor under its
Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under the
Indenture, will result in the obligations of that Subsidiary Guarantor under the
Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent
transfer under federal law or state law. Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a
payment or distribution under a Subsidiary Guarantee will be entitled to a pro
rata contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor based on the net assets
of each Subsidiary Guarantor, determined in accordance with GAAP.
Each Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into or
sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property and assets
to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor without limitation, except to the
extent any such transaction is subject to the "Merger, Consolidation and Sale
of Assets" covenant of the Indenture. Each Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate
with or merge with or into or sell all or substantially all of its properties
and assets to a Person other than the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor
(whether or not affiliated with the Subsidiary Guarantor), if (i) the Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such
Subsidiary Guarantor) assumes all of the obligations of such Subsidiary
Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance
satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Exchange Notes and the Indenture; (ii)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of
Default exists; and (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction
the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness, not
constituting Permitted Indebtedness, pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test set forth in the covenant described under "Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness and Disqualified Equity Interests".
The Indenture will provide that in the event of sale or other disposition
of all the properties and assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with
the preceding paragraph or a sale or other disposition of all the Equity
Interests of any Subsidiary Guarantor, then that Subsidiary Guarantor will be
released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee,
PROVIDED that, in the case of a sale of such Equity Interests not constituting a
sale governed by the covenant in the Indenture described under "Merger,
Consolidation and Sale of Assets", the Net Available Proceeds of such sale or
other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of
the Indenture. See " -- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Asset Sales". In
addition, any Subsidiary Guarantor that is designated by the Board of Directors
as an
65
<PAGE>
Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
Indenture will be released and relieved of any obligation under its Subsidiary
Guarantee.
Separate financial statements of the Subsidiary Guarantors have not been
provided because the Subsidiary Guarantors are jointly and severally liable for
the obligations of the Issuers under the Exchange Notes and the aggregate
assets, earnings and equity of the Subsidiary Guarantors are substantially
equivalent to the consolidated assets, earnings and equity of the Company. The
Company has no assets other than its investment in the Subsidiary Guarantors.
CERTAIN COVENANTS
The Indenture will contain, among others, the covenants described below.
LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS AND DISQUALIFIED EQUITY INTERESTS. The Company
will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, (a) create, incur,
assume, guarantee or in any manner become directly or indirectly liable for the
payment of (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including any Acquired
Indebtedness, but excluding any Permitted Indebtedness), or (b) issue any
Disqualified Equity Interests, unless, on a pro forma basis after giving effect
to that incurrence or issuance and the application of the net proceeds
therefrom, the Company's Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the four
most recent consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company prior to the date of the
proposed incurrence or issuance (and for which consolidated financial statements
are available) would be at least 2.0 to 1.0.
The Company will not, and will not permit Finance Corp. or any Subsidiary
Guarantor to, incur any Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to any other
Indebtedness of the Company, Finance Corp. or such Subsidiary Guarantor unless
such Indebtedness by its terms is also expressly made subordinated to the
Exchange Notes, in the case of the Company or Finance Corp., or to the
Subsidiary Guarantees, in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor.
LIMITATION ON PREFERRED EQUITY INTERESTS OF SUBSIDIARIES. The Company will
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any Preferred Equity Interests
(other than to the Company or to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) or permit
any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) to
own any Preferred Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary.
LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS. The Company will not, and will not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted
Payment unless, at the time of and after giving effect to the proposed
Restricted Payment: (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing; (ii) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be permitted
to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness not constituting Permitted
Indebtedness in accordance with the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
test described under " -- Limitation on Indebtedness and Disqualified Equity
Interests" above; and (iii) the amount of that Restricted Payment, when added
to the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made after the Issue
Date, does not exceed the sum (without duplication) of the following:
(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income (or, if Consolidated Net
Income is a loss, minus 100% of such loss) accrued on a cumulative basis
during the period beginning on January 1, 1998 and ending on the last day
of the Company's last fiscal quarter for which quarterly or annual
consolidated financial statements are available next preceding the date of
payment of the proposed Restricted Payment;
(b) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after the
Issue Date from the issuance or sale (other than to any Restricted
Subsidiary) of Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or from the
issuance, sale or exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase
Qualified Equity Interests of the Company;
(c) the aggregate net cash proceeds received after the Issue Date by
the Company from the issuance of sale (other than to any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries) of Indebtedness or shares of Disqualified Equity Interests
that have been converted into or exchanged for Qualified Equity Interests
of the Company to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity
Interests were originally sold
66
<PAGE>
for cash, together with the aggregate cash received by the Company at the
time of such conversion or exchange; and
(d) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after
the Issue Date is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash,
the cash return of capital (to the extent not otherwise included in
Consolidated Net Income) with respect to that Restricted Investment (less
the cost of disposition, if any).
The foregoing provisions (ii) and (iii) will not prohibit: (i) the payment
of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said
date of declaration the payment would have complied with the provisions of the
Indenture; (ii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of
any Qualified Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to any Restricted
Subsidiary) of, other Qualified Equity Interests of the Company; (iii) the
defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other retirement of Subordinated
Indebtedness in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially
concurrent issue and sale of, (a) Subordinated Indebtedness so long as the new
Subordinated Indebtedness has (1) an Average Life equal to or longer than the
Average Life of the Subordinated Indebtedness being defeased, redeemed,
repurchased or otherwise retired and (2) terms of subordination no less
favorable to the Holders of the Exchange Notes than those applicable to the
Subordinated Indebtedness being defeased, redeemed, repurchased or otherwise
retired or (b) Qualified Equity Interests of the Company (other than to any
Restricted Subsidiary); (iv) repurchases, acquisitions or retirements of shares
of Qualified Equity Interests of the Company deemed to occur upon the exercise
of stock options or similar rights issued under employee benefit plans of the
Company if such shares represent all or a portion of the exercise price or are
surrendered in connection with satisfying any Federal income tax obligations;
(v) the application by the Company of the net proceeds from the Offering in the
manner described in the third paragraph under the caption "Use of Proceeds" in
this Prospectus; (vi) Permitted Distributions in an amount which, when added to
the aggregate amount of all Permitted Distributions made after the Issue Date,
does not exceed the Permitted Distribution Amount accrued on a cumulative basis
during the period beginning on January 1, 1998 and ending on the last day of the
Company's last fiscal quarter for which quarterly or annual consolidated
financial statements are available next preceding the date of payment of such
Permitted Distribution; and (vii) Restricted Payments which, when added to the
aggregate amount of Restricted Payments previously or contemporaneously made
pursuant to this clause (vii) after the Issue Date, do not exceed $5.0 million.
The amounts referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)(b) of the
immediately preceding paragraph will be included as Restricted Payments in any
computation made pursuant to clause (iii) of the second preceding paragraph
PROVIDED, that any dividend paid pursuant to clause (i) of the immediately
preceding paragraph shall reduce the amount that would otherwise be available
under clause (iii) of the second preceding paragraph when declared, but not also
when subsequently paid pursuant to such clause (i), and the actions described in
clauses (iii)(a), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii) of the immediately preceding
paragraph shall be Restricted Payments that shall be permitted to be made in
accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph and shall not reduce the
amount that would otherwise be available for Restricted Payments under clause
(iii) of the second preceding paragraph.
For purposes of the foregoing provisions, the amount of any Restricted
Payment (other than cash) shall be the fair market value (evidenced by a
resolution of the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive)
on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) proposed to be transferred
by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the
Restricted Payment. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment,
the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that
such Restricted Payment is permitted by and complies with the Indenture and
setting forth in reasonable detail the basis on which the required calculations
were computed, which calculations will be based upon the Company's latest
available financial statements. If the Company makes a Restricted Payment which,
at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment, would in the good faith
determination of the Company be permitted under the requirements of the
Indenture, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in
compliance with the Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustments made in
good
67
<PAGE>
faith to the Company's financial statements affecting Consolidated Net Income of
the Company for any period.
LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES AND SALES OF EQUITY INTERESTS OF RESTRICTED
SUBSIDIARIES. The Company (i) will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests of any
Restricted Subsidiary to any Person other than the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary and (ii) will not permit any Person other than the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary to own any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary.
This covenant will not restrict (i) dispositions of all of the Equity Interests
of a Restricted Subsidiary, but any such disposition would be subject to the
covenant described below under "Limitation on Asset Sales" or (ii) the
ownership by any Person of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary that were
owned by a Person at the time such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted
Subsidiary (including any Equity Interests issued as a result of a stock split,
a dividend of Equity Interests to holders of such Equity Interests, a
recapitalization affecting such Equity Interests, or similar event).
LIMITATION ON SALE/LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS. The Company will not, and will,
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable with respect to any Sale/Leaseback
Transaction unless (i) the Company would be permitted to incur Indebtedness not
constituting Permitted Indebtedness in accordance with the Consolidated Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio test described under " -- Limitation on Indebtedness and
Disqualified Equity Interests" above in an amount equal to the Attributable
Indebtedness arising from the Sale/Leaseback Transaction, (ii) the Company or
the Restricted Subsidiary receives proceeds from the Sale/Leaseback Transaction
at least equal to the fair market value of the property or assets subject
thereto (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose
determination in good faith and evidenced by a Board Resolution will be
conclusive), (iii) the Company applies an amount in cash equal to the Net
Available Proceeds of the Sale/Leaseback Transaction in accordance with the
provisions of the covenant described under "Limitation on Asset Sales" below
as if the Sale/Leaseback Transaction were an Asset Sale and (iv) the
Sale/Leaseback Transaction would not result in a violation of the covenant
described under " -- Limitation on Liens" below.
LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. The Company will not, and will
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into, renew or extend any
contract, agreement, transaction or arrangement with or for the benefit of an
Affiliate of the Company (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase or
lease of assets, property or services from or to any Affiliate of the Company)
(each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate Transaction") (i) on terms less
favorable to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than
would be available in a comparable transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of
the Company or (ii) on terms that are not fair from a financial point of view to
the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in the event no
comparable transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the Company is
available; PROVIDED, that the Company will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into, renew or extend any Affiliate Transaction
or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments, value,
remuneration or other consideration in excess of $1.0 million after the Issue
Date unless the prior approval thereof by the Board of Directors (including a
majority of the Disinterested Directors, if any) has been obtained and the
Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate (i) certifying that the
Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions complies with
the foregoing restriction and (ii) in the case of transactions other than
storage contracts, hub services contracts or similar contracts entered into in
the ordinary course of business, if the Affiliate Transaction or series of
related Affiliate Transactions involves aggregate payments, value, remuneration
or other consideration in excess of $5.0 million after the Issue Date, to which
is attached a copy of a written opinion of an Independent Financial Advisor
specializing or having a speciality in the type and subject matter of the
transaction or series of related transactions at issue, to the effect that such
transaction or series of related transactions is fair from a financial point of
view to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the foregoing restriction will not apply to: (i) transactions
between or among (a) the Company and one or more of Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries or (b) Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; (ii) transactions
between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any qualified employee
stock or
68
<PAGE>
equity ownership plan established for the benefit of the Company's employees, or
the establishment or maintenance of any such plan; (iii) reasonable compensation
and other benefit arrangements for the benefit of Persons in their capacity as
officers and employees of the Company (but not Persons in their capacity as
officers and employees of an Affiliate) and directors, officers and employees of
the General Partner of the Company, in each case approved by the Board of
Directors; (iv) transactions permitted by the covenant described under
" -- Limitation on Restricted Payments" above; (v) Permitted Investments of
the character described in clause (vi) of the definition of Permitted
Investments; (vi) making any indemnification or similar payment to any director
or officer (a) in accordance with the charter, partnership agreement, bylaws, or
other constituent document of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (b)
under any indemnification agreement or (c) under applicable law; or (vii) the
transactions contemplated by the storage contracts, as in effect on the date of
the Indenture, between certain Restricted Subsidiaries and the Principals which
are described under the caption "Business -- Description of Significant
Contracts".
LIMITATION ON LIENS. The Company will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume, affirm
or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien upon any of its property or
assets, whether owned on or acquired after the Issue Date, or upon any income,
profits or proceeds therefrom, or assign or otherwise convey any right to
receive income or profits therefrom, except Permitted Liens, unless prior to, or
contemporaneously therewith, the Exchange Notes (and, in the case of Liens upon
the property or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary, the Subsidiary Guarantee of
such Restricted Subsidiary) are equally and ratably secured with (or prior to)
the obligation or liability secured by that Lien; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if a
Lien is granted to secure Indebtedness and that Indebtedness is expressly
subordinated to the Exchange Notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee, the Lien securing
that Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated and junior to the Lien securing
the Exchange Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, with the
same relative priority as such Indebtedness has with respect to the Exchange
Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee. The incurrence of additional
secured Indebtedness by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is subject
to further limitations on the incurrence of Indebtedness as described under
" -- Limitation on Indebtedness and Disqualified Equity Interests" above.
CHANGE OF CONTROL. If a Change of Control occurs, the Issuers must make an
offer to purchase all the then outstanding Exchange Notes (a "Change of Control
Offer") and purchase, on a business day (the "Change of Control Purchase
Date") not more than 60 nor less than 30 days following the date notice is
mailed, as provided below, all the then outstanding Exchange Notes validly
tendered pursuant to that Change of Control Offer and not withdrawn, at a
purchase price (the "Change of Control Purchase Price") equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon and
Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Change of Control Purchase Date. The Issuers
must keep the Change of Control Offer open for at least 20 business days (or
such longer period as is required by law) and until the close of business on the
fifth business day prior to the Change of Control Purchase Date.
To effect a Change of Control Offer, the Issuers will, not later than the
30th day after a Change of Control occurs, send, by first class mail, to the
Trustee and each Holder a notice of the Change of Control Offer, which notice
will govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer and state the procedures
Holders must follow to accept the Change of Control Offer.
There can be no assurance the Issuers will have available funds sufficient
to fund the purchase of the Exchange Notes that might be tendered by Holders
seeking to accept a Change of Control Offer, if one is made. If a Change of
Control occurs at a time when the Issuers do not have available funds sufficient
to pay the Change of Control Purchase Price for all the Exchange Notes tendered
by Holders seeking to accept the Change of Control Offer, an Event of Default
would occur under the Indenture. The occurrence of the events constituting a
Change of Control under the Indenture may result in an event of default under
the New Credit Facility or in respect of other Indebtedness of the Company and
its Subsidiaries and, consequently, the lenders thereof may have the right to
require repayment of such Indebtedness in full and to foreclose on the
collateral, if any, securing such Indebtedness if such repayment is not made.
The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer
following the occurrence of a Change of Control if another Person (i) makes the
Change of Control Offer (a) at the same purchase price,
69
<PAGE>
(b) at the same time and (c) otherwise in substantial compliance with the
requirements applicable to a Change of Control offer to be made by the Issuers
and (ii) purchases all Exchange Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under
that Person's Change of Control Offer. The existence of a Holder's right to
require, subject to certain conditions, the Issuers to repurchase its Exchange
Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may deter a third party
from acquiring the Company in a transaction that constitutes, or results in, a
Change of Control.
The Issuers will be obligated to comply with Rule 14e-1 under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder, if applicable, if a Change of
Control occurs and the Issuers are required to purchase Exchange Notes as
described above.
LIMITATION ON ASSET SALES. The Company will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate any Asset Sale unless (i) the Company or
the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the
time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets and
properties sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to the Asset Sale (as
determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination in good faith will be
conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution), (ii) at least 80% of the
consideration received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, in respect of the Asset Sale consists of cash or Cash Equivalents and
(iii) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate certifying
that the Asset Sale complies with clauses (i) and (ii) of this sentence. The
amount (without duplication) of any Indebtedness (other than Subordinated
Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is expressly
assumed by the transferee in an Asset Sale and with respect to which the Company
or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is unconditionally released by
the holder of that Indebtedness, will be deemed (i) to be cash or Cash
Equivalents for purposes of clause (ii) of the preceding sentence and (ii) to
constitute a repayment of, and a permanent reduction in, the amount of that
Indebtedness for purposes of the following paragraph. If at any time any
non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as
the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or
otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any
such non-cash consideration) or Cash Equivalents, then such conversion or
disposition will constitute an Asset Sale and the Net Available Proceeds
therefrom must be applied in accordance with this covenant. A transfer of assets
by the Company to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted
Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary will
not constitute an Asset Sale, and a transfer of assets that constitutes a
Restricted Investment and that is permitted under the covenant described under
"-- Limitation on Restricted Payments" above will not constitute an Asset
Sale.
If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consummates an Asset Sale, the
Company or that Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may either, no later
than 365 days after that Asset Sale, (i) apply all or any of the Net Available
Proceeds therefrom to repay Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness)
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided, in each case, that the
related loan commitment (if any) is thereby permanently reduced by the amount of
the Indebtedness so repaid or (ii) invest all or any part of the Net Available
Proceeds therefrom in properties or assets that replace the properties or assets
that were the subject of the Asset Sale or in other properties or assets that
are being, or will be, used in the business of the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries. The amount of the Net Available Proceeds not applied or invested
as provided in this paragraph will constitute "Excess Proceeds." Pending
application of such Net Available Proceeds pursuant to this paragraph, the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may invest such Net Available Proceeds in
Cash Equivalents or may apply such Net Available Proceeds to temporarily reduce
amounts outstanding under the Working Capital Agreement.
If substantially all (but not all) the property and assets of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries are transferred as an entirety to a Person in a
transaction permitted under the covenant described under "-- Merger,
Consolidation and Sale of Assets" below, and the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary receives cash or Cash Equivalents in such transaction, then the
successor entity will be deemed to have sold the properties and assets of the
Company and its Subsidiaries not so transferred for purposes of this covenant
and cash at least equal to the fair market value of the assets deemed to be sold
must be applied in accordance with the preceding paragraph.
70
<PAGE>
NET PROCEEDS OFFER. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds from one
or more Asset Sales equals or exceeds $5.0 million, the Company must make an
offer to purchase, from all Holders of the then outstanding Exchange Notes and
the holders of any then outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness required to be
repurchased or repaid on a permanent basis in connection with an Asset Sale, an
aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes and any then outstanding Pari Passu
Indebtedness equal to such Excess Proceeds as follows:
(i)(A) The Company must make an offer to purchase (a "Net Proceeds
Offer") from all Holders of the Exchange Notes in accordance with the
procedures set forth in the Indenture the maximum aggregate principal
amount (expressed as a multiple of $1,000) of Exchange Notes that may be
purchased out of the amount (the "Payment Amount") of such Excess
Proceeds, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
outstanding principal amount of the Exchange Notes and the denominator of
which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Exchange Notes
and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, if any, (subject to proration in the
event such amount is less than the aggregate Offered Price (as defined
below) of all Exchange Notes tendered), and (B) to the extent required by
such Pari Passu Indebtedness and provided there is a permanent reduction in
the principal amount of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Company shall
make an offer to purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness (a "Pari Passu
Indebtedness Offer") in an amount (the "Pari Passu Indebtedness Amount")
equal to the excess of the Excess Proceeds over the Payment Amount;
(ii) The offer price for the Exchange Notes will be payable in cash
in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Exchange Notes
tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer, together with accrued and unpaid
interest thereon and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date that Net
Proceeds Offer is consummated (the "Offered Price"), in accordance with
the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate
Offered Price of Exchange Notes tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer
is less than the Payment Amount relating thereto or the aggregate amount of
the Pari Passu Indebtedness that is purchased or repaid pursuant to the
Pari Passu Indebtedness Offer is less than the Pari Passu Indebtedness
Amount (such shortfall constituting a "Net Proceeds Deficiency"), subject
to the limitations of the covenant described under "-- Limitation on
Restricted Payments" above, the Company may use any or all of such Net
Proceeds Deficiency for general business purposes;
(iii) If the aggregate Offered Price of Exchange Notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn by Holders thereof exceeds the Payment Amount,
the Trustee will select the Exchange Notes to be purchased on a PRO RATA
basis in accordance with the relative aggregate principal amounts of the
Exchange Notes so tendered and not withdrawn; and
(iv) When a Net Proceeds Offer and the Pari Passu Indebtedness Offer
are completed, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be zero.
The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
enter into or suffer to exist any agreement that would place any restriction of
any kind (other than pursuant to law or regulation and other than the terms of
any agreement relating to Pari Passu Indebtedness requiring the making of a Pari
Passu Indebtedness Offer consistent with the foregoing) on the ability of the
Company to make a Net Proceeds Offer following any Asset Sale. The Company will
comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder, if applicable, if an Asset Sale occurs and the Company
is required to purchase Exchange Notes as described above.
The events that require a Net Proceeds Offer in connection with certain
asset sales under the Indenture may also require a Pari Passu Indebtedness Offer
or constitute events of defaults under the New Credit Facility or other
Indebtedness of the Company. Such events may permit the lenders under such debt
instruments to accelerate the Indebtedness and, if the Indebtedness is not paid,
to foreclose on their collateral which could ultimately result in a sale of
substantially all the assets of the Company to satisfy the Indebtedness, thereby
limiting the Company's ability to raise cash to repurchase the Exchange Notes
and reducing the practical benefit to the holders of the Exchange Notes of the
offer to purchase provisions contained in the Indenture.
71
<PAGE>
LIMITATION ON DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING RESTRICTED
SUBSIDIARIES. The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to
exist or allow to become effective any Payment Restriction with respect to any
Restricted Subsidiary, except for any such Payment Restriction existing under or
by reason of (i) applicable law, (ii) customary non-assignment provisions in
leases or other contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (iii)
purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of
business that impose restrictions on the property so acquired, (iv) customary
restrictions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials, (v)
the entering into of a contract for the sale or other disposition of assets,
directly or indirectly, so long as such restrictions do not extend to assets
that are not subject to such sale or other disposition, (vi) the terms of any
agreement evidencing any Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that was
permitted by the Indenture to be incurred that only restrict the transfer of the
assets purchased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness, (vii) the terms of any
merger agreement, stock purchase agreement, asset sale agreement or similar
agreement that limit the transfer of properties and assets pending consummation
of the subject transaction, (viii) Permitted Liens which are customary
limitations on the transfer of collateral and (ix) the terms of any agreement
evidencing any Acquired Indebtedness that was permitted by the Indenture to be
incurred, provided that such Payment Restriction only applies to assets that
were subject to such restrictions prior to the acquisition of such assets by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
LIMITATION ON CONDUCT OF BUSINESS. The Company will not, and will not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in the conduct of any business other
than any Related Business.
RESTRICTIONS ON NATURE OF DEBT AND ACTIVITIES OF FINANCE CORP. In addition
to the restrictions set forth under "Limitation on Indebtedness and
Disqualified Equity Interests" above, Finance Corp. may not incur any
Indebtedness unless (i) the Company is a co-obligor or guarantor of such
Indebtedness or (ii) the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are lent to the
Company, used to acquire debt securities of the Company or used directly or
indirectly to refinance or discharge Indebtedness permitted under the foregoing
limitations. Finance Corp. may not engage in any business not related directly
or indirectly to obtaining money or arranging financing for the Company.
FUTURE DESIGNATION OF RESTRICTED AND UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES. The
foregoing covenants (including calculation of financial ratios and the
determination of limitations on the incurrence of Indebtedness and Liens) may be
affected by the designation by the Company of any existing or future Subsidiary
of the Company, other than Finance Corp., as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Finance
Corp. will be required to remain designated as a Restricted Subsidiary. The
definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary" set forth under the caption
"-- Certain Definitions" below describes the circumstances under which the
Board of Directors may designate a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. Any Investment made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a
Subsidiary that is redesignated from a Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted
Subsidiary will be subject to the covenant described under "-- Limitation on
Restricted Payments" above and will be treated as a Restricted Payment (to the
extent not previously included as a Restricted Payment) made on the day of
redesignation in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the fair market value (as
determined by the Board of Directors in good faith) of the Equity Interests of
such redesignated Subsidiary held by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
on that date and (ii) the amount of the Investments determined in accordance
with GAAP made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in that
redesignated Subsidiary.
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS. If the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary acquires or creates another Subsidiary of the Company after the Issue
Date, that newly acquired or created Subsidiary must execute a Subsidiary
Guarantee and deliver an Opinion of Counsel, in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, unless the Board of Directors has duly designated that Subsidiary as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the definition of "Unrestricted
Subsidiary" under the caption "-- Certain Definitions" below.
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS. The Indenture also contains covenants with respect
to the following matters: (i) payment of principal, premium, if any, and
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any; (ii) maintenance of
72
<PAGE>
an office or agency in the City of New York; (iii) arrangements regarding the
handling of money held in trust; (iv) maintenance of corporate existence; (v)
payment of taxes and other claims; and (vi) maintenance of properties.
REPORTS. As a result of the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement with the Commission, the Issuers will become subject to the
informational requirements of Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance therewith, will be
required to file periodic reports and other information with the Commission for
so long as they are subject to such requirements. In addition, MHP Storage has
agreed that, whether or not it is required to do so by the rules and regulations
of the Commission, it will file with the Commission (unless the Commission would
not accept such filing) and distribute to holders of the Notes, copies of the
annual reports and quarterly reports and other information, documents and
reports that MHP Storage would be required to file with the Commission pursuant
to Section 13 of the Exchange Act if it were subject to such requirements. The
Company also will (i) file with the Trustee (with exhibits), and provide to each
Holder (without exhibits), without cost to that Holder, copies of such reports
and documents within 15 days after the date on which the Company files such
reports and documents with the SEC and (ii) if filing such reports and documents
with the SEC is not accepted by the SEC or is prohibited under the Exchange Act,
supply at its cost copies of such reports and documents (including any exhibits
thereto) to any Holder promptly on its written request. For so long as the Old
Notes remain outstanding, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors will also
furnish to the Holders and beneficial holders of Old Notes and to prospective
purchasers of Old Notes designated by the Holders of Transfer Restricted
Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) and to
broker-dealers, on their request, the information required to be delivered
pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF ASSETS
The Company will not, in any single transaction or series of related
transactions, consolidate or merge with any other Person, or sell, assign,
convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of the properties and assets of the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis substantially as
an entirety to any Person or group of Persons that are Affiliates of each other
(an "Affiliated Group"), and the Company will not permit any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries to enter into any such transaction or series of transactions if
such transaction or series of transactions, in the aggregate, would result in
the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of the
properties and assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis substantially as an entirety to any other Person or
Affiliated Group, unless: (i) either (a) if the transaction is a merger, the
Company will be the surviving Person of that merger, or (b) the Person (if other
than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is
merged or the Person or Affiliated Group that acquires the properties and assets
of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
substantially as an entirety (any such surviving Person or acquiring Person or
member of an acquiring Affiliated Group being the "Surviving Entity") is a
corporation, limited liability company, partnership or similar entity organized
and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof
or the District of Columbia and expressly assumes by a supplemental indenture to
the Indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the
Trustee, all the obligations of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, with respect to the Exchange Notes and the Indenture, including
with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor, the
obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees, and, in any case, the Indenture
remains in full force and effect; (ii) immediately before and immediately after
giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis
(and treating any Indebtedness not previously an obligation of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes an obligation of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of such transaction or
transactions as having been incurred at the time of such transaction or
transactions), no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
(iii) except in the case of the consolidation or merger of (x) the Company with
or into a Restricted Subsidiary or any Restricted Subsidiary with or into the
Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or (y) the Company with or into any
Person that has no Indebtedness outstanding, immediately
73
<PAGE>
before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of
transactions on a pro forma basis (assuming that the transaction or series of
transactions occurred on the first day of the most recent period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company prior to the consummation of such
transaction or series of transactions for which consolidated financial
statements of the Company are available, with the appropriate adjustments with
respect to the transaction or transactions being included in such pro forma
calculation to the extent permitted by Regulation S-X), the Company (or the
Surviving Entity if the Company is not the continuing obligor under the
Indenture) could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness not
constituting Permitted Indebtedness in accordance with the Consolidated Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio test described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation
on Indebtedness and Disqualified Equity Interests" above; (iv) if any of the
properties or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary would on such
transaction or series of transactions become subject to any Lien (other than a
Permitted Lien), the creation and imposition of that Lien complies with the
covenant described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Liens" above;
(v) each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transaction
or series of transactions, confirms by amendment to its Subsidiary Guarantee
that its guarantee of the Exchange Notes will apply to the obligations of the
Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is not the continuing obligor
tinder the Indenture) under the Exchange Notes and the Indenture; and (vi) the
Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is not the continuing obligor
under the Indenture) delivers to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel,
each stating that such transaction or series of transactions and any
supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with the requirements under the
Indenture and that all conditions precedent in the Indenture relating to such
transaction or series of transactions have been satisfied.
When any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, lease,
conveyance, transfer or other disposition of the properties and assets of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis substantially as
an entirety becomes effective in accordance with the foregoing in which the
Company is not the Surviving Entity, the Surviving Entity will succeed to, and
be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under
the Indenture with the same effect as if the Surviving Entity had been named as
the Company in the Indenture, and thereafter the Company, except in the case of
a lease, will be discharged from all obligations and covenants under the
Indenture and the Exchange Notes and may be liquidated and dissolved.
Upon the effectiveness of any such transaction, subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions of clause (ii) and the other clauses of the second preceding
paragraph, any Person that was a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
immediately prior to such transaction shall be a Restricted Subsidiary and each
other Subsidiary of the Surviving Entity shall be an Unrestricted Subsidiary
unless designated a Restricted Subsidiary (subject, in each case, to future
redesignation as described above).
The consolidation, merger and sale of substantially all the assets of a
Subsidiary Guarantor are also limited by the provisions described under
"-- Subsidiary Guarantees". Finance Corp. may not consolidate with or merge
with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its
assets to, any person unless (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee person
is a corporation that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary and assumes the obligations
of Finance Corp. under the Notes and the Indenture, (ii) immediately after
giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the
resulting, surviving or transferee person would be able to issue an additional
$1.00 of Debt, not constituting Permitted Indebtedness, pursuant to the first
sentence under "Limitation on Indebtedness and Disqualified Equity Interests";
and (iv) Finance Corp. delivers to the Trustee an officers' certificate and an
opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and
such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture.
74
<PAGE>
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
The following will be "Events of Default" under the Indenture:
(i) any default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if
any, on any of the Exchange Notes, whether such payment is due at Stated
Maturity or on redemption, repurchase pursuant to a Change of Control Offer
or a Net Proceeds Offer, acceleration or otherwise; or
(ii) any default in the payment of any installment of interest or
Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Exchange Note, when due, and the
continuance of that default for a period of 30 days; or
(iii) any default in the performance or breach by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the covenants described under " -- Merger,
Consolidation and Sale of Assets" above, or any failure of the Issuers to
make or consummate either a Change of Control Offer, or any failure of the
Company to make or consummate a Net Proceeds Offer, in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the Indenture; or
(iv) any failure of the Company, Finance Corp. or any Subsidiary
Guarantor to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement
applicable to it and contained in the Exchange Notes, the Indenture (other
than a default specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above) or the
Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case may be, for a period of 30 days after
written notice of that failure is given (a) to the Company, Finance Corp.
and the Subsidiary Guarantor, by the Trustee or (b) to the Company, Finance
Corp., the Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee by the Holders of at least
25% in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes then outstanding;
or
(v) the occurrence and continuation beyond any applicable grace
period of any default in any payment of the principal of, premium, if any,
or interest on any Indebtedness of the Company (other than the Exchange
Notes or any Non-Recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness) or any Restricted
Subsidiary for money borrowed when due, or any other default resulting in
acceleration of any Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Purchase Money
Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for money
borrowed, provided, that the aggregate principal amount of such
Indebtedness exceeds $5.0 million; or
(vi) one or more final judgments or orders rendered against the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that are unsatisfied and require the
payment in money, either individually or in an aggregate amount, in excess
of $5.0 million over the coverage of applicable insurance policies are not
paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; or
(vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
(viii) except as permitted by the Indenture and the Exchange Notes,
the cessation of the effectiveness of any Subsidiary Guarantee or the
repudiation by any Subsidiary Guarantor (or by any Person acting on behalf
of any Subsidiary Guarantor) of its obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee.
If an Event of Default (other than one of the types described in clause
(vii) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by written notice to the
Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
Exchange Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee and the
Company, may, and the Trustee on the request of the Holders of not less than 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes then outstanding will,
declare the principal of and premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on all of the Exchange Notes due and payable
immediately, on which declaration all amounts payable in respect of the Exchange
Notes will be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default of any type
described in clause (vii) above occurs and is continuing, then the principal of
and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if
any, on all Exchange Notes will become and be immediately due and payable, to
the extent permitted by applicable law, without any declaration, notice or other
act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
After a declaration of acceleration under the Indenture, but before the
Trustee obtains a judgment or decree for payment of the money due, the Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
75
<PAGE>
outstanding Exchange Notes, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee,
may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul that declaration and its
consequences if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of principal of
and premium, if any, or interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Exchange
Notes that has become due solely because of that declaration, have been cured or
waived. No such rescission will affect any subsequent Default or Event of
Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
No Holder will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to
the Indenture or any remedy thereunder, unless (i) that Holder has notified the
Trustee of a continuing Event of Default and the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Exchange Notes have made written
request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute that
proceeding as Trustee under the Exchange Notes and the Indenture, (ii) the
Trustee has failed to institute that proceeding within 60 days after receipt of
that notice and offer and (iii) the Trustee, within that 60-day period, has not
received directions inconsistent with that written request by Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Exchange Notes. These
limitations will not apply, however, to a suit instituted by any Holder to
enforce the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, interest or
Liquidated Damages, if any, on that Holder's Exchange Note on or after the
respective due dates expressed in that Exchange Note or in the Registration
Rights Agreement described below.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Exchange Notes may
waive any existing Default or Event of Default under the Indenture and its
consequences, except a default (i) in the payment of the principal of or
premium, if any, interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Exchange Notes
or (ii) in respect of any provision that cannot be modified or amended without
the consent of the Holder of each Exchange Note.
The Company has agreed (i) to furnish to the Trustee annual and quarterly
statements as to the performance by the Company and Finance Corp. of their
obligations under the Indenture and as to any default in that performance and
(ii) to notify the Trustee within 30 days after Senior Management becomes aware
of any Default or Event of Default.
LEGAL DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE OF INDENTURE
The Issuers may, at the Company's option and at any time, terminate their
obligations respecting the outstanding Exchange Notes (that action being a
"legal defeasance"). If legal defeasance occurs, the Issuers will be deemed to
have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding
Exchange Notes and to have been discharged from all their other obligations with
respect to the Exchange Notes (and the Subsidiary Guarantors will be deemed to
be released from the Subsidiary Guarantees), except for (i) the rights of
Holders to receive payment, from the trust described below in respect of the
principal of and premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on
their outstanding Exchange Notes when those payments are due, (ii) the Issuers'
obligations to replace any temporary Exchange Notes, register the transfer or
exchange of any Exchange Notes, replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
Exchange Notes and maintain an office or agency for payments in respect of the
Exchange Notes, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the
Trustee and (iv) the legal defeasance provisions of the Indenture. In addition,
the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to terminate its
obligation to comply with certain covenants in the Indenture, some of which are
described under " -- Certain Covenants" above, and any omission to comply with
those covenants will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default respecting
the Exchange Notes (that action being a "covenant defeasance"). If covenant
defeasance occurs, certain events (not including nonpayment, bankruptcy,
insolvency and reorganization events) described under "Events of Default" will
no longer constitute Events of Default respecting the Exchange Notes.
In order to exercise either the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance
option: (i) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for
the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, U.S. Government
Obligations (as defined in the Indenture), or a combination thereof, in such
amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants, to pay
76
<PAGE>
the principal of and premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
on the outstanding Exchange Notes to redemption or maturity; (h) the Company
must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders
of the outstanding Exchange Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance or covenant
defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the
same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal
defeasance or covenant defeasance had not occurred (in the case of legal
defeasance, this opinion must refer to and be based on a published ruling of the
Internal Revenue Service or a change in applicable federal income tax laws);
(iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on
the date of such deposit or insofar as clauses (vii) and (viii) under the first
paragraph of "-- Events of Default" above are concerned, at any time during
the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; (iv) such legal
defeasance or covenant defeasance must not cause the Trustee to have a
conflicting interest under the Indenture or the Trust Indenture Act with respect
to any securities of the Company; (v) such legal defeasance or covenant
defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, any material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary is bound; (vi) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel experienced in bankruptcy matters to the effect that the use of the
trust funds to pay the principal of and premium, if any, interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on the outstanding Exchange Notes would not be avoidable as a
preferential payment under Section 547 of the Bankruptcy Law or recoverable
under Section 550 of the Bankruptcy Law in the event the Company or Finance
Corp. became a debtor in a proceeding commenced thereunder; (vii) the Company
must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that the deposit
was not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders over other
creditors of the Company and Finance Corp. with the intent of defeating,
hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company, Finance Corp. or
others; and (viii) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, satisfactory to the Trustee, each stating
that all conditions precedent under the Indenture to either legal defeasance or
covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect
(except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the
Exchange Notes, as expressly provided for in the Indenture) as to all
outstanding Exchange Notes when: (i) either (a) all the Exchange Notes
theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen, mutilated or
destroyed Exchange Notes that have been replaced or paid and Exchange Notes for
whose payment money or certain U.S. Government Obligations have been deposited
in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to
the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation or (b) all Exchange Notes not theretofore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and
payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or are to be called for
redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for
the serving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the
expense, of the Issuers, and the Issuers have irrevocably deposited or caused to
be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge
the entire Indebtedness on the Exchange Notes not theretofore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation, for principal of and premium, if any, interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Exchange Notes to the date of deposit (in the
case of Exchange Notes that have become due and payable) or to the Stated
Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be, together with instructions from
the Company irrevocably directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment
thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; (ii) the Issuers have
paid all other sums payable under the Indenture by the Issuers; and (iii) the
Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating and an
Opinion of Counsel opining that all conditions precedent under the Indenture
relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied
with.
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
From time to time, the Issuers and the Trustee may, without the consent of
any Holder, amend or supplement the Indenture or the Exchange Notes to: (i)
evidence the succession of another Person to the
77
<PAGE>
Company, Finance Corp. or any Subsidiary Guarantor and the assumption by any
such successor of the covenants of the Company, Finance Corp. or the Subsidiary
Guarantor, as the case may be, in the Indenture and the Exchange Notes; (ii) add
to the covenants of the Company or Finance Corp. for the benefit of Holders;
(iii) comply with any requirement of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; (iv) secure the
Exchange Notes; (v) provide for uncertificated Exchange Notes in addition to or
in place of certificated Exchange Notes; (vi) reflect the release of any
Subsidiary Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee or add any Subsidiary of the
Company pursuant to and in the manner provided by the Indenture; and (vii) cure
any ambiguity or omission in the Indenture or the Exchange Notes, correct or
supplement any provision in the Indenture or the Exchange Notes that may be
defective or inconsistent with any other provision in the Indenture or the
Exchange Notes and make any other provisions with respect to matters or
questions arising under the Indenture; provided, however, that no modification
or amendment described in this clause (vii) may adversely affect the interests
of the Holders in any material respect. Other amendments and modifications of
the Indenture or the Exchange Notes may be made by the Issuers and the Trustee
with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Exchange Notes; provided, however, that no
such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the Holder of each
outstanding Exchange Note affected thereby: (i) change the Stated Maturity of
the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Exchange Note or alter
the provisions with respect to redemption of the Exchange Notes; (ii) reduce the
principal amount of or premium, if any, interest or Liquidated Damages, if any,
on any Exchange Note; (iii) change the coin or currency in which principal of,
premium, if any, interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Exchange Note is
payable; (iv) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any
payment on or with respect to any Exchange Note; (v) reduce the above-stated
percentage of aggregate principal amount of outstanding Exchange Notes necessary
to modify or amend the Indenture; (vi) reduce the percentage of aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Exchange Notes necessary for waiver of
compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or for waiver of certain
defaults; (vii) modify any provisions of the Indenture relating to the
modification and amendment of the Indenture or the waiver of past Defaults or
covenants, except as otherwise specified, or the rights of any Holder to receive
payments of principal of or premium, if any, interest or Liquidated Damages, if
any, on the Exchange Notes, (viii) change the ranking of the Exchange Notes in a
manner adverse to the Holders or expressly subordinate in right of payment the
Exchange Notes to any other Indebtedness; (ix) amend, change or modify the
obligation of the Issuers to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer if a
Change of Control occurs or make and consummate a Net Proceeds Offer with
respect to any Asset Sale or modify any of the provisions or definitions in the
Indenture insofar as they relate thereto; or (x) release any security that may
have been granted in respect of the Exchange Notes except as expressly provided
in the Indenture.
The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the outstanding Exchange Notes may, on behalf of the Holders, of all Exchange
Notes, waive any past default under the Indenture, except a default in the
payment of principal of or premium, if any, interest or Liquidated Damages, if
any, on the Exchange Notes, or in respect of a covenant or provision that under
the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of
each Exchange Note outstanding.
THE TRUSTEE
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company will serve as Trustee under the
Indenture.
The Indenture (including provisions of the Trust Indenture Act incorporated
therein) will contain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, if it
becomes a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases
or to realize on certain property received by it in respect of any such claims,
as security or otherwise. The Company and certain of its Affiliates may maintain
banking, borrowing and other relations with the Trustee and certain of its
affiliates. The Trustee may own Exchange Notes. The Indenture will permit the
Trustee to engage in other transactions; provided, however, if it acquires any
conflicting interest (as defined in the Trust Indenture Act), it must eliminate
such conflict or resign.
78
<PAGE>
The Trustee, prior to default, undertakes to perform only such duties as
are specifically set forth in the Indenture and, after default, is required to
exercise the same degree of care as a prudent individual would exercise in the
conduct of his or her own affairs. Subject to such provision, the Trustee is
under no obligation to exercise any of the powers vested in it by the Indenture
at the request of any Holder of Exchange Notes, unless offered reasonable
indemnity by such Holder against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might
be incurred thereby. The Trustee is not required to expend or risk its own funds
or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of its duties
if the Trustee reasonably believes that repayment or adequate indemnity is not
reasonably assured to it. The Indenture contains other provisions limiting the
responsibilities and liabilities of the Trustee.
GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE
The Indenture and the Exchange Notes will be governed by the laws of the
State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law. The
Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors will expressly submit to the nonexclusive
jurisdiction of the State of New York and the U.S. federal courts sitting in The
City of New York for the purposes of any suit, action or proceeding with respect
to the Indenture, the Exchange Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees and for
actions brought under federal or state securities laws with respect to the
Exchange Notes. The Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors will appoint CT
Corporation as their agent upon which process may be served in any such action
or proceeding with respect to the Indenture, the Exchange Notes or the
Subsidiary Guarantees.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
"Acquired Indebtedness" means, with respect to any specified Person,
Indebtedness of any other Person (i) existing, at the time that other Person
merges or consolidates with the specified Person or becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in
connection with, or in contemplation of, that other Person merging with or into
the specified Person or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of that specified
Person or (ii) assumed in connection with an acquisition of properties or assets
from such Person. A specified Person will be deemed to incur Indebtedness
constituting its Acquired Indebtedness on the date (i) the obligor respecting
that Indebtedness merges or consolidates with the specified Person, (ii) the
obligor of that Indebtedness becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of that specified
Person or (iii) the specified Person assumes that Indebtedness.
"Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
common control with the specified Person. For purposes of this definition: (i)
"control," when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct the
management and policies of that Person, directly or indirectly, whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms
"controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing;
(ii) beneficial ownership at any time of 10% or more of the outstanding voting
common equity of a Person (including voting common equity subject to being
acquired pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or other rights
exercisable within 60 days of that time) will be deemed to constitute control of
that Person at that time; and (iii) without limiting other Persons who may be
deemed to control a limited partnership, the general partner of a limited
partnership and each limited partner holding 10% or more of the limited
partnership interests in such limited partnership will be deemed to control such
limited partnership.
"Asset Sale" means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease,
assignment or other disposition to any Person other than the Company or a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary (including, without limitation, by means of a
Sale/Leaseback Transaction or a merger or consolidation) (collectively, for
purposes of this definition, a "transfer"), directly or indirectly, in one
transaction or a series of related transactions, of (i) any Equity Interests of
any Restricted Subsidiary held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary
or (ii) any other properties or assets of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the following do not
constitute "Asset Sales": (i) transfers of cash, Cash Equivalents, accounts
receivable (including the sale of accounts receivable without recourse to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a bona fide factoring
arrangement with a Person not
79
<PAGE>
an Affiliate of the Company), inventories or other properties or assets in the
ordinary course of business and issuances of Qualified Equity Interests of the
Company; (ii) any transfer of properties or assets (including Equity Interests)
that is governed by, and made in accordance with, the covenant described under
" -- Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets", the covenant described in the
third paragraph under " -- Subsidiary Guarantees" or the covenant described
under " -- Certain Covenants -- Change in Control" above; (iii) any transfer
of properties or assets from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to another
Restricted Subsidiary or to any other Person if such transfer to a Restricted
Subsidiary or other Person is permitted under the covenant described under
" -- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments" above; (iv)
transfers of damaged, worn-out or obsolete equipment or assets that, in the
Company's reasonable judgment, are either (a) no longer used or (b) no longer
useful in the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; (v) the
loan or sale of natural gas in the ordinary course of business; and (vi) any
transfer of property or assets in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions having a fair market value of less than $500,000.
"Attributable Indebtedness" means, with respect to any particular lease
under which any Person is at the time liable, whether or not accounted for as a
Capitalized Lease Obligation, and at any date as of which the amount thereof is
to be determined, the present value of the total net amount of lease payments
required to be paid by such Person under the lease during the primary term
thereof, without giving effect to any renewals at the option of the lessee,
discounted from the respective due dates thereof to the date of determination at
a rate per annum equal to the discount rate that would be applicable to a
Capitalized Lease Obligation with a like term in accordance with GAAP. As used
in the preceding sentence, the "net amount of lease payments" under any such
lease for any such period means the sum of lease, rental and other payments
required to be paid with respect to such period by the lessee thereunder,
excluding any amounts required to be paid by such lessee on account of
maintenance and repairs, insurance and taxes, assessments or similar charges. If
a lessee under any lease may terminate that lease by paying a penalty, the "net
amount of lease payments" under that lease will include the amount of that
penalty, but will exclude all lease payments after the first date on which that
lease may be so terminated.
"Average Life" means, with respect to any Indebtedness, as at any date of
determination, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of
(a) the number of years (and any portion thereof) from the date of determination
to the date or dates of each successive scheduled principal payment (including,
without limitation, any sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment
requirements) of that Indebtedness multiplied by (b) the amount of each such
principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments.
"Bankruptcy Law" means Title 22 of the United States Code or any similar
or successor federal law in effect from time to time for the relief of debtors.
"Board of Directors" means, with respect to the Company, either the board
of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of such board of
directors, and, with respect to any Subsidiary, the board of directors of such
Subsidiary or any duly authorized committee of that board. When used in this
Prospectus, the term "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the
Company unless the context requires otherwise. For this purpose, (i) if the
Company or a Subsidiary is a corporation, Board of Directors means the board of
directors of such corporation, (ii) if the Company or a Subsidiary is a limited
partnership, Board of Directors means the board of directors of the general
partner (or, if more than one, the managing general partner) of such partnership
(or, if such general partner is not a corporation, then the managers, trustees
or other body that govern the policies of such entity and has a function
corresponding to that of the board of directors of a corporation), or (iii) if
the Company or a Subsidiary is not a corporation or a limited partnership, the
managers, trustees or other body that govern the policies of such entity and has
a function corresponding to that of the board of directors of a corporation.
"Capitalized Lease Obligation" means, with respect to any Person, any
obligation of that Person to pay lease payments, rent or other amounts under a
lease of (or other similar agreement conveying the right to use) any property
(whether real, personal or mixed) that is required to be classified and
accounted for as a capital lease obligation under GAAP and, for purposes of the
Indenture, the amount of that obligation at any date will be the capitalized
amount thereof at that date, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
80
<PAGE>
"Cash Equivalents" means (i) marketable obligations with a maturity of
180 days or less issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the
United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof; provided that
the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support
thereof; (ii) demand and time deposits and certificates of deposit or
acceptances with a maturity of 180 days or less of any financial institution
that is a member of the Federal Reserve System having combined capital and
surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500 million or any commercial
bank that is organized under the laws of any country that is a member of the
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and has total assets in
excess of $500 million or its equivalent in another currency; (iii) commercial
paper maturing no more than 180 days from the date of creation thereof issued by
a corporation that is not an Affiliate of the Company and is organized under the
laws of any state of the United States or the District of Columbia and rated at
least A-1 by Standard & Poor's Rating Group or at least P-1 by Moody's Investors
Service Inc.; (iv) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven
days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above
entered into with any commercial bank meeting the specifications of clause (ii)
above; and (v) investments in money market or other mutual funds substantially
all of whose assets comprise securities of the types described in clauses (i)
through (iv) above. For purposes of this definition, the maturity of a security
will be determined when it is acquired by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary.
"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any event or series of events
(whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture) by
which: (i) Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C., or a successor entity at least a
majority of the Voting Equity Interests of which are owned directly or
indirectly by the Principals, ceases to be the General Partner having the
primary responsibility of managing the Company; (ii) any "person" or "group"
(as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) (other
than the Principals) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule
13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of a majority of the
total Voting Equity Interests of the Company or a majority of the Voting Equity
Interests of the General Partner; (iii) the Company consolidates with or merges
into another Person or any Person consolidates with, or merges into, the
Company, pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Equity
Interests of the Company are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or
other property or assets, other than any such transaction pursuant to which (a)
the outstanding Voting Equity Interests of the Company are changed into or
exchanged for Voting Equity Interests of the surviving or resulting Person that
are Qualified Equity Interests and (b) the beneficial owners (as defined in Rule
13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of the Voting Equity Interests of the Company
immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly,
not less than a majority of the Voting Equity Interests of the surviving or
resulting Person immediately after such transaction; (iv) the Company, either
individually or in conjunction with one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, sells,
assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of, or the Restricted
Subsidiaries sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of, the
properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
substantially as an entirety (either in one transaction or a series of related
transactions), including Equity Interests of the Restricted Subsidiaries, to any
Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or an
entity majority-owned, directly or indirectly, by the Principals); (v) during
any consecutive two-year period (which period need not be calendar years),
individuals who at the beginning of that period constituted the Board of
Directors (together with any new directors designated by a Principal or whose
election was approved by a vote of two-thirds of the directors then still in
office who were either directors at the beginning of that period or whose
election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any
reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors then in office; or
(vi) any plan or proposal for liquidation or dissolution of the Company is
approved by the vote or other consent of the holders of Equity Interests of the
Company.
"Common Equity Interests" of any Person means Equity Interests of that
Person that do not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or other
distributions or the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of that Person, to Equity Interests of
any other class of that Person.
81
<PAGE>
"Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, with respect to any
period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company (each such period of
four consecutive fiscal quarters, a "computation period"), the ratio of (i)
the sum of Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated Fixed Charges, Consolidated
Income Tax Expense and Consolidated Non-cash Charges of the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis for that computation period,
all determined in accordance with GAAP, plus the Permitted Distribution Amount
for such period that is deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such
period in accordance with clause (ii) of the definition of Consolidated Net
Income, to (ii) Consolidated Fixed Charges for that computation period. For
purposes of this computation, acquisitions or dispositions that have been made
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including through mergers or
consolidations and including any related financing transactions, during the
computation period or subsequent to the computation period but on or prior to
the date of computation will be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the
computation period and will give pro forma effect to such acquisitions or
dispositions and any related financing transactions with appropriate
adjustments, without duplicative adjustments, to Consolidated Net Income,
Consolidated Fixed Charges, Consolidated Income Tax Expense, Consolidated
Non-cash Charges and the Permitted Distribution Amount. In each computation of
the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the computation will be made as of
the date Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) is proposed to be
incurred or Disqualified Equity Interests are proposed to be issued (the
"determination date") for the then most recent computation period (the
"current period") on a pro forma basis assuming that (i) the Indebtedness to
be incurred or the Disqualified Equity Interests to be issued (and all other
Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Equity Interests issued after the first
day of the current period through and including the determination date), and (if
applicable) the application of the net proceeds therefrom (and from any other
such Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests), including to refinance
other Indebtedness, had been incurred, issued or applied, as the case may be, on
the first day of the current period and, in the case of Acquired Indebtedness,
on the assumption that the related transaction (whether by means of purchase,
merger or otherwise) also had occurred on the first day of the current period
with the appropriate adjustments with respect to such acquisition being included
in such pro forma calculation and (ii) any acquisition or disposition by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any properties or assets outside the
ordinary course of business and any related financing transactions, or any
repayment of any principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, in either case since the first day of the current period
through and including the determination date, had been consummated on the first
day of the current period. The Consolidated Fixed Charges representing interest
on Indebtedness outstanding on any determination date and assumed in accordance
with the preceding sentence to have been outstanding throughout the then current
period will be computed as follows: (i) if that Indebtedness bears interest only
at a floating rate, that floating rate as of the determination date will be
assumed to have been in effect throughout that current period; (ii) if that
Indebtedness bears interest, at the option of the primary obligor, at either a
floating rate or, for one or more periods of varying durations, fixed rates,
either that floating rate or, at the option of the Company, that fixed rate for
the longest period available to the primary obligor, in each case as of the
determination date, will be assumed to have been in effect throughout that
current period; (iii) if that Indebtedness is incurred under a revolving credit
facility, the principal amount of that Indebtedness assumed to have been
outstanding throughout that current period will be the lesser of (a) the average
daily outstanding principal balance of that Indebtedness during that current
period or such shorter period as amounts have been available to be borrowed or
reborrowed under that facility or (b) the total revolving credit commitment
under that facility as of the determination date; and (iv) if (a) that
Indebtedness bears interest at a floating rate, (b) that floating rate is used
pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of this sentence to determine the Consolidated
Fixed Charges attributable to that Indebtedness and (c) that interest is covered
by agreements relating to Hedging Obligations, that interest, to the extent so
covered, will be assumed to have accrued at the rate per annum resulting after
giving effect to the operation of those agreements.
"Consolidated Fixed Charges" means, for any period, without duplication,
(i) the remainder of the sum of (a) the interest expense of the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries for that period as determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, any amortization of debt
82
<PAGE>
discount, the net cost under Hedging Obligations (including any amortization of
discounts), the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation constituting
Indebtedness, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with
respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing and all accrued
interest, in each case to the extent attributable to that period, (b) if any
Indebtedness of any Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary)
is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during that period,
the aggregate amount of interest paid (to the extent not accrued in a prior
period) or accrued by such other Person during that period attributable to any
such Indebtedness, in each case to the extent required by GAAP to be recognized
during that period as an expense of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
(c) the aggregate amount of the interest component of Capitalized Lease
Obligations paid (to the extent not accrued in a prior period), accrued or
scheduled to be paid or accrued by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries
during that period and (d) the aggregate amount of dividends (except dividends
paid or payable in additional shares of Qualified Equity Interests) paid (to the
extent not accrued in a prior period) or accrued on Preferred Equity Interests
or Disqualified Equity Interests of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries,
to the extent such Preferred Equity Interests or Disqualified Equity Interests
are owned by Persons other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, minus
(ii) to the extent included in clause (i) above, amortization of capitalized
debt issuance costs of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries during that
period.
"Consolidated Income Tax Expense" means, for any period, the provision,
if any, for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes (including state
franchise taxes accounted for as income taxes in accordance with GAAP) of the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the period as determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the remainder of (i)
consolidated net income (or loss) of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP, as adjusted by excluding,
without duplication, (a) net after-tax extraordinary gains or losses (less all
fees and expenses relating thereto), (b) if not treated as an extraordinary
item, the make whole or premium payment required to be paid upon the repayment
of the Secured Notes as contemplated under "Use of Proceeds" in this
Prospectus and related debt extinguishment costs, (c) net after-tax gains or
losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to Asset
Sales, (d) net income (or net loss) of any Person (other than the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary) in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has an
ownership interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other
distributions actually paid to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash
or property by such other Person during that period (regardless of whether such
cash dividends or other distributions are attributable to net income (or net
loss) of such other Person during such period or during any prior period), (e)
net income (or net loss) of any Person combined with the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary on a "pooling of interests" basis attributable to any
period prior to the date of combination, (f) net income of any Restricted
Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar
distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its net income is not at the date
of determination permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of
its charter, partnership agreement or other organizational document or any
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental
regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or the holders of its Equity
Interests, and (g) income resulting from transfers of assets during such period
from an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
minus (ii) the Permitted Distribution Amount for such period. For purposes of
clause (d) above, the amount of any distribution of property or assets will be
equal to the lesser of the fair market value or net book value of that property
or assets as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
"Consolidated Tangible Assets" means, at any date, the total of all
assets appearing on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its
consolidated Subsidiaries as of that date prepared in conformity with GAAP,
after deducting therefrom, without duplication of deductions, all amounts shown
on such balance sheet in respect of good will, trademarks, trade names,
copyrights, patents, patent applications, licenses and rights in any thereof, or
similar intangibles, and any other items which are treated as intangibles in
conformity with GAAP.
83
<PAGE>
"Consolidated Non-cash Charges" means, for any period, the aggregate
depreciation, depletion, amortization and other non-cash expenses of the Company
and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are deducted in computing Consolidated Net
Income for that period, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP (excluding any such non-cash charge in the ordinary course of business
for which an accrual of or reserve for cash charges for any future period is
required).
"Default" means any event, act or condition that, after notice or passage
of time or both, would become an Event of Default.
"Disinterested Director" means, with respect to any transaction or series
of transactions in respect of which the Board of Directors is required to
deliver a resolution of the Board of Directors under the Indenture, a member of
the Board of Directors who does not have, and is not an employee of any Person
who has, any material direct or indirect financial interest (other than an
interest arising solely from the beneficial ownership of Equity Interests of the
Company) in or with respect to that transaction or series of transactions.
"Disqualified Equity Interests" of any specified Person means any Equity
Interests of the specified Person that, either by their terms, by the terms of
any security into which they are convertible or for which they are exchangeable
by contract or otherwise is, or on the happening of an event or passage of time
or both would be, (i) required to be redeemed or repurchased (whether
mandatorily or at the option of the holder thereof), other than a redemption or
repurchase effected solely through the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests of
the specified Person, by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries or by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary prior to the final Stated Maturity of
the Exchange Notes or (ii) convertible into or exchangeable, at any time prior
to the final Stated Maturity of the Exchange Notes, for any Indebtedness of the
specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries or of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary.
"Equity Interests" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
general partner, limited partner, membership and other interests, units,
participation rights or other equivalents in the equity interests (however
designated) in that Person, and any rights (other than debt securities
convertible into an equity interest), warrants or options exercisable or
exchangeable for or convertible into such an equity interest in that Person.
"Event of Default" has the meaning set forth above under the caption
" -- Events of Default" above.
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
"Exchange Notes" means the senior notes issued pursuant to the Exchange
Offer.
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently
applied, that are set forth in (i) the opinions and pronouncements of the
Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants, (ii) the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board or (iii) such other statements by such other entity as may be
approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United
States of America.
"General Partner" means Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C., a Delaware
limited liability company, the general partner of the Company, and its
successors in such capacity.
"Guarantee" or "guarantee" means, as applied to any Indebtedness, (i) a
guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in
the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part
or all of that Indebtedness and (ii) an agreement, direct or indirect,
contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way
the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of
non-performance) of all or any part of that Indebtedness, including, without
limiting the foregoing, the payment of amounts drawn down under letters of
credit. When used as a verb, "guarantee" has a corresponding meaning.
"Hedging Obligation" means, at any time as to any Person, any obligation
of that Person at that time that is incurred (i) in the ordinary course of its
business pursuant to any exchange agreement, swap, option, forward sales
contract, future contracts or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to
protect
84
<PAGE>
against or manage the exposure of that Person or any of its Subsidiaries to
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or in the price of energy
related commodities, and (ii) pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person
whereby, directly or indirectly, the specified Person is entitled to receive
periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of
interest on a stated national amount and includes, without limitation, interest
rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and other similar agreements or arrangements
designed to protect against or manage the exposure of the specified Person or
any of its Subsidiaries to fluctuations in interest rates.
"Holder" means a Person in whose name an Exchange Note is registered in
the Note Register.
"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, without duplication,
(i) all liabilities of that Person, contingent or otherwise, for borrowed money
or for the deferred purchase price of property, assets or services (excluding
any trade accounts payable and other accrued current liabilities incurred in the
ordinary course of business of that Person) and all liabilities of that Person
incurred in connection with any letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or other
similar credit transactions or any agreement to purchase, redeem, exchange,
convert or otherwise acquire for value any Equity Interests of that Person, or
any warrants, rights or options to acquire that Equity Interest, outstanding on
the Issue Date or thereafter, or any obligations arising out of the sale of
accounts receivable of that Person if, and to the extent, any of the foregoing
would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of that Person prepared in
accordance with GAAP; (ii) all obligations of that Person evidenced by bonds,
notes, debentures or other similar instruments, if, and to the extent, any of
the foregoing would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of that Person
prepared in accordance with GAAP; (iii) all obligations of that Person created
or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with
respect to property or assets acquired by that Person (even if the rights and
remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of a default
are limited to repossession or sale of such property or assets); (iv) the
Attributable Indebtedness of any Capitalized Lease Obligation of that Person;
(v) all obligations of the types described in the preceding clauses and all
dividends and other distributions, the payment of which is secured by (or for
which the holder of such obligations has an existing right, contingent or
otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon property (including, without
limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by that Person, even though that
Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness
(the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of
such property or the amount of the obligation so secured); (vi) the maximum
fixed redemption or repurchase price, if any, of all Disqualified Equity
Interests of that Person; (vii) all obligations of that Person under or in
respect of Hedging Obligations; and (viii) all Guarantees by that Person of
obligations of the types referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) of this
definition.
"Independent Financial Advisor" means an accounting, appraisal or
investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing that is disinterested
and independent with respect to the Company and its Affiliates and, in the
reasonable judgment of a majority of the Disinterested Directors, is qualified
to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
"Interest Payment Date" means the Stated Maturity of an installment of
interest on the Exchange Notes.
"Investment" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i) any direct
or indirect advance, loan, guarantee of Indebtedness or other extension of
credit or capital contribution by the specified Person to (by means of any
transfer of cash or other property or assets to others or any payment for
property, assets or services for the account or use of others) any other Person,
(ii) any purchase or acquisition by the specified Person of any Equity
Interests, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities (including derivatives)
or evidences of Indebtedness issued by any other Person and (iii) all other
items that would be classified as investments on a balance sheet of such Person
prepared in accordance with GAAP. The following are not "Investments": (i)
extensions of trade credit or other advances to customers on commercially
reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices or otherwise in the
ordinary course of business; (ii) Hedging Obligations, but only to the extent
that the same constitute Permitted Indebtedness; and (iii) endorsements of
negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business. If the
85
<PAGE>
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes
of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such
Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be
deemed to have made an Investment on the date of such sale or disposition equal
to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary
not sold or disposed of.
"Issue Date" means March 4, 1998, the date the Old Notes were initially
issued.
"Lien" means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or other),
security interest, hypothecation, assignment for security, claim or similar type
of encumbrance (including, without limitation, any agreement to give or grant
any lease, conditional sale or other title retention agreement having
substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) upon or with
respect to any property or assets of any kind. A Person will be deemed to own
subject to a Lien any property or assets that the Person has acquired or holds
subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale
agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement.
"Maturity" means, with respect to any Exchange Note, the date on which
any principal of that Exchange Note becomes due and payable as therein or in the
Indenture provided, whether at the Stated Maturity with respect to that
principal or on redemption, repurchase pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or
a Net Proceeds Offer, by declaration of acceleration or otherwise.
"Net Available Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the
proceeds therefrom in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in
respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or
Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or
sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), net of (i)
brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including fees and expenses
of legal counsel, consultants, accountants and investment banks) related to such
Asset Sale, (ii) provisions for all taxes payable as a result of such Asset Sale
(after taking into account available tax credits or deductions and any tax
sharing arrangements), (iii) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other
than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) (a) owning a beneficial interest
in the properties or assets subject to the Asset Sale, (b) having a Lien on such
properties or assets or (c) requiring such payment as a condition to providing
any consent necessary to consummate the Asset Sale and (iv) appropriate amounts
to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
as a reserve required in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated
with that Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be, after that Asset Sale, including, without limitation,
pensions and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to
environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations
associated with that Asset Sale, all as reflected in an Officers' Certificate;
provided, however, that any amounts remaining after adjustments, revaluations or
liquidations of those reserves shall constitute Net Available Proceeds.
"Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any issuance or sale of
Qualified Equity Interests or other securities, the cash proceeds of that
issuance or sale net of the fees of attorneys and accountants, fees, discounts
or commissions of underwriters and placement agents and brokerage, consultant
and other fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with such issuance
or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.
"Non-Recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is incurred to finance the purchase of
any assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary within 90 days of such
purchase, as long as (i) the amount of Indebtedness thereunder does not exceed
100% of the purchase cost of such assets, (ii) that purchase cost is or should
be included in "additions to property, plant and equipment" in accordance with
GAAP, (iii) such Indebtedness is nonrecourse to the Company, and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and all their respective assets other than the assets so purchased
and (iv) the purchase of such assets is not part of an acquisition of any
Person.
"Note Register" means the register required by the Indenture to be
maintained by or on behalf of the Company for the registration of the Exchange
Notes and transfers of the Exchange Notes.
86
<PAGE>
"Parent" means, with respect to the Company, the holder or holders of all
of the Equity Interests of the Company, other than not more than a two percent
interest owned by the General Partner.
"Pari Passu Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company that is
PARI PASSU in right of payment to the Exchange Notes.
"Payment Restriction" means, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary,
any consensual encumbrance, restriction or limitation, whether by operation of
the terms of its charter or partnership agreement or other organizational
documents or by reason of any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree or order
on the ability of (i) such Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make
other distributions on its Equity Interests or make payments on any obligation,
liability or Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary, (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary or (c) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any
other Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary to receive or retain any such dividends, distributions or payments,
loans or advances or transfer of properties or assets.
"Permitted Distribution" means a dividend, distribution, loan, advance or
other Restricted Payment to the Parent of the Company to the extent it is
designated as such by the Company. Although not limited by the purpose of the
Restricted Payment, a primary purpose of Permitted Distributions is to provide
funds to the Parent (or the partners or members of the Parent) to pay the income
tax liability of the Parent (or such partners or members) resulting from the
taxable income of the Company.
"Permitted Distribution Amount" means, for any period, an amount equal to
35% of the amount referred to in clause (i) of the definition of Consolidated
Net Income for such period, excluding any portion of such period during which
the Company is not a limited partnership, limited liability company or other
entity that is not subject to Federal income taxation.
"Permitted Indebtedness" means any of the following:
(i) Indebtedness of the Company under Working Capital Agreements in
an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the
greater of (a) $20.0 million, or (b) 15% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(ii) Indebtedness under the Senior Notes, the Exchange Notes and the
Subsidiary Guarantees;
(iii) Indebtedness outstanding, or to be incurred pursuant to
commitments in effect, on the Issue Date after giving effect to this
Offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom;
(iv) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations, PROVIDED that (a) those
Hedging Obligations are related to payment obligations on Permitted
Indebtedness or Indebtedness otherwise permitted by the Consolidated Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio test described under "Certain Covenants -- Limitation
on Indebtedness and Disqualified Equity Interests" above or, in the case of
currency or commodity Hedging Obligations, to the foreign currency cash
flows or energy requirements reasonably expected to be generated or
required by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) the notional
principal amount of the Hedging Obligations does not exceed 105% of the
principal amount of that Indebtedness or, in the case of currency or
commodity Hedging Obligations, the amount of those foreign currency cash
flows or energy requirements to which those Hedging Obligations relate and
(c) in the case of currency or commodity Hedging Obligations, those Hedging
Obligations are entered into for the purpose of limiting currency exchange
rate risks or commodity price fluctuation risks in connection with
transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(v) Indebtedness of the Company to a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or
to another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that upon
either (a) the subsequent issuance (other than directors' qualifying
shares), sale, transfer or other disposition of any Equity Interests or any
other event that results in a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to
be a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or (b) the transfer or other
disposition of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary), the provisions of this clause (v) will no
longer apply to such Indebtedness and
87
<PAGE>
such Indebtedness shall be denied, in each case, to be incurred and shall
be treated as an incurrence for purposes of the Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on
Indebtedness and Disqualified Equity Interests" above at the time the
transfer or other disposition occurred;
(vi) Guarantees of Permitted Indebtedness or Indebtedness incurred in
accordance with the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described
under "Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness and Disqualified
Equity Interests" above;
(vii) Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance or surety bonds
issued or other reimbursement obligations for the account of the Company in
the ordinary course of business, including guarantees and letters of credit
supporting such bid, performance, surety bonds or other reimbursement
obligations (in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed);
(viii) Non-Recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness;
(ix) other Indebtedness outstanding at any time in an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed $5.0 million; and
(x) any renewals, amendments, extensions, supplements, modifications,
deferrals, substitutions, refinancing or replacements (each, for purposes
of this clause (x), a "refinancing") by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of any Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the Consolidated
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described under "-- Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness and Disqualified Equity Interests"
above or referred to above in clauses (ii) through (ix) or this clause (x),
so long as (a) any such new Indebtedness shall be in a principal amount
that does not exceed the principal amount (or, if such Indebtedness being
refinanced provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to
be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration thereof, such lesser
amount as of the date of determination) so refinanced plus the amount of
any premium required to be paid in connection with such refinancing
pursuant to the terms of the Indebtedness refinanced or the amount of any
premium reasonably determined by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
as necessary to accomplish such refinancing, plus the amount of expenses of
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary incurred in connection with such
refinancing; (b) in the case of any refinancing of Indebtedness (including
the Exchange Notes) that is PARI PASSU with or subordinated in right of
payment to the Exchange Notes, then such new Indebtedness is PARI PASSU
with or subordinated in right of payment to the Exchange Notes at least to
the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (c) such new
Indebtedness has an Average Life equal to or longer than the Average Life
of the Indebtedness being refinanced and a final Stated Maturity that is
not earlier than the final Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being
refinanced.
"Permitted Investments" means any of the following:
(i) Investments in Cash Equivalents;
(ii) Investments in the Company or any of its Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries;
(iii) an Investment or series of related Investments by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary in another Person, if as a result of that
Investment or series of related Investments (a) that other Person becomes a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or (b) that other Person is merged or
consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys its properties and
assets substantially as an entirety to, the Company or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary;
(iv) Investments of Net Available Proceeds permitted by the covenant
described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Asset Sales"
above;
(v) Investments consisting of loans and advances to employees,
officers and directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for
travel, entertainment, relocation or other expenses in the ordinary course
of business;
88
<PAGE>
(vi) Investments consisting of loans and advances by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary to employees, officers and directors of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount at
any one time outstanding not exceeding $750,000;
(vii) Investments acquired by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business (a) in exchange for any other
Investment or account receivable held by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout,
reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment
or the obligor with respect to such account receivable or (b) as a result
of a foreclosure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect
to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any
secured Investment in default;
(viii) Investments the payment for which consists exclusively of
Qualified Equity Interests PROVIDED that (a) any such Investment must be
made in accordance with the other requirements of the Indenture, including
(A) with respect to any Acquired Indebtedness relating to such an
Investment, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described
under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness and Disqualified
Equity Interests" above and (B) with respect to any Lien on properties or
assets acquired in connection with any such Investment, the covenant
described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Liens" above and
(b) such Qualified Equity Interests shall not be considered in any
Qualified Equity Interests referred to in clause (iii)(b) of the first
sentence under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted
Payments";
(ix) Investments consisting of the loan of natural gas made in the
ordinary course of business; or
(x) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any
Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate amount at any
one time outstanding not exceeding $5 million.
"Permitted Liens" means the following types of Liens:
(i) Liens existing as of the Issue Date;
(ii) Liens securing the Exchange Notes or the Subsidiary
Guarantees;
(iii) Liens in favor of the Company or, with respect to a
Restricted Subsidiary, Liens in favor of another Restricted Subsidiary;
(iv) Liens securing Permitted Indebtedness of the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries of the type described in clause (i) of the
definition of Permitted Indebtedness;
(v) Liens securing Indebtedness that constitutes Permitted
Indebtedness of the type described in clause (x) of the definition of
"Permitted Indebtedness" incurred as a refinancing of any Indebtedness
secured by Liens described in clauses (i), (iv), (xi), (xii) and (xiii)
of this definition; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (a) if any Lien securing
Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated or junior to any Lien
granted for the benefit of the Holders, then the Lien securing the new
Indebtedness must be subordinated or junior to any Lien granted for the
benefit of the Holders at least to the same extent as the Lien securing
the Indebtedness being refinanced and (b) such Liens do not extend to or
cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;
(vi) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or
claims either (a) not delinquent or (b) contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and as to which the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, has set aside on its books such
reserves, or has made such other appropriate provision, if any, as is
required by GAAP;
(vii) Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics,
suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other similar Liens incurred in
the ordinary course of business for sums not delinquent or being
contested in good faith, and as to which the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, has set aside on its books such
reserves, or has made such other appropriate provision, if any, as is
required by GAAP;
89
<PAGE>
(viii) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of
business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment
insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the payment
or performance of tenders, statutory or regulatory obligations, surety
and appeal bonds, bids, government contracts and leases, performance and
return of money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of
obligations for the payment of borrowed money);
(ix) Liens securing any judgment not giving rise to a Default or
Event of Default and so long as any appropriate legal proceedings that
may have been duly initiated for the review of the judgment has not been
finally terminated or the period within which those proceedings may be
initiated has not expired;
(x) easements, rights-of-way, reservations, zoning and other
restrictions and other similar encumbrances not interfering in any
material respect with the ordinary conduct of business of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary;
(xi) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease
Obligation or operating lease; PROVIDED that (a) the Attributable
Indebtedness related thereto constitutes Indebtedness permitted to be
incurred under the terms of the Indenture and (b) with respect to any
Capitalized Lease Obligation, such Liens do not extend to any property
or assets that is not leased property or assets subject to such
Capitalized Lease Obligation;
(xii) Liens securing Non-Recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (a) the Non-Recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness
shall not be secured by any property or assets of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets so acquired and
any proceeds therefrom and (b) the Lien securing such Non-Recourse
Purchase Money Indebtedness shall be created within 90 days of such
acquisition;
(xiii) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness incurred in accordance
with the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described under
"-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness and Disqualified
Equity Interests" above; PROVIDED that (a) such Liens secured such
Acquired Indebtedness at the time of and prior to the incurrence of such
Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and were
not granted in connection with, or in anticipation of, the incurrence of
such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and
(b) such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the
Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or
assets that secured the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time such
Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary and are no more favorable to the lienholder than those
securing the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the incurrence of such
Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(xiv) leases or subleases granted to others that do not interfere
with the ordinary conduct of business of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary;
(xv) rights of a common owner of any interest in property held by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and that common owner as
tenants in common or through other common ownership; and
(xvi) Liens or equitable encumbrances deemed to exist by reason of
(a) fraudulent conveyance or transfer laws or (b) negative pledge or
other agreements to refrain from giving Liens.
"Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company,
partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.
"Preferred Equity Interests" means, with respect to any Person, any and
all Equity Interests of such Person that are not Common Equity Interests,
whether outstanding on or after the Issue Date.
"Principals" means (i) Miami Valley Leasing, Inc., Nipsco Energy
Services, Inc., PSRC Del., Inc. and TPC Corporation, (ii) the respective
ultimate parent companies, if any, that control such Persons on the date
90
<PAGE>
of the Indenture, (iii) wholly owned Subsidiaries of any such ultimate parent
companies, or (iv) any one or more of such Persons.
"Public Equity Offering" means an offer and sale of (i) Common Equity
Interests of the Company for cash pursuant to a registration statement that has
been declared effective by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a
registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to equity securities
issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Company) or (ii) Common Equity
Interests of the Parent for cash pursuant to such a registration statement to
the extent that such cash is contributed by the Parent to the capital of the
Company without any obligation of the Company (other than that imposed by
applicable law) to return such contribution to the Parent.
"Qualified Equity Interests" of any Person means any and all Equity
Interests of that Person other than Disqualified Equity Interests of that
Person.
"Regular Record Date" means, with respect to the interest payable on any
Interest Payment Date, the February 15 or August 15 (whether or not a business
day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.
"Related Business" means (i) the businesses of the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business related, ancillary or
complementary to the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on
that date and (ii) any other business related to the production, gathering,
marketing, treating, storage, selling and/or transporting of natural gas as long
as the principal businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
remain the businesses described in the preceding clause (i).
"Restricted Investment" means (without duplication) (i) the designation
of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in the manner described in the
definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary" and (ii) any Investment other than a
Permitted Investment.
"Restricted Payment" means, with respect to any Person:
(i) any declaration or payment of any dividend or distribution (other
than a dividend or distribution declared or paid by a Restricted Subsidiary
to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary), or any other
distribution with respect to any shares of Equity Interests of that Person,
including any payments to the general partner of such Person to compensate
such Person for any management or related services provided by such general
partner in its capacity as such or pursuant to the applicable partnership
agreement (but excluding dividends or distributions payable solely in
shares of Qualified Equity Interests of that Person or in options, warrants
or other rights to purchase Qualified Equity Interests of that Person);
(ii) any purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for
value of any Equity Interests of that Person or any other payment or
distribution made in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly;
(iii) any principal payment on or repurchase, redemption, defeasance
or other acquisition or retirement for value, prior to any scheduled
principal payment, scheduled sinking fund payment or maturity, of any
subordinated indebtedness (including, with respect to the Company and any
Subsidiary Guarantor, Subordinated Indebtedness) of that Person; or
(iv) any Restricted investment.
"Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company, whether
existing on or after the Issue Date, unless that Subsidiary is designated as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in the manner described in the definition of
"Unrestricted Subsidiary".
"Sale/Leaseback Transaction" means any direct or indirect arrangement
pursuant to which properties or assets are sold or transferred by the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary and are thereafter leased back from the purchaser or
transferee thereof by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.
"Senior Management" means, with respect to the Company, the Chairman of
the Board of Directors, the president, the chief operating officer, the chief
financial officer, the chief accounting officer, the
91
<PAGE>
treasurer, the controller and any vice president of the Company or, if the
Company has no such officers, the comparable officers or managers of the General
Partner.
"Stated Maturity" means, when used with respect to any Indebtedness or
any installment of interest thereon, the date specified in the instrument
evidencing or governing such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the
principal of that Indebtedness or that installment of interest is due and
payable.
"Subordinated Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company,
Finance Corp. or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is expressly subordinated in right
of payment to the Exchange Notes or Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively.
"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i) a
corporation a majority of whose Voting Equity Interests is at the time, directly
or indirectly, owned by the specified Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of the
specified Person or by the specified Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof
or (ii) any other Person (other than a corporation), including, without
limitation, a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, in which
the specified Person, one or more Subsidiaries thereof or the specified Person
and one or more Subsidiaries thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of
determination thereof, has or have at least a majority of the Voting Equity
Interests or other ownership interests of such Person.
"Subsidiary Guarantors" means (i) Moss Bluff and Egan and the respective
general partners of Moss Bluff and Egan and (ii) any other Subsidiary of the
Company that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions
of the Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns.
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at
the time of determination will be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the
Board of Directors as provided below and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company,
other than Finance Corp. and the Subsidiary Guarantors existing on the date of
the Indenture, as an Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as: (i) neither the Company
nor any Restricted Subsidiary is directly or indirectly liable for the payment
of any Indebtedness of that Subsidiary; (ii) no default with respect to any
Indebtedness of that Subsidiary would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or
otherwise) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary to declare a default on that other Indebtedness or cause the payment
thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity or require the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to repurchase or secure that other
Indebtedness; (iii) such designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary would be
permitted by the covenant described under " -- Certain Covenants -- Limitation
on Restricted Payments" above; (iv) that designation would not result in the
creation or imposition of any Lien on any of the properties or assets of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Permitted Lien); and (v)
the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness not
constituting Permitted Indebtedness in accordance with the Consolidated Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio test described under " -- Certain Covenants -- Limitation
on Indebtedness and Disqualified Equity Interests," above; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that with respect to clause (i) of this sentence, the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary may be liable for the payment of Indebtedness of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary if (x) the liability constituted a Permitted Investment or a
Restricted Payment permitted by the covenant described under " -- Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments" above, in each case at the time
of incurrence, or (y) the liability would be a Permitted Investment at the time
of designation of that Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Any such
designation by the Board of Directors must be evidenced to the Trustee by filing
a Board Resolution with the Trustee giving effect to that designation, together
with an Officers' Certificate stating that such designation complies with the
requirements under the Indenture. The Board of Directors may designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary if, immediately after giving
effect to such designation on a pro forma basis, (i) no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the Company could incur at least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness in
accordance with the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described
under " -- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness and Disqualified
Equity Interests" above and (iii) if any of the properties and assets of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary would on such designation become subject to
any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien), the creation or imposition of
92
<PAGE>
that Lien must comply with the covenant described under "-- Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Liens" above.
"Voting Equity Interests," with respect to any specified Person, (i)
means any class or classes of Equity Interests of the specified Person pursuant
to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary
circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, partners,
managers or trustees of the specified Person (irrespective of whether or not, at
the time, stock of any other class or classes have, or might have, voting power
by reason of the happening of any contingency) that control the management and
policies of such Person, and (ii) if such specified Person is a limited
partnership, includes the general partner and limited partner interests of such
Person.
"Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means (i) a corporate Restricted Subsidiary all
the outstanding capital stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares)
is owned by the Company or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, (ii) a
partnership Restricted Subsidiary all of the interests of which, other than not
more than a two percent interest owned by the general partner of such
partnership Subsidiary, are owned by the Company or one or more Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries or (iii) a Restricted Subsidiary that is neither a corporation or a
partnership all of the Equity Interests of which are owned by the Company or one
or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.
"Working Capital Agreement" means, with respect to any specified Person,
(i) any agreement providing for the making of loans or advances on a revolving
basis, the issuance of letters of credit and/or the creation of bankers'
acceptances to fund the general working capital and other business requirements
of that Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries and (ii) any refinancings,
renewals, replacements, modification and extensions of any of the agreements
described in clause (i) of this sentence. Initially, the Working Capital
Agreement means the New Credit Facility described under "Description of New
Credit Facility".
BOOK ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
The Exchange Notes initially will be represented by one or more Global
Notes (the "Global Notes") in registered global form. The Global Notes will be
deposited with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary and registered in the
name of Cede & Co., as nominee of the Depositary (such nominee being referred to
herein as the "Global Note Holder"). The Depositary will maintain the Exchange
Notes in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof through its
book-entry facilities.
The Depositary has advised the Company as follows: It is a limited-purpose
trust company which was created to hold securities for its participating
organizations (the "Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and
settlement of transactions in such securities between Participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. Participants
include securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial Purchaser), banks,
trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access
to the Depositary's book-entry system is also available to others, such as
banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly
("Indirect Participants"). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially
own securities held by the Depositary only through Participants or Indirect
Participants.
The Company expects that pursuant to procedures established by the
Depositary (i) upon deposit of the Global Notes, the Depositary will credit the
accounts of Participants with portions of the principal amount of the Global
Notes and (ii) ownership of beneficial interests in the Notes evidenced by the
Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be
effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary (with respect to
Participants' interests), the Participants and the Indirect Participants.
The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery
in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to
transfer beneficial interests in the Global Notes is limited to such extent. For
certain other restrictions on the transferability of the Exchange Notes, see
"Transfer Restrictions".
93
<PAGE>
Investors in the Global Notes may hold their interests therein directly
through the Depositary, if they are Participants in such system, or indirectly
through organizations that are Participants in such system.
So long as a nominee of the Depositary is the registered owner of the
Global Notes, such nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the
Exchange Notes for all purposes under the Indenture. Except as provided below,
owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will not be entitled to have
Exchange Notes registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to
receive physical delivery of Exchange Notes in definitive form and will not be
considered the owners or holders thereof under the Indenture, including with
respect to the giving of any directions, instructions or approvals to the
Trustee thereunder.
Neither the Issuers nor the Trustee, the paying agent or the Exchange Notes
registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the
records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership
interests in the Global Notes, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
Principal and interest payments on the Global Notes registered in the name
of the Depositary's nominee will be made by the Issuers, either directly or
through a paying agent, to the Depositary's nominee as the registered owner of
the Global Notes. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Issuers and the Trustee
will treat the persons in whose names the Exchange Notes are registered as the
owners of such Exchange Notes for the purpose of receiving payments of principal
and interest on such Exchange Notes and for all other purposes whatsoever.
Therefore, neither the Issuers, the Trustee nor any paying agent has any direct
responsibility or liability for the payment of principal or interest on the
Exchanger Notes to owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes. The
Depositary has advised the Company and the Trustee that its present practice is,
upon receipt of any payment, to credit immediately the accounts of the
Participants with payment in amounts proportionate to their respective holdings
in principal amount of beneficial interest in the Global Notes as shown on the
records of the Depositary. Payments by Participants and Indirect Participants to
owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be governed by standing
instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held
for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in "street name"
and will be the responsibility of such Participants or Indirect Participants.
As long as the Exchange Notes are represented by Global Notes, the Global
Notes Holder will be the holder of the Exchange Notes and therefore will be the
only entity that can exercise a right to repayment or repurchase of the Exchange
Notes. See "-- Certain Covenants -- Change of Control" and " -- Limitation on
Asset Sales". Notice by Participants or Indirect Participants or by owners of
beneficial interests in a Global Note held through such Participants or Indirect
Participants of the exercise of the option to elect repayment of beneficial
interests in Exchange Notes represented by a Global Note must be transmitted to
the Depositary in accordance with its procedures on a form required by the
Depositary and provided to Participants. In order to ensure that the
Depositary's nominee will timely exercise a right to repayment with respect to a
particular Exchange Note, the beneficial owner of such Exchange Note must
instruct the broker or other Participant or exercise a right to repayment.
Different firms have cut-off times for accepting instructions from their
customers and, accordingly, each beneficial owner should consult the broker or
other Participant or Indirect Participant through which it holds an interest in
an Exchange Note in order to ascertain the cut-off time by which such an
instruction must be given in order for timely notice to be delivered to the
Depositary. Neither the Company nor Finance Corp. will be liable for any delay
in delivery of notices of the exercise of the option to elect repayment.
Subject to certain conditions, any person having a beneficial interest in
the Global Notes may, upon request to the Trustee, exchange such beneficial
interest for Exchange Notes in definitive form. Upon any such exchange, the
Trustee is required to register such Exchange Notes in the name of, and cause
the same to be delivered to, such Person or Persons (or the nominee of any
thereof). Such Exchange Notes would be issued in fully registered form and would
be subject to the legal requirements described herein under "Transfer
Restrictions." In addition, if (i) the Company notifies the Trustee in writing
that the Depositary is no longer willing or able to act as a depositary and the
Company is unable to locate a qualified successor within 90 days or (ii) the
Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause
the issuance of Exchange Notes in definitive form under the Indenture, then,
upon surrender by the relevant
94
<PAGE>
Global Note holder of its Global Note, Exchange Notes in such form will be
issued to each person that such Global Note holder and the Depositary identifies
as being the beneficial owner of the related Exchange Notes.
Neither the Issuers nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by the
Global Note holder or the Depositary in identifying the owners of beneficial
interests in the Global Notes and the Company and the Trustee may conclusively
rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from the Global Note
holder or the Depositary for all purposes.
The Indenture will require that payments in respect of the Exchange Notes
represented by the Global Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest
and Liquidated Damages) be made in same day funds. The Exchange Notes are
expected to be eligible to trade in the PORTAL Market and interests in the
Global Notes will trade in the Depositary's Same-Day Funds Settlement System,
and any permitted secondary market trading activity in the Exchange Notes will,
therefore, be required by the Depositary to be settled in same-day funds.
Transfers between Participants in the Depositary will be effected in accordance
with the Depositary's procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds.
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following discusses the material United States federal income tax
consequences under generally applicable current law of the acquisition,
ownership and disposition of Exchange Notes by a person who acquires those
Exchange Notes in exchange for Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer and who
holds those Exchange Notes as capital assets. This section does not discuss any
foreign, state or local tax law or the effect of special rules, such as those
which apply to tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, financial
institutions, an individual who expatriates from the United States, or a person
who hold Exchange Notes as part of a straddle, hedge or conversion transaction.
Accordingly, each person who is considering the acquisition of Exchange Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer should consult with its own tax advisor regarding
the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of Exchange
Notes in light of its particular circumstances and the application of state,
local and foreign tax laws.
RECEIPT OF EXCHANGE NOTES; SURRENDER OF OLD NOTES
An Exchange Note which is received pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
exchange for an Old Note will be treated for federal income tax purposes as the
same debt instrument as the Old Note surrendered in exchange therefor. As a
result, no gain or loss will be recognized on the receipt of an Exchange Note in
exchange for an Old Note, and the Exchange Note so received will have the same
adjusted basis, the same adjusted issue price and the same holding period as the
Old Note which was delivered in exchange therefor.
OWNERSHIP BY U.S. HOLDER
The following applies to a person (a "U.S. Holder") who is either an
individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States within the meaning
of Section 7701(b) of the Code (which provides that an individual is a resident
of the United States if the number of days he is present in the United States
exceeds a formula contained therein), a corporation or partnership which is, in
either case, created or organized in the United States or any State thereof, a
trust which is described in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code") or an estate which is not a foreign estate
within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(31) of the Code.
INTEREST ON EXCHANGE NOTES. The stated interest on an Exchange Note will
be taxable as ordinary income at the time that such interest is received or
accrued in accordance with the U.S. Holder's method of accounting for United
States federal income tax purposes. An Exchange Note is held with market
discount to the extent that the amount which was paid for the Old Note which is
surrendered in exchange therefor is less than the sum of the stated principal
amount thereof and any accrued but unpaid interest thereon at the time of the
acquisition thereof.
The Exchange Notes do not, as a general matter, have amortizable original
issue discount, but if a Change of Control occurs, then the one percent premium
over par at which the Issuers are required to offer
95
<PAGE>
to repurchase the Exchange Notes may be interest income accruable as original
issue discount between the occurrence of the Change of Control and the time at
which the Exchange Notes are to be repurchased.
SALE, EXCHANGE OR REDEMPTION OF EXCHANGE NOTES. Gain or loss will be
recognized on the sale, exchange or redemption of Exchange Notes in an amount
equal to the difference between (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value
of any other property received in the transaction (excluding however any amount
received in respect of accrued, but unrecognized interest which will be taxable
as such) and (ii) the adjusted basis of the Exchange Notes so sold, exchanged or
redeemed. The portion of any such gain which is in excess of any market discount
which has theretofore accrued on such Exchange Notes under the rules of Section
1276 of the Code but which has not theretofore been included in income and any
loss will be a capital gain or loss because of the assumption that the Exchange
Notes are held as a capital asset, and the balance of any such gain (which is in
respect of accrued but theretofore unrecognized market discount) is ordinary
income. For an individual, estate or trust, 20 percent is the maximum rate of
United States federal income tax on a capital gain which is recognized upon the
sale, exchange or redemption of an Exchange Note which was held as a capital
asset for more than 18 months, and 28 percent is the maximum rate in the case of
an Exchange Note which was held for more than one year but not more than 18
months.
OWNERSHIP BY NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following applies to a person who is not a U.S. Holder (a "Non-U.S.
Holder") and for which interest income on, and gain on a sale, exchange or
redemption of, an Exchange Note which is held by such person are not effectively
connected with the conduct by such person of a trade or business within the
United States. Any such items of interest income or gain which are so
effectively connected will generally be subject to the United States federal
income tax that applies to U.S. Holders and, in the case of such a Non-U.S.
Holder that is a foreign corporation, those items also will be subject to the
branch profits tax. The following does not discuss the effect of any income tax
treaty or of rules which apply to individuals who expatriate from the United
States.
INTEREST ON EXCHANGE NOTES. Interest paid on an Exchange Note to a
Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to United States federal income tax or to
withholding in respect thereof under the portfolio interest exemption if (i) the
beneficial owner of the Exchange Note (or in certain circumstances, a member of
a class of financial institutions) certifies, under penalties of perjury, that
the beneficial owner is not a U.S. Holder and provides the beneficial owner's
name and address; (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder is not a 10 percent shareholder,
within the meaning, of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, of the issuer for
United States federal income tax purposes of the Exchange Notes (which may be
MHP); (iii) the Non-U.S. Holder is not a controlled foreign corporation with
respect to which the issuer for United States federal income tax purposes of the
Exchange Notes (which may be MHP) is a "related person" within the meaning of
Section 864(d)(4) of the Code; and (iv) the Non-U.S. Holder is not a bank
holding the Exchange Notes as a result of an extension of credit made pursuant
to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or
business. If the portfolio interest exemption does not apply to interest on an
Exchange Note, then such interest will generally be subject to United States
federal income tax withholding at a rate of 30 percent (or any lower rate
provided by any applicable treaty).
SALE, EXCHANGE OR REDEMPTION OF EXCHANGE NOTES. A Non-U.S. Holder will not
generally be subject to United States federal income tax on gain recognized on
the sale, exchange or redemption of Exchange Notes unless the Non- U.S. Holder
is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the
taxable year of the sale, exchange or redemption and certain other conditions
are satisfied.
ESTATE TAX. An Exchange Note will not be included in the gross estate of
an individual Non-U.S. Holder for United States federal estate tax purposes if
interest received at the time of death would have been exempt from United States
income tax under the portfolio interest exemption (which is discussed above) if
the required statement that the beneficial owner is not a United States person
had been filed and such Exchange Note was not effectively connected with the
conduct by the decedent of a trade or business within the United States.
96
<PAGE>
BACKUP WITHHOLDING; INFORMATION REPORTING
U.S. HOLDERS. A noncorporate U.S. Holder who owns Exchange Notes will be
subject to backup withholding at the rate of 31 percent as well as information
reporting with respect to both interest paid on the Exchange Notes and the
proceeds of any sale, exchange or redemption thereof if the payee fails to
furnish a taxpayer identification number and in certain other circumstances.
NON-U.S. HOLDERS. A noncorporate Non-U.S. Holder who delivers the
statement discussed above to establish the availability of the portfolio
interest exemption in respect of interest on an Exchange Note is not subject to
backup withholding or information reporting in respect of the interest paid on
that Exchange Note.
A Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from backup withholding and from
information reporting with respect to a payment of proceeds from the sale or
exchange of an Exchange Note through a broker if such Non-U.S. Holder is an
"exempt foreign person", and provides the broker with a statement to that
effect, or the payment is made through a foreign office of certain foreign
brokers. A Non-U.S. Holder should consult with its own advisers as to the
exemptions discussed in this paragraph.
CREDITS AND REFUNDS OF BACKUP WITHHOLDING. Any amounts which are withheld
under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit
against the Holder's United States federal income tax liability if certain
information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own
account in connection with the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by Participating Broker-Dealers in connection with resales of Exchange Notes
received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such
Participating Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities (other than a resale of an unsold
allotment from the original sale of Old Notes). The Issuers have agreed that
this Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be
used by a Participating Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of such
Exchange Notes. However, a Participating Broker-Dealer who intends to use this
Prospectus in connection with the resale of Exchange Notes received in exchange
for Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer must notify the Issuers, or cause
the Issuers to be notified, on or prior to the Expiration Date, that it is a
Participating Broker-Dealer. Such notice may be given in the space provided for
that purpose in the Letter of Transmittal or may be delivered to the Exchange
Agent at one of the addresses set forth in the Letter of Transmittal. See "The
Exchange Offer -- Resale of Exchange Notes".
The Issuers will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange
Notes offered hereby. Exchange Notes received by Participating Broker-Dealers
for their own accounts in connection with the Exchange Offer may be sold from
time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in
negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or
a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time
of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated
prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through
brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or
concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such
Exchange Notes. Any Participating Broker-Dealer that resells Exchange Notes that
were received by it for its own account in connection with the Exchange Offer
and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange
Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act, and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and any
commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal
states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is
an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
97
<PAGE>
The Issuers will send additional copies of this Prospectus and any
amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any Participating Broker-Dealer
that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal.
EXPERTS
The financial statements included in this Prospectus have been audited by
Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing
herein, and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
On April 25, 1997, following the acquisition of TPC by PacifiCorp, TPC, the
parent of MHP, owner of the registrant, notified Arthur Andersen LLP ("Arthur
Andersen") that it is replacing Arthur Andersen with Deloitte & Touche LLP
("Deloitte & Touche"), the independent public accountants of PacifiCorp after
having entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with PacifiCorp Holdings,
Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp.
TPC's Audit Committee did not participate in or approve the decision to
change independent public accountants. PacifiCorp's Audit Committee recommended
to the PacifiCorp Board of Directors that Deloitte & Touche be appointed TPC's
independent public accountants for 1997.
The reports of Arthur Andersen on TPC's consolidated financial statements
for 1995 and 1996 contained no adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were
not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting
principles. Additionally, Arthur Andersen was requested, in conjunction with
this registration statement, to audit the financial statements of Moss Bluff
Partners, L.P. and Egan Hub Partners, L.P., for the years ended December 31,
1995 and 1996, which had not been previously audited. In connection with its
audits for 1995 and 1996 and through April 25, 1997, there have been no
disagreements with Arthur Andersen on any matter of accounting principles or
practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which
disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Arthur Andersen, would
have caused them to make reference in their reports on the financial statements
for such years.
The Company has requested that Arthur Andersen furnish it with a letter
addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether or not it
agrees with the statements set forth above. A copy of such letter, dated June
26, 1998, is filed as Exhibit 16 to this registration statement.
The combined financial statements of Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.P. and Egan
Hub Partners, L.P. as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and for the years then
ended, referred to in this Prospectus, have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,
independent public accountants, as indicated in their report with respect
thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as
experts in giving said report.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters in connection with the Exchange Offer will be passed
upon for the Issuers by Baker & Botts, L.L.P., Houston, Texas.
98
<PAGE>
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PAGE
----
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as
of March 31, 1998 and December 31,
1997 (unaudited)...................... F-2
Condensed Consolidated Statements of
Operations for the three months ended
March 31, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited)... F-3
Condensed Consolidated Statements of
Cash Flows for the three months ended
March 31, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited)... F-4
Condensed Consolidated Statements of
Partners' Capital for the three months
ended March 31, 1998 and 1997
(unaudited)........................... F-5
Notes to Condensed Consolidated
Financial Statements.................. F-6
Report of Independent Auditors.......... F-8
Report of Independent Public
Accountants........................... F-9
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
December 31, 1997 and 1996............ F-10
Consolidated Statements of Operations
for the years ended December 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995......................... F-11
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
for the years ended December 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995......................... F-12
Consolidated Statements of Partners'
Capital for the years ended December
31, 1997, 1996 and 1995............... F-13
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements............................ F-14
F-1
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
(A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997
---------- ------------
(IN THOUSANDS)
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents.......... $ 33,423 $ 2,153
Accounts and notes receivable...... 7,110 3,418
Inventory and other current
assets............................ 2,224 2,036
---------- ------------
Total current assets.......... 42,757 7,607
---------- ------------
Property and Equipment:
Natural gas storage facilities..... 136,665 136,586
Construction in progress........... 25,688 21,778
Less accumulated depreciation...... (11,697) (10,391)
---------- ------------
150,656 147,973
Other Assets and Restricted Cash........ 3,975 4,307
---------- ------------
$ 197,388 $159,887
========== ============
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
Current Liabilities:
Current portion of long-term
debt.............................. $ -- $ 4,449
Accounts payable:
Trade and other............... 1,343 3,955
Partners and affiliates....... -- 943
Accrued liabilities................ 1,741 1,584
---------- ------------
Total current liabilities.......... 3,084 10,931
Long-Term Debt, net of current
portion............................... 115,000 49,043
Partners' capital....................... 79,304 99,913
---------- ------------
$ 197,388 $159,887
========== ============
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-2
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
(A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
THREE MONTHS ENDED
------------------------
MARCH 31, MARCH 31,
1998 1997
---------- ----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
Revenues:
Salt cavern storage revenues.... $ 6,504 $ 5,414
Hub services revenues........... 1,144 612
---------- ----------
Total revenues.................. 7,648 6,026
---------- ----------
Operating Expense:
Operations and maintenance...... 470 550
Plant administrative............ 212 477
Property taxes.................. 240 203
Royalty payments................ 68 94
General and administrative...... 816 471
Depreciation.................... 1,306 1,180
---------- ----------
Total operating expenses........ 3,112 2,975
---------- ----------
Operating income..................... 4,536 3,051
Interest expense..................... 1,033 1,093
Interest income...................... 207 13
---------- ----------
Net Income Before Extraordinary Item 3,710 1,971
Extraordinary loss on early
extinguishment of debt......... (6,702) --
---------- ----------
Net Income (loss).................... $ (2,992) $ 1,971
========== ==========
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
(A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
THREE MONTHS ENDED
----------------------
MARCH 31, MARCH 31,
1998 1997
--------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net Income (loss).................. $ (2,992) $ 1,971
Adjustments to reconcile net income
(loss) to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation.................. 1,306 1,180
Extraordinary loss on early
extinguishment of debt...... 6,702 --
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Decrease in accounts
receivable.................. 308 961
Decrease (increase) in
inventory and other current
assets...................... (188) 73
Decrease (increase) in other
assets and restricted
cash........................ 119 (256)
Increase (decrease) in trade
payables and accrued
liabilities................. (2,455) 397
Increase (decrease) in payable
to partners, affiliates and
other....................... (943) 617
--------- ---------
Net cash provided by operating
activities.................. 1,857 4,943
--------- ---------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Capital expenditures: (3,989) (4,436)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Issuance of long-term debt (net of
expenses of $8,573)............... 106,427 --
Repayments of long-term debt....... (53,492) (1,043)
Issuance of note to Tioga
project........................... (4,000) --
Receipt of restricted cash......... 2,084 --
Capital contributions from
partners.......................... -- 235
Capital distributions to
partners.......................... (17,617) --
--------- ---------
Net Cash provided by (used in)
financing activities........ 33,402 (808)
--------- ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
cash equivalents.................. 31,270 (301)
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of period............... 2,153 326
--------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
period............................ $ 33,423 $ 25
========= =========
Supplementary Non-Cash Investing and
Financing Activities:
Non-Cash Capital Contribution...... -- $ 3,633
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
(A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' CAPITAL
(UNAUDITED)
THREE MONTHS ENDED
----------------------
MARCH 31, MARCH 31,
1998 1997
--------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS)
Partner Contributions (Distributions)... $ (17,617) $ 3,868
Net Income (loss)....................... (2,992) 1,971
--------- ---------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Capital...... (20,609) 5,839
Partners' Capital Balance, Beginning of
Period................................ 99,913 68,487
--------- ---------
Partners' Capital Balance, End of
Period................................ $ 79,304 $74,326
========= =========
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
(A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(ALL AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P. (the "Company") owns and operates two
natural gas market hubs, "Moss Bluff" and "Egan," located near Houston,
Texas and in Acadia Parish, Louisiana, respectively, which provide producers,
end-users, local distribution companies, pipelines and natural gas marketers
with "unbundled" high deliverability storage services, cash market trading,
real time title tracking and other hub services. The Company was formed on
December 31, 1997 as a Delaware limited partnership. The Company is wholly owned
by Market Hub Partners, L.P. ("MHP") through its direct 99.99% limited partner
interest and its subsidiary's, Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C., .01% general
partner interest. MHP is owned by TPC Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of
PacifiCorp, and subsidiaries of NIPSCO Industries, Inc., DPL Inc., and Public
Service Enterprise Group, Inc.
The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements and notes for
the Company have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, certain footnote disclosures
normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles have been omitted pursuant to such rules and
regulations. In connection with the preparation of these financial statements,
management was required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and disclosure of
contingent liabilities. Actual results could differ from such estimates.
The condensed consolidated financial statements included herein are
unaudited; however, they include adjustments (all of which are normal and
recurring) which, in the opinion of management, are necessary to fairly state
the consolidated financial position of the Company as of March 31, 1998, the
results of its operations and its cash flows for the three months ended March
31, 1998 and 1997.
NOTE 2. LONG-TERM DEBT
144A FINANCING. In March 1998, the Company completed the sale of $115
million in 8 1/4% senior unsecured notes due 2008 (the "Unsecured Notes") in a
private placement. The net proceeds from the sale were approximately $111.4
million. Of such amount, the Company used approximately $59.3 million to repay
the entire outstanding principal amount of certain secured indebtedness owed to
third parties (the "Old Notes"), including accrued interest and prepayment
penalties. Approximately $26.0 million will be dedicated to capital expenditures
for the continued expansion and development of its facilities and to purchase
incremental pad gas. In March, the Company distributed to MHP approximately
$17.6 million of the net proceeds from the Unsecured Notes offering, which
proceeds were used by MHP to repay debt owed by MHP to its partners, including
accrued interest. Also, as discussed in Note 3 below, the Company loaned $4.0
million of the net proceeds of the Unsecured Notes offering to a subsidiary of
MHP to develop another project. The Company intends to loan an additional $1.0
million to this subsidiary in the future. All remaining proceeds from the
Unsecured Notes Offering will be used to fund the Company's working capital
requirements and for other general business purposes.
As a result of the repayment of the Old Notes discussed above, the Company
recorded a $6,702 extraordinary loss. Approximately $5,057 of the extraordinary
loss was a prepayment penalty made to holders of the Old Notes and $1,645 was a
write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the Old Notes.
In addition, with the retirement of the Old Notes, $2,084 of Restricted Cash was
made available to the Company.
NOTE 3. NOTES RECEIVABLE
Included in the accounts and notes receivable balance is a $4,000 note
issued by the Company to a wholly owned subsidiary of MHP that bears interest at
prime plus 2%. The note covers pre-construction
F-6
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
(A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
expenditures associated with a development project in Tioga County,
Pennsylvania. The Company expects that the note will be repaid when financing is
secured for the Tioga project.
NOTE 4. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In April 1998, the Company executed a credit facility (the "Credit
Facility") with Bank One, Texas, N.A. that expires December 2000. The Credit
Facility provides for revolving credit borrowings up to $20,000 in the aggregate
outstanding at any time. Borrowings under the Credit Facility will bear interest
at a rate per annum, at the Company's option, equal to: (i) the bank's prime
rate or (ii) the London Interbank Offered Rate plus 2%. The Credit Facility is
secured by substantially all the assets of the Company and includes certain
covenants applicable to the Company, including requirements that the Company
comply with certain financial ratios.
F-7
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Market Hub
Partners Storage, L.P. and subsidiaries (the "Company"), a Delaware Limited
Partnership, as of December 31, 1997 and the related consolidated statement of
operations, partners' capital and cash flows for the year then ended. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit. The consolidated financial statements give retroactive effect to the
formation of Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., which has been accounted for in
a manner similar to a pooling of interests as described in Note 1 to the
consolidated financial statements. For the years ended December 31, 1996 and
1995, the combined statements were audited by other auditors whose report, dated
February 5, 1998, expressed an unqualified opinion on these combined financial
statements.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such 1997 financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 1997,
and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
As described in Note 1, the financial statements of the Company as of
December 31, 1997 and 1996 and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1997 have been restated as if the formation of the Company had
occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented. In our opinion, such
restatement is appropriate and has been properly reflected in the accompanying
financial statements.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
April 15, 1998
Houston, Texas
F-8
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To the Stockholders and Partners of Market Hub Partners:
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Moss Bluff Hub
Partners, L.P. (Moss Bluff), and Egan Hub Partners, L.P. (Egan) (see Note 1), as
of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related combined statements of
operations, capital and cash flows for the years then ended. These combined
financial statements are the responsibility of the management of Market Hub
Partners. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. An
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall combined
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of Moss Bluff
and Egan as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the combined results of their
operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Houston, Texas
February 5, 1998
F-9
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
(A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31,
----------------------
1997 1996
---------- ----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents.......... $ 2,153 $ 326
Accounts receivable................ 3,418 3,094
Inventory and other current
assets............................ 2,036 2,272
---------- ----------
Total current assets.......... 7,607 5,692
Property and Equipment:
Natural gas storage facilities..... 136,586 124,719
Construction in progress........... 21,778 3,868
Less accumulated depreciation...... (10,391) (5,471)
---------- ----------
147,973 123,116
Other Assets and Restricted Cash........ 4,307 3,108
---------- ----------
$ 159,887 $ 131,916
========== ==========
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
Current Liabilities:
Current portion of long-term
debt.............................. $ 4,449 $ 4,200
Accounts payable:
Trade and other............... 3,955 --
Partners and affiliates....... 943 4,157
Accrued liabilities................ 1,584 1,580
---------- ----------
Total current liabilities.......... 10,931 9,937
Long-Term Debt, net of current
portion............................... 49,043 53,492
Partners' capital....................... 99,913 68,487
---------- ----------
$ 159,887 $ 131,916
========== ==========
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-10
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
(A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- ---------
Revenues:
Salt cavern storage revenues.... $ 23,743 $ 15,539 $ 7,442
Hub services revenues........... 3,743 3,047 432
--------- --------- ---------
Total revenues............. 27,486 18,586 7,874
Operating Expense:
Operations and maintenance...... 2,196 1,812 1,052
Plant administrative............ 2,996 1,926 1,455
Property taxes.................. 810 344 186
Royalty payments................ 203 138 115
General and administrative...... 2,798 2,094 1,710
Depreciation.................... 4,928 3,857 1,620
--------- --------- ---------
Total operating expenses... 13,931 10,171 6,138
--------- --------- ---------
Operating income..................... 13,555 8,415 1,736
Interest expense..................... 3,605 2,544 664
Interest income...................... 99 139 98
--------- --------- ---------
Net Income Before Extraordinary
Item............................... 10,049 6,010 1,170
Extraordinary loss on early
extinguishment of debt........ -- (452) --
--------- --------- ---------
Net Income........................... $ 10,049 $ 5,558 $ 1,170
========= ========= =========
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-11
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
(A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net Income...................... $ 10,049 $ 5,558 $ 1,170
Adjustments to reconcile net
income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation............... 4,928 3,857 1,620
Extraordinary loss on early
extinguishment of
debt.................... -- 452 --
Changes in assets and
liabilities:
Increase in accounts
receivable.............. (324) (1,604) (757)
Decrease (increase) in
inventory and other
current assets.......... 236 (127) (1,796)
Decrease (increase) in
other assets and
restricted cash......... (1,199) 1,104 (29)
Increase (decrease) in
trade payables and
accrued liabilities..... 3,959 (4,208) (4,184)
Increase (decrease) in
payable to partners,
affiliates and other.... 419 (489) 5,301
Other...................... -- 649 113
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided by
operating activities..... 18,068 5,192 1,438
--------- --------- ---------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Capital expenditures:........... (29,785) (37,598) (26,755)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Issuance of long-term debt (net
of expenses of $1,593)........ -- 58,407 --
Repayments of long-term debt.... (4,200) (20,455) (1,386)
Capital contributions from
partners...................... 17,744 -- 26,388
Capital distributions to
partners...................... -- (6,065) --
--------- --------- ---------
Net Cash provided by
financing activities..... 13,544 31,887 25,002
--------- --------- ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash
and cash equivalents.......... 1,827 (519) (315)
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of period........... 326 845 1,160
--------- --------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end
of period..................... $ 2,153 $ 326 $ 845
========= ========= =========
Supplementary Non-Cash Investing and
Financing Activities:
Non-Cash Capital Contribution... $ 3,633 -- --
Non-cash effect of acquisition (see
Note 1):
Current assets.................. -- $ 2,250 --
Other assets.................... -- 706 --
Property, plant and
equipments.................... -- 6,435 --
Current liabilities (excluding
current maturities of
long-term debt)............... -- (1,058) --
Current portion of long term
debt.......................... -- (1,500) --
Long term debt.................. -- (6,833) --
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-12
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
(A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' CAPITAL
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS)
Partner Contributions (Distributions)... $ 21,377 $ (6,065) $ 26,388
Net Income.............................. 10,049 5,558 1,170
--------- --------- ---------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Capital...... 31,426 (507) 27,558
Partners' Capital Balance, Beginning of
Period................................ 68,487 68,994 41,436
--------- --------- ---------
Partners' Capital Balance, End of
Period................................ $ 99,913 $ 68,487 $ 68,994
========= ========= =========
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-13
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(ALL AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P. (the "Company") was formed on December
31, 1997 as a Delaware limited partnership. The Company is wholly owned by
Market Hub Partners, L.P. ("MHP") through its direct 99.99% limited partner
interest and its subsidiary's, Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C., .01% general
partner interest. MHP is owned by TPC Corporation ("TPC"), a wholly owned
subsidiary of PacifiCorp, and subsidiaries of NIPSCO Industries, Inc.
("Nipsco"), DPL Inc. ("DPL"), and Public Service Enterprise Group, Inc. The
Company conducts operations through its wholly owned subsidiaries, Moss Bluff
Hub Partners, L.P. ("Moss Bluff") and Egan Hub Partners, L.P. ("Egan"). On
January 30, 1998, the Company formed Market Hub Partners Finance, Inc. as a
wholly owned subsidiary.
Prior to formation of the Company, Moss Bluff and Egan were owned by MHP.
Upon formation of the Company, MHP contributed its ownership of Moss Bluff and
Egan to the Company as a capital contribution. The consolidated financial
statements give retroactive effect to the formation of Market Hub Partners
Storage, L.P., which has been accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of
interests.
The Company owns and operates natural gas market hubs near Houston, Texas
and in Acadia Parish, Louisiana, which provide producers, end-users, local
distribution companies, pipelines and natural gas marketers with "unbundled"
high deliverability storage services, cash market trading, real time title
tracking and other hub services. The Company's revenue, profitability and future
rate of growth are substantially dependent upon the supply and demand for
natural gas, the pace of natural gas industry deregulation at both the federal
and state levels, and the current and future positions regarding expiration of
customer contractual commitments for both firm transportation and storage
services. Such factors are largely beyond the Company's control.
The Moss Bluff facility, which is located in Liberty and Chambers Counties
near Houston, Texas, began operations in 1990. Prior to the formation of MHP,
CMS acquired a 50% interest in Moss Bluff Gas Storage Systems (MBGSS), then a
wholly owned subsidiary of TPC. Upon formation of MHP on December 21, 1994, TPC
contributed its remaining 50% interest in MBGSS to MHP at TPC's historical cost.
MHP accounted for this 50% interest in MBGSS using proportionate consolidation.
On July 3, 1996, MHP negotiated the acquisition of CMS' 50% interest in MBGSS
for a cash payment of approximately $26.6 million and the assumption of
liabilities of approximately $6.4 million. Financing for this transaction was
provided through the issuance of $60 million of senior secured notes by MHP in a
private placement offering (see Note 3). MBGSS was effectively dissolved upon
the acquisition of CMS's partnership interest by MHP. Upon formation of the
Company, MHP contributed its 100% ownership of Moss Bluff to the Company as a
capital contribution at historical cost.
The results of operations related to the additional 50% interest acquired
by MHP and subsequently contributed to the Company are reflected in the
accompanying statements of operations since July 3, 1996. As part of the
transaction, the Company assumed net liabilities totaling approximately $6,435.
Had the transfer occurred on January 1, 1995, the Company would have had
revenues of $21,168 and $13,221 for 1996 and 1995, respectively, and would have
had net income of $6,440 and $2,125 for 1996 and 1995, respectively.
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION -- The accompanying financial
statements include the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its
wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances among such
subsidiaries have been eliminated.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- Cash and cash equivalents consist of demand
deposits and highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of
three months or less.
F-14
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK -- Financial instruments that potentially
subject the Company to concentration of credit consist primarily of temporary
cash investments and trade receivables derived principally from uncollateralized
sales to customers in the pipeline and natural gas utility industries. The
concentration of credit risk in these industries affects the Company's overall
exposure to credit risk because customers may be similarly affected by changes
in economic and other conditions.
INVENTORIES -- Inventories of natural gas are carried at the lower of
weighted average cost or market value.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Depreciation of natural gas storage facilities is
provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets. Additions, renewals, and betterments that materially add to productive
capacity or extend the life of an asset are capitalized. Construction in
progress represents costs related to the ongoing expansion of natural gas
storage facilities and are transferred to natural gas storage facilities and
depreciation commenced once such expansion projects are complete and
operational. Expenditures for routine maintenance, repairs and renewal costs are
expensed as incurred. Interest is capitalized during the construction period of
major facilities and amounted to $1,147, $390 and $1,582 in the years ended
December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively. In 1996, the Company adopted
the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 121
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets
to Be Disposed Of". Since adoption, SFAS No. 121 has had no impact on the
Company's financial statements.
The major components of natural gas storage facilities are as follows:
DECEMBER 31,
ESTIMATED ----------------------
USEFUL LIVES 1997 1996
------------ ---------- ----------
Land................................. $ 2,473 $ 2,473
Storage Caverns and Compressors...... 20-30 years 133,946 122,158
Other Equipment...................... 5-7 years 167 88
---------- ----------
Natural Gas Storage
Facilities.................... $ 136,586 $ 124,719
========== ==========
OTHER ASSETS -- Other assets consist primarily of deferred financing fees
related to private placement financing transactions completed in July 1996 and
restricted cash (see Note 3). The deferred financing fees include legal,
placement agency and other services and are being amortized on a straight-line
basis over the lives of the underlying loans. Restricted cash represents a cash
balance required to be maintained under the terms of the Company's senior
secured notes.
REVENUE RECOGNITION -- Salt cavern storage revenues consist of demand
charges for the reservation of storage space or the use of injection and
withdrawal facilities and usage fees for the actual use of storage space or
injection and withdrawal facilities. Demand fees are recognized as revenue over
the term of the related storage agreement while usage fees and hub services
revenues, which consist of a variety of other storage, injection and withdrawal
services, are recognized as the services are performed.
INCOME TAXES -- The Company is a limited partnership and the applicable tax
liability or benefit is the responsibility of the individual general or limited
partners. The Company's wholly owned subsidiary, Market Hub Partners Finance,
Inc., is subject to income taxes but had no operations in the periods presented
and, thus, no income tax provision or liability is included in the accompanying
financial statements.
USE OF ESTIMATES -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported liabilities
and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates. Significant estimates with regard to these financial statements
relate primarily to the depreciable lives of property and equipment.
F-15
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
NOTE 3. LONG-TERM DEBT
MOSS BLUFF FINANCING. -- MHP, through its half interest in MBGSS, was party
to a project financing agreement with a bank for an original amount of $25
million of debt through July 3, 1996. Borrowings under the agreement provided
for construction financing of the first two salt caverns and related surface
facilities. The outstanding loan balance at the time of payoff on July 3, 1996,
including assumption of the 50% attributable to CMS's former interest, was
$16,695 (a $452 extraordinary loss was incurred on the early extinguishment of
the debt). The loan bore interest, at the option of the Company, at the prime
rate plus 1% or a Eurodollar index rate plus 1.65%. Prior to June 30, 1996,
terms of the loan required MBGSS to deposit to accounts controlled by the lender
certain amounts from operating cash flow to equal certain future principal and
interest payments.
SECURED NOTES. -- On July 3, 1996, Moss Bluff and Egan completed the
issuance of $60 million of senior secured notes in a private placement
transaction (the "Secured Notes"). The Secured Notes bear interest at a rate
of 8.10% per annum and are due in varying amounts through December 31, 2006.
Proceeds of the private placement were used by MHP to acquire the remaining 50%
interest in the Moss Bluff Facility owned by a third party (see Note 1), to
retire an outstanding bank loan on the Moss Bluff Facility, to fund construction
work in progress, to repay intercompany indebtedness of Egan to MHP in the
amount of $14.1 million, and to pay the costs of the financing transaction.
Under the terms of the Secured Notes, the Company is required to deposit
15% of the quarterly debt service into a cash reserve account at a trustee bank.
At December 31, 1997 and 1996, the amounts on deposit at the trustee bank were
$2,084 and $721, respectively. The Company is also required to meet certain debt
service coverage ratios on a combined basis. At December 31, 1997, the Company
was in compliance with such coverage ratios. The Secured Notes were paid off in
March 1998 with the proceeds received from the offering of $115 million in 8.25%
senior unsecured notes, due in full in 2008 (see Note 8).
As of December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company paid interest, net of
amounts capitalized of $3,404, $2,836, and $210, respectively.
NOTE 4. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND OFF BALANCE SHEET RISK
The carrying value of the Company's financial instruments, consisting of
cash and cash equivalents, and trade receivables and payables, approximates the
fair value of these instruments at December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995.
The fair value of long-term debt is estimated using discounted cash flow
analysis, based on the borrowing rate currently available to the Company for
loans with similar terms and maturities. The fair value of such debt was $52,639
and $57,692 at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, the carrying value of
which was $53,492 and $57,692, respectively.
NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Subsequent to the formation of MHP, TPC has received natural gas storage
services from the Company, and in turn, provided certain administrative,
financial and other services to MHP which benefited the Company. Storage fees
incurred by TPC to the Company pursuant to two storage contracts at each of the
Moss Bluff and Egan facilities were at contractual rates which were comparable
to those rates reflected in the Company's third-party storage contracts and
amounted to $3,677, $2,763 and $1,073 in the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996
and 1995, respectively. In addition, hub services performed by the Company for
TPC resulted in revenues of $56, $151 and $166 in the years ended December 31,
1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Included in accounts receivable are balances
due from TPC of $300 and $216 at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Charges for services provided by TPC to MHP were based substantially upon
contracts approved by TPC and MHP and are meant to approximate the market rate
for such services. Under contractual agreement, TPC allocated all direct
expenses of field and management personnel employed by
F-16
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
TPC on MHP's behalf to MHP based on actual time, salaries, and related benefits
of such personnel. In addition, actual direct costs incurred by TPC were charged
directly to MHP, as well as various indirect services, which were provided for
under a management services agreement. Management of the Company believes the
allocation methods used were reasonable, and such costs of the Company, on a
stand alone basis, would not have been materially different from those allocated
by TPC. Contracts covering a portion of such services were canceled by mutual
agreement between TPC and MHP effective July 1, 1996, and the TPC employees who
were previously involved in providing these services to the Company became
employees of the Company at that date. Substantially all of the remaining
contracts were canceled effective December 31, 1997. As of December 31, 1997 and
1996, the Company had an outstanding accounts payable balance to TPC of $943 and
$524, respectively, which primarily relates to the canceled agreements. All
services provided by TPC to MHP have been allocated to the Company as it is the
only operating subsidiary, of MHP. The aggregate charges for contractual
services provided by TPC to MHP (and allocated to the Company) in the years
ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 were $2,247, $1,953 and $4,673,
respectively. These amounts are included in operating expenses in the
consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, all general and
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations have been
allocated to the Company by MHP.
During the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, substantially all
employees of the Company were eligible to participate in TPC's defined
contribution 401(k) plan. The Company's matching contributions to the plan for
all such years are included in the aggregate charges for contractual services
provided by TPC.
The Company performs storage services under long-term demand contracts as
well as various other hub services for Nipsco. Under the provisions of the
contracts, Nipsco reimburses the Company for a portion of the property taxes
incurred by the Company, which totaled $265, $345 and $92 during the years ended
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Revenues recognized by the
Company in relation to the services performed for Nipsco pursuant to a storage
contract at each of the Moss Bluff and Egan facilities totaled $8,736, $7,172
and $3,617 during the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively. Additionally, hub services performed by the Company to Nipsco
resulted in revenues of $33, $7 and $0 during the years ended December 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995, respectively. Included in accounts receivable are balances due
from Nipsco of $988 and $1,078 at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively,
The Company performs storage services under long-term demand contracts as
well as various other hub services for DPL and its subsidiaries. Revenues
recognized by the Company in relation to such services performed pursuant to two
storage contracts at the Egan facility totaled $406, $218 and $37 during the
years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Additionally, hub
services performed by the Company to DPL resulted in revenues of $13, $11 and $0
in the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Included in
accounts receivable are balances due from DPL and its subsidiaries of $63 and
$81 at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Significant terms of the storage contracts with related parties are as follows:
CAPACITY LEASED
CUSTOMER: TERMINATION DATE (IN MMCF)
- ------------------------------------- ------------------ ----------------
Moss Bluff Facility
TPC (PacifiCorp)................... April 2002 600
TPC (PacifiCorp)................... September 1998 500
Nipsco............................. April 2013 4,000
Egan Facility
TPC (PacifiCorp)................... April 2006 500
TPC (PacifiCorp)................... April 1998 400
Nipsco............................. April 2016 1,500
DPL................................ October 2000 432
DPL................................ March 1999 100
F-17
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
- ------------
The contract with Nipsco at the Egan Facility has a primary term expiring
April 1, 2016, but may be terminated by Nipsco effective April 1, 2006 on 12
months' notice. The contract with DPL at the Egan Facility with a capacity of
100 MMcf terminates, at DPL's option, in March 1999 or in March 2004.
NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
LEASES -- Effective December 1, 1997, MHP began leasing its main office
space in Houston, Texas from a third party in addition to maintaining office
space in Leesburg, Virginia. Prior to this time, MHP occupied office space in
Houston, Texas, leased by a TPC subsidiary from a third party. MHP's total
office lease expenses for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 were
$128, $62 and $38, respectively. All such lease expense costs for MHP are
included in the financial statements of the Company because it is the only
operating subsidiary of MHP. Future minimum rental payments required to be made
by MHP under the Houston, Texas, and Leesburg, Virginia, offices are as follows:
AMOUNT
------
1998.................................... $ 162
1999.................................... 168
2000.................................... 128
2001.................................... 131
2002.................................... 120
Thereafter.............................. 0
------
Total minimum payments required.... $ 709
======
NOTE 7. SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS -- Significant customers are those which individually
account for more than 10% of the Company's combined revenues. For the year ended
December 31, 1997, Nipsco, TPC and Channel Industries Gas Company ("Channel")
accounted for approximately 32%, 14% and 10%, respectively, of the Company's
total revenues. For the year ended December 31, 1996, Nipsco, TPC, East Ohio Gas
Company and Channel accounted for approximately 39%, 15%, 12% and 11%,
respectively, of the Company's total revenues. For the year ended December 31,
1995, Nipsco, Channel and TPC accounted for approximately 46%, 18% and 14% of
the Company's total revenues.
NOTE 8. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company completed an offering of $115 million in 8.25% senior unsecured
notes, due in full in 2008, in March 1998. Proceeds of the placement have been
used by the Company to repay the entire outstanding principle amount, $53,492,
of the 8.10% Secured Notes (see Note 3), with accrued interest of $758 and
prepayment penalties of $5,057, and to pay a distribution to MHP in the amount
of $17,617, which was subsequently used by MHP to repay debt owed by MHP to its
partners. In addition, the Company loaned approximately $4.0 million of the net
proceeds, at a rate of prime plus 2%, to a subsidiary of MHP to develop another
project. The principal balance, together with all accrued and unpaid interest
thereon, is due in full in April 2001. It is anticipated that the remaining
proceeds will be used for capital expenditures for the continued expansion and
development of the natural gas storage facilities. As a result of the
extinguishment of the Secured Notes, the Company recorded an extraordinary loss
in 1998 of approximately $6.7 million. In addition, the restricted cash balance
of $2,084 at December 31, 1997 was made available to the Company.
The 8.25% senior unsecured notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed
on a joint and several basis by all subsidiaries of the Company, each of which
is wholly-owned. The Company has no operations or assets other than its
investment in its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Thus, no separate financial
statements
F-18
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
have been presented for any of the Company's subsidiaries or its general
partner, Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C.
MHP has adopted a 401(k) savings plan for all of its employees effective
January 1, 1998. Participation in the plan is optional. Employer contributions
are equal to 50% of employee contributions up to 6% of participants' elected
annual salary deferral contributions, subject to certain limitations.
On January 1, 1995, MHP entered into employment agreements with two of its
executives. The agreements provide for certain payments of bonuses upon meeting
certain objectives and incentive compensation payments based upon the increase
in the value of MHP. These agreements have been terminated as of December 31,
1997 and new employment agreements have been entered into with the key executive
management team. At December 31, 1997, $600 was reflected in the consolidated
statement of financial position and results of operations as payments due as a
result of the termination of the agreements.
In April 1998, the Company executed a credit facility (the "New Credit
Facility") with Bank One, Texas, N.A. that expires December 2000. The New
Credit Facility provides for revolving credit borrowings up to $20.0 million in
the aggregate outstanding at any time. Borrowings under the credit facility will
bear interest at a rate per annum, at the Company's option, equal to: (i) the
bank's prime rate or (ii) the London Interbank Offered Rate plus 2%. The New
Credit Facility is secured by substantially all the assets of the Company and
includes certain covenants applicable to the Company, including requirements
that the Company comply with certain financial ratios.
F-19
<PAGE>
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND,
IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE
EXCHANGE NOTES OFFERED HEREBY, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES TO ANYONE OR BY ANYONE
OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY
IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME AFTER THE DATE
HEREOF OR THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN A CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE
THE DATE HEREOF.
------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
-----
Summary........................................ 6
Risk Factors................................... 17
Market Hub Partners, L.P. and the Company...... 23
Use of Proceeds................................ 25
Selected Financial and Other
Operating Data............................... 26
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated
Financial Statements......................... 28
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
Operations................................... 32
Industry Overview.............................. 37
Business....................................... 38
Management..................................... 49
Certain Transactions........................... 52
Ownership...................................... 53
Description of New Credit Facility............. 54
The Exchange Offer............................. 54
Description of Exchange Notes.................. 63
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences........ 95
Plan of Distribution........................... 97
Experts........................................ 98
Legal Matters.................................. 98
Index to Financial Statements.................. F-1
MARKET HUB
PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS
FINANCE, INC.
[MHP LOGO]
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
8 1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008
FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING
8 1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008
($115,000,000 IN PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT OUTSTANDING)
-------------------
PROSPECTUS
-------------------
, 1998
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
The Company is comprised of limited partnerships, limited liability
companies and a corporation, each formed or organized, as the case may be, under
the laws of the State of Delaware. In addition, each limited partnership
registering securities pursuant to this registration statement is managed by the
managers and officers of its general partner, a limited liability company. As
described below, the formation documents of each of these entities provide for
indemnification of certain persons.
Section 108 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the
"DRULPA") provides that, subject to any standards or restrictions set forth in
its partnership agreement, a limited partnership may, and has the power to,
indemnify and hold harmless any partner or any other person from and against any
and all claims and demands whatsoever. As permitted by Section 108, the limited
partnership agreements of MHP Storage, Moss Bluff and Egan provide, in relevant
part that no partner of the partnership, or director, officer, partner or
employee of a partner, shall be liable to the partnership or to any partner for
any losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission
if (i) such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be
in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the partnership, and (ii) its
conduct did not constitute gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct.
In addition, the limited partnership agreements of MHP Storage and Egan
further provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each partner shall
be indemnified and held harmless by the partnership from and against, among
other things, any and all losses, claims, damages, fines, settlements or other
expenses (including legal fees and expenses) arising from any and all claims,
demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the partnership), in
which the partner may be involved, or threatened to be involved, by virtue of
its status as a partner. This indemnity is available only if (i) the partner
acted in good faith and in a manner it reasonably believed to be in, or not
opposed to, the best interests of the partnership, and, with respect to any
criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe its conduct was
unlawful, and (ii) the partner's conduct did not constitute gross negligence or
willful or wanton misconduct. The termination of any action by, among other
things, judgment, order, settlement or conviction shall not, of itself, create a
presumption that the partner acted in a manner contrary to that specified in (i)
or (ii) above. However, in the case of actions brought by and on behalf of the
partnership, no indemnification may be made with respect to any claim, demand,
action, suit or proceeding as to which a partner has been adjudged to be liable
for gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct, unless and only to the
extent that the court in which such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding
was brought determines that the partner is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity. Expenses incurred by an indemnified person must be advanced by the
partnership prior to the final disposition of any claim upon the partnership's
receipt of any undertaking to repay such amounts in the event it is determined
that the person is not entitled to indemnification.
Section 303 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the "DLLCA")
provides that, unless otherwise provided by law, the debts, obligations and
liabilities of a limited liability company, whether arising in contract, tort or
otherwise, are solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the limited
liability company, and no member or manager of a limited liability company is
obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the limited
liability company solely by reason of being a member or acting as a manager of
the limited liability company. As permitted by Section 303, the limited
liability company agreements of Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C., the general
partner of MHP Storage ("MHP Storage GP"), of Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.L.C.,
a subsidiary guarantor and the general partner of Moss Bluff ("Moss Bluff GP")
and of Egan Hub Partners, L.L.C., a subsidiary guarantor and the general partner
of Egan ("Egan GP"), provide that a manager of MHP Storage GP, Moss Bluff GP
or Egan GP (each the "Company"), as the case may be, will not be liable under
any judgment, decree or order of a court, or in any other manner, for any debt,
obligation or liability of a Company by reason of his acting as a manager of
such Company. Nor will a manager of MHP Storage GP, Moss Bluff GP or Egan GP, as
the case may be, be
II-1
<PAGE>
personally liable to such Company or to its members for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a manager, except for liability for any acts or
omissions that involve intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of
law or for a distribution in violation of the DLLCA as a result of the willful
or grossly negligent act or omission of a manager.
Section 108 of the DLLCA provides that, subject to any standards or
restrictions set forth in its limited liability company agreement, a limited
liability company may, and has the power to, indemnify and hold harmless any
member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and
demands whatsoever. As permitted by Section 108, the limited liability company
agreements of MHP Storage GP, Moss Bluff GP and Egan GP provide that a manager,
officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of MHP Storage GP, Moss Bluff GP or Egan
GP, as the case may be (or of any other enterprise which such person is or was
serving at the request of a Company) who is made, or is threatened to be made, a
witness in or a party to a proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, shall be indemnified and advanced expenses by the Company to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law. A manager, officer, employee, agent
or fiduciary of the Company, who, by reason of such position, is a witness in a
proceeding, or is a party to and is successful in any proceeding or in any part
thereof, shall be indemnified against all expenses incurred in connection with,
as the case may be, such proceeding or a part thereof. A person with
indemnification rights under the limited liability company agreements of MHP
Storage GP, Moss Bluff GP or Egan GP must be advanced expenses within ten days
after requesting them to the fullest extent permitted by the DLLCA. The limited
liability company agreements of MHP Storage GP, Moss Bluff GP and Egan GP
further provide that, to the extent a Company maintains an insurance policy or
policies providing liability insurance for its managers or officers, any
employee, agent and fiduciary, as well as any officer or manager, entitled to
indemnification under the provisions described above shall be covered by such
policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent
of coverage available for any such manager or officer under such policy or
policies. However, no person shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement
of expenses with respect to any proceeding, or any matter therein brought or
made by such person against, as the case may be, MHP Storage GP, Moss Bluff GP
and Egan GP.
As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the
"DGCL"), the Certificate of Incorporation of Finance Corp. provides that, to
the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, no director shall be personally
liable to Finance Corp. or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as director involving any act or omission of any such director,
except for liability for (i) breach of duty of loyalty to Finance Corp. or its
stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) payment of dividends
or stock repurchases or redemptions that are unlawful under the DGCL, as it may
be amended, supplemented or replaced, and (iv) any transaction from which such
director receives an improper personal benefit. In addition, the Certificate of
Incorporation provides that, if the DGCL is amended to authorize the further
elimination or limitation of liability of a director, then the liability of the
directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the
DGCL, as amended.
Section 145 of the DGCL permits indemnification upon a determination that
an officer or director has met the applicable standard of conduct. Such officer
or director is required to have acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of a corporation and,
with respect to any criminal action, without reasonable cause to believe his
conduct was unlawful. Section 145 does not authorize indemnification in actions
brought by or in the right of the corporation with respect to any claim, issue
or matter as to which a director or officer is adjudged to be liable to the
corporation, unless specifically authorized by the Delaware Court of Chancery or
the court in which such action is brought. Section 145 also expressly provides
that the power to indemnify authorized thereby is not exclusive of any rights
granted under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise. Finance Corp.'s Certificate of Incorporation provides
for the indemnification of any and all persons who serve as officers and
directors, and any other persons whom Finance Corp. may have the power to
indemnify under the DGCL, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, as the
same may be amended or supplemented. In addition, the Bylaws of Finance Corp.
provide for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of
the DGCL of persons who are or were serving as directors, officers, employees
II-2
<PAGE>
or agents of Finance Corp. (or who are or were serving at the request of Finance
Corp. as a director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee,
agent or similar functionary of another entity or enterprise at the request of
Finance Corp.). The Bylaws also authorize the purchase and maintenance of
insurance on behalf of any persons entitled to indemnification as described
above.
II-3
<PAGE>
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(A) EXHIBITS.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
3.1* -- Certificate of Limited Partnership of Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., as amended as of
January 30, 1998.
3.2* -- Limited Partnership Agreement of Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., as amended as of
December 31, 1997. by and between Market Hub Partners Finance, L.L.C. and Market Hub
Partners, L.P.
3.3* -- Certificate of Incorporation of Market Hub Partners Finance, Inc., as of January 30, 1998.
3.4* -- Amended and Restated By-Laws of Market Hub Partners Finance, Inc., as of January 30, 1998.
3.5 -- Certificate of Formation of Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.L.C., dated December 31, 1997.
3.6 -- Limited Liability Company Agreement of Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.L.C., dated as of
December 31, 1997.
3.7 -- Certificate of Limited Partnership of Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.P., dated December 20,
1994.
3.8 -- Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.P.,
dated December 15, 1994.
3.9 -- Certificate of Formation of Egan Hub Partners, L.L.C., dated December 31, 1997.
3.10 -- Limited Liability Company Agreement of Egan Hub Partners, L.L.C., dated as of December 31,
1997.
3.11 -- Certificate of Limited Partnership of Egan Hub Partners, L.P., dated December 20, 1994.
3.12 -- Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Egan Hub Partners, L.P., dated
December 15, 1994.
4.1* -- Indenture dated March 1, 1998 by and among Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., Market Hub
Partners Finance, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company,
as Trustee.
4.2* -- Registration Rights Agreement dated March 4, 1998 by and among Market Hub Partners
Storage, L.P., Market Hub Partners Finance, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors and SBC
Warburg Dillon Read Inc.
4.3* -- Note Purchase Agreement dated April 11, 1997 by and among Market Hub Partners, L.P. and
the Note Purchasers Party Thereto.
4.4* -- Waiver and Amendment Agreement dated February 11, 1998 by and among Market Hub Partners,
L.P. and the Note Purchasers Party Thereto of the Note Purchase Agreement dated April 11,
1997.
5.1 -- Opinion of Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
10.1* -- Assumption Agreement dated March 1, 1998 by and among Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P.
and Market Hub Partners Finance, Inc.
10.2* -- Credit Agreement dated April 15, 1998 by and among Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., the
Guarantors party thereto and Bank One, Texas, National Association.
10.3 -- Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1998 by and among Market Hub Partners, L.P., Market
Hub Partners Storage, L.P., Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C. and Donald B. Russell.
10.4 -- Agreement dated February 24, 1998 by and between Market Hub Partners, Inc. and Donald B.
Russell.
10.5 -- Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1998 by and among Market Hub Partners, L.P., Market
Hub Partners Storage, L.P., Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C. and David W. Hooker.
10.6 -- Agreement dated February 6, 1998 by and between Market Hub Partners, Inc. and David W.
Hooker.
</TABLE>
II-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
10.7 -- Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1998 by and among Market Hub Partners, L.P., Market
Hub Partners Storage, L.P., Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C. and Anthony J. Clark.
10.8 -- Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1998 by and among Market Hub Partners, L.P., Market
Hub Partners Storage, L.P., Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C. and Jack W. Gatewood.
10.9 -- Employment Agreement dated February 8, 1998 by and among Market Hub Partners, L.P., Market
Hub Partners Storage, L.P., Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C. and Patrick Lorio.
10.10 -- Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1998 by and among Market Hub Partners, L.P., Market
Hub Partners Storage, L.P., Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C. and Mark D. Cook.
12.1 -- Statement regarding computation of ratios.
16.1 -- Letter regarding Change in Certifying Accountant.
21.1 -- Subsidiaries of Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P.
23.1 -- Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP dated June 26, 1998.
23.2 -- Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP dated June 26, 1998.
23.3 -- Consent of Baker & Botts, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1* -- Powers of attorney of directors and officers of the Company.
25.1* -- Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1.
27.1* -- Financial Data Schedule.
99.1 -- Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2 -- Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
99.3 -- Form of Tender Instructions.
</TABLE>
- ------------
* Previously filed.
(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or because the
required information is contained in the Financial Statements or Notes thereto.
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising
after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most
recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act if,
in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than
a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in
the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective
registration statement;
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan
of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement
or any material change to such information in the registration
statement:
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that paragraphs (1)(i) and (1)(ii) do not apply if the
registration statement is on Form S-3, Form S-8 or Form F-3, and the
information required to be included in a post-effective
II-5
<PAGE>
amendment by those paragraphs is contained in periodic reports filed by the
registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act that
are incorporated by reference in the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a
new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective
amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.
(4) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the registrant pursuant to the provision described under Item 20
or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities
(other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a
director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director,
officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(5) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by
reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this
form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the
incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means.
This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the
effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding
to the request.
(6) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information
concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein,
that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when
it became effective.
II-6
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
had duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas,
on June 26, 1998.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
By: MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.L.C.,
its General Partner
By:/s/ ANTHONY J. CLARK
ANTHONY J. CLARK
VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL
OFFICER
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement or amendment has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities and on the date indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
/s/DONALD N. FURMAN* Director and Chairman June 26, 1998
DONALD N. FURMAN
/s/DONALD B. RUSSELL* President and Chief Executive Officer June 26, 1998
DONALD B. RUSSELL (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/DAVID W. HOOKER Executive Vice President and Chief June 26, 1998
DAVID W. HOOKER Operating Officer
/s/ANTHONY J. CLARK Vice President and Chief Financial June 26, 1998
ANTHONY J. CLARK Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
/s/M. SCOTT JONES* Manager June 26, 1998
M. SCOTT JONES
/s/LON C. MITCHELL* Manager June 26, 1998
LON C. MITCHELL
/s/EILEEN A. MORAN* Manager June 26, 1998
EILEEN A. MORAN
/s/JAMES W. TOMASIAK* Manager June 26, 1998
JAMES W. TOMASIAK
/s/JEFFREY W. YUNDT* Manager June 26, 1998
JEFFREY W. YUNDT
*By: /s/ANTHONY J. CLARK
(PURSUANT TO A POWER OF
ATTORNEY FILED HEREWITH)
</TABLE>
II-7
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
had duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas,
on June 26, 1998.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS FINANCE, INC.
By: /s/ ANTHONY J. CLARK
ANTHONY J. CLARK
VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL
OFFICER
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement or amendment has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities and on the date indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
/s/DONALD N. FURMAN* Director and Chairman June 26, 1998
DONALD N. FURMAN
/s/DONALD B. RUSSELL* President and Chief Executive Officer June 26, 1998
DONALD B. RUSSELL (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/DAVID W. HOOKER Executive Vice President and Chief June 26, 1998
DAVID W. HOOKER Operating Officer
/s/ANTHONY J. CLARK Vice President and Chief Financial June 26, 1998
ANTHONY J. CLARK Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
/s/M. SCOTT JONES* Director June 26, 1998
M. SCOTT JONES
/s/LON C. MITCHELL* Director June 26, 1998
LON C. MITCHELL
/s/EILEEN A. MORAN* Director June 26, 1998
EILEEN A. MORAN
/s/JAMES W. TOMASIAK* Director June 26, 1998
JAMES W. TOMASIAK
/s/JEFFREY W. YUNDT* Director June 26, 1998
JEFFREY W. YUNDT
*By: /s/ANTHONY J. CLARK
(PURSUANT TO A POWER OF
ATTORNEY FILED HEREWITH)
</TABLE>
II-8
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
had duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas,
on June 26, 1998.
MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
By: MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, L.L.C.,
its General Partner
By: /s/ ANTHONY J. CLARK
ANTHONY J. CLARK
VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL
OFFICER
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement or amendment has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities and on the date indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
/s/DONALD N. FURMAN* Director and Chairman June 26, 1998
DONALD N. FURMAN
/s/DONALD B. RUSSELL* President and Chief Executive Officer June 26, 1998
DONALD B. RUSSELL (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/DAVID W. HOOKER Executive Vice President and Chief June 26, 1998
DAVID W. HOOKER Operating Officer
/s/ANTHONY J. CLARK Vice President and Chief Financial June 26, 1998
ANTHONY J. CLARK Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
/s/M. SCOTT JONES* Manager June 26, 1998
M. SCOTT JONES
/s/LON C. MITCHELL* Manager June 26, 1998
LON C. MITCHELL
/s/EILEEN A. MORAN* Manager June 26, 1998
EILEEN A. MORAN
/s/JAMES W. TOMASIAK* Manager June 26, 1998
JAMES W. TOMASIAK
/s/JEFFREY W. YUNDT* Manager June 26, 1998
JEFFREY W. YUNDT
*By: /s/ANTHONY J. CLARK
(PURSUANT TO A POWER OF
ATTORNEY FILED HEREWITH)
</TABLE>
II-9
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
had duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas,
on June 26, 1998.
MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, L.L.C.
By: /s/ ANTHONY J. CLARK
ANTHONY J. CLARK
VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL
OFFICER
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement or amendment has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities and on the date indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
/s/DONALD N. FURMAN* Director and Chairman June 26, 1998
DONALD N. FURMAN
/s/DONALD B. RUSSELL* President and Chief Executive Officer June 26, 1998
DONALD B. RUSSELL (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/DAVID W. HOOKER Executive Vice President and Chief June 26, 1998
DAVID W. HOOKER Operating Officer
/s/ANTHONY J. CLARK Vice President and Chief Financial June 26, 1998
ANTHONY J. CLARK Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
/s/M. SCOTT JONES* Manager June 26, 1998
M. SCOTT JONES
/s/LON C. MITCHELL* Manager June 26, 1998
LON C. MITCHELL
/s/EILEEN A. MORAN* Manager June 26, 1998
EILEEN A. MORAN
/s/JAMES W. TOMASIAK* Manager June 26, 1998
JAMES W. TOMASIAK
/s/JEFFREY W. YUNDT* Manager June 26, 1998
JEFFREY W. YUNDT
*By: /s/ANTHONY J. CLARK
(PURSUANT TO A POWER OF
ATTORNEY FILED HEREWITH)
</TABLE>
II-10
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
had duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas,
on June 26, 1998.
EGAN HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
By: EGAN HUB PARTNERS, L.L.C.,
its General Partner
By: /s/ ANTHONY J. CLARK
ANTHONY J. CLARK
VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL
OFFICER
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement or amendment has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities and on the date indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
/s/DONALD N. FURMAN* Director and Chairman June 26, 1998
DONALD N. FURMAN
/s/DONALD B. RUSSELL* President and Chief Executive Officer June 26, 1998
DONALD B. RUSSELL (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/DAVID W. HOOKER Executive Vice President and Chief June 26, 1998
DAVID W. HOOKER Operating Officer
/s/ANTHONY J. CLARK Vice President and Chief Financial June 26, 1998
ANTHONY J. CLARK Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
/s/M. SCOTT JONES* Manager June 26, 1998
M. SCOTT JONES
/s/LON C. MITCHELL* Manager June 26, 1998
LON C. MITCHELL
/s/EILEEN A. MORAN* Manager June 26, 1998
EILEEN A. MORAN
/s/JAMES W. TOMASIAK* Manager June 26, 1998
JAMES W. TOMASIAK
/s/JEFFREY W. YUNDT* Manager June 26, 1998
JEFFREY W. YUNDT
*By: /s/ANTHONY J. CLARK
(PURSUANT TO A POWER OF
ATTORNEY FILED HEREWITH)
</TABLE>
II-11
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
had duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas,
on June 26, 1998.
EGAN HUB PARTNERS, L.L.C.
By: /s/ ANTHONY J. CLARK
ANTHONY J. CLARK
VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL
OFFICER
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement or amendment has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities and on the date indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
/s/DONALD N. FURMAN* Director and Chairman June 26, 1998
DONALD N. FURMAN
/s/DONALD B. RUSSELL* President and Chief Executive Officer June 26, 1998
DONALD B. RUSSELL (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/DAVID W. HOOKER Executive Vice President and Chief June 26, 1998
DAVID W. HOOKER Operating Officer
/s/ANTHONY J. CLARK Vice President and Chief Financial June 26, 1998
ANTHONY J. CLARK Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
/s/M. SCOTT JONES* Manager June 26, 1998
M. SCOTT JONES
/s/LON C. MITCHELL* Manager June 26, 1998
LON C. MITCHELL
/s/EILEEN A. MORAN* Manager June 26, 1998
EILEEN A. MORAN
/s/JAMES W. TOMASIAK* Manager June 26, 1998
JAMES W. TOMASIAK
/s/JEFFREY W. YUNDT* Manager June 26, 1998
JEFFREY W. YUNDT
*By: /s/ANTHONY J. CLARK
(PURSUANT TO A POWER OF
ATTORNEY FILED HEREWITH)
</TABLE>
II-12
<PAGE>
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
3.1* -- Certificate of Limited Partnership of
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., as
amended as of January 30, 1998.
3.2* -- Limited Partnership Agreement of Market
Hub Partners Storage, L.P., as amended
as of December 31, 1997. by and between
Market Hub Partners Finance, L.L.C. and
Market Hub Partners, L.P.
3.3* -- Certificate of Incorporation of Market
Hub Partners Finance, Inc., as of
January 30, 1998.
3.4* -- Amended and Restated By-Laws of Market
Hub Partners Finance, Inc., as of
January 30, 1998.
3.5 -- Certificate of Formation of Moss Bluff
Hub Partners, L.L.C., dated December 31,
1997.
3.6 -- Limited Liability Company Agreement of
Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.L.C., dated
as of December 31, 1997.
3.7 -- Certificate of Limited Partnership of
Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.P., dated
December 20, 1994.
3.8 -- Amended and Restated Agreement of
Limited Partnership of Moss Bluff Hub
Partners, L.P., dated December 15, 1994.
3.9 -- Certificate of Formation of Egan Hub
Partners, L.L.C., dated December 31,
1997.
3.10 -- Limited Liability Company Agreement of
Egan Hub Partners, L.L.C., dated as of
December 31, 1997.
3.11 -- Certificate of Limited Partnership of
Egan Hub Partners, L.P., dated December
20, 1994.
3.12 -- Amended and Restated Agreement of
Limited Partnership of Egan Hub
Partners, L.P., dated December 15, 1994.
4.1* -- Indenture dated March 1, 1998 by and
among Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P.,
Market Hub Partners Finance, Inc., the
Subsidiary Guarantors and IBJ Schroder
Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee.
4.2* -- Registration Rights Agreement dated
March 4, 1998 by and among Market Hub
Partners Storage, L.P., Market Hub
Partners Finance, Inc., the Subsidiary
Guarantors and SBC Warburg Dillon Read
Inc.
4.3* -- Note Purchase Agreement dated April 11,
1997 by and among Market Hub Partners,
L.P. and the Note Purchasers Party
Thereto.
4.4* -- Waiver and Amendment Agreement dated
February 11, 1998 by and among Market
Hub Partners, L.P. and the Note
Purchasers Party Thereto of the Note
Purchase Agreement dated April 11, 1997.
5.1 -- Opinion of Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
10.1* -- Assumption Agreement dated March 1, 1998
by and among Market Hub Partners
Storage, L.P. and Market Hub Partners
Finance, Inc.
10.2* -- Credit Agreement dated April 15, 1998 by
and among Market Hub Partners Storage,
L.P., the Guarantors party thereto and
Bank One, Texas, National Association.
10.3 -- Employment Agreement dated January 1,
1998 by and among Market Hub Partners,
L.P., Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P.,
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C. and
Donald B. Russell.
10.4 -- Agreement dated February 24, 1998 by and
between Market Hub Partners, Inc. and
Donald B. Russell.
10.5 -- Employment Agreement dated January 1,
1998 by and among Market Hub Partners,
L.P., Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P.,
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C. and
David W. Hooker.
10.6 -- Agreement dated February 6, 1998 by and
between Market Hub Partners, Inc. and
David W. Hooker.
10.7 -- Employment Agreement dated January 1,
1998 by and among Market Hub Partners,
L.P., Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P.,
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C. and
Anthony J. Clark.
10.8 -- Employment Agreement dated January 1,
1998 by and among Market Hub Partners,
L.P., Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P.,
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C. and
Jack W. Gatewood.
10.9 -- Employment Agreement dated February 8,
1998 by and among Market Hub Partners,
L.P., Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P.,
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C. and
Patrick Lorio.
10.10 -- Employment Agreement dated January 1,
1998 by and among Market Hub Partners,
L.P., Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P.,
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C. and
Mark D. Cook.
<PAGE>
12.1 -- Statement regarding computation of
ratios.
16.1-- Letter regarding Change in Certifying
Accountant.
21.1 -- Subsidiaries of Market Hub Partners
Storage, L.P.
23.1 -- Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP dated
June 26, 1998.
23.2 -- Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP dated
June 26, 1998.
23.3 -- Consent of Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
(included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1* -- Powers of attorney of directors and
officers of the Company.
25.1* -- Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on
Form T-1.
27.1* -- Financial Data Schedule.
99.1 -- Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2 -- Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
99.3 -- Form of Tender Instructions.
- ------------
* Previously filed.
EXHIBIT 3.5
CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION
OF
MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, L.L.C.
This Certificate of Formation of Moss Bluff Partners, L.L.C. (the
"Company") is being executed by the undersigned authorized person for the
purpose of forming a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited
Liability Company Act (6 Del. Code 18-101 ET SEQ).
ARTICLE ONE
The name of the Company is Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.L.C.
ARTICLE TWO
The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of
Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19801,
and the name and address of the Company's registered agent for service of
process in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange
Street, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, an authorized person of the Company,
has executed this Certificate of Formation on this 31st day of December, 1997.
By: /s/ ANTHONY J. CLARK
Anthony J. Clark
Authorized Person
EXHIBIT 3.6
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, L.L.C.
Dated as of December 31, 1997
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS...............................................1
ARTICLE II FORMATION OF THE COMPANY..................................2
2.1 FORMATION.................................................2
2.2 NAME......................................................3
2.3 PLACE OF BUSINESS.........................................3
2.4 REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT....................3
2.5 TERM......................................................3
2.6 PURPOSE OF THE COMPANY....................................3
ARTICLE III INITIAL MEMBER............................................3
ARTICLE IV CAPITAL OF THE COMPANY....................................4
4.1 COMMON SHARES; INITIAL CONTRIBUTIONS......................4
4.2 COMMON SHARES; VOTING.....................................4
4.3 NO FURTHER OBLIGATION.....................................4
ARTICLE V MEETINGS OF MEMBERS; AMENDMENTS...........................4
5.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS.........................................4
5.2 ANNUAL MEETING............................................4
5.3 SPECIAL MEETINGS..........................................5
5.4 NOTICE OF MEETINGS........................................5
5.5 MEETING OF ALL MEMBERS....................................5
5.6 REGISTERED HOLDERS OF COMMON SHARES; CLOSING
OF COMMON SHARES TRANSFER RECORD; AND RECORD DATE........5
5.7 QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT.......................................6
5.8 MANNER OF ACTING..........................................6
5.9 PROXIES...................................................6
5.10 ACTION BY MEMBERS WITHOUT A MEETING.......................6
ARTICLE VI RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF MANAGERS.............................7
6.1 MANAGEMENT................................................7
6.2 NUMBER, QUALIFICATIONS AND TERMS..........................7
6.3 POWERS OF THE MANAGERS....................................7
6.4 INITIAL MANAGERS AND CHAIRMAN.............................7
6.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS.........................................7
6.6 REGULAR MEETINGS..........................................7
6.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS..........................................8
6.8 ATTENDANCE AT AND NOTICE OF MEETINGS......................8
6.9 QUORUM OF AND ACTION BY MANAGERS..........................8
-i-
<PAGE>
6.10 MANAGER AND COMMITTEE ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING............8
6.11 MANAGER AND COMMITTEE TELEPHONE MEETINGS..................8
6.12 COMPENSATION..............................................8
6.13 REMOVAL; VACANCIES........................................9
6.14 COMMITTEES................................................9
6.15 VOTING...................................................10
6.16 LIABILITY OF MANAGERS....................................12
ARTICLE VII OFFICERS.................................................13
7.1 DESIGNATION..............................................13
7.2 POWERS AND DUTIES........................................14
7.3 VACANCIES................................................14
7.4 REMOVAL..................................................14
ARTICLE VIII INDEMNIFICATION..........................................14
8.1 GENERAL..................................................14
8.2 EXPENSES RELATED TO PROCEEDINGS..........................14
8.3 ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES..................................15
8.4 REQUEST FOR INDEMNIFICATION..............................15
8.5 NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.................................15
8.6 INSURANCE AND SUBROGATION................................15
8.7 SEVERABILITY.............................................15
8.8 CERTAIN PERSONS NOT ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION..........15
8.9 DEFINITIONS..............................................16
8.10 NOTICES..................................................16
8.11 CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS.......................................16
ARTICLE IX ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES.................................17
9.1 ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES.................................17
ARTICLE X ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS............................17
10.1 ALLOCATIONS..............................................17
10.2 DISTRIBUTIONS............................................17
ARTICLE XI DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION..............................17
11.1 DISSOLUTION..............................................17
11.2 EFFECT OF DISSOLUTION....................................18
11.3 WINDING UP, LIQUIDATING AND DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS.......18
11.4 CERTIFICATE OF CANCELLATION..............................19
11.5 RETURN OF CONTRIBUTION NON-RECOURSE TO OTHER MEMBERS.....19
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.................................19
12.1 AMENDMENTS...............................................19
12.2 BOOKS AND RECORDS........................................19
-ii-
<PAGE>
12.3 WAIVER OF NOTICE.........................................19
12.4 RESIGNATIONS.............................................19
12.5 SEAL.....................................................20
12.6 FISCAL YEAR..............................................20
12.7 APPLICATION OF DELAWARE LAW..............................20
12.8 WAIVER OF ACTION FOR PARTITION...........................20
12.9 EXECUTION OF ADDITIONAL INSTRUMENTS......................20
12.10 HEADINGS.................................................20
12.11 WAIVERS..................................................20
12.12 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE...........................20
12.13 SEVERABILITY.............................................20
12.14 HEIRS, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS............................20
12.15 CREDITORS................................................21
12.16 COUNTERPARTS.............................................21
-iii-
<PAGE>
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, L.L.C.
This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this "Agreement") is
dated as of December 31, 1997, by Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership ("Storage L.P.").
WHEREAS, a certificate of formation of Moss Bluff Hub Partners,
L.L.C. (the "Company") has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State
of Delaware; and
WHEREAS, Storage L.P. is the Initial Member of the Company; and
WHEREAS, it is desired that the orderly management of the affairs
of the Company be provided for;
NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the
following meanings (unless otherwise expressly provided herein):
"Affiliate," with respect to a specified Person, shall mean a
Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls
or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified. For
purposes of this definition, "control" shall mean the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise.
"Agreement" shall mean this Agreement as originally executed
and as it may be amended from time to time hereafter.
"Capital Contribution" shall mean any contribution to the
capital of the Company in cash or property by a Member whenever made.
"Certificate of Formation" shall mean the Certificate of
Formation of the Company filed with and endorsed by the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware, as such certificate may be amended from time to time
hereafter.
"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, or corresponding provisions of subsequent superseding federal revenue
laws.
-1-
<PAGE>
"Common Share" shall mean an undivided portion of all of the
rights, duties, obligations and ownership interests in the Company.
"Delaware Act" shall mean the Delaware Limited Liability
Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to time hereafter.
"Entity" shall mean any foreign or domestic general
partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint
enterprise, trust, business trust, employee benefit plan, cooperative or
association.
"Fiscal Year" shall mean the Company's fiscal year, which
shall be determined by the Managers in accordance with Section 706(b) of the
Code.
"Initial Member" shall mean Storage L.P.
"Manager" shall mean any of the managers of the Company duly
appointed or elected to serve in such capacity under Delaware law and this
Agreement.
"Member" shall mean Storage L.P. and each Person to whom
Storage L.P. transfers Common Shares and who executes a counterpart of this
Agreement as a Member, but shall not include any Member that ceases to be a
Member.
"Person" shall mean any individual or Entity, and any heir,
executor, administrator, legal representative, successor or assign of such
"Person" where the context so admits.
"Special Majority Vote" shall mean a simple majority of
disinterested, non-affiliated Managers (counting all Managers affiliated with
the holders of Class C Common Stock of Market Hub Partners, Inc. as one Manager
for this purpose).
"Supermajority Vote" shall mean the affirmative vote of not
less than one-half (per capita) of the Managers (rounded, in the case of a
fraction, to the next whole number, and counting all Managers who also serve as
directors of Market Hub Partners, Inc. and are appointed by the holders of the
Class C Common Stock of such corporation as one Manager for this purpose)
representing voting power of at least 80% in the aggregate.
ARTICLE II
FORMATION OF THE COMPANY
2.1 FORMATION. On December 31, 1997, the Certificate of Formation
of the Company was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
pursuant to the Delaware Act.
-2-
<PAGE>
2.2 NAME. The name of the Company is Moss Bluff Hub Partners,
L.L.C. If the Company shall conduct business in any jurisdiction other than the
State of Delaware, it shall register the Company or its trade name with the
appropriate authorities in such state in order to have the legal existence of
the Company recognized.
2.3 PLACE OF BUSINESS. The Company may locate its places of
business and registered office at any place or places as the Managers may from
time to time deem advisable. The Company may also have offices at such other
places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Managers of the
Company may determine from time to time or as the business of the Company may
require.
2.4 REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT. The Company's
registered office shall be at the office of its registered agent at 1209 Orange
Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and the name of its initial registered agent
at such address shall be The Corporation Trust Company.
2.5 TERM. The Company and this Agreement shall continue until the
earliest of (a) such time as all of the Company's assets have been sold or
otherwise disposed of or (b) such time as the Company's existence has been
terminated as otherwise provided herein or in the Delaware Act.
2.6 PURPOSE OF THE COMPANY. The purpose of the Company shall be
to do any or all things that may lawfully be done by a limited liability company
pursuant to the Delaware Act. The Company shall have any and all powers
necessary or desirable to carry out the purpose and business of the Company to
the extent the same may be legally exercised by limited liability companies
under the Delaware Act. The Company shall carry out the foregoing activities
pursuant to the Certificate of Formation and this Agreement.
ARTICLE III
INITIAL MEMBER
The name and place of business of the initial Member (the
"Initial Member") is as follows:
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P.
16420 Park Ten Place
Suite 420
Houston, Texas 77084
-3-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL OF THE COMPANY
4.1 COMMON SHARES; INITIAL CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) A class of equity interests denominated the "Common
Shares" is hereby designated as the sole class of equity interests of the
Company. Each issued and outstanding Common Share shall at any time represent
that undivided portion of all of the rights, duties, obligations and ownership
interests in the Company in proportion to the total number of Common Shares
outstanding at such time. The aggregate number of Common Shares which the
Company shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) Common Shares.
(b) The Company has issued to the Initial Member one
thousand (1,000) Common Shares in consideration of the payment of $1,000 by the
Initial Member to the Company. Such Common Shares have been validly issued and
are outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable.
4.2 COMMON SHARES; VOTING. Each Common Share shall be entitled to
one vote on each matter submitted to a vote of holders of Common Shares. Common
Shares shall be entitled to vote on each matter submitted to a vote of Members.
4.3 NO FURTHER OBLIGATION. No Member shall have any obligation to
provide additional funds to the Company, whether by Capital Contributions,
loans, return of monies received pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or
otherwise.
ARTICLE V
MEETINGS OF MEMBERS; AMENDMENTS
5.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of Members shall be held at such
place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the
Managers of the Company or the officer calling the meeting. If no designation is
made, the meeting shall be held at the principal offices of the Company.
5.2 ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the Members of this
Company shall be held on March 31 of each year, at ten o'clock A.M., and on any
subsequent day or days to which such meeting may be adjourned, for the purposes
of electing Managers and of transacting such other business as may properly come
before the meeting. The Managers of the Company shall designate the place for
the holding of such meeting, and at least ten days' notice shall be given to the
Members of the place so fixed. If the day designated herein is a legal holiday,
the annual meeting shall be held on the first succeeding day which is not a
legal holiday. If for any reason the annual meeting shall not be held on the day
designated herein, the Managers of the Company shall cause the annual
-4-
<PAGE>
meeting to be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. Failure to hold the
annual meeting at the designated time shall not work a dissolution of the
Company.
5.3 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Members may be
called at any time by the Chairman, the President, all of the Managers or the
Members of the Company. Upon written request of any person or persons who have
duly called a special meeting, it shall be the duty of the Secretary to fix the
date of the meeting to be held not less than ten nor more than 60 days after the
receipt of the request and to give due notice thereof. If the Secretary shall
neglect or refuse to fix the date of the meeting and give notice thereof, the
person or persons calling the meeting may do so. Every special meeting of the
Members shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as
the Managers of the Company may designate, or, in the absence of such
designation, at the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware.
5.4 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written or printed notice of all meetings
stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special
meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be
delivered not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the
meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Secretary
or President of the Company, to each Member entitled to vote at such meeting. If
mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United
States mail addressed to the Member at such Member's address as it appears on
the transfer records of the Company, with postage thereon prepaid. If
transmitted by way of facsimile, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered on
the date of such facsimile transmission to the fax number, if any, for the
respective Member that has been supplied by such Member to the Manager and
identified as such Member's facsimile number.
5.5 MEETING OF ALL MEMBERS. If all of the Members shall meet at
any time and place and consent to the holding of a meeting at such time and
place, such meeting shall be valid without call or notice, and at such meeting
lawful action may be taken.
5.6 REGISTERED HOLDERS OF COMMON SHARES; CLOSING OF COMMON SHARES
TRANSFER RECORD; AND RECORD DATE.
(a) REGISTERED HOLDERS AS OWNERS. Unless otherwise
provided under Delaware law, the Company may regard the person in whose name any
shares issued by the Company are registered in the transfer records of the
Company at any particular time (including, without limitation, as of a record
date fixed pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 5.6) as the owner of those
Common Shares at that time for purposes of voting those Common Shares, receiving
distributions thereon or notices in respect thereof, transferring those Common
Shares, exercising rights of dissent with respect to those Common Shares,
entering into agreements with respect to those Common Shares, or giving proxies
with respect to those Common Shares; and neither the Company nor any of its
officers, Managers, employees or agents shall be liable for regarding that
person as the owner of those Common Shares at that time for those purposes,
regardless of whether that person possesses a certificate for those Common
Shares.
-5-
<PAGE>
(b) RECORD DATE. For the purpose of determining
Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Members or any
adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive a distribution by the Company or a
Common Share dividend, or in order to make a determination of Members for any
other proper purpose, the Managers of the Company may fix in advance a date as
the record date for any such determination of Members, such date in any case to
be not more than 60 days and, in the case of a meeting of Members, not less than
ten days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such
determination of Members is to be taken. The Managers of the Company shall not
close the books of the Company against transfers of Common Shares during the
whole or any part of such period.
5.7 QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT. Unless otherwise provided in this
Agreement, as it may be amended or restated in accordance with the Delaware Act,
a majority of the outstanding Common Shares of the Company entitled to vote,
present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any
meeting of the Members, and the Members present at any duly convened meeting may
continue to do business until adjournment notwithstanding any withdrawal from
the meeting of holders of Common Shares counted in determining the existence of
a quorum. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, any meeting of the
Members may be adjourned from time to time, without notice other than by
announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken, and at any such
adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present any action may be taken
that could have been taken at the meeting originally called; PROVIDED that if
the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new
record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned
meeting shall be given to each Member of record entitled to vote at the
adjourned meeting.
5.8 MANNER OF ACTING. With respect to any matters as to which no
other voting requirement is specified by the Delaware Act or this Agreement, the
affirmative vote required for Member action shall be that of a majority of the
Common Shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting (as
counted for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum at the meeting).
5.9 PROXIES. At all meetings of Members, a Member may vote in
person or by proxy executed in writing by the Member or by a duly authorized
attorney-in-fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Managers of the Company
before or at the time of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after 11 months
from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
5.10 ACTION BY MEMBERS WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise
provided in this Agreement in accordance with the Delaware Act, any action
required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of Members of the Company
or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such
Members may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote,
if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, shall be signed by
the holders of outstanding Common Shares having not less than the minimum number
of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting
at which all Common Shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. The
prompt notice of taking of the Company's action without a
-6-
<PAGE>
meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given by the Secretary
of the Company to those Members who have not consented in writing.
ARTICLE VI
RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF MANAGERS
6.1 MANAGEMENT. The powers of the Company shall be exercised by
or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be
managed by, its Managers. In addition to the powers and authorities expressly
conferred by this Agreement upon the Managers, the Managers may exercise all
such powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not
directed or required to be exercised or done by the Members by the Delaware Act,
the Certificate of Formation of the Company or this Agreement.
6.2 NUMBER, QUALIFICATIONS AND TERMS. The number of Managers of
the Company shall be not more than seven (7). Managers need not be residents of
the State of Delaware or Members of the Company. The Managers, in their
discretion, may elect a chairman of the Managers who shall preside at any
meetings of the Managers. Each Manager shall hold office for the full term for
which such Manager is elected and until such Manager's successor shall have been
duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death or resignation or
removal in accordance with this Agreement.
6.3 POWERS OF THE MANAGERS. Without limiting the generality of
Section 6.1, the Managers shall have power and authority, acting in concert in
accordance with this Agreement, to cause the Company to do and perform all acts
as may be necessary or appropriate to the conduct of the Company's business.
6.4 INITIAL MANAGERS AND CHAIRMAN. The initial Managers shall be
Donald N. Furman, Thomas M. Jenkins, M. Scott Jones, Eileen A. Moran and Jeffrey
W. Yundt. The Chairman of the initial Managers shall be Donald N. Furman.
6.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the Managers of the Company,
regular or special, may be held either within or without the State of Delaware,
at whatever place is specified by the person or persons calling the meeting. In
the absence of a specific designation, the meetings shall be held at the
principal office of the Company.
6.6 REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Managers shall be
held at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware, at such
hour and on such day as may be fixed by resolution of the Managers, without
further notice of such meetings. The time or place of holding regular meetings
of the Managers may be changed by the Chairman or the President of the Company
by giving written notice thereof as provided in Section 6.8 hereof.
-7-
<PAGE>
6.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Managers shall be
held, whenever called by the Chairman, the President of the Company, by one
Manager or by resolution adopted by the Managers, at such place or places within
or without the State of Delaware as may be stated in the notice of the meeting.
6.8 ATTENDANCE AT AND NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice of the
time and place of, and general nature of the business to be transacted at, all
special meetings of the Managers, and written notice of any change in the time
or place of holding the regular meetings of the Managers, shall be given to each
Manager personally or by mail or by telegraph, telecopier or similar
communication at least ten days before the day of the meeting; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that notice of any meeting need not be given to any Manager if waived
by him or her in writing, or if he or she shall be present at such meeting.
Participation in a meeting of the Managers shall constitute presence in person
at such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the
express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground
that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
6.9 QUORUM OF AND ACTION BY MANAGERS. A majority (by voting power
as determined pursuant to Section 6.15(a)) of the Managers in office shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; but a lesser number may
adjourn from day to day until a quorum is present. Except as otherwise provided
by law or in this Agreement, all questions shall be decided by a majority of the
votes cast by the Managers present.
6.10 MANAGER AND COMMITTEE ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless
otherwise restricted by this Agreement, any action required or permitted to be
taken at a meeting of the Managers or any committee thereof may be taken without
a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed
by all of the Managers of the Company or such committee, as the case may be, and
filed with the Secretary of the Company.
6.11 MANAGER AND COMMITTEE TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Subject to the
provisions required or permitted by the Delaware Act for notice of meetings,
unless otherwise restricted by this Agreement, the Managers, or members of any
committee designated by the Managers, may participate in and hold a meeting of
such Managers or committee by means of conference telephone or similar
communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the
meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this
Section 6.11 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except where a
person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the
transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.
6.12 COMPENSATION. Managers shall not be entitled to receive
compensation for their services.
-8-
<PAGE>
6.13 REMOVAL; VACANCIES.
(a) No Manager of the Company shall be removed from
office as a Manager by vote or other action of the Members or otherwise except
by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting
power of all issued and outstanding Common Shares generally entitled to vote in
the election of Managers, voting together as a single class. Any such removal
may be effected with or without cause.
(b) Any vacancy in the management shall be filled by the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of
all issued and outstanding Common Shares generally entitled to vote in the
election of Managers, voting together as a single class.
6.14 COMMITTEES.
(a) The Managers, by resolution adopted by a
Supermajority of the full Managers, may designate one or more committees, each
of which shall be comprised of one or more Managers, and may designate one or
more Managers as alternate members of any committee, who may, subject to any
limitations imposed by the Managers, replace absent or disqualified members at
any meeting of that committee. Any such committee shall have the authority
delegated to it in such resolution or in this Agreement, to the extent permitted
by the Delaware Act.
(b) The Managers shall have the power at any time to
change the membership of any such committee and to fill vacancies in it. A
majority of the number of members of any such committee shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business unless a greater number is required by a
resolution adopted by the Managers. The act of the majority of the members of a
committee present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act
of the committee, unless the act of a greater number is required by a resolution
adopted by the Managers. Each such committee may elect a chairman and appoint
such subcommittees and assistants as it may deem necessary. Except as otherwise
provided by the Managers, meetings of any committee shall be conducted in
accordance with Sections 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 6.10, 6.11, 6.12 and 12.3 hereof. Any
member of any such committee elected or appointed by the Managers may be removed
by the Managers whenever in their judgment the best interests of the Company
will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the
contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment of a
member of a committee shall not of itself create contract rights.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no committee of or
established by the Managers shall be entitled to act on behalf of the Company on
any matter that otherwise requires a Supermajority vote of the Managers.
(d) Any action taken by any committee of the Managers
shall promptly be recorded in the minutes and filed with the Secretary of the
Company.
-9-
<PAGE>
6.15 VOTING.
(a) Each Manager shall have the voting power assigned
to such Manager upon such Manager's election as Manager. The voting power of
each such Manager shall be noted in the minutes of the meeting at which the
Manager was elected. Each initial Manager shall have voting power as set forth
in the Certificate of Incorporation of Market Hub Partners, Inc.
(b) So long as the Company shall act as Managing General
Partner pursuant to that certain Agreement of Limited Partnership of Moss Bluff
Hub Partners, L.P., dated as of December 15, 1994 (the "Partnership Agreement"),
a Supermajority Vote of the Managers shall be required for the Company to take
or cause to be taken any of the following actions in its role as Managing
General Partner of Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.P. (the "Partnership")
(capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings
set forth in the Partnership Agreement):
(1) Acquisitions or divestitures of assets for
consideration in excess of $1 million;
(2) Approval of Expansions (as such term is
defined in the Agreement of Limited
Partnership of Market Hub Partners, L.P.
(the "MHP Agreement")) of the Facilities (as
such term is defined in the MHP Agreement)
not in the original Development Plan of the
MHP Agreement involving capital expenses in
excess of $1 million;
(3) Approval of any financing plan which
includes undertakings by the Partnership to
incur debt obligations, guarantees or other
financial obligations to lenders, creditors,
investors, institutions or similar parties
outside the Partnership ("Financing Plan");
(4) Approval of credit agreement, instruments
evidencing debt, guarantees of debt or other
undertakings outside of the Financing Plan
of the Partnership;
(5) Modifications to budgets or operating plans
for the Facility in the event that:
(i) at any time, any revision of the
project budget results in a
difference of more than 15% from the
stated amount in the Development
Plan described in the MHP Agreement;
-10-
<PAGE>
(ii) at the time of the stated Checkpoint
Date in the Development Plan, the
calculated percentage of capacity
actually leased deviates from the
stated Checkpoint Date Leases
Signed percentage by more than 15%
of such stated percentage, where
the calculated percentage excludes
any leases signed which are of
inadequate term or are otherwise
inadequate to support debt
financing of the Facility as
anticipated in the Financing Plan;
or
(iii) service has not commenced as of the
in service date for a Facility as
specified in the Development Plan.
(6) Approval of budgets submitted to the Company
for the Partnership;
(7) Approval of merger, consolidation, or
transactions of a similar nature involving
the Company or the Partnership;
(8) Approval of the form and substance of
filings required by any regulatory agency;
(9) Prior approval of the execution by a Partner
of the Partnership of any contract
obligating the Partnership or a Facility to
expenditures in excess of $100,000;
(10) Entering into agreements for the provision
of services to the Partnership or the
Facility, including development,
engineering, construction, operation,
maintenance, administration, sales,
electronic title tracking and trading
information services;
(11) Entering into agreements for the provision
of operation support services to the
Partnership or the Facility, including
legal, accounting and regulatory support
services, and for the provision of
miscellaneous services budgeted at more than
$10,000;
(12) The issuance of any Common Shares of the
Company;
(13) Withdrawal of the Company as the general
partner of the Partnership.
-11-
<PAGE>
(c) A Supermajority Vote of the Managers shall be required
to approve the Company's annual general and administrative budget.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Special Majority Vote
shall be required for the Company to take or cause to be taken, any of the
following actions in its role as Managing General Partner of the Partnership:
(1) Entering into any loan, note or other
agreement with, or approving fees or
commissions to be paid to, any Partner or
Affiliate of any Partner (as each such term
is defined in the Partnership Agreement);
(2) Amending or terminating agreements for the
provision of services to the Partnership or
an Affiliate of the Partnership, including
development, engineering, construction,
operation, maintenance, administration,
sales, electronic title tracking and trading
information services;
(3) Amending or terminating agreements for the
provision of operation support services to
the Partnership or an Affiliate of the
Partnership, including legal, accounting and
regulatory support services, and for the
provision of miscellaneous services budgeted
at more than $10,000;
(4) Determining whether the Partnership should
pursue legal, equitable or administrative
rights or remedies on behalf of the
Partnership against a Partner or one or more
of its Affiliates;
(5) Exercising the audit rights of the
Partnership or Affiliates of the Partnership
with respect to any contract providing for
such rights entered into with a Partner or
Affiliate of Partner.
(6) Determining indemnification rights pursuant
to Section 8.02(g) of the Partnership
Agreement.
(e) The unanimous vote of the Managers shall be required
for the Company to take or cause to be taken, in its role as Managing General
Partner of the Partnership, any action with respect to approval of the
construction of any new facility other than an approved Expansion of a Facility.
6.16 LIABILITY OF MANAGERS. A Manager shall not be liable under
any judgment, decree or order of a court, or in any other manner, for any debt,
obligation or liability of the Company by reason of his acting as a Manager of
the Company. A Manager of the Company shall
-12-
<PAGE>
not be personally liable to the Company or its Members for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a Manager, except for liability for any acts or
omissions that involve intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of
law or for a distribution in violation of the Delaware Act as a result of the
willful or grossly negligent act or omission of the Manager. If the laws of the
State of Delaware are amended after the date of this Agreement to authorize
action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Managers, then
the liability of a Manager of the Company, in addition to the limitation on
personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent
permitted by the amended laws of the State of Delaware. Any repeal or
modification of this Section 6.16 by the Members of the Company shall be
prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal
liability of a Manager of the Company existing at the time of such repeal or
modification or thereafter arising as a result of acts or omissions prior to the
time of such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE VII
OFFICERS
7.1 DESIGNATION. The officers of the Company shall consist of a
Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary, Treasurer and such other officers
as may be elected or appointed by the Managers. Any number of offices may be
held by the same person.
(a) The Chief Executive Officer of the Company, subject
to the control of the Managers, shall have general supervision and control of
the business, affairs and properties of the Company and its general officers.
The Chief Executive Officer shall possess the same power as the President to
sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Company which may
be authorized by the Managers. The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform
such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be
assigned to him by the Managers.
(b) The President shall be the Chief Operating Officer of
the Company and, subject to the control of the Managers and the Chief Executive
Officer, shall have general supervision of the business, affairs and properties
of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Managers are
carried into effect. The President shall also perform such other duties and may
exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by the
Managers and the Chief Executive Officer.
(c) The Treasurer shall be the treasurer of the Company
and shall have the custody of the Company's funds and securities and shall keep
full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to
the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name
and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by
the Managers. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be
ordered by the Managers, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and
shall render to the President and the Managers, at their regular meeting or when
the Managers so require, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of
the financial condition of the Company.
-13-
<PAGE>
(d) The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the
Managers and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept
for that purpose. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all
meetings of the Managers and shall perform such other duties as may be
prescribed by the Managers, Chief Executive Officer or President, under whose
supervision he or she shall serve. The Secretary shall see that all books,
reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records of the Company
required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may
be.
7.2 POWERS AND DUTIES. The officers of the Company shall have
such powers and duties as generally pertain to their offices, except as modified
herein or by the Managers of the Company, as well as such powers and duties as
from time to time may be conferred by the Managers of the Company.
7.3 VACANCIES. Whenever any vacancies shall occur in any office
by death, resignation, increase in the number of offices of the Company, or
otherwise, the same shall be filled by the Managers of the Company, and the
officer so elected shall hold office until such officer's successor is elected
or appointed or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.
7.4 REMOVAL. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the
Managers of the Company may be removed by the Managers of the Company whenever
in their judgment the best interests of the Company will be served thereby, but
such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the
person so removed. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of
itself create contract rights.
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
8.1 GENERAL. The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses
(as this and all other capitalized words are defined in Section 8.9 hereof) to,
Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in effect on the
date of effectiveness of this Agreement, and to such greater extent as
applicable law may thereafter permit. The rights of Indemnitee provided under
the preceding sentence shall include, but not be limited to, the right to be
indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Act.
8.2 EXPENSES RELATED TO PROCEEDINGS. If Indemnitee is, by reason
of his Company Status, a witness in any Proceeding or is a party to and is
successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be
indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on
his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in
such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to any Matter
in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses
actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf relating to each
Matter. The termination of any Matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or
without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such Matter.
-14-
<PAGE>
8.3 ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. Indemnitee shall be advanced
Expenses within ten days after requesting them to the fullest extent permitted
by the Delaware Act.
8.4 REQUEST FOR INDEMNIFICATION. To obtain indemnification
Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request with such information
as is reasonably available to Indemnitee. The Secretary of the Company shall
promptly advise the Managers of the Company of such request.
8.5 NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights of indemnification and
advancement of Expenses as provided by this Article VIII shall not be deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled
under applicable law, this Agreement, any other agreement, a vote of the Members
of the Company or a resolution of the Managers of the Company, or otherwise. No
amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII or any provision thereof
shall be effective as to any Indemnitee for acts, events and circumstances that
occurred, in whole or in part, before such amendment, alteration or repeal. The
provisions of this Article VIII shall continue as to an Indemnitee whose Company
Status has ceased and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and
administrators.
8.6 INSURANCE AND SUBROGATION. To the extent the Company
maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for
Managers or officers of the Company or of any other limited liability company,
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee
shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their
terms to the maximum extent of coverage available for any such Manager or
officer under such policy or policies.
In the event of any payment hereunder, the Company shall be
subrogated to the extent of such payment to all the rights of recovery of
Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary
to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to
enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
The Company shall not be liable under this Article VIII to make
any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if, and to the extent
that, Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any
insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
8.7 SEVERABILITY. If any provision or provisions of this Article
VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason
whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and, to the
fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII shall be construed
so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid,
illegal or unenforceable.
8.8 CERTAIN PERSONS NOT ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VIII, no person shall be
entitled to indemnification or advancement of
-15-
<PAGE>
Expenses under this Article VIII with respect to any Proceeding, or any Matter
therein, brought or made by such person against the Company.
8.9 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Article VIII:
"Company Status" describes the status of a person who is
or was a Manager, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any
other limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at
the request of the Company.
"Expenses" shall include all reasonable attorneys' fees,
retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel
expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges,
postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the
types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing
to prosecute or defend, investigating, or being or preparing to be a witness in
a Proceeding.
"Indemnitee" includes any person who is, or is threatened
to be made, a witness in or a party to any Proceeding as described in Section
8.1 or 8.2 hereof by reason of his Company Status.
"Matter" is a claim, a material issue, or a substantial
request for relief.
"Proceeding" includes any action, suit, arbitration,
alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or
any other proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.
8.10 NOTICES. Any communication required or permitted to the
Company shall be addressed to the Secretary of the Company and any such
communication to Indemnitee shall be addressed to his home address unless he
specifies otherwise and shall be personally delivered or delivered by overnight
mail delivery.
8.11 CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS. The right to be indemnified or to the
advancement or reimbursement of Expenses (i) is a contract right based upon good
and valuable consideration, pursuant to which Indemnitee may sue as if these
provisions were set forth in a separate written contract between him and the
Company, (ii) is and is intended to be retroactive and shall be available as to
events occurring prior to the adoption of these provisions and (iii) shall
continue after any rescission or restrictive modification of such provisions as
to events occurring prior thereto.
-16-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IX
ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES
9.1 ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES. The certificates for the Common
Shares shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Managers or may be
uncertificated. In the case of certificated Common Shares, the Company shall
deliver certificates representing Common Shares to which Members are entitled.
Certificates representing such certificated Common Shares shall be signed by the
President and either the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and may bear the
seal of the Company or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of such officers upon
a certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose
facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to
be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the
Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer at the date of
its issuance. Upon the transfer of a Common Share, the Company shall issue
replacement Certificates according to such procedures as the Company may
reasonably establish.
ARTICLE X
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
10.1 ALLOCATIONS. Except as may otherwise be unanimously agreed
by the Managers with the consent of the Members, all items of income, gain,
loss, deduction, and credit of the Company shall be allocated among the Members
in accordance with their ownership interest in the Company expressed as a
percentage of the total Common Shares issued and outstanding.
10.2 DISTRIBUTIONS. From time to time the Managers, by unanimous
agreement, may determine to what extent (if any) the Company's cash on hand
exceeds its current and anticipated needs, including, without limitation, for
operating expenses, debt service, acquisitions, and a reasonable contingency
reserve, and if such an excess exists, cause the Company to distribute to the
Members, in accordance with their ownership interest in the Company expressed as
a percentage of the total Common Shares issued and outstanding (or such other
proportions as all of the Managers may agree, with the consent of the Members)
an amount in cash equal to that excess.
ARTICLE XI
DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION
11.1 DISSOLUTION. The Company shall dissolve upon the occurrence
of any of the following events:
(a) if the Members so agree in writing;
-17-
<PAGE>
(b) if the holders of a majority of the voting power of
all issued and outstanding Common Shares generally entitled to vote in
the election of Managers vote to dissolve the Company; or
(c) as otherwise provided under the Delaware Act.
11.2 EFFECT OF DISSOLUTION. Upon the occurrence of any of the
events specified in this Article effecting the dissolution of the Company, the
Company shall cease to carry on its business, except insofar as may be necessary
for the winding up of its business, but its separate existence shall continue
until a certificate of cancellation has been issued by the Secretary of State or
until a decree dissolving the Company has been entered by a court of competent
jurisdiction.
11.3 WINDING UP, LIQUIDATING AND DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS.
(a) Upon dissolution, an accounting shall be made of
the accounts of the Company and of the Company's assets, liabilities and
operations, from the date of the last previous accounting until the date of
dissolution. The Managers shall immediately proceed to wind up the affairs of
the Company.
(b) If the Company is dissolved and its affairs are to
be wound up, the Managers shall (1) sell or otherwise liquidate all of the
Company's assets as promptly as practicable (except to the extent the Managers
may determine to distribute any assets in kind to the Members), (2) allocate any
income or loss resulting from such sales to the Members in accordance with this
Agreement, (3) discharge all liabilities to creditors in the order of priority
as provided by law, (4) discharge all liabilities of the Members (other than
liabilities to Members or for Capital Contributions to the extent unpaid in
breach of an obligation to do so), including all costs relating to the
dissolution, winding up and liquidation and distribution of assets, (5)
establish such reserves as the Managers may determine to be reasonably necessary
to provide for contingent liabilities of the Company, (6) discharge any
liabilities of the Company to the Members other than on account of their
interests in Company capital or profits and (7) distribute the remaining assets
and properties of the Company, tangible and intangible, to the Members, either
in cash or in kind, as determined by the Managers, PRO RATA according to the
relative number of Common Shares held by each. If any assets of the Company are
to be distributed in kind, the net fair market value of such assets as of the
date of dissolution shall be determined by independent appraisal or by agreement
of the Managers.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement, upon a liquidation of the Company no Member shall have any obligation
to make any contribution to the capital of the Company other than any Capital
Contributions such Member agreed to make in accordance with this Agreement.
(d) Upon completion of the winding up, liquidation and
distribution of the assets, the Company shall be deemed terminated.
-18-
<PAGE>
(e) The Managers shall comply with any applicable
requirements of applicable law pertaining to the winding up of the affairs of
the Company and the final distribution of its assets.
11.4 CERTIFICATE OF CANCELLATION. When all debts, liabilities and
obligations have been paid and discharged or adequate provisions have been made
therefor and all of the remaining property and assets have been distributed to
the Members, a Certificate of Cancellation shall be executed in duplicate, and
verified by the person signing the Certificate of Cancellation and filed with
the Delaware Secretary of State, which Certificate shall set forth the
information required by the Delaware Act.
11.5 RETURN OF CONTRIBUTION NON-RECOURSE TO OTHER MEMBERS. Except
as provided by law, upon dissolution, each Member shall look solely to the
assets of the Company for the return of the Member's Capital Contribution. If
the Company property remaining after the payment or discharge of the debts and
liabilities of the Company is insufficient to return the cash or other property
contribution of one or more Members, such Member or Members shall have no
recourse against any other Member.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
12.1 AMENDMENTS. This Agreement may be amended, altered or
repealed by the majority vote of the Members at any annual or special meeting
and, except as may be otherwise required by law, the power to amend, alter or
repeal this Agreement by Supermajority Vote is also vested in the Managers.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, amendments or alterations to Sections 5.8, 6.1,
6.2, 6.9, 6.13, 6.14, 6.15 and 12.1 shall require the unanimous vote of the
Managers or the majority of the Members, as the case may be.
12.2 BOOKS AND RECORDS. The Company shall keep books and records
of account and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of its Members, its
Managers and each committee of its Managers.
12.3 WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be
given to any Member, Manager or committee member under the provisions of the
Delaware Act or this Agreement, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person
or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated
therein, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice.
12.4 RESIGNATIONS. Any Manager or officer may resign at any time.
Such resignations shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time
specified therein, or, if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by
the President or the Secretary of the Company. The acceptance of a resignation
shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the
resignation.
-19-
<PAGE>
12.5 SEAL. The seal of the Company shall be in such form as
the Managers may adopt.
12.6 FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Company shall end on the
31st day of December of each year or as otherwise provided by a resolution
adopted by the Managers.
12.7 APPLICATION OF DELAWARE LAW. This Agreement, and the
application of interpretation hereof, shall be governed exclusively by its terms
and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and specifically the Delaware Act.
12.8 WAIVER OF ACTION FOR PARTITION. Each Member irrevocably
waives, during the term of the Company, any right that such Member may have to
maintain any action for partition with respect to the property of the Company.
12.9 EXECUTION OF ADDITIONAL INSTRUMENTS. Each Member hereby
agrees to execute such other and further statements of interest and holdings,
designations, powers of attorney and other instruments necessary to comply with
any laws, rules or regulations.
12.10 HEADINGS. The headings in this Agreement are inserted for
convenience only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or
limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
12.11 WAIVERS. No waiver of any right under this Agreement shall
be effective unless evidenced in writing and executed by the Person entitled to
the benefits thereof. The failure of any party to seek redress for violation of
or to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant or condition of this
Agreement shall not prevent another act or omission, which would have originally
constituted a violation, from having the effect of an original violation.
12.12 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. The rights and remedies
provided by this Agreement are cumulative and the use of any one right or remedy
by any party shall not preclude or waive the right to use any or all other
rights or remedies. Said rights and remedies are given in addition to any other
rights the parties may have by law, statute, ordinance or otherwise.
12.13 SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement or the
application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application
thereof shall not be affected and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent
permitted by law.
12.14 HEIRS, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Each and all of the
covenants, terms, provisions and agreements herein contained shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and, to the extent permitted
by this Agreement, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and
assigns.
-20-
<PAGE>
12.15 CREDITORS. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall
be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Company.
12.16 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall
constitute one and the same instrument.
-21-
<PAGE>
EXECUTED to be effective as of the 31st day of December, 1997.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
By: MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE,
L.L.C., as General Partner
By:_________________________________
Anthony J. Clark
Vice President, Secretary and
Chief Financial Officer
-22-
EXHIBIT 3.7
CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
This Certificate of Limited Partnership of Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.P.
(the "Partnership") is being executed and filed by the undersigned General
Partner in connection with the formation of a limited partnership under the
Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (Delaware Code, Title 6,
Chapter 17).
ARTICLE ONE
The name of the limited partnership to be formed is Moss Bluff Hub
Partners, L.P.
ARTICLE TWO
The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of
Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle
County, Delaware 19801, and the name and address of the registered agent for
service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware is The
Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street,
Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.
ARTICLE THREE
The name and business address of the general partner of the Partnership is
Moss Bluff Hub Partners, Inc., 44084 Riverside Parkway, Suite 340, Lansdowne,
Virginia 22075.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 20th day
of December, 1994.
MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, INC.
GENERAL PARTNER
By: /s/ J. CHRIS JONES
J. Chris Jones
VICE PRESIDENT
<PAGE>
CONSENT TO USE OF NAME
The undersigned, being the sole director of Moss Bluff Hub Partners, Inc.
hereby consents to the use of the name "Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.P." by Moss
Bluff Hub Partners, L.P.
Executed and effective this 20th day of December, 1994.
/s/ J. CHRIS JONES
J. Chris Jones
Vice President
AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
Dated as of December 15, 1994
<PAGE>
PAGE
INDEX
PAGE
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND TERMS.................................... 1
1.01 Definitions.............................................. 1
1.02 Terms Generally.......................................... 3
ARTICLE II. FORMATION OF PARTNERSHIP................................. 3
2.01 Formation................................................ 3
2.02 Name..................................................... 4
2.03 Principal Office, Registered Office
and Agent for Service of Process......................... 4
2.04 Purpose.................................................. 4
2.05 Term..................................................... 4
2.06 Partners................................................. 4
ARTICLE III. CONTRIBUTIONS............................................ 5
3.01 Scheduled Contributions.................................. 5
3.02 Additional Contributions................................. 5
3.03 No Return................................................ 5
ARTICLE IV. DISTRIBUTIONS............................................ 5
4.01 Distributions............................................ 5
ARTICLE V. CONTROL OF THE PARTNERSHIP............................... 5
5.01 Power and Authority...................................... 5
5.02 Inquiries................................................ 6
5.03 Compensation............................................. 7
ARTICLE VI. TRANSFER OR SALE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS................ 7
6.01 Partner Approvals........................................ 7
6.02 Substitution of Assignee................................. 7
6.03 Permitted Security Interests............................. 7
ARTICLE VII. BOOKS AND RECORDS AND ACCOUNTING......................... 8
7.01 Financial Information.................................... 8
7.02 Fiscal Year.............................................. 8
7.03 Access to Books and Records.............................. 8
ARTICLE VIII. RESPONSIBILITIES OF PARTNERS AND OFFICERS................ 8
8.01 Liability to Partners.................................... 8
8.02 Indemnification.......................................... 9
8.03 Time Devoted to Affairs; Other Ventures.................. 11
8.04 Good Faith Reliance on Agreement......................... 12
8.05 Certain Standards........................................ 12
ARTICLE IX. ADMISSION OF ADDITIONAL PARTNERS......................... 12
9.01 Admission Requirements................................... 12
ARTICLE X. ACTIONS OF THE PARTNERS.................................. 13
10.01 Written Consents......................................... 13
10.02 Authorization Requirements............................... 13
ARTICLE XI. WITHDRAWALS; LOANS....................................... 13
11.01 Withdrawals.............................................. 13
11.02 Loans from Partners...................................... 14
ARTICLE XII. DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION.............................. 14
12.01 Dissolution.............................................. 14
12.02 Winding Up............................................... 14
12.03 Distributions............................................ 15
12.04 Waiver of Partition...................................... 15
ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS............................................ 15
13.01 Notices.................................................. 15
13.02 Captions................................................. 15
13.03 Further Assurances....................................... 16
13.04 Successors and Assigns................................... 16
13.05 Governing Law............................................ 16
13.06 Integration.............................................. 16
13.07 Amendments............................................... 16
13.08 No Third-Party Rights.................................... 16
13.09 Relationship of the Partners............................. 16
13.10 Counterparts............................................. 17
13.11 Waiver................................................... 17
13.12 Appendices............................................... 17
APPENDIX A Tax Matters................................................A-1
APPENDIX B Facility...................................................B-1
-i-
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
This Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership dated as
of December 15, 1994 of Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership, is entered into by and between Moss Bluff Hub Partners, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("MBHP GP") and Market Hub Partners, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership ("MHP"),
WHEREAS, the Partnership was initially formed by Moss Bluff Gas
Storage Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Storage") as limited partner and
MBHP GP as general partner; thereafter, Moss Bluff Gas Storage Company, Inc. was
merged with and into the Partnership and as a result thereof TPC Gas Storage
Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("TPC Inc.") succeeded Storage as limited
partner of the Partnership; thereafter TPC Inc. assigned its interests in the
Partnership to TPC Gas Storage Services, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
("TPC LP"); and thereafter TPC LP assigned such interests in the Partnership to
MHP.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto do hereby amend and restate the
agreement of limited partnership of the Partnership to be as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND TERMS
1.01 DEFINITIONS. Unless the context otherwise requires, the
following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this
Agreement:
ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTION: As defined in Section 3.02.
AFFILIATE: With respect to any Partner (a) any director, officer,
employee or (if such Partner is a partnership) partner of such Partner; and (b)
any other person or entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with such Partner.
<PAGE>
As used herein, "control" shall mean the power to direct or cause the direction
of the management and policies of a Partner, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
AGREEMENT: This Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to
time in accordance with the provisions hereof.
BUSINESS DAY: Monday through Friday of each week, except that a
legal holiday recognized as such by the United States shall not be recognized as
a Business Day.
CERTIFICATE: As defined in Section 2.01.
CONTRIBUTIONS: As to any Partner, the agreed value of any property
and the amount of cash contributed by it under Article III.
DISTRIBUTABLE CASH: At any time, all cash of the Partnership at such
time in excess of the amount which the Managing General Partner determines is
required to meet the Partnership's anticipated obligations (including reserves
for projected expenditures, working capital and contingencies), and subject to
restrictions imposed by debt agreements.
DRULPA: As defined in Section 2.01.
FACILITY: The Moss Bluff market hub and high deliverability gas
storage facilities, or the right to own and develop such facilities, together
with real-time nomination, allocation and title tracking systems and gas trading
platforms, that are referenced on Appendix B hereto or that may be approved by
the Managing General Partner.
GENERAL PARTNER: The person admitted as a general partner to the
Partnership and who owns, at the time, the right to receive distributions from
the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.
LIMITED PARTNER: The person admitted as the limited partner to the
Partnership.
-2-
<PAGE>
MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER: Moss Bluff Hub Partners, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, or its successors, if any.
OWNERSHIP PERCENTAGE: With respect to MBHP GP, 1.0102%, and with
respect to MHP, 98.9898%.
PARTNERS: The General Partner and the Limited Partner.
PARTNERSHIP: The limited partnership formed pursuant to this
Agreement.
PARTNERSHIP'S ACCOUNTANTS: Such firm of independent public
accountants as are selected, from time to time, by the Managing General Partner.
1.02 TERMS GENERALLY. The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply
equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the
context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine,
feminine and neuter forms. The words "include," "includes" and "including" shall
be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation."
ARTICLE II.
FORMATION OF PARTNERSHIP
2.01 FORMATION. The parties hereto hereby continue the Partnership
pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act ("DRULPA"). The
Managing General Partner of the Partnership has caused to be filed the
certificate of limited partnership ("Certificate") required by the DRULPA and
shall cause to be filed such other certificates or filings as may be required
for the formation and operation of the Partnership in the State of Delaware or
any other state in which the Partnership elects to do business.
2.02 NAME. The name of the Partnership shall be "Moss Bluff Hub
Partners, L.P." The Partnership may change its name or adopt such trade or
fictitious names as it may
-3-
<PAGE>
determine. The Managing General Partner shall give the Partners prompt written
notice of any such changes.
2.03 PRINCIPAL OFFICE, REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT FOR SERVICE OF
PROCESS. The principal office of the Partnership shall be 44084 Riverside
Parkway, Suite 340, Lansdowne, Virginia 22075 or such other place as shall be
determined by the Managing General Partner. The Managing General Partner shall
give the Partners prompt written notice of any change in the principal place of
business of the Partnership. The name of the registered agent for service of
process on the Partnership in Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company. The
address of the registered agent and the address of the registered office of the
Partnership in Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street,
Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.
2.04 PURPOSE. The principal purpose of the Partnership shall be to
develop, construct, own and operate the Facility and to engage in such other
business and activities as shall be incidental to or related to the foregoing or
as may be determined by the Managing General Partner from time to time and
permitted by law. Such activities may be undertaken directly by the Partnership
or through its subsidiaries.
2.05 TERM. The Partnership shall continue in effect under the terms
of this Agreement from the date hereof until dissolved and liquidated in the
manner provided in Article XII.
2.06 PARTNERS.
(a) GENERAL PARTNER. The general partner of the Partnership is MBHP
GP.
(b) LIMITED PARTNER. MHP is the limited partner of the Partnership.
-4-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE III.
CONTRIBUTIONS
3.01 SCHEDULED CONTRIBUTIONS. Each Partner (or its predecessor in
interest) has made Contributions to the Partnership.
3.02 ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTIONS. The Partners shall be obligated to
make such additional Contributions to the Partnership (an "Additional
Contribution") at such times as shall be proposed and approved from time to time
by the Managing General Partner. Any such Additional Contribution shall be made
by all Partners in proportion to their relative Ownership Percentages.
3.03 NO RETURN. Except as and to the extent otherwise expressly
provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall be entitled to a return of, or
interest on, its Contributions or on any undistributed funds held by the
Partnership.
ARTICLE IV.
DISTRIBUTIONS
4.01 DISTRIBUTIONS. From time to time, the Managing General Partner
may determine the amount of Distributable Cash, if any, which is to be
distributed by the Partnership, and any such amounts shall be divided among the
Partners in proportion to their Ownership Percentages.
ARTICLE V.
CONTROL OF THE PARTNERSHIP
5.01 POWER AND AUTHORITY. Except as otherwise expressly provided by
this Agreement or by nonwaivable provisions of applicable law, (i) the
management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be
vested in the Managing General Partner, which
may act on behalf of the Partnership without the consent of the individual
Partners, (ii) all
-5-
<PAGE>
decisions respecting any matter set forth herein or otherwise affecting or
arising out of the conduct of the business of the Partnership shall be made by
the Managing General Partner, (iii) the Managing General Partner shall have the
exclusive right and full authority to manage, conduct and control the
Partnership's business and to effect the purposes and provisions of this
Agreement and (iv) the Managing General Partner shall have full authority to do
all things in the conduct of the business of the Partnership deemed necessary or
desirable by the Managing General Partner.
5.02 INQUIRIES. In no event shall any person, other than a Partner,
dealing with the Managing General Partner with respect to any business or
property of the Partnership be obligated to ascertain that the provisions of
this Agreement have been complied with or be obligated to inquire into the
necessity or expedience of any act or action of the Managing General Partner;
and every contract, agreement, deed, mortgage, security agreement, promissory
note or other instrument or document executed by the Managing General Partner
with respect to any business or property of the Partnership shall be conclusive
evidence in favor of any person relying on or claiming thereunder (in the
absence of such person's actual knowledge to the contrary) that (i) at the time
of the execution and delivery thereof, this Agreement was in full force and
effect, (ii) such instrument or document was duly executed in accordance with
the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership,
and (iii) the Managing General Partner was duly authorized and empowered to
execute and deliver any instrument or document for and on behalf of the
Partnership. Any act of the Managing General Partner that purports to be on
behalf of the Partnership shall be binding on the Partnership as against all
third parties who act in reliance thereon and who do not have actual knowledge
of such Managing General Partner's lack or abuse of authority.
-6-
<PAGE>
5.03 COMPENSATION. The Managing General Partner is not entitled to
compensation for its services as Managing General Partner, but is entitled to be
reimbursed on a monthly basis for its reasonable operating, administrative and
office expenses related to the conduct of the Partnership's business including,
without limitation (i) costs of personnel employed by, or on loan to, the
Managing General Partner to conduct the Partnership's business, (ii)
expenditures for office space and (iii) costs attributable to using existing
office equipment or purchasing new office equipment authorized in an approved
Budget, expenditures for office supplies, expenses for communications, and other
reasonable out-of-pocket costs.
ARTICLE VI.
TRANSFER OR SALE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
6.01 PARTNER APPROVALS. Each Partner agrees not to sell, assign, or
otherwise transfer (collectively, a "Transfer") all or any part of its interest
in the Partnership. Any purported Transfer (including a purported Transfer upon
the foreclosure of or other realization upon a security interest) which is made
by a Partner is void and shall be of no effect whatsoever.
6.02 SUBSTITUTION OF ASSIGNEE.
No person who has acquired all or a part of an interest in the
Partnership who is not already a limited partner of the Partnership shall be
admitted as a substituted limited partner of the Partnership with respect to
such interest in the Partnership without the prior written approval of each
Partner which approval may be given or not in the sole discretion of each such
Partner.
6.03 PERMITTED SECURITY INTERESTS. The requirements of this Article
VI shall not apply to a collateral assignment, pledge or other transfer creating
a security interest in all or any portion of a Partner's interest in the
Partnership under any mortgage, indenture or deed of
-7-
<PAGE>
trust created by such Partner not otherwise prohibited by the terms of any
credit agreement or other instrument evidencing debt to which the Partnership is
then subject.
ARTICLE VII.
BOOKS AND RECORDS AND ACCOUNTING
7.01 FINANCIAL INFORMATION. The Partnership shall maintain adequate
books and records of account which shall be kept in accordance with the method
of accounting determined by the Managing General Partner, and shall reflect all
Partnership transactions and be appropriate and adequate for the Partnership's
business. During the term of the Partnership, the Partnership shall furnish to
the Managing General Partner such reports as the Managing General Partner shall
determine.
7.02 FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year for the Partnership shall be the
calendar year or such other fiscal year as may be determined by the Managing
General Partner.
7.03 ACCESS TO BOOKS AND RECORDS. The Managing General Partner shall
permit, after reasonable notice, access to all books, records and facilities of
the Partnership at any reasonable time to any Partner or its representative.
ARTICLE VIII.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF PARTNERS AND OFFICERS
8.01 LIABILITY TO PARTNERS. No Partner of the Partnership or
director, officer, partner, or employee of a Partner shall be liable to the
Partnership or to any Partner for any losses sustained or liabilities incurred
as a result of any act or omission if (i) such person acted in good faith and in
a manner it reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests
of the Partnership, and (ii) its conduct did not constitute gross negligence or
willful or wanton misconduct.
-8-
<PAGE>
8.02 INDEMNIFICATION.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Partner and each
director, officer, partner and employee of each Partner (individually, an
"Indemnitee") shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership
from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint
and several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments,
fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims,
demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the
Partnership), in which the Indemnitee may be involved, or threatened to be
involved, as a party or otherwise by reason of its status as a Partner or
a director, officer, partner or employee of a Partner, regardless of
whether the Indemnitee continues to be a Partner of the Partnership or
director, officer, partner or employee of a Partner at the time any such
liability or expense is paid or incurred, if (i) the Indemnitee acted in
good faith and in a manner it reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed
to, the best interests of the Partnership, and, with respect to any
criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe its conduct was
unlawful, and (ii) the Indemnitee's conduct did not constitute gross
negligence or willful or wanton misconduct. The termination of any action,
suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a
plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a
presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that
specified in (i) or (ii) above.
(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Indemnitee shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership against any and all
expenses (including legal fees and expenses) arising from any and all
claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, brought by or in the right of
-9-
<PAGE>
the Partnership, in which the Indemnitee may be involved, or threatened to
be involved, as a party or otherwise by reason of its status as a Partner
or director, officer, partner or employee of a Partner, regardless of
whether the Indemnitee continues to be a Partner or director, officer,
partner or employee of a Partner at the time any such expense is paid or
incurred, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it
reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the
Partnership, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe its conduct was unlawful, except that no
indemnification may be made with respect to any claim, demand, action,
suit or proceeding as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be
liable for gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct unless and
only to the extent that the court in which such claim, demand, action,
suit or proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that,
despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the
circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled
to indemnity for such expenses that such court shall deem proper.
(c) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses incurred by an
Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding
subject to this Section 8.02 shall, from time to time, be advanced by the
Partnership prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action,
suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by
or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount unless it shall be
determined that such person is entitled to be indemnified as authorized in
this Section 8.02.
(d) The indemnification provided by this Section 8.02 shall be in
addition to any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled
under any agreement, vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or
otherwise, both as to action in the Indemnitee's
-10-
<PAGE>
capacity as a Partner or director, officer, partner or employee of a
Partner and to action in another capacity, and shall continue as to an
Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the
benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the
Indemnitee.
(e) In no event may an Indemnitee subject any General Partner or
Limited Partner of the Partnership to personal liability by reason of
these indemnification provisions.
(f) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification, in whole or
in part, under this Section 8.02 because the Indemnitee had an interest in
the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the
transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
(g) Any indemnification under this Section 8.02, unless ordered by a
court, shall be made by the Partnership only as authorized in the specific
case and only upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnitee
is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in the pertinent subsection, such
determination to be made (i) by the General Partner, if the General
Partner is not a named defendant or respondent in the proceeding, (ii) by
a majority of the Limited Partners or (iii) in a written opinion of
independent legal counsel.
8.03 TIME DEVOTED TO AFFAIRS; OTHER VENTURES. No Partner shall be
required to devote its full time and effort to Partnership affairs, but only
such time and effort as each in such person's judgment deems to be reasonably
necessary and appropriate in pursuit of the affairs of the Partnership. Except
as otherwise prohibited by contract, any Partner may engage in any other
business venture of every nature, independently or with others, and no other
Partner shall
-11-
<PAGE>
have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in and to such ventures or to the
revenues or profits derived therefrom.
8.04 GOOD FAITH RELIANCE ON AGREEMENT. To the extent that, at law or
in equity, the Partners have duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities
relating thereto to the Partnership or to another Partner, the Partners acting
under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any such other
Partner for their good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The
provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they expand or restrict the
duties and liabilities of the Partners otherwise existing at law or in equity,
are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of the
Partners.
8.05 CERTAIN STANDARDS. Whenever in this Agreement any Partner is
permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its "sole discretion" or
"discretion," or under a similar grant of authority or latitude, such Partner
shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires and
may consider its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any
consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Partnership or the
other Partners, or (ii) in "good faith" or under another express standard, such
Partner shall be entitled to act under such express standard and shall not be
subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement or by law
or any other agreement contemplated herein.
ARTICLE IX.
ADMISSION OF ADDITIONAL PARTNERS
9.01 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS. Admission of new Limited Partners and
the terms and conditions thereof (including the terms of any interests in or
securities of the Partnership sold thereto) must be approved by the Managing
General Partner. Any such admission is effective only after the new Limited
Partner has executed and delivered to the
-12-
<PAGE>
Partnership a document including the new Partner's notice address and its
agreement to be bound to this Agreement.
ARTICLE X.
ACTIONS OF THE PARTNERS
10.01 WRITTEN CONSENTS. Actions of the Partners shall be taken by
means of a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken and signed by
Partners representing not less than the minimum Ownership Percentage that is
necessary to authorize such action pursuant to this Agreement. All such consents
shall be filed with the Partnership records. To the extent that the written
consent represents a consent by less than all Partners, those Partners not
consenting to such action or actions shall receive notice of the actions taken
by written consent within 10 days of the written consent.
10.02 AUTHORIZATION REQUIREMENTS. Except as otherwise provided in
this Agreement, the act of Partners representing a majority by Ownership
Percentages shall be the act of the Partners and all references to actions by a
majority of the Partners shall be deemed to refer to a majority by Ownership
Percentage.
ARTICLE XI.
WITHDRAWALS; LOANS
11.01 WITHDRAWALS. Each Partner hereby agrees that it will not
withdraw from the Partnership during the term of this Agreement; provided,
however, that such covenant is not specifically enforceable. Each Partner agrees
that if it does withdraw in violation of this provision, it will be liable to
the Partnership for any damages caused by such withdrawal. Except as otherwise
provided herein, no Partner shall have the right to withdraw any part of its
Contribution to the Partnership or to receive any distribution of, or interest
on, such Contribution.
-13-
<PAGE>
11.02 LOANS FROM PARTNERS. The Partnership may borrow money from any
Partner or an Affiliate thereof but only on terms and conditions approved by the
Managing General Partner. Loans by a Partner to the Partnership shall not be
considered Contributions to the Partnership.
ARTICLE XII.
DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION
12.01 DISSOLUTION. The Partnership shall be dissolved upon the first
to occur of any of the following events:
(a) The written determination (making reference to this Section
12.01) of a majority of the Partners;
(b) The withdrawal, within the meaning of the DRULPA, of the
Managing General Partner;
(c) December 31, 2024; or
(d) As otherwise provided by law.
Any dissolution of the Partnership shall be effective on the date
the event occurs giving rise to the dissolution, but the Partnership shall not
terminate until its affairs have been wound up and its assets distributed as
provided in this Article XII. The Partnership shall not be dissolved and wound
up by virtue of the withdrawal of a General Partner if the remaining Partners
elect within 30 days after such withdrawal to continue the Partnership. If such
election to continue is made, such remaining Partners shall continue the
business of the Partnership and take any and all such action as may be necessary
or appropriate to reconstitute the Partnership including the election of a new
Managing General Partner.
12.02 WINDING UP. Upon dissolution of the Partnership, the Managing
General Partner shall wind up the affairs of the Partnership in accordance with
applicable law, and
-14-
<PAGE>
incident thereto, unless satisfactory arrangements are otherwise made, shall
sell sufficient Partnership assets to pay all Partnership liabilities and shall
sell or otherwise dispose of all other Partnership assets; provided, however,
that prior to selling the Partnership's assets, the Managing General Partner
shall offer such assets for sale to the Partners pursuant to bidding procedures
designed to insure that such assets are sold for their fair market value.
12.03 DISTRIBUTIONS. As soon as the actions contemplated by Section
12.02 have been completed, the cash proceeds, if any, from the sale of the
Partnership's assets shall be distributed by the Managing General Partner in
accordance with Article IV hereof.
12.04 WAIVER OF PARTITION. Each Partner hereby waives until
termination of the Partnership any and all rights that such Partner may have to
maintain an action for partition of the Partnership's assets.
ARTICLE XIII.
MISCELLANEOUS
13.01 NOTICES. All notices, offers or other communications required
or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and
shall be considered as properly given or made if mailed from within the United
States by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, or by prepaid
telegram or telex, and addressed, as the case may be, to the Partnership at
44084 Riverside Parkway, Lansdowne, Virginia 22075, or to a Partner at its
address as set forth on the signature page of this Agreement. The Partnership
may change its address by giving a notice thereof stating its new address to the
Partners. Any Partner may change its address by giving a notice thereof stating
its new address to the Partnership.
13.02 CAPTIONS. Captions contained in this Agreement are inserted
only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, extend or describe
the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.
-15-
<PAGE>
13.03 FURTHER ASSURANCES. The Partners will execute and deliver such
further instruments and take or refrain from taking any action as may be
necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.
13.04 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, all provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
benefit of, and be enforceable by and against the respective heirs, executors,
administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of each of the
Partners.
13.05 GOVERNING LAW. NOTWITHSTANDING THE PLACE WHERE THIS AGREEMENT
MAY BE EXECUTED BY ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT
ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS HEREOF SHALL BE CONSTRUED UNDER THE SUBSTANTIVE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AS NOW ADOPTED OR AS MAY HEREAFTER BE AMENDED.
13.06 INTEGRATION. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
among the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all
prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings of the parties in
connection therewith.
13.07 AMENDMENTS. This Agreement, including the Appendices hereto,
may not be modified or amended unless a consent in writing setting forth the
amendment or modification shall be signed by a majority of the Partners.
13.08 NO THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS. Nothing in this Agreement shall be
deemed to create any right in any person not a party hereto (other than the
successors and assigns of a party hereto) and this instrument shall not be
construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of
any third party.
13.09 RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTNERS. The relationship between each
of the Partners shall be limited to the performance of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.
-16-
<PAGE>
The relationship set forth in this Agreement shall be construed and deemed to be
a partnership created for the sole purpose of carrying out the transactions
contemplated hereby.
13.10 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in several
counterparts, each of which shall be an original of this Agreement, but all of
which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
13.11 WAIVER. No provision hereof may be waived, except with the
majority vote of the Partners. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict
performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or
to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall
constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or
condition.
13.12 APPENDICES. Appendices A and B hereto are incorporated by
reference herein and made a part of this Agreement, to the same extent as if
fully set forth herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
effective as of the date first written above.
GENERAL PARTNER:
MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, INC.
By:/s/ DONALD B. RUSSELL
Name: Donald B. Russell
Title: President
-17-
<PAGE>
LIMITED PARTNER:
MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
By: MARKET HUB PARTNERS, INC.,
a general partner
By:/s/ DONALD B. RUSSELL
Name: Donald B. Russell
Title: President
-18-
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
TAX MATTERS
1.01 TAX ITEMS.
A. ALLOCATIONS OF TAX ITEMS.
Each item of income and deduction recognized by the Partnership for
federal, state or local income tax purposes shall be allocated among the
Partners in the same manner that the corresponding item of tax book income or
tax book deduction is allocated pursuant to the provisions of this Appendix A;
provided, however, that
(i) if there are differences between the amount of an item for
income tax purposes and the amount of the corresponding item for tax book
purposes, then such item shall be allocated for income tax purposes taking
into account the allocation of such corresponding tax book item and the
provisions of Section 704(c) of the Internal Revenue Code applied in the
manner determined by the Managing General Partner, but
(ii) the traditional method of Treas. Reg. ss. 1.704-3(b) shall be
used in applying Section 704(c) with respect to the assets contributed to
the Partnership upon the formation thereof.
Items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit which are not allocated for
income tax purposes pursuant to the foregoing shall be allocated in the manner
determined by the Managing General Partner.
The provisions of this Appendix A with respect to the allocation of
the Partnership's items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit for income
tax purposes may be
A-1
<PAGE>
amended by the Managing General Partner after any issuance by the Partnership of
an interest in the Partnership to reflect the effect of such new interest in the
Partnership taking into account applicable law and may also be amended by the
Managing General Partner if, in either case, the Managing General Partner has
received an opinion from Baker & Botts, L.L.P. or other independent tax counsel
of nationally recognized standing that such amendment is appropriate to reflect
the requirements of existing law; provided, however, that clause (ii) of the
preceding paragraph may not be amended without the consent of each partner of
MHP who would be adversely affected thereby.
B. TAX ELECTIONS.
The Managing General Partner shall determine whether the Partnership
shall make any election (including any election which may be permitted with
respect to the Partnership's method of accounting and any election for which
provision is made in Section 168 and Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code or
corresponding provisions of future law) which is available to the Partnership
for federal, state or local tax purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon
the transfer of an interest in MHP, the Partnership shall, if requested by MHP,
elect to adjust the basis of the Partnership property as allowed by Sections
743(b) and 754 of the Internal Revenue Code, or comparable provisions then in
effect, and if any such election is made, the Partnership shall make any tax
accounting adjustments resulting from such election in the information supplied
to the Partners, and the Partnership shall have the right to charge MHP for the
Partnership's reasonable expenses in making such adjustments.
A-2
<PAGE>
C. PREPARATION OF TAX RETURNS.
The Managing General Partner shall use its reasonable efforts to
cause the Partnership to prepare and timely file, at the expense of the
Partnership, all tax returns of the Partnership and shall furnish to the
Partners the tax information reasonably required thereby for federal, state and
local tax reporting purposes.
D. TAX MATTERS PARTNER.
The Managing General Partner is hereby designated as the tax matters
partner, within the meaning of Section 6231(a)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code,
and is authorized to represent the Partnership at the Partnership's expense
(including the costs of professional services) in connection with any
examination of the Partnership's affairs by any tax authority and is authorized
so to represent the Partnership at the Partnership's expense in any
administrative or judicial proceedings in connection therewith.
Prompt notice shall be given to the Partners upon receipt of advice
that the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing authority intends to examine
any income tax return or records or books of the Partnership. Any Partner may
participate at such Partner's expense in any such administrative or judicial
proceeding to the extent provided by applicable law.
E. ASSIGNOR-ASSIGNEE ALLOCATIONS.
The Partnership shall allocate items of income, gain, loss,
deduction and credit attributable to an interest in the Partnership that is
assigned between the assignor and assignee in accordance with the method the
Managing General Partner determines is required by the Internal Revenue Code,
and if the Managing General Partner determines that more than one
A-3
<PAGE>
method is permitted, then such items shall be allocated in accordance with the
method that the Managing General Partner selects.
1.02 ALLOCATION OF TAX BOOK ITEMS.
A. RECOURSE ITEMS.
The items of tax book income and tax book deduction which are not
allocated pursuant to Section 1.02B hereof shall be allocated among the Partners
in proportion to their Ownership Percentages.
B. NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS; PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS.
1. Nonrecourse Deductions.
A book nonrecourse deduction, within the meaning of the Section
704(b) Regulations (which is referred to herein as a "tax book nonrecourse
deduction"), recognized by the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners
in proportion to their Ownership Percentages. Thereafter, each Partner is to be
allocated items of tax book income at the time or times and of the character and
in the amount required by the Section 704(b) Regulations in order to chargeback
such tax book nonrecourse deduction.
2. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions.
A book partner nonrecourse deduction, within the meaning of the
Section 704(b) Regulations (which is referred to herein as a "tax book partner
nonrecourse deduction"), which is recognized by the Partnership shall be
allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss of the tax book
partner nonrecourse debt with which such partner nonrecourse deduction is
associated. If more than one Partner bears the economic risk of loss for a
partner nonrecourse
A-4
<PAGE>
liability, then such tax book partner nonrecourse deductions shall be allocated
among the Partners according to the ratios in which they bear the economic risk
of loss with respect to the indebtedness with which the partner nonrecourse
deduction is associated. Thereafter, each Partner shall be allocated items of
tax book income at the time or times and of the character and in the amount
required by the Section 704(b) Regulations in order to chargeback such tax book
partner nonrecourse deduction.
C. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.
1. Tax Book Income and Tax Book Deduction.
The items of tax book income and tax book deduction of the
Partnership for a taxable year are its items of income and deduction,
respectively, which are computed in accordance with the method of accounting
used by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes but using the tax book
basis computed in accordance with the method of accounting used by the
Partnership for federal income tax purposes but with regard to tax book income
and tax book deduction as the tax basis of each item of property. Such tax book
income and tax book deduction shall be adjusted as follows:
(a) Any receipt of the Partnership which is not the proceeds
of a debt incurred by the Partnership that is permanently excluded from
gross income for federal income tax purposes or is exempt from federal
income tax, within the meaning of Section 705(a)(1)(B) of the Internal
Revenue Code, is included without duplication as an item of tax book
income.
A-5
<PAGE>
(b) Any cost of the Partnership which is not a payment of
principal on a debt of the Partnership that for federal income tax
purposes is neither deductible currently, capitalized, nor taken into
account through some type of amortization or in computing gain or loss
upon the disposition of property and any expenditure of the Partnership
described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code (or which
is treated as an expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the
Internal Revenue Code pursuant to the Section 704(b) Regulations) is an
item of tax book deduction, as is any other reduction in tax book basis of
an asset of the Partnership. Such item of tax book deduction is recognized
when the cost is incurred or the tax basis is reduced.
2. Tax Book Basis.
(a) Initial tax book basis.
The initial tax book basis of an asset of the Partnership shall be
determined pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code as
its cost; provided that (i) the initial tax book basis of an asset that is
contributed to the Partnership shall be equal to the Fair Market Value thereof
immediately after its contribution to the Partnership; and (ii) the initial tax
book basis of an asset the tax basis of which is determined, in whole or in
part, with reference to the tax basis of another asset of the Partnership shall
be so determined with reference to the adjusted tax book basis of such asset.
A-6
<PAGE>
(b) Certain adjustments to tax book basis.
The tax book basis of an asset shall be decreased in respect of tax
book depreciation or tax book amortization as provided below and shall be
increased or decreased in the case of an interest in a Facility Subsidiary or
other partnership as of the end of each taxable year of a Facility Subsidiary or
other partnership in the amount of the Partnership's distributive share of the
tax book income or tax book deductions of that Facility Subsidiary or other
partnership.
(c) Tax book depreciation.
The tax book basis of an asset shall be reduced to reflect tax book
depreciation or tax book amortization with respect to such asset for each
taxable year or portion thereof. In each case, tax book depreciation or tax book
amortization for a taxable year of the Partnership, or portion thereof, shall be
a fraction (which fraction is equal to the federal income tax depreciation or
amortization of such asset for such taxable year, or portion thereof, divided by
the adjusted tax basis of such asset at the beginning of the taxable year) of
the adjusted tax book basis of such asset at the beginning of the taxable year;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if the federal income tax depreciation or amortization with
respect to an asset for a taxable year is zero, tax book depreciation or tax
book amortization for the taxable year shall be determined with reference to the
adjusted tax book basis of such asset using any reasonable method selected by
the General Partner.
A-7
<PAGE>
3. Fair Market Value.
The Fair Market Value of an asset is the fair market value thereof
as determined by the Managing General Partner; provided that in the case of the
assets which were contributed by Moss Bluff Gas Storage Company, Inc. in the
Merger, the fair market value thereof (reduced by the amount of the assumed
liabilities) is $13,970,000.
4. Section 704(b) Regulations.
The term "Section 704(b) Regulations" means the regulations which
are issued from time to time pursuant to the authority of Section 704(b) of the
Internal Revenue Code.
A-8
<PAGE>
APPENDIX B
FACILITY
The Moss Bluff facility is a natural gas underground storage
facility located in Liberty and Chambers Counties, Texas. Upon full build-out it
is currently anticipated to have a working gas capacity of approximately 10 BCF,
and 1.5 BCF/Day of withdrawal capacity. The facility currently has five pipeline
interconnects and is located on approximately 40 acres of land. The first two
caverns are in operation, and the third cavern is under construction.
B-1
EXHIBIT 3.9
CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION
OF
EGAN HUB PARTNERS, L.L.C.
This Certificate of Formation of Egan Hub Partners, L.L.C. (the
"Company") is being executed by the undersigned authorized person for the
purpose of forming a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited
Liability Company Act (6 Del. Code 18-101 ET SEQ.).
ARTICLE ONE
The name of the Company is Egan Hub Partners, L.L.C.
ARTICLE TWO
The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of
Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19801,
and the name and address of the Company's registered agent for service of
process in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange
Street, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, an authorized person of the Company,
has executed this Certificate of Formation on this 31st day of December, 1997.
By: /s/ ANTHONY J. CLARK
ANTHONY J. CLARK
Authorized Person
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
EGAN HUB PARTNERS, L.L.C.
Dated as of December 31, 1997
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS..................................................1
ARTICLE II FORMATION OF THE COMPANY.....................................2
2.1 FORMATION....................................................2
2.2 NAME.........................................................3
2.3 PLACE OF BUSINESS............................................3
2.4 REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT.......................3
2.5 TERM.........................................................3
2.6 PURPOSE OF THE COMPANY.......................................3
ARTICLE III INITIAL MEMBER...............................................3
ARTICLE IV CAPITAL OF THE COMPANY.......................................4
4.1 COMMON SHARES; INITIAL CONTRIBUTIONS.........................4
4.2 COMMON SHARES; VOTING........................................4
4.3 NO FURTHER OBLIGATION........................................4
ARTICLE V MEETINGS OF MEMBERS; AMENDMENTS..............................4
5.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS............................................4
5.2 ANNUAL MEETING...............................................4
5.3 SPECIAL MEETINGS.............................................5
5.4 NOTICE OF MEETINGS...........................................5
5.5 MEETING OF ALL MEMBERS.......................................5
5.6 REGISTERED HOLDERS OF COMMON SHARES; CLOSING OF COMMON SHARES
TRANSFER RECORD; AND RECORD DATE.............................5
5.7 QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT..........................................6
5.8 MANNER OF ACTING.............................................6
5.9 PROXIES......................................................6
5.10 ACTION BY MEMBERS WITHOUT A MEETING..........................6
ARTICLE VI RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF MANAGERS................................7
6.1 MANAGEMENT...................................................7
6.2 NUMBER, QUALIFICATIONS AND TERMS.............................7
6.3 POWERS OF THE MANAGERS.......................................7
6.4 INITIAL MANAGERS AND CHAIRMAN................................7
6.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS............................................7
6.6 REGULAR MEETINGS.............................................7
6.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS.............................................8
6.8 ATTENDANCE AT AND NOTICE OF MEETINGS.........................8
6.9 QUORUM OF AND ACTION BY MANAGERS.............................8
<PAGE>
6.10 MANAGER AND COMMITTEE ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING...............8
6.11 MANAGER AND COMMITTEE TELEPHONE MEETINGS.....................8
6.12 COMPENSATION.................................................8
6.13 REMOVAL; VACANCIES...........................................9
6.14 COMMITTEES...................................................9
6.15 VOTING......................................................10
6.16 LIABILITY OF MANAGERS.......................................12
ARTICLE VII OFFICERS....................................................13
7.1 DESIGNATION.................................................13
7.2 POWERS AND DUTIES...........................................14
7.3 VACANCIES...................................................14
7.4 REMOVAL.....................................................14
ARTICLE VIII INDEMNIFICATION.............................................14
8.1 GENERAL.....................................................14
8.2 EXPENSES RELATED TO PROCEEDINGS.............................14
8.3 ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.....................................15
8.4 REQUEST FOR INDEMNIFICATION.................................15
8.5 NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS....................................15
8.6 INSURANCE AND SUBROGATION...................................15
8.7 SEVERABILITY................................................15
8.8 CERTAIN PERSONS NOT ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION.............15
8.9 DEFINITIONS.................................................16
8.10 NOTICES.....................................................16
8.11 CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS..........................................16
ARTICLE IX ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES....................................17
9.1 ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES....................................17
ARTICLE X ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS...............................17
10.1 ALLOCATIONS.................................................17
10.2 DISTRIBUTIONS...............................................17
ARTICLE XI DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION.................................17
11.1 DISSOLUTION.................................................17
11.2 EFFECT OF DISSOLUTION.......................................18
11.3 WINDING UP, LIQUIDATING AND DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS..........18
11.4 CERTIFICATE OF CANCELLATION.................................19
11.5 RETURN OF CONTRIBUTION NON-RECOURSE TO OTHER MEMBERS........19
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS....................................19
12.1 AMENDMENTS..................................................19
12.2 BOOKS AND RECORDS...........................................19
<PAGE>
12.3 WAIVER OF NOTICE............................................19
12.4 RESIGNATIONS................................................19
12.5 SEAL........................................................20
12.6 FISCAL YEAR.................................................20
12.7 APPLICATION OF DELAWARE LAW.................................20
12.8 WAIVER OF ACTION FOR PARTITION..............................20
12.9 EXECUTION OF ADDITIONAL INSTRUMENTS.........................20
12.10 HEADINGS....................................................20
12.11 WAIVERS.....................................................20
12.12 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE..............................20
12.13 SEVERABILITY................................................20
12.14 HEIRS, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS...............................20
12.15 CREDITORS...................................................21
12.16 COUNTERPARTS................................................21
-iii-
<PAGE>
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF EGAN HUB PARTNERS, L.L.C.
This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this "Agreement") is dated
as of December 31, 1997, by Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership ("Storage L.P.").
WHEREAS, a certificate of formation of Egan Hub Partners, L.L.C.
(the "Company") has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware; and
WHEREAS, Storage L.P. is the Initial Member of the Company; and
WHEREAS, it is desired that the orderly management of the affairs of
the Company be provided for;
NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following
meanings (unless otherwise expressly provided herein):
"Affiliate," with respect to a specified Person, shall mean a
Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls
or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified. For
purposes of this definition, "control" shall mean the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise.
"Agreement" shall mean this Agreement as originally executed and
as it may be amended from time to time hereafter.
"Capital Contribution" shall mean any contribution to the
capital of the Company in cash or property by a Member whenever made.
"Certificate of Formation" shall mean the Certificate of
Formation of the Company filed with and endorsed by the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware, as such certificate may be amended from time to time
hereafter.
"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
or corresponding provisions of subsequent superseding federal revenue laws.
-1-
<PAGE>
"Common Share" shall mean an undivided portion of all of the
rights, duties, obligations and ownership interests in the Company.
"Delaware Act" shall mean the Delaware Limited Liability Company
Act, as the same may be amended from time to time hereafter.
"Entity" shall mean any foreign or domestic general partnership,
limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint enterprise,
trust, business trust, employee benefit plan, cooperative or association.
"Fiscal Year" shall mean the Company's fiscal year, which shall
be determined by the Managers in accordance with Section 706(b) of the Code.
"Initial Member" shall mean Storage L.P.
"Manager" shall mean any of the managers of the Company duly
appointed or elected to serve in such capacity under Delaware law and this
Agreement.
"Member" shall mean Storage L.P. and each Person to whom Storage
L.P. transfers Common Shares and who executes a counterpart of this Agreement as
a Member, but shall not include any Member that ceases to be a Member.
"Person" shall mean any individual or Entity, and any heir,
executor, administrator, legal representative, successor or assign of such
"Person" where the context so admits.
"Special Majority Vote" shall mean a simple majority of
disinterested, non-affiliated Managers (counting all Managers affiliated with
the holders of Class C Common Stock of Market Hub Partners, Inc. as one Manager
for this purpose).
"Supermajority Vote" shall mean the affirmative vote of not less
than one-half (per capita) of the Managers (rounded, in the case of a fraction,
to the next whole number, and counting all Managers who also serve as directors
of Market Hub Partners, Inc. and are appointed by the holders of the Class C
Common Stock of such corporation as one Manager for this purpose) representing
voting power of at least 80% in the aggregate.
ARTICLE II
FORMATION OF THE COMPANY
2.1 FORMATION. On December 31, 1997, the Certificate of Formation of
the Company was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
pursuant to the Delaware Act.
-2-
<PAGE>
2.2 NAME. The name of the Company is Egan Hub Partners, L.L.C. If
the Company shall conduct business in any jurisdiction other than the State of
Delaware, it shall register the Company or its trade name with the appropriate
authorities in such state in order to have the legal existence of the Company
recognized.
2.3 PLACE OF BUSINESS. The Company may locate its places of business
and registered office at any place or places as the Managers may from time to
time deem advisable. The Company may also have offices at such other places both
within and without the State of Delaware as the Managers of the Company may
determine from time to time or as the business of the Company may require.
2.4 REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT. The Company's registered
office shall be at the office of its registered agent at 1209 Orange Street,
Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and the name of its initial registered agent at such
address shall be The Corporation Trust Company.
2.5 TERM. The Company and this Agreement shall continue until the
earliest of (a) such time as all of the Company's assets have been sold or
otherwise disposed of or (b) such time as the Company's existence has been
terminated as otherwise provided herein or in the Delaware Act.
2.6 PURPOSE OF THE COMPANY. The purpose of the Company shall be to
do any or all things that may lawfully be done by a limited liability company
pursuant to the Delaware Act. The Company shall have any and all powers
necessary or desirable to carry out the purpose and business of the Company to
the extent the same may be legally exercised by limited liability companies
under the Delaware Act. The Company shall carry out the foregoing activities
pursuant to the Certificate of Formation and this Agreement.
ARTICLE III
INITIAL MEMBER
The name and place of business of the initial Member (the "Initial
Member") is as follows:
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P.
16420 Park Ten Place
Suite 420
Houston, Texas 77084
-3-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL OF THE COMPANY
4.1 COMMON SHARES; INITIAL CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) A class of equity interests denominated the "Common
Shares" is hereby designated as the sole class of equity interests of the
Company. Each issued and outstanding Common Share shall at any time represent
that undivided portion of all of the rights, duties, obligations and ownership
interests in the Company in proportion to the total number of Common Shares
outstanding at such time. The aggregate number of Common Shares which the
Company shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) Common Shares.
(b) The Company has issued to the Initial Member one thousand
(1,000) Common Shares in consideration of the payment of $1,000 by the Initial
Member to the Company. Such Common Shares have been validly issued and are
outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable.
4.2 COMMON SHARES; VOTING. Each Common Share shall be entitled to
one vote on each matter submitted to a vote of holders of Common Shares. Common
Shares shall be entitled to vote on each matter submitted to a vote of Members.
4.3 NO FURTHER OBLIGATION. No Member shall have any obligation to
provide additional funds to the Company, whether by Capital Contributions,
loans, return of monies received pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or
otherwise.
ARTICLE V
MEETINGS OF MEMBERS; AMENDMENTS
5.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of Members shall be held at such
place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the
Managers of the Company or the officer calling the meeting. If no designation is
made, the meeting shall be held at the principal offices of the Company.
5.2 ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the Members of this
Company shall be held on March 31 of each year, at ten o'clock A.M., and on any
subsequent day or days to which such meeting may be adjourned, for the purposes
of electing Managers and of transacting such other business as may properly come
before the meeting. The Managers of the Company shall designate the place for
the holding of such meeting, and at least ten days' notice shall be given to the
Members of the place so fixed. If the day designated herein is a legal holiday,
the annual meeting shall be held on the first succeeding day which is not a
legal holiday. If for any reason the annual meeting shall not be held on the day
designated herein, the Managers of the Company shall cause the annual
-4-
<PAGE>
meeting to be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. Failure to hold the
annual meeting at the designated time shall not work a dissolution of the
Company.
5.3 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Members may be called
at any time by the Chairman, the President, all of the Managers or the Members
of the Company. Upon written request of any person or persons who have duly
called a special meeting, it shall be the duty of the Secretary to fix the date
of the meeting to be held not less than ten nor more than 60 days after the
receipt of the request and to give due notice thereof. If the Secretary shall
neglect or refuse to fix the date of the meeting and give notice thereof, the
person or persons calling the meeting may do so. Every special meeting of the
Members shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as
the Managers of the Company may designate, or, in the absence of such
designation, at the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware.
5.4 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written or printed notice of all meetings
stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special
meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be
delivered not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the
meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Secretary
or President of the Company, to each Member entitled to vote at such meeting. If
mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United
States mail addressed to the Member at such Member's address as it appears on
the transfer records of the Company, with postage thereon prepaid. If
transmitted by way of facsimile, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered on
the date of such facsimile transmission to the fax number, if any, for the
respective Member that has been supplied by such Member to the Manager and
identified as such Member's facsimile number.
5.5 MEETING OF ALL MEMBERS. If all of the Members shall meet at any
time and place and consent to the holding of a meeting at such time and place,
such meeting shall be valid without call or notice, and at such meeting lawful
action may be taken.
5.6 REGISTERED HOLDERS OF COMMON SHARES; CLOSING OF COMMON SHARES
TRANSFER RECORD; AND RECORD DATE.
(a) REGISTERED HOLDERS AS OWNERS. Unless otherwise provided
under Delaware law, the Company may regard the person in whose name any shares
issued by the Company are registered in the transfer records of the Company at
any particular time (including, without limitation, as of a record date fixed
pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 5.6) as the owner of those Common
Shares at that time for purposes of voting those Common Shares, receiving
distributions thereon or notices in respect thereof, transferring those Common
Shares, exercising rights of dissent with respect to those Common Shares,
entering into agreements with respect to those Common Shares, or giving proxies
with respect to those Common Shares; and neither the Company nor any of its
officers, Managers, employees or agents shall be liable for regarding that
person as the owner of those Common Shares at that time for those purposes,
regardless of whether that person possesses a certificate for those Common
Shares.
-5-
<PAGE>
(b) RECORD DATE. For the purpose of determining Members
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment
thereof, or entitled to receive a distribution by the Company or a Common Share
dividend, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other proper
purpose, the Managers of the Company may fix in advance a date as the record
date for any such determination of Members, such date in any case to be not more
than 60 days and, in the case of a meeting of Members, not less than ten days
prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of
Members is to be taken. The Managers of the Company shall not close the books of
the Company against transfers of Common Shares during the whole or any part of
such period.
5.7 QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT. Unless otherwise provided in this
Agreement, as it may be amended or restated in accordance with the Delaware Act,
a majority of the outstanding Common Shares of the Company entitled to vote,
present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any
meeting of the Members, and the Members present at any duly convened meeting may
continue to do business until adjournment notwithstanding any withdrawal from
the meeting of holders of Common Shares counted in determining the existence of
a quorum. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, any meeting of the
Members may be adjourned from time to time, without notice other than by
announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken, and at any such
adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present any action may be taken
that could have been taken at the meeting originally called; PROVIDED that if
the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new
record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned
meeting shall be given to each Member of record entitled to vote at the
adjourned meeting.
5.8 MANNER OF ACTING. With respect to any matters as to which no
other voting requirement is specified by the Delaware Act or this Agreement, the
affirmative vote required for Member action shall be that of a majority of the
Common Shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting (as
counted for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum at the meeting).
5.9 PROXIES. At all meetings of Members, a Member may vote in person
or by proxy executed in writing by the Member or by a duly authorized
attorney-in-fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Managers of the Company
before or at the time of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after 11 months
from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
5.10 ACTION BY MEMBERS WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise provided
in this Agreement in accordance with the Delaware Act, any action required to be
taken at any annual or special meeting of Members of the Company or any action
which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such Members may be taken
without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in
writing, setting forth the actions so taken, shall be signed by the holders of
outstanding Common Shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that
would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all
Common Shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. The prompt notice
of taking of the Company's action without a
-6-
<PAGE>
meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given by the Secretary
of the Company to those Members who have not consented in writing.
ARTICLE VI
RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF MANAGERS
6.1 MANAGEMENT. The powers of the Company shall be exercised by or
under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be
managed by, its Managers. In addition to the powers and authorities expressly
conferred by this Agreement upon the Managers, the Managers may exercise all
such powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not
directed or required to be exercised or done by the Members by the Delaware Act,
the Certificate of Formation of the Company or this Agreement.
6.2 NUMBER, QUALIFICATIONS AND TERMS. The number of Managers of the
Company shall be not more than seven (7). Managers need not be residents of the
State of Delaware or Members of the Company. The Managers, in their discretion,
may elect a chairman of the Managers who shall preside at any meetings of the
Managers. Each Manager shall hold office for the full term for which such
Manager is elected and until such Manager's successor shall have been duly
elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death or resignation or
removal in accordance with this Agreement.
6.3 POWERS OF THE MANAGERS. Without limiting the generality of
Section 6.1, the Managers shall have power and authority, acting in concert in
accordance with this Agreement, to cause the Company to do and perform all acts
as may be necessary or appropriate to the conduct of the Company's business.
6.4 INITIAL MANAGERS AND CHAIRMAN. The initial Managers shall be
Donald N. Furman, Thomas M. Jenkins, M. Scott Jones, Eileen A. Moran and Jeffrey
W. Yundt. The Chairman of the initial Managers shall be Donald N. Furman.
6.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the Managers of the Company,
regular or special, may be held either within or without the State of Delaware,
at whatever place is specified by the person or persons calling the meeting. In
the absence of a specific designation, the meetings shall be held at the
principal office of the Company.
6.6 REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Managers shall be held
at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware, at such hour
and on such day as may be fixed by resolution of the Managers, without further
notice of such meetings. The time or place of holding regular meetings of the
Managers may be changed by the Chairman or the President of the Company by
giving written notice thereof as provided in Section 6.8 hereof.
-7-
<PAGE>
6.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Managers shall be
held, whenever called by the Chairman, the President of the Company, by one
Manager or by resolution adopted by the Managers, at such place or places within
or without the State of Delaware as may be stated in the notice of the meeting.
6.8 ATTENDANCE AT AND NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice of the time
and place of, and general nature of the business to be transacted at, all
special meetings of the Managers, and written notice of any change in the time
or place of holding the regular meetings of the Managers, shall be given to each
Manager personally or by mail or by telegraph, telecopier or similar
communication at least ten days before the day of the meeting; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that notice of any meeting need not be given to any Manager if waived
by him or her in writing, or if he or she shall be present at such meeting.
Participation in a meeting of the Managers shall constitute presence in person
at such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the
express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground
that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
6.9 QUORUM OF AND ACTION BY MANAGERS. A majority (by voting power as
determined pursuant to Section 6.15(a)) of the Managers in office shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; but a lesser number may
adjourn from day to day until a quorum is present. Except as otherwise provided
by law or in this Agreement, all questions shall be decided by a majority of the
votes cast by the Managers present.
6.10 MANAGER AND COMMITTEE ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless
otherwise restricted by this Agreement, any action required or permitted to be
taken at a meeting of the Managers or any committee thereof may be taken without
a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed
by all of the Managers of the Company or such committee, as the case may be, and
filed with the Secretary of the Company.
6.11 MANAGER AND COMMITTEE TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Subject to the
provisions required or permitted by the Delaware Act for notice of meetings,
unless otherwise restricted by this Agreement, the Managers, or members of any
committee designated by the Managers, may participate in and hold a meeting of
such Managers or committee by means of conference telephone or similar
communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the
meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this
Section 6.11 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except where a
person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the
transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.
6.12 COMPENSATION. Managers shall not be entitled to receive
compensation for their services.
-8-
<PAGE>
6.13 REMOVAL; VACANCIES.
(a) No Manager of the Company shall be removed from office as
a Manager by vote or other action of the Members or otherwise except by the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of
all issued and outstanding Common Shares generally entitled to vote in the
election of Managers, voting together as a single class. Any such removal may be
effected with or without cause.
(b) Any vacancy in the management shall be filled by the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of
all issued and outstanding Common Shares generally entitled to vote in the
election of Managers, voting together as a single class.
6.14 COMMITTEES.
(a) The Managers, by resolution adopted by a Supermajority of
the full Managers, may designate one or more committees, each of which shall be
comprised of one or more Managers, and may designate one or more Managers as
alternate members of any committee, who may, subject to any limitations imposed
by the Managers, replace absent or disqualified members at any meeting of that
committee. Any such committee shall have the authority delegated to it in such
resolution or in this Agreement, to the extent permitted by the Delaware Act.
(b) The Managers shall have the power at any time to change
the membership of any such committee and to fill vacancies in it. A majority of
the number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business unless a greater number is required by a resolution
adopted by the Managers. The act of the majority of the members of a committee
present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the
committee, unless the act of a greater number is required by a resolution
adopted by the Managers. Each such committee may elect a chairman and appoint
such subcommittees and assistants as it may deem necessary. Except as otherwise
provided by the Managers, meetings of any committee shall be conducted in
accordance with Sections 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 6.10, 6.11, 6.12 and 12.3 hereof. Any
member of any such committee elected or appointed by the Managers may be removed
by the Managers whenever in their judgment the best interests of the Company
will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the
contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment of a
member of a committee shall not of itself create contract rights.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no committee of or
established by the Managers shall be entitled to act on behalf of the Company on
any matter that otherwise requires a Supermajority vote of the Managers.
(d) Any action taken by any committee of the Managers shall
promptly be recorded in the minutes and filed with the Secretary of the Company.
-9-
<PAGE>
6.15 VOTING.
(a) Each Manager shall have the voting power assigned to such
Manager upon such Manager's election as Manager. The voting power of each such
Manager shall be noted in the minutes of the meeting at which the Manager was
elected. Each initial Manager shall have voting power as set forth in the
Certificate of Incorporation of Market Hub Partners, Inc.
(b) So long as the Company shall act as Managing General
Partner pursuant to that certain Agreement of Limited Partnership of Egan Hub
Partners, L.P., dated as of December 15, 1994 (the "Partnership Agreement"), a
Supermajority Vote of the Managers shall be required for the Company to take or
cause to be taken any of the following actions in its role as Managing General
Partner of Egan Hub Partners, L.P. (the "Partnership") (capitalized terms used
but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the
Partnership Agreement):
(1) Acquisitions or divestitures of assets for
consideration in excess of $1 million;
(2) Approval of Expansions (as such term is defined in
the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Market Hub
Partners, L.P. (the "MHP Agreement")) of the
Facilities (as such term is defined in the MHP
Agreement) not in the original Development Plan of
the MHP Agreement involving capital expenses in
excess of $1 million;
(3) Approval of any financing plan which includes
undertakings by the Partnership to incur debt
obligations, guarantees or other financial
obligations to lenders, creditors, investors,
institutions or similar parties outside the
Partnership ("Financing Plan");
(4) Approval of credit agreement, instruments
evidencing debt, guarantees of debt or other
undertakings outside of the Financing Plan of the
Partnership;
(5) Modifications to budgets or operating plans for
the Facility in the event that:
(i) at any time, any revision of the project
budget results in a difference of more than
15% from the stated amount in the
Development Plan described in the MHP
Agreement;
-10-
<PAGE>
(ii) at the time of the stated Checkpoint Date in
the Development Plan, the calculated
percentage of capacity actually leased
deviates from the stated Checkpoint Date
Leases Signed percentage by more than 15% of
such stated percentage, where the calculated
percentage excludes any leases signed which
are of inadequate term or are otherwise
inadequate to support debt financing of the
Facility as anticipated in the Financing
Plan; or
(iii) service has not commenced as of the in
service date for a Facility as specified in
the Development Plan.
(6) Approval of budgets submitted to the Company for
the Partnership;
(7) Approval of merger, consolidation, or transactions
of a similar nature involving the Company or the
Partnership;
(8) Approval of the form and substance of filings
required by any regulatory agency;
(9) Prior approval of the execution by a Partner of
the Partnership of any contract obligating the
Partnership or a Facility to expenditures in
excess of $100,000;
(10) Entering into agreements for the provision of
services to the Partnership or the Facility,
including development, engineering, construction,
operation, maintenance, administration, sales,
electronic title tracking and trading information
services;
(11) Entering into agreements for the provision of
operation support services to the Partnership or
the Facility, including legal, accounting and
regulatory support services, and for the provision
of miscellaneous services budgeted at more than
$10,000;
(12) The issuance of any Common Shares of the Company;
(13) Withdrawal of the Company as the general partner
of the Partnership.
-11-
<PAGE>
(c) A Supermajority Vote of the Managers shall be required to
approve the Company's annual general and administrative budget.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Special Majority Vote
shall be required for the Company to take or cause to be taken, any of the
following actions in its role as Managing General Partner of the Partnership:
(1) Entering into any loan, note or other agreement
with, or approving fees or commissions to be paid
to, any Partner or Affiliate of any Partner (as
each such term is defined in the Partnership
Agreement);
(2) Amending or terminating agreements for the
provision of services to the Partnership or an
Affiliate of the Partnership, including
development, engineering, construction, operation,
maintenance, administration, sales, electronic
title tracking and trading information services;
(3) Amending or terminating agreements for the
provision of operation support services to the
Partnership or an Affiliate of the Partnership,
including legal, accounting and regulatory support
services, and for the provision of miscellaneous
services budgeted at more than $10,000;
(4) Determining whether the Partnership should pursue
legal, equitable or administrative rights or
remedies on behalf of the Partnership against a
Partner or one or more of its Affiliates;
(5) Exercising the audit rights of the Partnership or
Affiliates of the Partnership with respect to any
contract providing for such rights entered into
with a Partner or Affiliate of Partner.
(6) Determining indemnification rights pursuant to
Section 8.02(g) of the Partnership Agreement.
(e) The unanimous vote of the Managers shall be required for
the Company to take or cause to be taken, in its role as Managing General
Partner of the Partnership, any action with respect to approval of the
construction of any new facility other than an approved Expansion of a Facility.
6.16 LIABILITY OF MANAGERS. A Manager shall not be liable under any
judgment, decree or order of a court, or in any other manner, for any debt,
obligation or liability of the Company by reason of his acting as a Manager of
the Company. A Manager of the Company shall
-12-
<PAGE>
not be personally liable to the Company or its Members for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a Manager, except for liability for any acts or
omissions that involve intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of
law or for a distribution in violation of the Delaware Act as a result of the
willful or grossly negligent act or omission of the Manager. If the laws of the
State of Delaware are amended after the date of this Agreement to authorize
action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Managers, then
the liability of a Manager of the Company, in addition to the limitation on
personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent
permitted by the amended laws of the State of Delaware. Any repeal or
modification of this Section 6.16 by the Members of the Company shall be
prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal
liability of a Manager of the Company existing at the time of such repeal or
modification or thereafter arising as a result of acts or omissions prior to the
time of such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE VII
OFFICERS
7.1 DESIGNATION. The officers of the Company shall consist of a
Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary, Treasurer and such other officers
as may be elected or appointed by the Managers. Any number of offices may be
held by the same person.
(a) The Chief Executive Officer of the Company, subject to the
control of the Managers, shall have general supervision and control of the
business, affairs and properties of the Company and its general officers. The
Chief Executive Officer shall possess the same power as the President to sign
all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Company which may be
authorized by the Managers. The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform such
other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be
assigned to him by the Managers.
(b) The President shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the
Company and, subject to the control of the Managers and the Chief Executive
Officer, shall have general supervision of the business, affairs and properties
of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Managers are
carried into effect. The President shall also perform such other duties and may
exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by the
Managers and the Chief Executive Officer.
(c) The Treasurer shall be the treasurer of the Company and
shall have the custody of the Company's funds and securities and shall keep full
and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the
Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and
to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the
Managers. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be
ordered by the Managers, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and
shall render to the President and the Managers, at their regular meeting or when
the Managers so require, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of
the financial condition of the Company.
-13-
<PAGE>
(d) The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Managers
and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that
purpose. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings
of the Managers and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the
Managers, Chief Executive Officer or President, under whose supervision he or
she shall serve. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements,
certificates and other documents and records of the Company required by law to
be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.
7.2 POWERS AND DUTIES. The officers of the Company shall have such
powers and duties as generally pertain to their offices, except as modified
herein or by the Managers of the Company, as well as such powers and duties as
from time to time may be conferred by the Managers of the Company.
7.3 VACANCIES. Whenever any vacancies shall occur in any office by
death, resignation, increase in the number of offices of the Company, or
otherwise, the same shall be filled by the Managers of the Company, and the
officer so elected shall hold office until such officer's successor is elected
or appointed or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.
7.4 REMOVAL. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the
Managers of the Company may be removed by the Managers of the Company whenever
in their judgment the best interests of the Company will be served thereby, but
such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the
person so removed. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of
itself create contract rights.
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
8.1 GENERAL. The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses (as
this and all other capitalized words are defined in Section 8.9 hereof) to,
Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in effect on the
date of effectiveness of this Agreement, and to such greater extent as
applicable law may thereafter permit. The rights of Indemnitee provided under
the preceding sentence shall include, but not be limited to, the right to be
indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Act.
8.2 EXPENSES RELATED TO PROCEEDINGS. If Indemnitee is, by reason of
his Company Status, a witness in any Proceeding or is a party to and is
successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be
indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on
his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in
such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to any Matter
in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses
actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf relating to each
Matter. The termination of any Matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or
without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such Matter.
-14-
<PAGE>
8.3 ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. Indemnitee shall be advanced Expenses
within ten days after requesting them to the fullest extent permitted by the
Delaware Act.
8.4 REQUEST FOR INDEMNIFICATION. To obtain indemnification
Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request with such information
as is reasonably available to Indemnitee. The Secretary of the Company shall
promptly advise the Managers of the Company of such request.
8.5 NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights of indemnification and
advancement of Expenses as provided by this Article VIII shall not be deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled
under applicable law, this Agreement, any other agreement, a vote of the Members
of the Company or a resolution of the Managers of the Company, or otherwise. No
amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII or any provision thereof
shall be effective as to any Indemnitee for acts, events and circumstances that
occurred, in whole or in part, before such amendment, alteration or repeal. The
provisions of this Article VIII shall continue as to an Indemnitee whose Company
Status has ceased and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and
administrators.
8.6 INSURANCE AND SUBROGATION. To the extent the Company maintains
an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for Managers or
officers of the Company or of any other limited liability company, corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise
which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be
covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the
maximum extent of coverage available for any such Manager or officer under such
policy or policies.
In the event of any payment hereunder, the Company shall be
subrogated to the extent of such payment to all the rights of recovery of
Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary
to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to
enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
The Company shall not be liable under this Article VIII to make any
payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if, and to the extent that,
Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance
policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
8.7 SEVERABILITY. If any provision or provisions of this Article
VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason
whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and, to the
fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII shall be construed
so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid,
illegal or unenforceable.
8.8 CERTAIN PERSONS NOT ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Article VIII, no person shall be entitled to
indemnification or advancement of
-15-
<PAGE>
Expenses under this Article VIII with respect to any Proceeding, or any Matter
therein, brought or made by such person against the Company.
8.9 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Article VIII:
"Company Status" describes the status of a person who is or
was a Manager, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any
other limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at
the request of the Company.
"Expenses" shall include all reasonable attorneys' fees,
retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel
expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges,
postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the
types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing
to prosecute or defend, investigating, or being or preparing to be a witness in
a Proceeding.
"Indemnitee" includes any person who is, or is threatened to
be made, a witness in or a party to any Proceeding as described in Section 8.1
or 8.2 hereof by reason of his Company Status.
"Matter" is a claim, a material issue, or a substantial
request for relief.
"Proceeding" includes any action, suit, arbitration, alternate
dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other
proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.
8.10 NOTICES. Any communication required or permitted to the Company
shall be addressed to the Secretary of the Company and any such communication to
Indemnitee shall be addressed to his home address unless he specifies otherwise
and shall be personally delivered or delivered by overnight mail delivery.
8.11 CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS. The right to be indemnified or to the
advancement or reimbursement of Expenses (i) is a contract right based upon good
and valuable consideration, pursuant to which Indemnitee may sue as if these
provisions were set forth in a separate written contract between him and the
Company, (ii) is and is intended to be retroactive and shall be available as to
events occurring prior to the adoption of these provisions and (iii) shall
continue after any rescission or restrictive modification of such provisions as
to events occurring prior thereto.
-16-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IX
ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES
9.1 ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES. The certificates for the Common Shares
shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Managers or may be
uncertificated. In the case of certificated Common Shares, the Company shall
deliver certificates representing Common Shares to which Members are entitled.
Certificates representing such certificated Common Shares shall be signed by the
President and either the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and may bear the
seal of the Company or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of such officers upon
a certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose
facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to
be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the
Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer at the date of
its issuance. Upon the transfer of a Common Share, the Company shall issue
replacement Certificates according to such procedures as the Company may
reasonably establish.
ARTICLE X
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
10.1 ALLOCATIONS. Except as may otherwise be unanimously agreed by
the Managers with the consent of the Members, all items of income, gain, loss,
deduction, and credit of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in
accordance with their ownership interest in the Company expressed as a
percentage of the total Common Shares issued and outstanding.
10.2 DISTRIBUTIONS. From time to time the Managers, by unanimous
agreement, may determine to what extent (if any) the Company's cash on hand
exceeds its current and anticipated needs, including, without limitation, for
operating expenses, debt service, acquisitions, and a reasonable contingency
reserve, and if such an excess exists, cause the Company to distribute to the
Members, in accordance with their ownership interest in the Company expressed as
a percentage of the total Common Shares issued and outstanding (or such other
proportions as all of the Managers may agree, with the consent of the Members)
an amount in cash equal to that excess.
ARTICLE XI
DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION
11.1 DISSOLUTION. The Company shall dissolve upon the occurrence of
any of the following events:
(a) if the Members so agree in writing;
-17-
<PAGE>
(b) if the holders of a majority of the voting power of all
issued and outstanding Common Shares generally entitled to vote in the
election of Managers vote to dissolve the Company; or
(c) as otherwise provided under the Delaware Act.
11.2 EFFECT OF DISSOLUTION. Upon the occurrence of any of the events
specified in this Article effecting the dissolution of the Company, the Company
shall cease to carry on its business, except insofar as may be necessary for the
winding up of its business, but its separate existence shall continue until a
certificate of cancellation has been issued by the Secretary of State or until a
decree dissolving the Company has been entered by a court of competent
jurisdiction.
11.3 WINDING UP, LIQUIDATING AND DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS.
(a) Upon dissolution, an accounting shall be made of the
accounts of the Company and of the Company's assets, liabilities and operations,
from the date of the last previous accounting until the date of dissolution. The
Managers shall immediately proceed to wind up the affairs of the Company.
(b) If the Company is dissolved and its affairs are to be
wound up, the Managers shall (1) sell or otherwise liquidate all of the
Company's assets as promptly as practicable (except to the extent the Managers
may determine to distribute any assets in kind to the Members), (2) allocate any
income or loss resulting from such sales to the Members in accordance with this
Agreement, (3) discharge all liabilities to creditors in the order of priority
as provided by law, (4) discharge all liabilities of the Members (other than
liabilities to Members or for Capital Contributions to the extent unpaid in
breach of an obligation to do so), including all costs relating to the
dissolution, winding up and liquidation and distribution of assets, (5)
establish such reserves as the Managers may determine to be reasonably necessary
to provide for contingent liabilities of the Company, (6) discharge any
liabilities of the Company to the Members other than on account of their
interests in Company capital or profits and (7) distribute the remaining assets
and properties of the Company, tangible and intangible, to the Members, either
in cash or in kind, as determined by the Managers, PRO RATA according to the
relative number of Common Shares held by each. If any assets of the Company are
to be distributed in kind, the net fair market value of such assets as of the
date of dissolution shall be determined by independent appraisal or by agreement
of the Managers.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement, upon a liquidation of the Company no Member shall have any obligation
to make any contribution to the capital of the Company other than any Capital
Contributions such Member agreed to make in accordance with this Agreement.
(d) Upon completion of the winding up, liquidation and
distribution of the assets, the Company shall be deemed terminated.
-18-
<PAGE>
(e) The Managers shall comply with any applicable requirements
of applicable law pertaining to the winding up of the affairs of the Company and
the final distribution of its assets.
11.4 CERTIFICATE OF CANCELLATION. When all debts, liabilities and
obligations have been paid and discharged or adequate provisions have been made
therefor and all of the remaining property and assets have been distributed to
the Members, a Certificate of Cancellation shall be executed in duplicate, and
verified by the person signing the Certificate of Cancellation and filed with
the Delaware Secretary of State, which Certificate shall set forth the
information required by the Delaware Act.
11.5 RETURN OF CONTRIBUTION NON-RECOURSE TO OTHER MEMBERS. Except as
provided by law, upon dissolution, each Member shall look solely to the assets
of the Company for the return of the Member's Capital Contribution. If the
Company property remaining after the payment or discharge of the debts and
liabilities of the Company is insufficient to return the cash or other property
contribution of one or more Members, such Member or Members shall have no
recourse against any other Member.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
12.1 AMENDMENTS. This Agreement may be amended, altered or repealed
by the majority vote of the Members at any annual or special meeting and, except
as may be otherwise required by law, the power to amend, alter or repeal this
Agreement by Supermajority Vote is also vested in the Managers. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, amendments or alterations to Sections 5.8, 6.1, 6.2, 6.9, 6.13,
6.14, 6.15 and 12.1 shall require the unanimous vote of the Managers or the
majority of the Members, as the case may be.
12.2 BOOKS AND RECORDS. The Company shall keep books and records of
account and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of its Members, its Managers
and each committee of its Managers.
12.3 WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be given
to any Member, Manager or committee member under the provisions of the Delaware
Act or this Agreement, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or
persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated
therein, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice.
12.4 RESIGNATIONS. Any Manager or officer may resign at any time.
Such resignations shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time
specified therein, or, if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by
the President or the Secretary of the Company. The acceptance of a resignation
shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the
resignation.
-19-
<PAGE>
12.5 SEAL. The seal of the Company shall be in such form as the
Managers may adopt.
12.6 FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Company shall end on the
31st day of December of each year or as otherwise provided by a resolution
adopted by the Managers.
12.7 APPLICATION OF DELAWARE LAW. This Agreement, and the
application of interpretation hereof, shall be governed exclusively by its terms
and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and specifically the Delaware Act.
12.8 WAIVER OF ACTION FOR PARTITION. Each Member irrevocably waives,
during the term of the Company, any right that such Member may have to maintain
any action for partition with respect to the property of the Company.
12.9 EXECUTION OF ADDITIONAL INSTRUMENTS. Each Member hereby agrees
to execute such other and further statements of interest and holdings,
designations, powers of attorney and other instruments necessary to comply with
any laws, rules or regulations.
12.10 HEADINGS. The headings in this Agreement are inserted for
convenience only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or
limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
12.11 WAIVERS. No waiver of any right under this Agreement shall be
effective unless evidenced in writing and executed by the Person entitled to the
benefits thereof. The failure of any party to seek redress for violation of or
to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant or condition of this
Agreement shall not prevent another act or omission, which would have originally
constituted a violation, from having the effect of an original violation.
12.12 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. The rights and remedies
provided by this Agreement are cumulative and the use of any one right or remedy
by any party shall not preclude or waive the right to use any or all other
rights or remedies. Said rights and remedies are given in addition to any other
rights the parties may have by law, statute, ordinance or otherwise.
12.13 SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement or the
application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application
thereof shall not be affected and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent
permitted by law.
12.14 HEIRS, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Each and all of the covenants,
terms, provisions and agreements herein contained shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and, to the extent permitted by this
Agreement, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and
assigns.
-20-
<PAGE>
12.15 CREDITORS. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be
for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Company.
12.16 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one
and the same instrument.
-21-
<PAGE>
EXECUTED to be effective as of the 31st day of December, 1997.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
By: MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE,
L.L.C., as General Partner
By:______________________________________
Anthony J. Clark
Vice President, Secretary and Chief
Financial Officer
-22-
EXHIBIT 3.11
CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
EGAN HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
This Certificate of Limited Partnership of Egan Hub Partners, L.P. (the
"Partnership") is being executed and filed by the undersigned General Partner
in connection with the formation of a limited partnership under the Delaware
Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (Delaware Code, Title 6, Chapter 17).
ARTICLE ONE
The name of the limited partnership to be formed is Egan Hub Partners, L.P.
ARTICLE TWO
The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of
Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle
County, Delaware, 19801, and the name and address of the registered agent for
service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware is The
Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street,
Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.
ARTICLE THREE
The name and business address of the general partner of the Partnership is
Egan Hub Partners, Inc., 44084 Riverside Parkway, Suite 340, Lansdowne, Virginia
22075.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 20th day
of December, 1994.
EGAN HUB PARTNERS, INC.
GENERAL PARTNER
By: /s/ J. CHRIS JONES
J. Chris Jones
VICE PRESIDENT
<PAGE>
CONSENT TO USE OF NAME
The undersigned, being the sole initial director of Egan Hub Partners, Inc.
hereby consents to the use of the name "Egan Hub Partners, L.P." by Egan Hub
Partners, L.P.
Executed and effective this 20th day of December, 1994.
/s/ J. CHRIS JONES
J. Chris Jones
Vice President
EXHIBIT 3.12
AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
EGAN HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
Dated as of December 15, 1994
<PAGE>
INDEX
PAGE
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND TERMS.................................... 1
1.01 Definitions.............................................. 1
1.02 Terms Generally.......................................... 3
ARTICLE II. FORMATION OF PARTNERSHIP................................. 3
2.01 Formation................................................ 3
2.02 Name..................................................... 4
2.03 Principal Office, Registered Office
and Agent for Service of Process........................ 4
2.04 Purpose.................................................. 4
2.05 Term..................................................... 4
2.06 Partners................................................. 4
ARTICLE III. CONTRIBUTIONS............................................ 5
3.01 Scheduled Contributions.................................. 5
3.02 Additional Contributions................................. 5
3.03 No Return................................................ 5
ARTICLE IV. DISTRIBUTIONS............................................ 5
4.01 Distributions............................................ 5
ARTICLE V. CONTROL OF THE PARTNERSHIP............................... 5
5.01 Power and Authority...................................... 5
5.02 Inquiries................................................ 6
5.03 Compensation............................................. 7
ARTICLE VI. TRANSFER OR SALE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS................ 7
6.01 Partner Approvals........................................ 7
6.02 Substitution of Assignee................................. 7
6.03 Permitted Security Interests............................. 7
ARTICLE VII. BOOKS AND RECORDS AND ACCOUNTING......................... 8
7.01 Financial Information.................................... 8
7.02 Fiscal Year.............................................. 8
7.03 Access to Books and Records.............................. 8
ARTICLE VIII. RESPONSIBILITIES OF PARTNERS AND OFFICERS................ 8
8.01 Liability to Partners.................................... 8
8.02 Indemnification.......................................... 9
8.03 Time Devoted to Affairs; Other Ventures.................. 11
8.04 Good Faith Reliance on Agreement......................... 12
-i-
<PAGE>
8.05 Certain Standards........................................ 12
ARTICLE IX. ADMISSION OF ADDITIONAL PARTNERS......................... 12
9.01 Admission Requirements................................... 12
ARTICLE X. ACTIONS OF THE PARTNERS.................................. 13
10.01 Written Consents......................................... 13
10.02 Authorization Requirements............................... 13
ARTICLE XI. WITHDRAWALS; LOANS....................................... 13
11.01 Withdrawals.............................................. 13
11.02 Loans from Partners...................................... 14
ARTICLE XII. DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION.............................. 14
12.01 Dissolution.............................................. 14
12.02 Winding Up............................................... 14
12.03 Distributions............................................ 15
12.04 Waiver of Partition...................................... 15
ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS............................................ 15
13.01 Notices.................................................. 15
13.02 Captions................................................. 15
13.03 Further Assurances....................................... 16
13.04 Successors and Assigns................................... 16
13.05 Governing Law............................................ 16
13.06 Integration.............................................. 16
13.07 Amendments............................................... 16
13.08 No Third-Party Rights.................................... 16
13.09 Relationship of the Partners............................. 16
13.10 Counterparts............................................. 17
13.11 Waiver................................................... 17
13.12 Appendices............................................... 17
APPENDIX A Tax Matters................................................A-1
APPENDIX B Facility...................................................B-1
-ii-
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
EGAN HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
This Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership dated as
of December 15, 1994 of Egan Hub Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,
is entered into by and between Egan Hub Partners, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("EHP GP") and Market Hub Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
("MHP"),
WHEREAS, the Partnership was initially formed by Egan Gas Storage
Company, Inc., a Texas corporation ("Storage") as limited partner and EHP GP as
general partner; thereafter, Egan Gas Storage Company, Inc. was merged with and
into the Partnership and as a result thereof TPC Gas Storage Services, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("TPC Inc.") succeeded Storage as limited partner of the
Partnership; thereafter TPC Inc. assigned its interests in the Partnership to
TPC Gas Storage Services, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("TPC LP"); and
thereafter TPC LP assigned such interests in the Partnership to MHP.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto do hereby amend and restate the
agreement of limited partnership of the Partnership to be as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND TERMS
1.01 DEFINITIONS. Unless the context otherwise requires, the
following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this
Agreement:
ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTION: As defined in Section 3.02.
AFFILIATE: With respect to any Partner (a) any director, officer,
employee or (if such Partner is a partnership) partner of such Partner; and (b)
any other person or entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with such Partner. As used
<PAGE>
herein, "control" shall mean the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of a Partner, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise.
AGREEMENT: This Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to
time in accordance with the provisions hereof.
BUSINESS DAY: Monday through Friday of each week, except that a
legal holiday recognized as such by the United States shall not be recognized as
a Business Day.
CERTIFICATE: As defined in Section 2.01.
CONTRIBUTIONS: As to any Partner, the agreed value of any property
and the amount of cash contributed by it under Article III.
DISTRIBUTABLE CASH: At any time, all cash of the Partnership at such
time in excess of the amount which the Managing General Partner determines is
required to meet the Partnership's anticipated obligations (including reserves
for projected expenditures, working capital and contingencies), and subject to
restrictions imposed by debt agreements.
DRULPA: As defined in Section 2.01.
FACILITY: The LA-1 market hub and high deliverability gas storage
facilities, or the right to own and develop such facilities, together with
real-time nomination, allocation and title tracking systems and gas trading
platforms, that are referenced on Appendix B hereto or that may be approved by
the Managing General Partner.
GENERAL PARTNER: The person admitted as a general partner to the
Partnership and who owns, at the time, the right to receive distributions from
the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.
LIMITED PARTNER: The person admitted as the limited partner to the
Partnership.
-2-
<PAGE>
MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER: Egan Hub Partners, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, or its successors, if any.
OWNERSHIP PERCENTAGE: With respect to EHP GP, 1.0102%, and with
respect to MHP, 98.9898%.
PARTNERS: The General Partner and the Limited Partner.
PARTNERSHIP: The limited partnership formed pursuant to this
Agreement.
PARTNERSHIP'S ACCOUNTANTS: Such firm of independent public
accountants as are selected, from time to time, by the Managing General Partner.
1.02 TERMS GENERALLY. The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply
equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the
context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine,
feminine and neuter forms. The words "include," "includes" and "including" shall
be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation."
ARTICLE II.
FORMATION OF PARTNERSHIP
2.01 FORMATION. The parties hereto hereby continue the Partnership
pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act ("DRULPA"). The
Managing General Partner of the Partnership has caused to be filed the
certificate of limited partnership ("Certificate") required by the DRULPA and
shall cause to be filed such other certificates or filings as may be required
for the formation and operation of the Partnership in the State of Delaware or
any other state in which the Partnership elects to do business.
2.02 NAME. The name of the Partnership shall be "Egan Hub Partners,
L.P." The Partnership may change its name or adopt such trade or fictitious
names as it may determine. The Managing General Partner shall give the Partners
prompt written notice of any such changes.
-3-
<PAGE>
2.03 PRINCIPAL OFFICE, REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT FOR SERVICE OF
PROCESS. The principal office of the Partnership shall be 44084 Riverside
Parkway, Suite 340, Lansdowne, Virginia 22075 or such other place as shall be
determined by the Managing General Partner. The Managing General Partner shall
give the Partners prompt written notice of any change in the principal place of
business of the Partnership. The name of the registered agent for service of
process on the Partnership in Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company. The
address of the registered agent and the address of the registered office of the
Partnership in Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street,
Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.
2.04 PURPOSE. The principal purpose of the Partnership shall be to
develop, construct, own and operate the Facility and to engage in such other
business and activities as shall be incidental to or related to the foregoing or
as may be determined by the Managing General Partner from time to time and
permitted by law. Such activities may be undertaken directly by the Partnership
or through its subsidiaries.
2.05 TERM. The Partnership shall continue in effect under the terms
of this Agreement from the date hereof until dissolved and liquidated in the
manner provided in Article XII.
2.06 PARTNERS.
(a) GENERAL PARTNER. The general partner of the Partnership is
EHP GP.
(b) LIMITED PARTNER. MHP is the limited partner of the
Partnership.
ARTICLE III.
CONTRIBUTIONS
3.01 SCHEDULED CONTRIBUTIONS. Each Partner (or its predecessor in
interest) has made Contributions to the Partnership.
-4-
<PAGE>
3.02 ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTIONS. The Partners shall be obligated to
make such additional Contributions to the Partnership (an "Additional
Contribution") at such times as shall be proposed and approved from time to time
by the Managing General Partner. Any such Additional Contribution shall be made
by all Partners in proportion to their relative Ownership Percentages.
3.03 NO RETURN. Except as and to the extent otherwise expressly
provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall be entitled to a return of, or
interest on, its Contributions or on any undistributed funds held by the
Partnership.
ARTICLE IV.
DISTRIBUTIONS
4.01 DISTRIBUTIONS. From time to time, the Managing General Partner
may determine the amount of Distributable Cash, if any, which is to be
distributed by the Partnership, and any such amounts shall be divided among the
Partners in proportion to their Ownership Percentages.
ARTICLE V.
CONTROL OF THE PARTNERSHIP
5.01 POWER AND AUTHORITY. Except as otherwise expressly provided by
this Agreement or by nonwaivable provisions of applicable law, (i) the
management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be
vested in the Managing General Partner, which
may act on behalf of the Partnership without the consent of the individual
Partners, (ii) all decisions respecting any matter set forth herein or otherwise
affecting or arising out of the conduct of the business of the Partnership shall
be made by the Managing General Partner, (iii) the Managing General Partner
shall have the exclusive right and full authority to manage, conduct and control
the Partnership's business and to effect the purposes and provisions of this
Agreement and (iv) the
-5-
<PAGE>
Managing General Partner shall have full authority to do all things in the
conduct of the business of the Partnership deemed necessary or desirable by the
Managing General Partner.
5.02 INQUIRIES. In no event shall any person, other than a Partner,
dealing with the Managing General Partner with respect to any business or
property of the Partnership be obligated to ascertain that the provisions of
this Agreement have been complied with or be obligated to inquire into the
necessity or expedience of any act or action of the Managing General Partner;
and every contract, agreement, deed, mortgage, security agreement, promissory
note or other instrument or document executed by the Managing General Partner
with respect to any business or property of the Partnership shall be conclusive
evidence in favor of any person relying on or claiming thereunder (in the
absence of such person's actual knowledge to the contrary) that (i) at the time
of the execution and delivery thereof, this Agreement was in full force and
effect, (ii) such instrument or document was duly executed in accordance with
the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership,
and (iii) the Managing General Partner was duly authorized and empowered to
execute and deliver any instrument or document for and on behalf of the
Partnership. Any act of the Managing General Partner that purports to be on
behalf of the Partnership shall be binding on the Partnership as against all
third parties who act in reliance thereon and who do not have actual knowledge
of such Managing General Partner's lack or abuse of authority.
5.03 COMPENSATION. The Managing General Partner is not entitled to
compensation for its services as Managing General Partner, but is entitled to be
reimbursed on a monthly basis for its reasonable operating, administrative and
office expenses related to the conduct of the Partnership's business including,
without limitation (i) costs of personnel employed by, or on loan to, the
Managing General Partner to conduct the Partnership's business, (ii)
expenditures for office space and (iii) costs attributable to using existing
office equipment or purchasing new office
-6-
<PAGE>
equipment authorized in an approved Budget, expenditures for office supplies,
expenses for communications, and other reasonable out-of-pocket costs.
ARTICLE VI.
TRANSFER OR SALE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
6.01 PARTNER APPROVALS. Each Partner agrees not to sell, assign, or
otherwise transfer (collectively, a "Transfer") all or any part of its interest
in the Partnership. Any purported Transfer (including a purported Transfer upon
the foreclosure of or other realization upon a security interest) which is made
by a Partner is void and shall be of no effect whatsoever.
6.02 SUBSTITUTION OF ASSIGNEE.
No person who has acquired all or a part of an interest in the
Partnership who is not already a limited partner of the Partnership shall be
admitted as a substituted limited partner of the Partnership with respect to
such interest in the Partnership without the prior written approval of each
Partner which approval may be given or not in the sole discretion of each such
Partner.
6.03 PERMITTED SECURITY INTERESTS. The requirements of this Article
VI shall not apply to a collateral assignment, pledge or other transfer creating
a security interest in all or any portion of a Partner's interest in the
Partnership under any mortgage, indenture or deed of trust created by such
Partner not otherwise prohibited by the terms of any credit agreement or other
instrument evidencing debt to which the Partnership is then subject.
ARTICLE VII.
BOOKS AND RECORDS AND ACCOUNTING
7.01 FINANCIAL INFORMATION. The Partnership shall maintain adequate
books and records of account which shall be kept in accordance with the method
of accounting determined by the Managing General Partner, and shall reflect all
Partnership transactions and be appropriate and
-7-
<PAGE>
adequate for the Partnership's business. During the term of the Partnership, the
Partnership shall furnish to the Managing General Partner such reports as the
Managing General Partner shall determine.
7.02 FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year for the Partnership shall be the
calendar year or such other fiscal year as may be determined by the Managing
General Partner.
7.03 ACCESS TO BOOKS AND RECORDS. The Managing General Partner shall
permit, after reasonable notice, access to all books, records and facilities of
the Partnership at any reasonable time to any Partner or its representative.
ARTICLE VIII.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF PARTNERS AND OFFICERS
8.01 LIABILITY TO PARTNERS. No Partner of the Partnership or
director, officer, partner, or employee of a Partner shall be liable to the
Partnership or to any Partner for any losses sustained or liabilities incurred
as a result of any act or omission if (i) such person acted in good faith and in
a manner it reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests
of the Partnership, and (ii) its conduct did not constitute gross negligence or
willful or wanton misconduct.
8.02 INDEMNIFICATION.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Partner and each
director, officer, partner and employee of each Partner (individually, an
"Indemnitee") shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership
from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint
and several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments,
fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims,
demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the
Partnership), in which the Indemnitee may be involved, or threatened to be
-8-
<PAGE>
involved, as a party or otherwise by reason of its status as a Partner or
a director, officer, partner or employee of a Partner, regardless of
whether the Indemnitee continues to be a Partner of the Partnership or
director, officer, partner or employee of a Partner at the time any such
liability or expense is paid or incurred, if (i) the Indemnitee acted in
good faith and in a manner it reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed
to, the best interests of the Partnership, and, with respect to any
criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe its conduct was
unlawful, and (ii) the Indemnitee's conduct did not constitute gross
negligence or willful or wanton misconduct. The termination of any action,
suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a
plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a
presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that
specified in (i) or (ii) above.
(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Indemnitee shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership against any and all
expenses (including legal fees and expenses) arising from any and all
claims, demands, actions, suits or
proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, brought by
or in the right of the Partnership, in which the Indemnitee may be
involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise by reason
of its status as a Partner or director, officer, partner or employee of a
Partner, regardless of whether the Indemnitee continues to be a Partner or
director, officer, partner or employee of a Partner at the time any such
expense is paid or incurred, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in
a manner it reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best
interests of the Partnership, and, with respect to any criminal
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe its conduct was unlawful,
except that no indemnification may be made with respect to any claim,
demand, action, suit or proceeding as to which such person
-9-
<PAGE>
shall have been adjudged to be liable for gross negligence or willful or
wanton misconduct unless and only to the extent that the court in which
such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding was brought shall determine
upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view
of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that such court shall
deem proper.
(c) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses incurred by an
Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding
subject to this Section 8.02 shall, from time to time, be advanced by the
Partnership prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action,
suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by
or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount unless it shall be
determined that such person is entitled to be indemnified as authorized in
this Section 8.02.
(d) The indemnification provided by this Section 8.02 shall be in
addition to any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled
under any agreement, vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or
otherwise, both as to action in the Indemnitee's capacity as a Partner or
director, officer, partner or employee of a Partner and to action in
another capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to
serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.
(e) In no event may an Indemnitee subject any General Partner or
Limited Partner of the Partnership to personal liability by reason of
these indemnification provisions.
(f) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification, in whole or
in part, under this Section 8.02 because the Indemnitee had an interest in
the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the
transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
-10-
<PAGE>
(g) Any indemnification under this Section 8.02, unless ordered by a
court, shall be made by the Partnership only as authorized in the specific
case and only upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnitee
is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in the pertinent subsection, such
determination to be made (i) by the General Partner, if the General
Partner is not a named defendant or respondent in the proceeding, (ii) by
a majority of the Limited Partners or (iii) in a written opinion of
independent legal counsel.
8.03 TIME DEVOTED TO AFFAIRS; OTHER VENTURES. No Partner shall be
required to devote its full time and effort to Partnership affairs, but only
such time and effort as each in such person's judgment deems to be reasonably
necessary and appropriate in pursuit of the affairs of the Partnership. Except
as otherwise prohibited by contract, any Partner may engage in any
other business venture of every nature, independently or with others, and no
other Partner shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in and to such
ventures or to the revenues or profits derived therefrom.
8.04 GOOD FAITH RELIANCE ON AGREEMENT. To the extent that, at law or
in equity, the Partners have duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities
relating thereto to the Partnership or to another Partner, the Partners acting
under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any such other
Partner for their good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The
provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they expand or restrict the
duties and liabilities of the Partners otherwise existing at law or in equity,
are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of the
Partners.
8.05 CERTAIN STANDARDS. Whenever in this Agreement any Partner is
permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its "sole discretion" or
"discretion," or under a similar grant of
-11-
<PAGE>
authority or latitude, such Partner shall be entitled to consider only such
interests and factors as it desires and may consider its own interests, and
shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or
factors affecting the Partnership or the other Partners, or (ii) in "good faith"
or under another express standard, such Partner shall be entitled to act under
such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different
standards imposed by this Agreement or by law or any other agreement
contemplated herein.
ARTICLE IX.
ADMISSION OF ADDITIONAL PARTNERS
9.01 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS. Admission of new Limited Partners and
the terms and conditions thereof (including the terms of any interests in or
securities of the Partnership sold thereto) must be approved by the Managing
General Partner. Any such admission is effective only after the new Limited
Partner has executed and delivered to the Partnership a document including the
new Partner's notice address and its agreement to be bound to this Agreement.
ARTICLE X.
ACTIONS OF THE PARTNERS
10.01 WRITTEN CONSENTS. Actions of the Partners shall be taken by
means of a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken and signed by
Partners representing not less than the minimum Ownership Percentage that is
necessary to authorize such action pursuant to this Agreement. All such consents
shall be filed with the Partnership records. To the extent that the written
consent represents a consent by less than all Partners, those Partners not
consenting to such action or actions shall receive notice of the actions taken
by written consent within 10 days of the written consent.
-12-
<PAGE>
10.02 AUTHORIZATION REQUIREMENTS. Except as otherwise provided in
this Agreement, the act of Partners representing a majority by Ownership
Percentages shall be the act of the Partners and all references to actions by a
majority of the Partners shall be deemed to refer to a majority by Ownership
Percentage.
ARTICLE XI.
WITHDRAWALS; LOANS
11.01 WITHDRAWALS. Each Partner hereby agrees that it will not
withdraw from the Partnership during the term of this Agreement; provided,
however, that such covenant is not specifically enforceable. Each Partner agrees
that if it does withdraw in violation of this provision, it will be liable to
the Partnership for any damages caused by such withdrawal. Except as otherwise
provided herein, no Partner shall have the right to withdraw any part of its
Contribution to the Partnership or to receive any distribution of, or interest
on, such Contribution.
11.02 LOANS FROM PARTNERS. The Partnership may borrow money from any
Partner or an Affiliate thereof but only on terms and conditions approved by the
Managing General Partner. Loans by a Partner to the Partnership shall not be
considered Contributions to the Partnership.
ARTICLE XII.
DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION
12.01 DISSOLUTION. The Partnership shall be dissolved upon the first
to occur of any of the following events:
(a) The written determination (making reference to this Section
12.01) of a majority of the Partners;
(b) The withdrawal, within the meaning of the DRULPA, of the
Managing General Partner;
-13-
<PAGE>
(c) December 31, 2024; or
(d) As otherwise provided by law.
Any dissolution of the Partnership shall be effective on the date
the event occurs giving rise to the dissolution, but the Partnership shall not
terminate until its affairs have been wound up and its assets distributed as
provided in this Article XII. The Partnership shall not be dissolved and wound
up by virtue of the withdrawal of a General Partner if the remaining Partners
elect within 30 days after such withdrawal to continue the Partnership. If such
election to continue is made, such remaining Partners shall continue the
business of the Partnership and take any and all such action as may be necessary
or appropriate to reconstitute the Partnership including the election of a new
Managing General Partner.
12.02 WINDING UP. Upon dissolution of the Partnership, the Managing
General Partner shall wind up the affairs of the Partnership in accordance with
applicable law, and incident thereto, unless satisfactory arrangements are
otherwise made, shall sell sufficient Partnership assets to pay all Partnership
liabilities and shall sell or otherwise dispose of all other Partnership assets;
provided, however, that prior to selling the Partnership's assets, the Managing
General Partner shall offer such assets for sale to the Partners pursuant to
bidding procedures designed to insure that such assets are sold for their fair
market value.
12.03 DISTRIBUTIONS. As soon as the actions contemplated by Section
12.02 have been completed, the cash proceeds, if any, from the sale of the
Partnership's assets shall be distributed by the Managing General Partner in
accordance with Article IV hereof.
12.04 WAIVER OF PARTITION. Each Partner hereby waives until
termination of the Partnership any and all rights that such Partner may have to
maintain an action for partition of the Partnership's assets.
-14-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE XIII.
MISCELLANEOUS
13.01 NOTICES. All notices, offers or other communications required
or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and
shall be considered as properly given or made if mailed from within the United
States by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, or by prepaid
telegram or telex, and addressed, as the case may be, to the Partnership at
44084 Riverside Parkway, Lansdowne, Virginia 22075, or to a Partner at its
address as set forth on the signature page of this Agreement. The Partnership
may change its address by giving a notice thereof stating its new address to the
Partners. Any Partner may change its address by giving a notice thereof stating
its new address to the Partnership.
13.02 CAPTIONS. Captions contained in this Agreement are inserted
only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, extend or describe
the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.
13.03 FURTHER ASSURANCES. The Partners will execute and deliver such
further instruments and take or refrain from taking any action as may be
necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.
13.04 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, all provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
benefit of, and be enforceable by and against the respective heirs, executors,
administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of each of the
Partners.
13.05 GOVERNING LAW. NOTWITHSTANDING THE PLACE WHERE THIS AGREEMENT
MAY BE EXECUTED BY ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT
ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS HEREOF SHALL BE
-15-
<PAGE>
CONSTRUED UNDER THE SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AS NOW ADOPTED OR
AS MAY HEREAFTER BE AMENDED.
13.06 INTEGRATION. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
among the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all
prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings of the parties in
connection therewith.
13.07 AMENDMENTS. This Agreement, including the Appendices hereto,
may not be modified or amended unless a consent in writing setting forth the
amendment or modification shall be signed by a majority of the Partners.
13.08 NO THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS. Nothing in this Agreement shall be
deemed to create any right in any person not a party hereto (other than the
successors and assigns of a party hereto) and this instrument shall not be
construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of
any third party.
13.09 RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTNERS. The relationship between each of
the Partners shall be limited to the performance of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement. The relationship set forth in this Agreement
shall be construed and deemed to be a partnership created for the sole purpose
of carrying out the transactions contemplated hereby.
13.10 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in several
counterparts, each of which shall be an original of this Agreement, but all of
which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
13.11 WAIVER. No provision hereof may be waived, except with the
majority vote of the Partners. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict
performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or
to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a
-16-
<PAGE>
breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other
covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
13.12 APPENDICES. Appendices A and B hereto are incorporated by
reference herein and made a part of this Agreement, to the same extent as if
fully set forth herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
effective as of the date first written above.
GENERAL PARTNER:
EGAN HUB PARTNERS, INC.
By:____________________________
Name:
Title:
LIMITED PARTNER:
MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
By: MARKET HUB PARTNERS, INC.,
a general partner
By:____________________________
Name:
Title:
-17-
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
TAX MATTERS
1.01 TAX ITEMS.
A. ALLOCATIONS OF TAX ITEMS.
Each item of income and deduction recognized by the Partnership for
federal, state or local income tax purposes shall be allocated among the
Partners in the same manner that the corresponding item of tax book income or
tax book deduction is allocated pursuant to the provisions of this Appendix A;
provided, however, that
(i) if there are differences between the amount of an item for
income tax purposes and the amount of the corresponding item for tax book
purposes, then such item shall be allocated for income tax purposes taking
into account the allocation of such corresponding tax book item and the
provisions of Section 704(c) of the Internal Revenue Code applied in the
manner determined by the Managing General Partner, but
(ii) the traditional method of Treas. Reg. ss. 1.704-3(b) shall be
used in applying Section 704(c) with respect to the assets contributed to
the Partnership upon the formation thereof.
Items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit which are not allocated for
income tax purposes pursuant to the foregoing shall be allocated in the manner
determined by the Managing General Partner.
A-1
<PAGE>
The provisions of this Appendix A with respect to the allocation of
the Partnership's items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit for income
tax purposes may be amended by the Managing General Partner after any issuance
by the Partnership of an interest in the Partnership to reflect the effect of
such new interest in the Partnership taking into account applicable law and may
also be amended by the Managing General Partner if, in either case, the Managing
General Partner has received an opinion from Baker & Botts, L.L.P. or other
independent tax counsel of nationally recognized standing that such amendment is
appropriate to reflect the requirements of existing law; provided, however, that
clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph may not be amended without the consent of
each partner of MHP who would be adversely affected thereby.
B. TAX ELECTIONS.
The Managing General Partner shall determine whether the Partnership
shall make any election (including any election which may be permitted with
respect to the Partnership's method of accounting and any election for which
provision is made in Section 168 and Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code or
corresponding provisions of future law) which is available to the Partnership
for federal, state or local tax purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon
the transfer of an interest in MHP, the Partnership shall, if requested by MHP,
elect to adjust the basis of the Partnership property as allowed by Sections
743(b) and 754 of the Internal Revenue Code, or comparable provisions then in
effect, and if any such election is made, the Partnership shall make any tax
accounting adjustments resulting from such election in the information supplied
to the
A-2
<PAGE>
Partners, and the Partnership shall have the right to charge MHP for the
Partnership's reasonable expenses in making such adjustments.
C. PREPARATION OF TAX RETURNS.
The Managing General Partner shall use its reasonable efforts to
cause the Partnership to prepare and timely file, at the expense of the
Partnership, all tax returns of the Partnership and shall furnish to the
Partners the tax information reasonably required thereby for federal, state and
local tax reporting purposes.
D. TAX MATTERS PARTNER.
The Managing General Partner is hereby designated as the tax matters
partner, within the meaning of Section 6231(a)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code,
and is authorized to represent the Partnership at the Partnership's expense
(including the costs of professional services) in connection with any
examination of the Partnership's affairs by any tax authority and is authorized
so to represent the Partnership at the Partnership's expense in any
administrative or judicial proceedings in connection therewith.
Prompt notice shall be given to the Partners upon receipt of advice
that the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing authority intends to examine
any income tax return or records or books of the Partnership. Any Partner may
participate at such Partner's expense in any such administrative or judicial
proceeding to the extent provided by applicable law.
A-3
<PAGE>
E. ASSIGNOR-ASSIGNEE ALLOCATIONS.
The Partnership shall allocate items of income, gain, loss,
deduction and credit attributable to an interest in the Partnership that is
assigned between the assignor and assignee in accordance with the method the
Managing General Partner determines is required by the
Internal Revenue Code, and if the Managing General Partner determines that more
than one method is permitted, then such items shall be allocated in accordance
with the method that the Managing General Partner selects.
1.02 ALLOCATION OF TAX BOOK ITEMS.
A. RECOURSE ITEMS.
The items of tax book income and tax book deduction which are not
allocated pursuant to Section 1.02B hereof shall be allocated among the Partners
in proportion to their Ownership Percentages.
B. NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS; PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS.
1. Nonrecourse Deductions.
A book nonrecourse deduction, within the meaning of the Section
704(b) Regulations (which is referred to herein as a "tax book nonrecourse
deduction"), recognized by the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners
in proportion to their Ownership Percentages. Thereafter, each Partner is to be
allocated items of tax book income at the time or times and of the character and
in the amount required by the Section 704(b) Regulations in order to chargeback
such tax book nonrecourse deduction.
A-4
<PAGE>
2. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions.
A book partner nonrecourse deduction, within the meaning of the
Section 704(b) Regulations (which is referred to herein as a "tax book partner
nonrecourse deduction"), which is recognized by the Partnership shall be
allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss of the tax book
partner nonrecourse debt with which such partner nonrecourse deduction is
associated. If more than one Partner bears the economic risk of loss for a
partner nonrecourse liability, then such tax book partner nonrecourse deductions
shall be allocated among the Partners according to the ratios in which they bear
the economic risk of loss with respect to the indebtedness with which the
partner nonrecourse deduction is associated. Thereafter, each Partner shall be
allocated items of tax book income at the time or times and of the character and
in the amount required by the Section 704(b) Regulations in order to chargeback
such tax book partner nonrecourse deduction.
C. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.
1. Tax Book Income and Tax Book Deduction.
The items of tax book income and tax book deduction of the
Partnership for a taxable year are its items of income and deduction,
respectively, which are computed in accordance with the method of accounting
used by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes but using the tax book
basis computed in accordance with the method of accounting used by the
Partnership for federal income tax purposes but with regard to tax book income
and tax book deduction as the tax basis of each item of property. Such tax book
income and tax book deduction shall be adjusted as follows:
A-5
<PAGE>
(a) Any receipt of the Partnership which is not the proceeds
of a debt incurred by the Partnership that is permanently excluded from
gross income for federal income tax purposes or is exempt from federal
income tax, within the meaning of Section 705(a)(1)(B) of the Internal
Revenue Code, is included without duplication as an item of tax book
income.
(b) Any cost of the Partnership which is not a payment of
principal on a debt of the Partnership that for federal income tax
purposes is neither deductible currently, capitalized, nor taken into
account through some type of amortization or in computing gain or loss
upon the disposition of property and any expenditure of the Partnership
described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code (or which
is treated as an expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the
Internal Revenue Code pursuant to the Section 704(b) Regulations) is an
item of tax book deduction, as is any other reduction in tax book basis of
an asset of the Partnership. Such item of tax book deduction is recognized
when the cost is incurred or the tax basis is reduced.
2. Tax Book Basis.
(a) Initial tax book basis.
The initial tax book basis of an asset of the Partnership shall be
determined pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code as
its cost; provided that (i) the initial tax book basis of an asset that is
contributed to the Partnership shall be equal to the Fair Market Value
A-6
<PAGE>
thereof immediately after its contribution to the Partnership; and (ii) the
initial tax book basis of an asset the tax basis of which is determined, in
whole or in part, with reference to the tax basis of another asset of the
Partnership shall be so determined with reference to the adjusted tax book basis
of such asset.
(b) Certain adjustments to tax book basis.
The tax book basis of an asset shall be decreased in respect of tax
book depreciation or tax book amortization as provided below and shall be
increased or decreased in the case of an interest in a Facility Subsidiary or
other partnership as of the end of each taxable year of a Facility Subsidiary or
other partnership in the amount of the Partnership's distributive share of the
tax book income or tax book deductions of that Facility Subsidiary or other
partnership.
(c) Tax book depreciation.
The tax book basis of an asset shall be reduced to reflect tax book
depreciation or tax book amortization with respect to such asset for each
taxable year or portion thereof. In each case, tax book depreciation or tax book
amortization for a taxable year of the Partnership, or portion thereof, shall be
a fraction (which fraction is equal to the federal income tax depreciation or
amortization of such asset for such taxable year, or portion thereof, divided by
the adjusted tax basis of such asset at the beginning of the taxable year) of
the adjusted tax book basis of such asset at the beginning of the taxable year;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if the federal income tax depreciation or amortization with
respect to an asset for a taxable year is zero, tax book depreciation or tax
book
A-7
<PAGE>
amortization for the taxable year shall be determined with reference to the
adjusted tax book basis of such asset using any reasonable method selected by
the General Partner.
3. Fair Market Value.
The Fair Market Value of an asset is the fair market value thereof
as determined by the Managing General Partner; provided that in the case of the
assets which were contributed by Egan Gas Storage Compay, Inc. in the Merger,
the fair market value thereof (reduced by the amount of the assumed liabilities)
is $33,470,000.
4. Section 704(b) Regulations.
The term "Section 704(b) Regulations" means the regulations which
are issued from time to time pursuant to the authority of Section 704(b) of the
Internal Revenue Code.
A-8
<PAGE>
APPENDIX B
FACILITY
The LA-1 or Egan project is to be a natural gas underground storage
facility located in Acadia Parish, Louisiana. Upon full build-out the facility
is currently anticipated to have 3 caverns, a working gas capacity of
approximately 12 BCF, and 2.4 BCF/Day of withdrawal capacity. The facility is
expected to have at least four pipeline interconnects, and is located on
approximately 140 acres of land. The first cavern is currently under
construction.
B-1
EXHIBIT 5.1
[Letterhead of Baker and Botts L.L.P.]
June 26, 1998
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P.
Market Hub Partners Finance, Inc.
16420 Park 10 Place, Suite 420
Houston, Texas 77084
Ladies and Gentlemen:
As set forth in the Registration Statement on Form S-4
(Registration No. 333-51713), as amended, by Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership ("MHP Storage"), its wholly owned subsidiary,
Market Hub Partners Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Finance Corp." and,
together with MHP Storage, the "Issuers") and certain other wholly owned
subsidiaries of MHP Storage, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), in
connection with the offering by the Issuers of an aggregate of $115,000,000
principal amount of 8 1/4% Senior Notes due March 1, 2008 (the "Exchange
Notes"), certain legal matters are being passed upon for the Issuers by us. As
contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement dated March 4, 1998 (the
"Registration Rights Agreement") and on the terms set forth in the Registration
Statement, the Exchange Notes are being offered in exchange for the Issuers' 8
1/4% Senior Notes due March 1, 2008 (the "Old Notes") issued in a private
placement pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act (the "Exchange Offer").
The Exchange Notes are to be issued under an Indenture dated March 4, 1998 by
and among the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
Company (the "Indenture"). At your request, this opinion is being furnished for
filing as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement.
In our capacity as your counsel in connection with the Exchange
Offer, we have examined the formation and governing documents, as amended to
date, of the Issuers, the partnership and corporate proceedings of the Issuers,
the Indenture, the proposed form of Exchange Note and the Registration
Statement. We have also examined certificates of public officials or
representatives of the Issuers, statutes and other records, instruments and
documents as a basis for the opinions hereafter expressed. In giving such
opinions, we have relied upon certificates of officers of MHP Storage with
respect to the accuracy of the material factual matters contained in such
certificates.
On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the
Exchange Notes, when duly executed, authenticated and delivered in accordance
with the Indenture and issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the terms of,
the Exchange Offer and the Registration Rights Agreement, will
<PAGE>
constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuers, enforceable
against the Issuers, except as the enforceability thereof is subject to the
effect of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent
conveyance or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights
generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such
enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
We express no opinion with respect to any laws other than those
of Texas, the State of New York, the Federal laws of the United States and the
corporation law of the State of Delaware.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an Exhibit to
the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under "Legal Matters" in
the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement. This opinion is
furnished to you in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement and
is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise relied upon for any other
purpose.
Very truly yours,
/s/ BAKER & BOTTS, L.L.P.
BAKER & BOTTS, L.L.P.
-2-
EXHIBIT 10.3
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), entered into as of January
1, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), by and among MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership which is an owner of several other discrete
business entities (hereinafter collectively referred to as "MHP"), MARKET HUB
PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the "Company"), MARKET
HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.L.C., the general partner of the Company (the "General
Partner") and DONALD B. RUSSELL (the "Executive").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, MHP and the General Partner desire to employ and secure on behalf
of the Company the experience, abilities, and service of Executive upon the
terms and conditions specified herein; and
WHEREAS, Executive is willing to enter into this Agreement upon the terms
and conditions specified herein;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the terms and provisions
set forth herein, the mutual benefits to be gained by the performance thereof,
and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which
are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1. EMPLOYMENT.
The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts
such employment, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.
SECTION 2. TERM.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Executive shall
be employed by the Company for a period commencing on the Effective Date through
December 31, 1998 (the "Contract Term") unless sooner terminated pursuant to
Section 5 of this Agreement.
SECTION 3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
A. Capacity. The Executive shall serve in the capacity of President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Executive shall be responsible for
such general management activities as are consistent with the responsibilities
of said office and such other activities as may hereafter be assigned to him by
the Company. All such duties shall be performed in accordance with any written
or oral direction from time to time furnished to the Executive by the Board of
Directors of the Company. Executive shall report to the Chairman of the Board
(the "Chairman") of the Company and the General Partner.
B. Full-time Duties. The Executive shall devote his full business time,
attention, and energies to the business of the Company and the General Partner
and shall not be engaged in any other business activity, whether or not pursued
for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage, which would impair his ability to
fulfill his duties to the Company under this Agreement, without the prior
written consent of the Chairman. The Executive shall be allowed, to the extent
such activities do not substantially interfere with the performance by the
Executive of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, to (a) manage the
Executive's personal affairs, and (b)(i) serve on boards or committees of civic
or charitable organizations or trade associations, and (ii) serve on the board
of directors of any corporation; provided, however, that the Executive shall
advise the Chairman in writing of any such corporate directorship under clause
(b)(ii) and, if requested by the Chairman, the Executive shall first
demonstrate, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Chairman, that any such
directorship does not detract from the Executive's performance of his duties and
responsibilities under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this paragraph B
shall prevent the Executive from passively investing his assets in such a form
or manner as will not conflict with the terms of this Agreement and will not
require services on the part of the Executive in the operation of the business
of the companies or other enterprises in which such investments are made.
1
<PAGE>
C. Standard of Performance. The Executive will perform his duties under
this Agreement with fidelity and loyalty, to the best of his ability,
experience, and talent, and in a manner consistent with his fiduciary
responsibilities.
SECTION 4. COMPENSATION.
A. Base Salary. During the term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay
the Executive a salary (the "Base Salary") of $160,000 per annum, prorated for
partial years of employment. The Base Salary shall be payable twice monthly in
accordance with the general payroll practices of the Company in effect from time
to time.
B. Bonuses.
(1) The Executive shall receive a quarterly performance bonus during the
Contract Term. The actual bonus paid shall depend upon Executive's performance
and allocated at the discretion of the Company.
(2) Other special compensation may be awarded at the sole discretion of
the General Partner from time to time.
C. Incentive Compensation.
(1) In the event of a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined), that
occurs during the Contract Term, the Executive shall be due from the Company an
amount (the "Incentive Compensation") equal to one percent (1%) of the
increase in value of MHP. The Incentive Compensation will be paid in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement within forty-five (45) days of the date of
the Change in Control. The increase in value of MHP is calculated by subtracting
the value of MHP as of January 1, 1998, from the value of MHP as determined in
accordance with Section 4.C.(2) below. In any calculation of the increase in the
value of MHP under this provision, the parties shall include the increase in
value of all subsidiary entities, including the increase in value of all
subsidiary entities acquired or established hereafter from the date of
acquisition or establishment to the date of calculation.
For the sole purposes of this paragraph C, the value of MHP as of January
1, 1998, shall be determined based upon earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") for 1997 and an EBITDA multiple of
ten (10).
(2) The value of MHP will be as agreed to by MHP and the Executive. If
MHP and the Executive fail to reach agreement within thirty days of the Change
in Control event requiring the valuation, the Chief Financial Officer of MHP
will retain the services of an investment banker to prepare a determination of
value of MHP as of the date necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.
The investment banker shall determine the value of MHP in a manner consistent
with the methodology used to determine the value of MHP as of January 1, 1998,
using the EBITDA of MHP based upon the four fiscal quarters immediately
preceding the event requiring valuation. In determining the appropriate EBITDA
multiplier the investment banker shall take into account MHP's operations
history, asset value, business prospects, any EBITDA multiplier used to value
comparable companies or to derive the value of any interest in MHP sold in
connection with the Change in Control and in any other recent arm's-length
transaction, and other factors deemed to relevant by the investment banker to
determine enterprise value. In either case, in determining the value of MHP,
appropriate adjustments will be made to take into account any capital
contributions by its partners to MHP and distributions by MHP to its partners
since January 1, 1998. For example, the amount of a capital contribution made to
fund a shortfall in working capital might be deducted from the value otherwise
determined, while the amount of a capital contribution made to fund a redemption
by MHP of outstanding equity interests might not be so deducted. The value of
MHP shall not be less than the value determined on the basis of the value
established in the transaction resulting in the Change of Control.
(3) A "Change in Control" shall mean (i) a sale, transfer or other
disposition or a series of sales, transfers or other dispositions occurring
during the Contract Term of an aggregate of more than 50% of the beneficial
ownership interest in the equity of MHP by the holders of equity interests in
MHP as of January 1, 1998 (the "Original Partners"), (ii) the issuance by MHP
during the Contract Term of any new
2
<PAGE>
equity interest that, in the aggregate, exceeds 50% of the total equity interest
in MHP, to any one or more individuals, entities or groups that were not
Original Partners, (iii) a sale, transfer or disposition, or a series of sales,
transfers or dispositions during the Contract Term by MHP of assets of MHP
consulting, in the aggregate, more than 50% of the value of the assets of MHP,
or (iv) a change in more than 50% of the members of the Board of Directors of
MHP during the Contract Term as a result of any sale, transfer or other
disposition or a series of sales, transfers or other disposition, or a series of
sales, transfers or other dispositions of the legal or beneficial ownership
interest in the equity of MHP, including any transfer to an Original Partner.
D. Benefits.
(1) The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for
reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by him in
the course of the performance of his duties hereunder, upon the submission of an
itemized account of such expenditures in accordance with the expense
reimbursement policies applicable to executives as adopted by the Company from
time to time.
(2) If and to the extent that the Company maintains employee benefit plans
(including, but not limited to, pension, profit-sharing, disability, accident,
medical, life insurance, and hospitalization plans) (it being understood that
the Company may but shall not be obligated to do so), the Executive shall be
entitled to participate therein in accordance with the Company's regular
practices with respect to its executives. The Company will have the right to
amend or terminate any such benefit plans it may choose to establish.
(3) The Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of vacation,
together with holidays and other paid or unpaid leaves of absence as are
consistent with the Company's normal policies or as are otherwise approved by
the General Partner.
E. Payments. All payments to the Executive provided for under this
Agreement shall be paid in cash from the general funds of the Company and, in
the event the Company fails to satisfy its obligations hereunder, such
obligations shall be satisfied by MHP by cash payment from the general funds of
MHP. No special or separate funds shall be established and no other segregation
of assets shall be made to assure payment. The Executive shall have no right,
title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments that the Company or MHP
may make to aid it in meeting its obligations hereunder. To the extent that any
person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or MHP hereunder,
such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured creditor of the
Company or MHP.
SECTION 5. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
A. Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason.
(1) General. If, prior to the expiration of the Contract Term, the
Executive's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined in
Section 5.C), or if the Executive resigns from his employment hereunder for Good
Reason (as defined in Section 5.D), the Company shall pay the Executive his Base
Salary as then in effect through and including the date of termination or
resignation. In the event of involuntary termination during the Contract Term by
the Company without Cause, the Executive shall receive a lump sum cash payment
equal to two year's Base Salary as severance and relocation allowance, in
addition to any amounts set forth in the preceding sentence. With the exception
of health care coverage under the applicable laws, the Executive shall have no
further right to receive any other compensation, or to participate in any other
plan, arrangement or benefit, after such termination or resignation of
employment.
(2) Date of Termination. The date of termination of employment without
Case shall be the date specified in a written notice of termination to the
Executive. The date of resignation for Good Reason shall be the date specified
in the written notice of resignation from the Executive to the Company;
provided, however, that no such written notice shall be effective unless the
cure period specified in Section 5D has expired without the Company's having
corrected, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, the event or events
subject to cure. If no date of resignation is specified in the written notice
from the Executive to the Company, the date of termination shall be the first
day following such expiration of such cure period.
B. Termination for Cause; Resignation without Good Reason.
3
<PAGE>
(1) General. If, prior to the expiration of the Employment Term, the
Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or if the
Executive resigns from his employment hereunder other than for Good Reason, the
Executive shall be entitled only to payment of the Base Salary earned as then in
effect through and including the date of termination or resignation. With the
exception of health care coverage under the applicable laws, the Executive shall
have no further right to receive any other compensation, or to participate in
any other plan, arrangement, or benefit, after such termination or resignation
of employment.
(2) Date of Termination. The date of termination for Cause shall be the
date provided for in Section 5.0. The date of resignation without Good Reason
shall be the date specified in the written notice of resignation from the
Executive to the Company, or if no date is specified therein, 10 business days
after receipt by the Company of written notice of resignation from the
Executive.
C. Cause. Termination for "Cause" shall mean termination of the
Executive's employment because of:
(1) any act or omission which is willful and wrongful and is materially
injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of the General
Partner or the Company or any subsidiary thereof, unless such act or omission
was reasonably believed by the Executive in good faith to be in the best
interest of the General Partner or the Company or any subsidiary thereof; or
(2) the failure or refusal of the Executive substantially to perform the
material duties of his position with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
In each case, an act or omission that may constitute cause under C.(2)
above must be confirmed by directors of the General Partner (the "Board")
representing stockholders, which stockholders represent voting percentages of at
least 80% in the aggregate. The Company must give the Executive written notice
of its objection to such act or omission within ninety days after the Company
learns of such event. The Executive shall have thirty days from receipt of said
notice to correct the act or omission. In the event the Executive fails to
correct the cause as outlined in said notice, the Company shall notify the
Executive that the Company intends to terminate the Executive's employment for
Cause under this Section 5.C (the "Confirmation Notice"). The Confirmation
Notice shall specify the act, or acts, upon the basis of which the majority of
the Board has so confirmed the existence of Cause. If the Executive notifies the
Company in writing (the "Opportunity Notice") within five days after the
Executive has received the Confirmation Notice, the Executive shall be provided
one opportunity to meet with the Board (or a sufficient quorum thereof) to
discuss such act or acts. Such opportunity to meet shall be fixed and shall
occur on a date selected by the Board (such date being not less than five or
more than forty-five days after the Company receives the Opportunity Notice from
the Executive). Such meeting shall take place at the principal offices of the
Company. The Executive may be accompanied by his legal counsel. During the
period commencing on the date of the Confirmation Notice and ending on the date
next succeeding the date on which such meeting between the Board (or a
sufficient quorum thereof) and the Executive is scheduled to occur, the
Executive shall be suspended with pay from his employment with the Company and
the Board may, during such suspension period, reasonably limit the Executive's
access to the principal offices of the Company or the General Partner or any of
their respective assets, and during such suspension period, the Executive shall
not have the authority to bind the Company or act on its behalf. If the Board
properly sets the date of such meeting and if the Board (or a sufficient quorum
thereof) attends such meeting and does not rescind its confirmation at such
meeting or if the Executive fails to attend such meeting for any reason, the
Executive's employment by the Company shall, immediately upon the closing of
such meeting, be terminated for Cause under this Section 5.C. If the Executive
does not respond in writing to the Confirmation Notice in the manner and within
the time deadline specified in this Section 5.C, the Executive's employment with
the Company shall, on the sixth business day after the receipt by the Executive
of the Confirmation Notice, be terminated for Cause under this Section 5.C.
D. Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean
any of the following (without the Executive's prior written consent):
4
<PAGE>
(1) any decrease in the Executive's base rate of compensation or a failure
by the Company or any of its subsidiaries promptly to pay compensation due and
payable to the Executive in connection with his employment;
(2) a diminution of the responsibilities or title of the Executive with
the Company or any of its subsidiaries;
(3) the creation by the Company of a working environment which materially
and adversely prejudices the Executive's ability to perform his duties
hereunder;
(4) the Company's requiring the Executive to be based at any office or
location more than thirty miles from his principal employment locations as
agreed to in this Agreement; or
(5) a material breach by the Company of any term or provision of this
Agreement;
provided, however, that no event or condition described in clauses (1) through
(5) of this Section 5.D shall constitute Good Reason unless (X) the Executive
gives the Company written notice of his objection to such event or condition
within ninety days after the date the Executive learns of such event, (Y) such
event or condition is not corrected by the Company within thirty days of its
receipt of such notice and (Z) the Executive resigns his employment with the
Company and its subsidiaries not more than thirty days following the expiration
of the thirty day period described in the foregoing clause (Y).
SECTION 6. DEATH OR DISABILITY
In the event of termination of employment by reason of death or disability,
the Executive (or his estate, as applicable) shall be entitled to Base Salary
through the date of termination. Other benefits shall be determined in
accordance with the benefit plans maintained by the Company, and the Company
shall have no further obligation hereunder.
SECTION 7. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
A. Nondisclosure. The Executive hereby acknowledges that it will be
necessary in connection with the performance of services hereunder to provide or
make available to the Executive certain confidential and proprietary
information, including, but not limited to, business and financial information,
technological information, customer lists and financial information on
customers, intellectual property, trade secrets, and other information relating
to the businesses, products, technology, services, customers, methods, or
tactics of MHP, the General Partner, the Company, or their affiliates (any such
confidential or proprietary information being hereinafter referred to as
"Confidential Information"). The Executive further acknowledges that the
Confidential Information includes certain protected trade secrets and agrees
that any such trade secrets shall remain the property of MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or its affiliates at all times during the term of this
Agreement and following the expiration or termination hereof. The Executive
shall not publish, disseminate, distribute, disclose, sell, assign, transfer,
copy, remove from the premises of MHP, the General Partner or the Company,
commercially exploit, or otherwise make use of any Confidential Information to
or for the use or benefit of the Executive or any other person, firm,
corporation, or entity, except as specifically authorized in writing by the
Chairman or as required for the due and proper performance of his duties and
obligations under this Agreement. In addition, the Executive shall employ all
necessary safeguards and precautions in order to ensure that unauthorized access
to the Confidential Information is not afforded to any person, firm,
corporation, or entity, Upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement, or
if the Chairman so requests at any time, the Executive shall promptly return to
MHP, the General Partner, or the Company all Confidential Information in the
Executive's possession, whether in writing on computer disks, or other media,
without retaining any copies, extracts, or other reproductions thereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this paragraph A shall
prevent the publishing, dissemination, distribution, disclosure, sale,
assignment, transfer, copying, removal, commercial exploitation, or other use by
the Executive of any information which (i) is generally available to the public
(other than through a breach on the part of the Executive of any of the terms or
provisions hereof), (ii) is lawfully obtained by the Executive from a source
other than MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates, directors,
officers, employees, agents, or other representatives (provided, however, that
such
5
<PAGE>
sources is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or any of their affiliates and is not otherwise under an
obligation of secrecy or confidentiality to any of them), or (iii) is required
to be disclosed by judicial or administrative process or, in the opinion of
counsel, by the requirements of applicable law (provided, however, that the
Executive complies fully with the provisions of paragraph C below).
B. Exclusive Property. The Executive confirms that all confidential
information is and shall remain the exclusive property of MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or its affiliates. All business records, papers and
documents kept or made by the Executive relating to the business of MHP, the
General Partner or the Company shall be and remain the property of MHP, the
General Partner, the Company or its affiliates.
C. Requests for Disclosure. If the Executive is requested (whether by oral
questions, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil investigative
demand, or other legal process) to disclose any part of the Confidential
Information, the Executive shall (1) give prompt written notice to the Chairman
of the existence of, and the circumstances attendant to, such request, (ii)
consult with the Chairman as to the advisability of taking legally available
steps to resist or narrow any such request or otherwise to eliminate the need
for such disclosure, and (iii) if disclosure is required, cooperate with the
Chairman in obtaining a protective order or other reliable assurance in form and
substance satisfactory to the Chairman that confidential treatment will be
accorded to such portion of the Confidential Information as is required to be
disclosed.
SECTION 8. COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.
A. Non-Competition. The Executive hereby agrees that during the
"Non-Competition Period" (as hereinafter defined), he will not, directly or
indirectly (whether acting alone or through any of his affiliates, as a member
of a company or a joint-venture or an investor in, or a holder of securities of,
any corporation or other entity, or otherwise), engage in any of the following
activities in a substantive and ongoing manner: (1) conduct or participate in
any business or enterprise involved in the line of business of MHP, the General
Partner of the Company; or (ii) solicit, in competition with MHP, the General
Partner, the Company, or any of their affiliates, or their respective
successors, the business of any customer of MHP, the General Partner, the
Company or any of their affiliates. Notwithstanding, anything to the contrary in
this Section 8, the Executive may own, for investment purposes only, up to five
percent of the stock of any publicly-held corporation whose stock is either
listed on a national securities exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System
if the Executive is not otherwise affiliated with such corporation. The
Executive acknowledges that (i) the provisions set forth in this Section 8 are
for the benefit of MHP, the General Partner, the Company and their affiliates,
(ii) his agreement to such provisions is an express condition to his employment
by the Company, and (iii) such provisions are reasonably necessary to protect
the goodwill and other business interests of MHP, the General Partner, the
Company and their affiliates. The Executive agrees that, if he engages in any
activity in violation of this Section 8, the Non-Competition Period shall
automatically be extended in such a way that the Executive will be subject to
the restrictions imposed by this Section 8 until the expiration of two years
from the date he ceases to be engaged in any activity in violation hereof. The
"Non-Competition Period" shall be the term of the Executive's employment
hereunder.
B. Reformation of Scope. If any of the provisions of this Section 8 is
found to be unreasonably broad, oppressive, or unenforceable in an action, suit,
or proceeding before any federal or state court, such court (i) shall narrow the
Non-Competition Period or shall otherwise endeavor to reform the scope of such
agreements in order to ensure that the application thereof is not unreasonably
broad, oppressive, or unenforceable and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by
law, shall enforce such agreements as so reformed.
SECTION 9. NONSOLICITATION.
The Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, during the Non-Competition
Period, (a) take any action to solicit or divert any business (or potential
business) or customers (or potential customers) away from MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or their affiliates, (b) induce customers, potential
customers, suppliers, agents, or other persons under contract or otherwise
associated or doing business with MHP, the
6
<PAGE>
General Partner, the Company or their affiliates to terminate, reduce, or alter
any such association or business with or from MHP, the General Partner, the
Company or their affiliates or (c) induce any person in the employment of MHP,
the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates or any consultant to MHP,
the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates to (i) terminate such
employment or consulting arrangement, (ii) accept employment or enter into any
consulting arrangement, with anyone other than MHP, the General Partner, the
Company or their affiliates, or (iii) interfere with the customers, suppliers,
or clients of MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates in any
manner or the business of MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their
affiliates in any manner. For purposes of this Section 9, a "potential
customer" shall mean a person or entity that MHP, the General Partner, the
Company or their affiliates, (A) as of the date the Executive's employment
terminates, is soliciting or considering soliciting (or has targeted for
solicitation), or (B) has, at any time or from time to time, within the 12-month
period prior to the date the Executive's employment terminates, been soliciting
for or in respect of any current, actively pending, or contemplated business.
SECTION 10. REMEDIES.
The Executive hereby agrees that a violation of the provisions of Section
7, 8, or 9 hereof would cause irreparable injury to MHP, the General Partner,
the Company and their affiliates for which they would have no adequate remedy at
law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, MHP, the General Partner
and the Company shall be entitled to preliminary and other injunctive relief
without necessity of complying with any requirement as to the posting of a bond
or other security (it being understood that the Executive hereby waives any such
requirement). Any such injunctive relief shall be in addition to any other
remedies to which MHP, the General Partner, and the Company may be entitled at
law or in equity, or otherwise.
SECTION 11. AMENDMENT: WAIVER.
The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or amended only
by written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto, and compliance
with the terms and provisions hereof may be waived only by a written instrument
executed by each party entitled to the benefits thereof. No failure or delay on
the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege granted
hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any such right, power, or privilege preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege granted
hereunder.
SECTION 12. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior written or
oral agreements, arrangements, or understandings between MHP, the General
Partner, the Company and the Executive, including, without limitation, the
Employment Agreement among Market Hub Partners, L.P., Market Hub Partners, Inc.
and the Executive dated effective January 1, 1998; provided, however, that MHP's
obligation to pay the incentive compensation as described in Section 4.B.(3) of
that certain Employment Agreement (the "Prior Agreement") dated January 1,
1995, by and between Market Hub Partner, Inc. and the Executive survives the
execution of this Agreement.
SECTION 13. NOTICES.
All notices or communications hereunder shall be in writing, addressed as
follows, or to any other address subsequently provided to the other party:
To:
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., C/O Pacific Corp
700 NE Multnomah, Suite 500
Portland, OR 97232
Attention: Mr. Donald N. Furman
7
<PAGE>
To the Executive
Mr. Donald B. Russell
15725 Trapshire Court
Waterford, VA 22190
All such notices shall be conclusively deemed to be received and shall be
effective, (i) if sent by hand delivery, upon receipt, (ii) if sent by telecopy
or facsimile transmission, upon confirmation of receipt by the sender of such
transmission, or (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, on the fifth day
after the day on which such notice is mailed.
SECTION 14. SEVERABILITY.
In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement is found to be
invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability
of the remaining terms and provisions hereof shall not be in any way affected or
impaired thereby, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid,
illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained therein.
SECTION 15. BINDING EFFECT: ASSIGNMENT.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties and their respective successors and assigns (it being understood and
agreed that, except as expressly provided herein, nothing contained in this
Agreement is intended to confer upon any other person or entity any rights,
benefits, or remedies of any kind or character whatsoever). Neither party may
assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party;
provided, however, that the Company may assign this Agreement to any of its
affiliates or to any successor (whether by operation of law or otherwise) to all
or substantially all of its business and assets without the consent of the
Executive.
SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of Texas (except that no effect shall be given to any
conflicts of law principles thereof that would require the application of the
laws of another jurisdiction).
SECTION 17. HEADINGS.
The headings of the sections contained in this Agreement are for
convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or
construction of any provision of this Agreement.
SECTION 18. COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and
the same instrument.
SECTION 19. APPROVALS.
This Agreement is made and entered into, and the Company agrees to employ
the Executive and the Executive agrees to accept such employment, subject to the
approval of this Agreement by the Board of Directors of the General Partner and
Market Hub Partners, Inc. Without such approval and ratification, this Agreement
shall be void and of no further effect.
8
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the 24th
day of February, 1998 to be effective as of the date first above written.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
By: Market Hub Partners, Inc.,
its General Partner
By: DONALD N. FURMAN
Donald N. Furman,
Chairman of the Board
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.L.C.
By: DONALD N. FURMAN
Donald N. Furman,
Chairman of the Board
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
By: Market Hub Partners Storage,
L.L.C. its General Partner
By: DONALD N. FURMAN
Donald N. Furman,
Chairman of the Board
"EXECUTIVE"
DONALD B. RUSSELL
Donald B. Russell
9
EXHIBIT 10.4
ATTACHMENT A
AGREEMENT
This AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), entered into as of Febuary 24th, 1998,
by and between MARKET HUB PARTNERS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and DONALD B. RUSSELL (the "Executive").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into an Employment Agreement
as of January 1, 1995 (the "Employment Agreement"); and
WHEREAS, Section 4.3, of the Employment Agreement relates to certain types
of basis payments, including (i) performance bonus, (ii) a special compensation
bonus and (iii) an incentive bonus based upon the increase in value of Market
Hub Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership of which the Company is the
managing general partner, and
WHEREAS, the parties hereto have agreed to an amount of consideration to be
paid to the Executive as full settlement of his rights under the Employment
Agreement, and are willing to enter into this Agreement upon the terms and
conditions specified herein;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, the terms and provisions
set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:
Section 1. PERFORMANCE AND SPECIAL COMPENSATION BONUS. The Company hereby
agrees to pay the Executive a lump-sum payment of $1,140,000 in satisfaction of
the Executive's rights under Section 4.B.(1) and 4.B.(2) of the Employment
Agreement, relating to the Executive's eligibility for a performance bonus and
other special compensation. The parties agree that the lump-sum payment of
$1,140,000 shall have two components, consisting of (a) $912,000 attributable to
the Executive's performance for NE Hub Partners, L.P. relating to the
development of the planned natural gas storage facility and related brine
evaporation plant situated in Tioga County, Pennsylvania, and (b) $228,000
relating to the Executive's performance for the Grand Lacs Hub Partners, L.P.
and Mistex Hub Partners, L.P. subsidiaries of the Company. The $1,140,000
payment due under this Section 1 shall be paid promptly following the execution
of this Agreement.
Section 2. VALUE INCREASE BONUSES. The Company hereby agrees to pay the
Executive a lump sum payment of $360,000 in full satisfaction of the Company's
obligation under Section 4.B.(3) of the Employment Agreement. The Parties agree
that this amount is attributable to the increase in value of the Moss Bluff Hub
Partners, L.L.C. and Eagan Hub Partners, L.L.C. subsidiaries of the Company. The
lump-sum payment of $350,000 pursuant to this Section 2 shall be paid promptly
following the execution of this Agreement.
Section 3. RELEASE OF CLAIMS. The Executive agrees that the amounts
payable pursuant to this Agreement are in full satisfaction of any obligation of
the Company remaining under the Employment Agreement, and that this Agreement
constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes the Employment Agreement.
Section 4. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas (except that no
effect shall be given to any conflicts of law principles thereof that would
require the applications of the laws of another jurisdiction).
Section 5. HEADINGS. The headings of the sections contained in this
Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect
the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
Section 6. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS, INC.
By: __________________________________
/s/ DONALD B. RUSSELL
Donald B. Russell
EXHIBIT 10.5
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), entered into as of January
1, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), by and among MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership which is an owner of several other discrete
business entities (hereinafter collectively referred to as "MHP"), MARKET HUB
PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the
"Company"), MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE L.L.C., the general partner of the
Company (the "General Partner") and DAVID W. HOOKER (the "Executive"),
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, MHP and the General Partner desire to employ and secure on behalf
of the Company the experience, abilities, and service of Executive upon the
terms and conditions specified herein; and
WHEREAS, Executive is willing to enter into this Agreement upon the terms
and conditions specified herein;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the terms and provisions
set forth herein, the mutual benefits to be gained by the performance thereof,
and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which
are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agrees as follows:
SECTION 1. EMPLOYMENT.
The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts
such employment, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.
SECTION 2. TERM.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Executive shall
be employed by the Company for a period commencing on the Effective Date through
December 31, 2000 (the "Contract Term") unless sooner terminated pursuant to
Section 5 of this Agreement.
SECTION 3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
A. Capacity. The Executive shall serve in the capacity of Executive Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the General Partner.
The Executive shall be responsible for such general management activities as are
consistent with the responsibilities of said office and such other activities as
may hereafter be assigned to him by the Company. All such duties shall be
performed in accordance with any written or oral direction from time to time
furnished to the Executive by the President of the General Partner and the
Executive shall report to the President of the General Partner (the
"President").
B. Full-time Duties. The Executive shall devote his full business time,
attention, and energies to the business of the Company and the General Partner
and shall not be engaged in any other business activity, whether or not pursued
for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage, which would impair his ability to
fulfill his duties to the Company under this Agreement, without the prior
written consent of the President. The Executive shall be allowed, to the extent
such activities do not substantially interfere with the performance by the
Executive of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, to (a) manage the
Executive's personal affairs, and (b) (i) serve on boards or committees of civic
or charitable organizations or trade associations, and (ii) serve on the board
of directors of any corporation; provided, however, that the Executive shall
advise the President in writing of any such corporate directorship under clause
(b) (ii) and, if requested by the President, the Executive shall first
demonstrate, to the reasonable satisfaction of the President, that any such
directorship does not detract from the Executive's performance of his duties and
responsibilities under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this paragraph B
shall prevent the Executive from passively investing his assets in such a form
or manner as will not conflict with the terms of this
1
<PAGE>
Agreement and will not require services on the part of the Executive in the
operation of the business of the companies or other enterprises in which such
investments are made.
C. Standard of Performance. The Executive will perform his duties under
this Agreement with fidelity and loyalty, to the best of his ability,
experience, and talent, and in a manner consistent with his fiduciary
responsibilities.
D. Location. The Executive's primary place of employment shall be at the
Company's official offices in Houston, Texas. The Executive shall not be
required to relocate without his consent.
SECTION 4. COMPENSATION.
A. Base Salary. During the term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay
the Executive a salary (the "Base Salary") of $160,000 per annum, prorated for
partial years of employment. The Base Salary shall be payable twice monthly in
accordance with the general payroll practices of the Company in effect from time
to time.
B. Bonuses.
(1) The Executive shall receive a performance bonus for each calendar year
during the Contract Term. The actual bonus paid shall depend upon MHP's actual
before tax income for the relevant calendar year, all as shown on its "Combined
Statement of Operations" as published by MHP and as modified in the manner
described herein (the "Actual Net Income"). For the purposes of establishing
MHP's Actual Net Income, such before tax income shall include the before tax
income of MHP and all of its subsidiary entities, and MHP shall not purchase or
transfer ownership of a subsidiary entity or its assets for the purpose of
avoiding all or any portion of the bonus payments required by this provision. In
addition, (i) bonuses and incentive compensation payments made under any
agreement entered into prior to this Agreement with any other employee or
consultant of MHP or its subsidiary entities, (ii) bonuses and incentive
compensation payments made under any agreement entered into subsequent to this
Agreement with any person not listed on Schedule 4(B) hereto, and (iii) any
extraordinary expense items recognized in 1998 and resulting from the retirement
of the Senior Notes issued on July 3, 1996 by Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.P. and
Egan Hub Partners, L.P. shall not reduce, or otherwise adversely impact, the
amount of Actual Net Income used in calculating the performance bonus provided
for herein. The targeted bonus amount (the "Target Bonus") shall be an amount
equal to one and one-half percent (1.5%) of MHP's Actual Net Income for the
relevant calendar year. If MHP achieves Actual Net Income of (i) at least ninety
percent (90%) but not in excess of one hundred ten percent (110%) of the
budgeted before tax income for the relevant calendar year, as established by
Market Hub Partners, Inc., its general partner ("Budgeted Net Income"), the
Executive shall be entitled to receive one hundred percent (100%) of the Target
Bonus, (ii) less than ninety percent (90%) of the Budgeted Net Income, the
Executive shall be entitled to receive sixty-five percent (65%) of the Target
Bonus, or (iii) in excess of one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Budgeted Net
Income, the Executive shall be entitled to receive one hundred thirty-five
percent (135%) of the Target Bonus. This performance bonus shall be paid within
thirty (30) days after the end of the relevant calendar year.
(2) Other special compensation may be awarded at the sole discretion of
the General Partner from time to time.
C. Incentive Compensation.
(1) In the event of a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined) that
occurs during the Contract Term, the Executive shall be due from the Company an
amount (the "Incentive Compensation") equal to two percent (2%) of the increase
in value of MHP. The Incentive Compensation will be paid in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement within forty-five (45) days of the date of the
Change in Control. The increase in value of MHP is calculated by subtracting the
value of MHP as of January 1, 1998, from the value of MHP as determined in
accordance with Section 4.C.(2) below. In any calculation of the increase in the
value of MHP under this provision, the parties shall include the increase in
value of all subsidiary entities, including the increase in value of all
subsidiary entities acquired or established hereafter, from the date of
acquisition or establishment to the date of calculation.
2
<PAGE>
For the sole purposes of this paragraph C, the value of MHP as of January
1, 1998, shall be determined based upon earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") for 1997 and an EBITDA multiple of
ten (10).
(2) The value of MHP will be as agreed to by MHP and the Executive. If MHP
and the Executive fail to reach agreement within thirty days of the Change in
Control event requiring the valuation, the Chief Financial Officer of MHP will
retain the services of an investment banker to prepare a determination of value
of MHP as of the date necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement. The
investment banker shall determine the value of MHP in a manner consistent with
the methodology used to determine the value of MHP as of January 1, 1998, using
the EBITDA of MHP based upon the four fiscal quarters immediately preceding the
event requiring valuation. In determining the appropriate EBITDA multiplier the
investment banker shall take into account MHP's operations, history, asset
value, business prospects, any EBITDA multiplier used to value comparable
companies or to derive the value of any interest in MHP sold in connection with
the Change in Control and in any other recent arm's-length transaction, and
other factors deemed to be relevant by the investment banker to determine
enterprise value. In either case, in determining the value of MHP, appropriate
adjustments will be made to take into account any capital contributions by its
partners to MHP and distributions by MHP to its partners since January 1, 1998.
For example, the amount of a capital contribution made to fund a shortfall in
working capital might be deducted from the value otherwise determined, while the
amount of a capital contribution made to fund a redemption by MHP of outstanding
equity interests might not be so deducted. The value of MHP shall not be less
than the value determined on the basis of the value established in the
transaction resulting in the Change in Control.
(3) A "Change in Control" shall mean (i) a sale, transfer or other
disposition or a series of sales, transfers or other dispositions occurring
during the Contract Term of an aggregate of more than 50% of the beneficial
ownership interest in the equity of MHP by the holders of equity interests in
MHP as of January 1, 1998 (the "Original Partners"), (ii) the issuance by MHP
during the Contract Term of any new equity interest that, in the aggregate,
exceeds 50% of the total equity interest in MHP, to any one or more individuals,
entities, or groups that were not Original Partners, (iii) a sale, transfer or
disposition, or a series of sales, transfers or dispositions during the Contract
Term by MHP of assets of MHP constituting, in the aggregate, more than 50% of
the value of the assets of MHP, or (iv) a change in more than 50% of the members
of the Board of Directors of MHP during the Contract Term as a result of any
sale, transfer or other disposition or a series of sales, transfers or other
disposition, or a series of sales, transfers or other dispositions of the legal
or beneficial ownership interest in the equity of MHP, including any transfer to
an Original Partner.
D. Benefits.
(1) The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for
reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by him in
the course of the performance of his duties hereunder, upon the submission of an
itemized account of such expenditures in accordance with the expense
reimbursement policies applicable to executives as adopted by the Company from
time to time.
(2) If and to the extent that the Company maintains employee benefit plans
(including but not limited to, pension, profit-sharing, disability, accident,
medical, life insurance, and hospitalization plans) (it being understood that
the Company may but shall not be obligated to do so), the Executive shall be
entitled to participate therein in accordance with the Company's regular
practices with respect to its executives. The Company will have the right to
amend or terminate any such benefit plans it may choose to establish.
(3) The Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of vacation,
together with holidays and other paid or unpaid leaves of absence as are
consistent with the Company's normal policies or as are otherwise approved by
the General Partner.
E. Payments. All payments to the Executive provided for under this
Agreement shall be paid in cash from the general funds of the Company and, in
the event the Company fails to satisfy its obligations hereunder, such
obligations shall be satisfied by MHP by cash payment from the general funds of
MHP. No special or separate funds shall be established and no other segregation
of assets shall be made to assure
3
<PAGE>
payment. The Executive shall have no right, title, or interest whatsoever in or
to any investments that the Company or MHP may make to aid it in meeting its
obligations hereunder. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive
payments from the Company or MHP hereunder, such right shall be no greater than
the right of an unsecured creditor of the Company of MHP.
SECTION 5. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.
A. Termination without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason.
(1) General. If prior to the expiration of the Contract Term, the
Executive's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined in
Section 5.C), or if the Executive resigns from his employment hereunder for Good
Reason (as defined in Section 5.D), the Company shall pay the Executive his Base
Salary as then in effect through and including the date of termination or
resignation, and sixty-five percent (65%) of the Target Bonus for the calendar
year pro-rated for the number of days in the year prior to the termination date.
In the event of involuntary termination during the Contract Term by the Company
without Cause, or upon involuntary termination of the Executive's employment by
the Company without Cause as of the expiration of the Contract Term, the
Executive shall receive a lump sum cash payment equal to two year's Base Salary
as severance and relocation allowance, in addition to any amounts set forth in
the preceding sentence. With the exception of health care coverage under the
applicable laws, the Executive shall have no further right to receive any other
compensation, or to participate in any other plan, arrangement, or benefit,
after such termination or resignation of employment.
(2) Date of Termination. The date of termination of employment without
Cause shall be the date specified in a written notice of termination to the
Executive. The date of resignation for Good Reason shall be the date specified
in the written notice of resignation from the Executive to the Company;
provided, however, that no such written notice shall be effective unless the
cure period specified in Section 5.D has expired without the Company's having
corrected, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, the event or events
subject to cure. If no date of resignation is specified in the written notice
from the Executive to the Company, the date of termination shall be the first
day following such expiration of such cure period.
B. Termination for Cause; Resignation without Good Reason.
(1) General. If, prior to the expiration of the Employment Term, the
Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or if the
Executive resigns from his employment hereunder other than for Good Reason, the
Executive shall be entitled only to payment of the Base Salary earned as then in
effect through and including the date of termination or resignation. With the
exception of health care coverage under the applicable laws, the Executive shall
have no further right to receive any other compensation, or to participate in
any other plan, arrangement, or benefit, after such termination or resignation
of employment.
(2) Date of Termination. The date of termination for Cause shall be the
date provided for in Section 5.C. The date of resignation without Good Reason
shall be the date specified in written notice of resignation from the Executive
to the Company, or if no date is specified therein, 10 business days after
receipt by the Company of written notice of resignation from the Executive.
C. Cause. Termination for "Cause" shall mean termination of the
Executive's employment because of:
(1) any act or omission which is willful and wrongful and is materially
injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of the General
Partner or the Company or any subsidiary thereof, unless such act or omission
was reasonably believed by the Executive in good faith to be in the best
interest of the General Partner or the Company or any subsidiary thereof; or
(2) the failure or refusal of the Executive substantially to perform the
material duties of his position with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
In each case, an act or omission that may constitute cause under C.(2)
above must be confirmed by directors of the General Partner (the "Board")
representing stockholders, which stockholders represent voting percentages of at
least 80% in the aggregate. The Company must give the Executive written notice
of
4
<PAGE>
its objection to such act or omission within ninety days after the Company
learns of such event. The Executive shall have thirty days from receipt of said
notice to correct the act or omission. In the event the Executive fails to
correct the cause as outlined in said notice, the Company shall notify the
Executive that the Company intends to terminate the Executive's employment for
Cause under Section 5.C (the "Confirmation Notice"). The Confirmation Notice
shall specify the act, or acts, upon the basis of which the majority of the
Board has so confirmed the existence of Cause. If the Executive notifies the
Company in writing (the "Opportunity Notice") within five days after the
Executive has received the Confirmation Notice, the Executive shall be provided
one opportunity to meet with the Board (or a sufficient quorum thereof) to
discuss such act or acts. Such opportunity to meet shall be fixed and shall
occur on a date selected by the Board (such date being not less than five or
more than forty-five days after the Company receives the Opportunity Notice from
the Executive). Such meeting shall take place at the principal offices of the
Company. The Executive may be accompanied by his legal counsel. During the
period commencing on the date of the Confirmation Notice and ending on the date
next succeeding the date on which such meeting between the Board (or a
sufficient quorum thereof) and the Executive is scheduled to occur, the
Executive shall be suspended with pay from his employment with the Company and
the Board may, during such suspension period, reasonably limit the Executive's
respective assets, and during such suspension period, the Executive shall not
have the authority to bind the Company or act on its behalf. If the Board
properly sets the date of such meeting and if the Board (or a sufficient quorum
thereof) attends such meeting and does not rescind its confirmation at such
meeting or if the Executive fails to attend such meeting for any reason, the
Executive's employment by the Company shall, immediately upon the closing of
such meeting, be terminated for Cause under this Section 5.C. If the Executive
does not respond in writing to the Confirmation Notice in the manner and within
the time deadline specified in this Section 5.C, the Executive's employment with
the Company shall, on the sixth business day after the receipt by the Executive
of the Confirmation Notice, be terminated for Cause under this Section 5.C.
D. Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall
mean any of the following (without the Executive's prior written consent):
(1) any decrease in the Executive's base rate of compensation or a failure
by the Company or any of its subsidiaries promptly to pay compensation due and
payable to the Executive in connection with his employment;
(2) a diminution of the responsibilities or title of the Executive with
the Company or any of its subsidiaries;
(3) the creation by the Company of a working environment which materially
and adversely prejudices the Executive's ability to perform his duties
hereunder;
(4) the Company's requiring the Executive to be based at any office or
location more than thirty miles from his principal employment location as agreed
to in this Agreement;
(5) a material breach by the Company of any term or provision of this
Agreement; or
(6) with the exception of Donald B. Russell, the current president of the
General Partner, placement of any individual above the Executive with respect to
authority concerning the Company.
provided, however, that no event or condition described in clauses (1) through
(5) of this Section 5.D shall constitute Good Reason unless (X) the Executive
gives the Company written notice of his objection to such event or condition
within ninety days after the date the Executive learns of such event, (Y) such
event or condition is not corrected by the Company within thirty days of its
receipt of such notice and (Z) the Executive resigns his employment with the
Company and its subsidiaries not more than thirty days following the expiration
of the thirty day period described in the foregoing clause (Y).
SECTION 6. DEATH OR DISABILITY.
In the event of termination of employment by reason of death or disability,
the Executive (or his estate, as applicable) shall be entitled to Base Salary
through the date of termination and sixty-five percent (65%) of the Target Bonus
for the calendar year of termination, pro-rated for the number of days in the
year prior
5
<PAGE>
to the termination date. Other benefits shall be determined in accordance with
the benefit plans maintained by the Company, and the Company shall have no
further obligation hereunder.
SECTION 7. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
A. Nondisclosure. The Executive hereby acknowledges that it will be
necessary in connection with the performance of services hereunder to provide or
make available to the Executive certain confidential and proprietary
information, including, but not limited to, business and financial information,
technological information, customer lists and financial information on
customers, intellectual property, trade secrets, and other information relating
to the businesses, products, technology, services, customers, methods, or
tactics of MHP, the General Partner, the Company, or their affiliates (any such
confidential or proprietary information being hereinafter referred to as
"Confidential Information"). The Executive further acknowledges that the
Confidential Information includes certain protected trade secrets and agrees
that any such trade secrets shall remain the property of MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or its affiliates at all times during the term of this
Agreement and following the expiration or termination hereof. The Executive
shall not publish, disseminate, distribute, disclose, sell, assign, transfer,
copy, remove the premises of MHP, the General Partner or the Company,
commercially exploit, or otherwise make use of any Confidential Information to
or for the use or benefit of the Executive or any other person, firm,
corporation, or entity, except as specifically authorized in writing by the
President or as required for the due and proper performance of his duties and
obligations under this Agreement. In addition, the Executive shall employ all
necessary safeguards and precautions in order to ensure that unauthorized access
to the Confidential Information is not afforded to any person, firm,
corporation, or entity. Upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement, or
if the President so requests at any time, the Executive shall promptly return to
MHP, the General Partner, or the Company all Confidential Information in the
Executive's possession, whether in writing, on computer disks, or other media,
without retaining any copies, extracts, or other reproductions thereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this paragraph A shall
prevent the publishing, dissemination, distribution, disclosure, sale,
assignment, transfer, copying, removal, commercial exploitation, or other use by
the Executive of any information which (i) is generally available to the public
(other than through a breach on the part of the Executive of any of the terms or
provisions hereof), (ii) is lawfully obtained by the Executive from a source
other than MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates, directors,
officers, employees, agents, or other representatives (provided, however, that
such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with MHP, the General
Partner, the Company of any of their affiliates and is not otherwise under an
obligation of secrecy or confidentiality to any of them), or (iii) is required
to be disclosed by judicial or administrative process or, in the opinion of
counsel, by the requirements of applicable law (provided, however, that the
Executive complies fully with the provisions of paragraph C below).
B. Exclusive Property. The Executive confirms that all confidential
information is and shall remain the exclusive property of MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or its affiliates. All business records, papers and
documents kept or made by the Executive relating to the business of MHP, the
General Partner or the Company shall be and remain the property of MHP, the
General Partner, the Company or its affiliates.
C. Requests for Disclosure. If the Executive is requested (whether by
oral questions, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil
investigative demand, or other legal process) to disclose any part of the
Confidential Information, the Executive shall (i) give prompt written notice to
the President of the existence of, and the circumstances attendant to, such
request, (ii) consult with the President as to the advisability of taking
legally available steps to resist or narrow any such request or otherwise to
eliminate the need for such disclosure, and (iii) if disclosure is required,
cooperate with the President in obtaining a protective order or other reliable
assurance in form and substance satisfactory to the President that confidential
treatment will be accorded to such portion of the Confidential Information as is
required to be disclosed.
6
<PAGE>
SECTION 8. COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.
A. Non-Competition. The Executive hereby agrees that during the
"Non-Competition Period" (as hereinafter defined), he will not, directly or
indirectly (whether acting alone or through any of his affiliates, as a member
of a company or a joint-venture or an investor in, or a holder of securities of,
any corporation or other entity, or otherwise) engage in any of the following
activities in a substantive and ongoing manner: (i) conduct or participate in
any business or enterprise involved in the line of business of MHP, the General
Partner or the Company; or (ii) solicit, in competition with MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or any of their affiliates, or their respective successors,
the business of any customer of MHP, the General Partner, the Company or any of
their affiliates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8,
the Executive may own, for investment purposes only, up to five percent of the
stock of any publicly-held corporation whose stock is either listed on a
national securities exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System if the
Executive is not otherwise affiliated with such corporation. The Executive
acknowledges that (i) the provisions set forth in this Section 8 are for the
benefit of MHP, the General Partner, the Company and their affiliates, (ii) his
agreement to such provisions is an express condition to his employment by the
Company, and (iii) such provisions are reasonably necessary to protect the
goodwill and other business interests of MHP, the General Partner, the Company
and their affiliates. The Executive agrees that, if he engages in any activity
in violation of this Section 8, the Non-Competition Period shall automatically
be extended in such a way that the Executive will be subject to the restrictions
imposed by this Section 8 until the expiration of two years from the date he
ceases to be engaged in any activity in violation hereof. The "Non-Competition
Period" shall be the term of the Executive's employment hereunder.
B. Reformation of Scope If any of the provisions of this Section 8 is
found to be unreasonably broad, oppressive, or unenforceable in an action, suit,
or proceeding before any federal or state court, such court (i) shall narrow the
Non-Competition Period or shall otherwise endeavor to reform the scope of such
agreements in order to ensure that the application hereof is not unreasonably
broad, oppressive, or unenforceable and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by
law, shall enforce such agreements as so reformed.
SECTION 9. NONSOLICITATION.
The Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, during the Non-Competition
Period, (a) take any action to solicit or divert any business (or potential
business) or customers (or potential customers) away from MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or their affiliates, (b) induce customers, potential
customers, suppliers, agents, or other persons under contract or otherwise
associated or doing business with MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their
affiliates to terminate, reduce, or alter any such association or business with
or from MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates or (c) induce
any person in the employment of MHP, the General Partner, the Company, or their
affiliates or any consultant to MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their
affiliates to (i) terminate such employment or consulting arrangement, (ii)
accept employment, or enter into any consulting arrangement, with anyone other
than MHP, the General Partner, the Company, or their affiliates, or (iii)
interfere with the customers, suppliers, or clients of MHP, the General Partner,
the Company or their affiliates in any manner or the business of MHP, the
General Partner, the Company or their affiliates in any manner. For purposes of
this Section 9, a "potential customer" shall mean a person or entity that MHP,
the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates, (A) as of the date the
Executive's employment terminates, is soliciting or considering soliciting (or
has targeted for solicitation), or (B) has, at any time or from time to time,
within the 12-month period prior to the date the Executive's employment
terminates, been soliciting for or in respect of any current, actively pending,
or contemplated business.
SECTION 10. REMEDIES.
The Executive hereby agrees that a violation of the provisions of Section
7, 8, or 9 hereof would cause irreparable injury to MHP, the General Partner,
the Company and their affiliates for which they would have no adequate remedy at
law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, MHP, the General Partner
and the Company shall be entitled to preliminary and other injunctive relief
without necessity of complying with
7
<PAGE>
any requirement as to the posting of a bond or other security (it being
understood that the Executive hereby waives any such requirement). Any such
injunctive relief shall be in addition to any other remedies to which MHP, the
General Partner, and the Company may be entitled at law or in equity, or
otherwise.
SECTION 11. AMENDMENT; WAIVER.
The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or amended only
by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto and in compliance
with the terms and provisions hereof may be waived only by a written instrument
executed by each party entitled thereof. No failure or delay on the part of any
party exercising any right, power, or privilege granted hereunder shall
constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any
such right, power, or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof
or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege granted hereunder.
SECTION 12. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior written or
oral agreements, arrangements, or understandings between MHP, the General
Partner, the Company and the Executive, including, without limitation, the
Employment Agreement among Market Hub Partners, L.P., Market Hub Partners, Inc.
and the Executive dated effective January 1, 1998, provided, however, that MHP's
obligation to pay the incentive compensation as described in Section 4.B.(3) of
that certain Employment Agreement (the "Prior Agreement") dated January 7,
1995, by and between Market Hub Partner, Inc. and the Executive survives the
execution of this Agreement.
SECTION 13. NOTICES.
All notices or communications hereunder shall be in writing, addressed as
following, or on any other address subsequently provided to the other party:
To:
Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P.
44084 Riverside Parkway, Suite 340
Leesburg, Virginia 22075
Attention: Mr. Donald B. Russell
To the Executive:
Mr. David W. Hooker
2234 Long Cove Circle
Katy, Texas 77450
All such notices shall be conclusively deemed to be received and shall be
effective, (i) if sent by hand delivery, upon receipt, (ii) if sent by telecopy
or facsimile transmission, upon confirmation of receipt by the sender of such
transmission, or (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, on the fifth day
after the day on which such notice is mailed.
SECTION 14. SEVERABILITY.
In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement is found to be
invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability
of the remaining terms and provisions hereof shall not be in any way affected or
impaired thereby, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid,
illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained therein.
8
<PAGE>
SECTION 15. BINDING EFFECT: ASSIGNMENT.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties and their respective successors and assigns (it being understood and
agreed that, except as expressly provided herein, nothing contained in this
Agreement is intended to confer upon any other person or entity any rights,
benefits, or remedies of any kind or character whatsoever). Neither party may
assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party;
provided, however, that the Company may assign this Agreement to any of its
affiliates or to any successor (whether by operation of law or otherwise) to all
or substantially all of its business and assets without the consent of the
Executive.
SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of Texas (except that no effect shall be given to any
conflicts of law principles thereof that would require the application of the
laws of another jurisdiction).
SECTION 17. HEADINGS.
The headings of the sections contained in this Agreement are for
convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or
construction of any provision of this Agreement.
SECTION 18. COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and
the same instrument.
SECTION 19. APPROVALS.
This Agreement is made and entered into, and the Company agrees to employ
the Executive and the Executive agrees to accept such employment, subject to the
approval of this Agreement by the Board of Directors of the General Partner and
Market Hub Partners, Inc. Without such approval and ratification, this Agreement
shall be void and of no further effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the 9th day
of February, 1998, to be effective as of the date first above written.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
By: Market Hub Partners, Inc.,
its General Partner
By: DONALD B. RUSSELL
Donald B. Russell, President
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.L.C.
By: DONALD B. RUSSELL
Donald B. Russell, President
9
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
By: Market Hub Partners Storage,
L.L.C.,
its General Partner
By: DONALD B. RUSSELL
Donald B. Russell, President
"EXECUTIVE"
DAVID W. HOOKER
David W. Hooker
10
EXHIBIT 10.6
ATTACHMENT B
AGREEMENT
This AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), entered into as of February 6, 1998, by
and between MARKET HUB PARTNERS, INC., a Delaware Corporation (the "Company"),
and DAVID W. HOOKER (the "Executive").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into an Employment Agreement
as of January 7, 1995 (the "Employment Agreement"); and
WHEREAS, Section 4.B, of the Employment Agreement relates to certain types
of bonus payments, inluding (i) a performance bonus, (ii) a special compensation
bonus and (iii) an incentive bonus based upon the increase in value of Market
Hub Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership of which the Company is the
managing general partner and
WHEREAS, the parties hereto have agreed to an amount of consideration to be
paid to the Executive as full settlement of his rights under the Employment
Agreement, and are willing to enter into this Agreement upon the terms and
conditions specified herein;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, the terms and provisions
set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:
Section 1. PERFORMANCE AND SPECIAL COMPENSATION BONUS. The Company hereby
agrees to pay the Executive a lump-sum payment of $760,000 in anticipation of
the Executive's rights under Section 4.B.(1) and 4.B.(2) of the Employment
Agreement, relating to the Executive's eligibility for a performance bonus and
other special compensation. The parties agree that the lump-sum payment of
$760,000 shall have two components, consisting of (a) $608,000 attributable to
the Executive's performance for NE Hub Partners, L.P. relating to the
development of the planned natural gas storage facility and related brine
evaporation plant situated in Tioga County, Pennsylvania, and (b) $152,000
relating to the Executive's performance for the Grand Lacs Hub Partners, L.P.
and Mistex Hub Partners, L.P. subsidiaries of the Company. The $760,000 payment
due under this Section 1 shall be paid promptly following the execution of this
Agreement.
Section 2. VALUE INCENTIVE BONUS. The Company hereby agrees to pay the
Executive a lump-sum payment of $240,000 in full satisfaction of the Company's
obligation under Section 4.B.(3) of the Employment Agreement. The Parties agree
that this amount is attributable to the increase in value of the Moss Bluff Hub
Partners, L.L.C. and Eagan Hub Partners, L.L.C., subsidiaries of the Company.
The lump-sum payment of $240,000 pursuant to this Section 2 shall be paid
promptly following the execution of this Agreement.
Section 3. RELEASE OF CLAIMS. The Executive agrees that the amounts
payable pursuant to this Agreement are in full satisfaction of any obligation of
the Company remaining under the Employment Agreement, and that this Agreement
constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes the Employment Agreement.
Section 4. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas (except that no
effect shall be given to any conflicts or law principles thereof that would
require the application of laws of another jurisdiction).
Section 5. HEADINGS. The headings of the sections contained in this
Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect
the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
Section 6. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.6
Page 2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS, INC.
By: __________________________________
/s/ DAVID W. HOOKER
David W. Hooker
EXHIBIT 10.7
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), entered into as of
January 1, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), by and among MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership which is an owner of several other discrete
business entities (hereinafter collectively referred to as "MHP"), MARKET HUB
PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the "Company"), MARKET
HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.L.C., the general partner of the Company (the "General
Partner") and ANTHONY J. CLARK (the "Executive"),
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, MHP and the General Partner desire to employ and secure
on behalf of the Company the experience, abilities, and service of Executive
upon the terms and conditions specified herein; and
WHEREAS, Executive is willing to enter into this Agreement upon
the terms and conditions specified herein;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the terms and
provisions set forth herein, the mutual benefits to be gained by the performance
thereof, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency
of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1. EMPLOYMENT.
The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive
hereby accepts such employment, all upon the terms and conditions set forth
herein.
SECTION 2. TERM.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the
Executive shall be employed by the Company for a period commencing on the
Effective Date through December 31, 2000 (the "Contract Term") unless sooner
terminated pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement.
SECTION 3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
A. CAPACITY. The Executive shall serve in the capacity of Chief
Financial Officer for the Company. The Executive shall be responsible for such
general management activities as are consistent with the responsibilities of
said office and such other activities as may hereafter be assigned to him by the
Company. All such duties shall be
<PAGE>
performed in accordance with any written or oral direction from time to time
furnished to the Executive by the President and the Executive Vice President and
the Executive shall report to the Executive Vice President of the Company.
B. Full-time Duties. The Executive shall devote his full business time,
attention, and energies to the business of the Company and the General Partner
and shall not be engaged in any other business activity, whether or not pursued
for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage, which would impair his ability to
fulfill his duties to the Company under this Agreement, without the prior
written consent of the President. The Executive shall be allowed, to the extent
such activities do not substantially interfere with the performance by the
Executive of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, to (a) manage the
Executive's personal affairs, and (b)(i) serve on boards or committees of civic
or charitable organizations or trade associations, and (ii) serve on the board
of directors of any corporation; provided, however, that the Executive shall
advise the President in writing of any such corporate directorship under clause
(b)(ii) and, if requested by the President, the Executive shall first
demonstrate, to the reasonable satisfaction of the President, that any such
directorship does not detract from the Executive's performance of his duties and
responsibilities under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this paragraph B
shall prevent the Executive from passively investing his assets in such a form
or manner as will not conflict with the terms of this Agreement and will not
require services on the part of the Executive in the operation of the business
of the companies or other enterprises in which such investments are made.
C. Standard of Performance. The Executive will perform his
duties under this Agreement with fidelity and loyalty, to the best of his
ability, experience, and talent, and in a manner consistent with his fiduciary
responsibilities.
SECTION 4. COMPENSATION.
A. Base Salary. During the term of this Agreement, the Company
shall pay the Executive a salary (the "Base Salary") of $140,000 per annum,
prorated for partial years of employment. The Base Salary shall be payable twice
monthly in accordance with the general payroll practices of the Company in
effect from time to time.
B. Bonuses.
(1) The Executive shall receive a performance bonus for each
calendar year during the Contract Term. The actual bonus paid shall depend upon
MHP actual before tax income for the relevant calendar year, all as shown on its
"Combined Statement of Operations" as published by MHP and as modified in the
manner described herein (the "Actual Net Income"). For the purposes of
establishing MHP's Actual Net Income, such before tax income shall include the
before tax income of MHP and all of its subsidiary entities, and MHP shall not
purchase or transfer ownership of a subsidiary entity or its assets for the
purpose of avoiding all
2
<PAGE>
or any portion of the bonus payments required by this provision. In addition,
(i) bonuses and incentive compensation payments made under any agreement entered
into prior to this Agreement with any other employee or consultant of MHP or its
subsidiary entities, (ii) bonuses and incentive compensation payments made under
any agreement entered into subsequent to this Agreement with any person not
listed on Schedule 4(B) hereto, and (iii) any extraordinary expense items
recognized in 1998 and resulting from the retirement of the Senior Notes issued
on July 3, 1996 by Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.P. and Egan Hub Partners, L.P.
shall not reduce, or otherwise adversely impact, the amount of Actual Net Income
used in calculating the performance bonus provided for herein. The targeted
bonus amount (the "Target Bonus") shall be an amount equal to one and a quarter
percent (1.25%) of MHP's Actual Net Income for the relevant calendar year. If
MHP achieves Actual Net Income of (i) at least ninety percent (90%) but not in
excess of one hundred ten percent (110%) of the budgeted before tax income for
the relevant calendar year, as established by Market Hub Partners, Inc., its
general partner ("Budgeted Net Income"), the Executive shall be entitled to
receive one hundred percent (100%) of the Target Bonus, (ii) less than ninety
percent (90%) of the Budgeted Net Income, the Executive shall be entitled to
receive sixty-five percent (65%) of the Target Bonus, or (iii) in excess of one
hundred ten percent (110%) of the Budgeted Net Income, the Executive shall be
entitled to receive one hundred thirty-five percent (135%) of the Target Bonus.
This performance bonus shall be paid within thirty (30) days after the end of
the relevant calendar year.
(2) Other special compensation may be awarded at the sole
discretion of the General Partner from time to time.
C. Incentive Compensation.
(1) In the event of a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined)
that occurs during the Contract Term, the Executive shall be due from the
Company an amount (the "Incentive Compensation") equal to one and a quarter
percent (1.25%) of the increase in value of MHP. The Incentive Compensation will
be paid in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement within forty-five
(45) days of the date of the Change in Control. The increase in value of MHP is
calculated by subtracting the value of MHP as of January 1, 1998, from the value
of MHP as determined in accordance with Section 4.C.(2) below. In any
calculation of the increase in the value of MHP under this provision, the
parties shall include the increase in value of all subsidiary entities,
including the increase in value of all subsidiary entities acquired or
established hereafter, from the date of acquisition or establishment to the date
of calculation.
For the sole purposes of this paragraph C, the value of MHP as of January 1,
1998, shall be determined based upon earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") for 1997 and an EBITDA multiple of ten
(10).
3
<PAGE>
(2) The value of MHP will be as agreed to by MHP and the
Executive. If MHP and the Executive fail to reach agreement within thirty days
of the Change in Control event requiring the valuation, the Chief Financial
Officer of MHP will retain the services of an investment banker to prepare a
determination of value of MHP as of the date necessary to carry out the intent
of this Agreement. The investment banker shall determine the value of MHP in a
manner consistent with the methodology used to determine the value of MHP as of
January 1, 1998, using the EBITDA of MHP based upon the four fiscal quarters
immediately preceding the event requiring valuation. In determining the
appropriate EBITDA multiplier the investment banker shall take into account
MHP's operations history, asset value, business prospects, any EBITDA multiplier
used to value comparable companies or to derive the value of any interest in MHP
sold in connection with the Change in Control and in any other recent
arm's-length transaction, and other factors deemed to relevant by the investment
banker to determine enterprise value. In either case, in determining the value
of MHP, appropriate adjustments will be made to take into account any capital
contributions by its partners to MHP and distributions by MHP to its partners
since January 1, 1998. For example, the amount of a capital contribution made to
fund a shortfall in working capital might be deducted from the value otherwise
determined, while the amount of a capital contribution made to fund a redemption
by MHP of outstanding equity interests might not be so deducted. The value of
MHP shall not be less than the value determined on the basis of the value
established in the transaction resulting in the Change in Control.
(3) A "Change in Control" shall mean (i) a sale, transfer or
other disposition or a series of sales, transfers or other dispositions
occurring during the Contract Term of an aggregate of more than 50% of the
beneficial ownership interest in the equity of MHP by the holders of equity
interests in MHP as of January 1, 1998 (the "Original Partners"), (ii) the
issuance by MHP during the Contract Term of any new equity interest that, in the
aggregate, exceeds 50% of the total equity interest in MHP, to any one or more
individuals, entities or groups that were not Original Partners, (iii) a sale,
transfer or disposition, or a series of sales, transfers or dispositions during
the Contract Term by MHP of assets of MHP constituting, in the aggregate, more
than 50% of the value of the assets of MHP, or (iv) a change in more than 50% of
the members of the Board of Directors of MHP during the Contract Term as a
result of any sale, transfer or other disposition or a series of sales,
transfers or other disposition, or a series of sales, transfers or other
dispositions of the legal or beneficial ownership interest in the equity of MHP,
including any transfer to an Original Partner.
D. Benefits.
(1) The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement from the
Company for reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket business expenses incurred
by him in the course of the performance of his duties hereunder, upon the
submission of an itemized account of
4
<PAGE>
such expenditures in accordance with the expense reimbursement policies
applicable to executives as adopted by the Company from time to time.
(2) If and to the extent that the Company maintains employee
benefit plans (including, but not limited to, pension, profit-sharing,
disability, accident, medical, life insurance, and hospitalization plans) (it
being understood that the Company may but shall not be obligated to do so), the
Executive shall be entitled to participate therein in accordance with the
Company's regular practices with respect to its executives. The Company will
have the right to amend or terminate any such benefit plans it may choose to
establish.
(3) The Executive shall be entitled to three (3) weeks of
vacation, together with holidays and other paid or unpaid leaves of absence as
are consistent with the Company's normal policies or as are otherwise approved
by the General Partner.
E. Payments. All payments to the Executive provided for under
this Agreement shall be paid in cash from the general funds of the Company and,
in the event the Company fails to satisfy its obligations hereunder, such
obligations shall be satisfied by MHP by cash payment from the general funds of
MHP. No special or separate funds shall be established and no other segregation
of assets shall be made to assure payment. The Executive shall have no right,
title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments that the Company or MHP
may make to aid it in meeting its obligations hereunder. To the extent that any
person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or MHP hereunder,
such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured creditor of the
Company or MHP.
SECTION 5. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.
A. Termination without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason.
(1) General. If prior to the expiration of the Contract Term,
the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as
defined in Section 5.C), or if the Executive resigns from his employment
hereunder for Good Reason (as defined in Section 5.D), the Company shall pay the
Executive his Base Salary as then in effect through and including the date of
termination or resignation, and sixty-five percent (65%) of the Target Bonus for
the calendar year pro-rated for the number of days in the year prior to the
termination date. In the event of involuntary termination during the Contract
Term by the Company without Cause, or upon involuntary termination of the
Executive's employment by the Company without Cause as of the expiration of the
Contract Term, the Executive shall receive a lump sum cash payment equal to two
year's Base Salary as severance and relocation allowance, in addition to any
amounts set forth in the preceding sentence. With the exception of health care
coverage under the applicable laws, the Executive shall have no further right to
receive any other
5
<PAGE>
compensation, or to participate in any other plan, arrangement, or benefit,
after such termihation or resignation of employment.
(2) Date of Termination. The date of termination of employment
without Cause shall be the date specified in a written notice of termination to
the Executive. The date of resignation for Good Reason shall be the date
specified in the written notice of resignation from the Executive to the
Company; provided, however, that no such written notice shall be effective
unless the cure period specified in Section 5.D has expired without the
Company's having corrected, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, the
event or events subject to cure. If no date of resignation is specified in the
written notice from the Executive to the Company, the date of termination shall
be the first day following such expiration of such cure period.
B. Termination for Cause; Resignation without Good Reason.
(1) General. If, prior to the expiration of the Employment Term,
the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or if the
Executive resigns from his employment hereunder other than for Good Reason, the
Executive shall be entitled only to payment of the Base Salary earned as then in
effect through and including the date of termination or resignation. With the
exception of health care coverage under the applicable laws, the Executive shall
have no further right to receive any other compensation, or to participate in
any other plan, arrangement, or benefit, after such termination or resignation
of employment.
(2) Date of Termination. The date of termination for Cause shall
be the date provided for in Section 5.C. The date of resignation without Good
Reason shall be the date specified in the written notice of resignation from the
Executive to the Company, or if no date is specified therein, 10 business days
after receipt by the Company of written notice of resignation from the
Executive.
C. Cause. Termination for "Cause" shall mean termination of the
Executive's employment because of:
(1) any act or omission which is willful and wrongful and is
materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of the
General Partner or the Company or any subsidiary thereof, unless such act or
omission was reasonably believed by the Executive in good faith to be in the
best interest of the General Partner or the Company or any subsidiary thereof;
or
(2) the failure or refusal of the Executive substantially to
perform the material duties of his position with the Company or any of its
subsidiaries.
6
<PAGE>
In each case, an act or omission that may constitute cause under
C.(2) above must be confirmed by directors of the General Partner (the "Board")
representing stockholders, which stockholders represent voting percentages of at
least 80% in the aggregate. The Company must give the Executive written notice
of its objection to such act or omission within ninety days after the Company
learns of such event. The Executive shall have thirty days from receipt of said
notice to correct the act or omission. In the event the Executive fails to
correct the cause as outlined in said notice, the Company shall notify the
Executive that the Company intends to terminate the Executive's employment for
Cause under this Section 5.C (the "Confirmation Notice"). The Confirmation
Notice shall specify the act, or acts, upon the basis of which the majority of
the Board has so confirmed the existence of Cause. If the Executive notifies the
Company in writing (the "Opportunity Notice") within five days after the
Executive has received the Confirmation Notice, the Executive shall be provided
one opportunity to meet with the Board (or a sufficient quorum thereof) to
discuss such act or acts. Such opportunity to meet shall be fixed and shall
occur on a date selected by the Board (such date being not less than five or
more than forty-five days after the Company receives the Opportunity Notice from
the Executive). Such meeting shall take place at the principal offices of the
Company. The Executive may be accompanied by his legal counsel. During the
period commencing on the date of the Confirmation Notice and ending on the date
next succeeding the date on which such meeting between the Board (or a
sufficient quorum thereof) and the Executive is scheduled to occur, the
Executive shall be suspended with pay from his employment with the Company and
the Board may, during such suspension period, reasonably limit the Executive's
access to the principal offices of the Company or the General Partner or any of
their respective assets, and during such suspension period, the Executive shall
not have the authority to bind the Company or act on its behalf. If the Board
properly sets the date of such meeting and if the Board (or a sufficient quorum
thereof) attends such meeting and does not rescind its confirmation at such
meeting or if the Executive fails to attend such meeting for any reason, the
Executive's employment by the Company shall, immediately upon the closing of
such meeting, be terminated for Cause under this Section 5.C. If the Executive
does not respond in writing to the Confirmation Notice in the manner and within
the time deadline specified in this Section 5.C, the Executive's employment with
the Company shall, on the sixth business day after the receipt by the Executive
of the Confirmation Notice, be terminated for Cause under this Section 5.C.
D. Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason"
shall mean any of the following (without the Executive's prior written consent):
(1) any decrease in the Executive's base rate of compensation or
a failure by the Company or any of its subsidiaries promptly to pay compensation
due and payable to the Executive in connection with his employment;
(2) a diminution of the responsibilities or title of the
Executive with the Company or any of its subsidiaries;
7
<PAGE>
(3) the creation by the Company of a working environment which
materially and adversely prejudices the Executive's ability to perform his
duties hereunder;
(4) the Company's requiring the Executive to be based at any
office or location more than thirty miles from his principal employment location
with MHP at the time of this Agreement;
(5) a material breach by the Company of any term or provision of
this Agreement;
provided, however, that no event or condition described in clauses (1) through
(5) of this Section 5.D shall constitute Good Reason unless (X) the Executive
gives the Company written notice of his objection to such event or condition
within ninety days after the date the Executive learns of such event, (Y) such
event or condition is not corrected by the Company within thirty days of its
receipt of such notice and (Z) the Executive resigns his employment with the
Company and its subsidiaries not more than thirty days following the expiration
of the thirty day period described in the foregoing clause (Y).
SECTION 6. DEATH OR DISABILITY.
In the event of termination of employment by reason of death or
disability, the Executive (or his estate, as applicable) shall be entitled to
Base Salary through the date of termination and the Target Bonus for the
calendar year of termination, pro-rated for the number of days in the year prior
to the termination date. Other benefits shall be determined in accordance with
the benefit plans maintained by the Company, and the Company shall have no
further obligation hereunder.
SECTION 7. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
A. Nondisclosure. The Executive hereby acknowledges that it will
be necessary in connection with the performance of services hereunder to provide
or make available to the Executive certain confidential and proprietary
information, including, but not limited to, business and financial information,
technological information, customer lists and financial information on
customers, intellectual property, trade secrets, and other information relating
to the businesses, products, technology, services, customers, methods, or
tactics of MHP, the General Partner, the Company, or their affiliates (any such
confidential or proprietary information being hereinafter referred to as
"Confidential Information"). The Executive further acknowledges that the
Confidential Information includes certain protected trade secrets and agrees
that any such trade secrets shall remain the property of MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or its affiliates at all times during the term of this
Agreement and following the
8
<PAGE>
expiration or termination hereof. The Executive shall not publish, disseminate,
distribute, disclose, sell, assign, transfer, copy, remove from the premises of
MHP, the General Partner or the Company, commercially exploit, or otherwise make
use of any Confidential Information to or for the use or benefit of the
Executive or any other person, firm, corporation, or entity, except as
specifically authorized in writing by the President or as required for the due
and proper performance of his duties and obligations under this Agreement. In
addition, the Executive shall employ all necessary safeguards and precautions in
order to ensure that unauthorized access to the Confidential Information is not
afforded to any person, firm, corporation, or entity. Upon any expiration or
termination of this Agreement, or if the President so requests at any time, the
Executive shall promptly return to MHP, the General Partner, or the Company all
Confidential Information in the Executive's possession, whether in writing, on
computer disks, or other media, without retaining any copies, extracts, or other
reproductions thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this
paragraph A shall prevent the publishing, dissemination, distribution,
disclosure, sale, assignment, transfer, copying, removal, commercial
exploitation, or other use by the Executive of any information which (i) is
generally available to the public (other than through a breach on the part of
the Executive of any of the terms or provisions hereof), (ii) is lawfully
obtained by the Executive from a source other than MHP, the General Partner, the
Company or their affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents, or other
representatives (provided, however, that such source is not bound by a
confidentiality agreement with MHP, the General Partner, the Company or any of
their affiliates and is not otherwise under an obligation of secrecy or
confidentiality to any of them), or (iii) is required to be disclosed by
judicial or administrative process or, in the opinion of counsel, by the
requirements of applicable law (provided, however, that the Executive complies
fully with the provisions of paragraph C below).
B. Exclusive Property. The Executive confirms that all
confidential information is and shall remain the exclusive property of MHP, the
General Partner, the Company or its affiliates. All business records, papers and
documents kept or made by the Executive relating to the business of MHP, the
General Partner or the Company shall be and remain the property of MHP, the
General Partner, the Company or its affiliates.
C. Requests for Disclosure. If the Executive is requested
(whether by oral questions, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena,
civil investigative demand, or other legal process) to disclose any part of the
Confidential Information, the Executive shall (i) give prompt written notice to
the President of the existence of, and the circumstances attendant to, such
request, (ii) consult with the President as to the advisability of taking
legally available steps to resist or narrow any such request or otherwise to
eliminate the need for such disclosure, and (iii) if disclosure is required,
cooperate with the President in obtaining a protective order or other reliable
assurance in form and substance satisfactory to the President that confidential
treatment will be accorded to such portion of the Confidential Information as is
required to be disclosed.
SECTION 8. COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.
9
<PAGE>
A. Non-Competition. The Executive hereby agrees that during the
"Non-Competition Period" (as hereinafter defined), he will not, directly or
indirectly (whether acting alone or through any of his affiliates, as a member
of a company or a joint-venture or an investor in, or a holder of securities of,
any corporation or other entity, or otherwise), engage in any of the following
activities in a substantive and ongoing manner: (i) conduct or participate in
any business or enterprise involved in the line of business of MHP, the General
Partner or the Company; or (ii) solicit, in competition with MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or any of their affiliates, or their respective successors,
the business of any customer of MHP, the General Partner, the Company or any of
their affiliates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8,
the Executive may own, for investment purposes only, up to five percent of the
stock of any publicly-held corporation whose stock is either listed on a
national securities exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System if the
Executive is not otherwise affiliated with such corporation. The Executive
acknowledges that (i) the provisions set forth in this Section 8 are for the
benefit of MHP, the General Partner, the Company and their affiliates, (ii) his
agreement to such provisions is an express condition to his employment by the
Company, and (iii) such provisions are reasonably necessary to protect the
goodwill and other business interests of MHP, the General Partner, the Company
and their affiliates. The Executive agrees that, if he engages in any activity
in violation of this Section 8, the Non-Competition Period shall automatically
be extended in such a way that the Executive will be subject to the restrictions
imposed by this Section 8 until the expiration of two years from the date he
ceases to be engaged in any activity in violation hereof. The "Non-Competition
Period" shall be the term of the Executive's employment hereunder.
B. Reformation of Scope. If any of the provisions of this
Section 8 is found to be unreasonably broad, oppressive, or unenforceable in an
action, suit, or proceeding before any federal or state court, such court (i)
shall narrow the Non-Competition Period or shall otherwise endeavor to reform
the scope of such agreements in order to ensure that the application thereof is
not unreasonably broad, oppressive, or unenforceable and (ii) to the fullest
extent permitted by law, shall enforce such agreements as so reformed.
SECTION 9. NONSOLICITATION.
The Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, during the
Non-Competition Period, (a) take any action to solicit or divert any business
(or potential business) or customers (or potential customers) away from MHP, the
General Partner, the Company or their affiliates, (b) induce customers,
potential customers, suppliers, agents, or other persons under contract or
otherwise associated or doing business with MHP, the General Partner, the
Company or their affiliates to terminate, reduce, or alter any such association
or business with or from MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their
affiliates or (c) induce any person in the employment of MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or their affiliates or any consultant to MHP, the
10
<PAGE>
General Partner, the Company or their affiliates to (i) terminate such
employment or consulting arrangement, (ii) accept employment, or enter into any
consulting arrangement, with anyone other than MHP, the General Partner, the
Company or their affiliates, or (iii) interfere with the customers, suppliers,
or clients of MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates in any
manner or the business of MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their
affiliates in any manner. For purposes of this Section 9, a "potential customer"
shall mean a person or entity that MHP, the General Partner, the Company or
their affiliates, (A) as of the date the Executive's employment terminates, is
soliciting or considering soliciting (or has targeted for solicitation), or (B)
has, at any time or from time to time, within the 12-month period prior to the
date the Executive's employment terminates, been soliciting for or in respect of
any current, actively pending, or contemplated business.
SECTION 10. REMEDIES.
The Executive hereby agrees that a violation of the provisions
of Section 7, 8, or 9 hereof would cause irreparable injury to MHP, the General
Partner, the Company and their affiliates for which they would have no adequate
remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, MHP, the General
Partner and the Company shall be entitled to preliminary and other injunctive
relief without necessity of complying with any requirement as to the posting of
a bond or other security (it being understood that the Executive hereby waives
any such requirement). Any such injunctive relief shall be in addition to any
other remedies to which MHP, the General Partner, and the Company may be
entitled at law or in equity, or otherwise.
SECTION 11. AMENDMENT; WAIVER.
The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or
amended only by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto, and
compliance with the terms and provisions hereof may be waived only by a written
instrument executed by each party entitled to the benefits thereof. No failure
or delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power, or privilege
granted hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or
partial exercise of any such right, power, or privilege preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege
granted hereunder.
SECTION 12. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the
parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all
prior written or oral agreements, arrangements, or understandings between MHP,
the General Partner, the Company and the Executive, including, without
limitation, the Employment Agreement among Market Hub Partners, L.P., Market Hub
Partners, Inc. and the Executive dated effective January 1, 1998.
11
<PAGE>
SECTION 13. NOTICES.
All notices or communications hereunder shall be in writing,
addressed as follows, or to any other address subsequently provided to the other
party:
To the Company:
Market Hub Partners Storage, LP.
44084 Riverside Parkway, Suite 340
Leesburg, Virginia 22075
Attention: Mr. Donald B. Russell
To the Executive:
Anthony J. Clark
101 Grogans Point Rd.
Woodlands, Texas 77380
All such notices shall be conclusively deemed to be received and shall be
effective, (i) if sent by hand delivery, upon receipt, (ii) if sent by telecopy
or facsimile transmission, upon confirmation of receipt by the sender of such
transmission, or (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, on the fifth day
after the day on which such notice is mailed.
SECTION 14. SEVERABILITY.
In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement is
found to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and
enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof shall not be in any
way affected or impaired thereby, and this Agreement shall be construed as if
such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained
therein.
SECTION 15. BINDING EFFECT; ASSIGNMENT.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the parties and their respective successors and assigns (it being understood and
agreed that, except as expressly provided herein, nothing contained in this
Agreement is intended to confer upon any other person or entity any rights,
benefits, or remedies of any kind or character whatsoever). Neither party may
assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party;
provided, however, that the Company may assign this Agreement to any of its
affiliates or to any successor (whether by operation of law or otherwise) to all
or substantially all of its business and assets without the consent of the
Executive.
12
<PAGE>
SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Texas (except that no effect shall be given to any
conflicts of law principles thereof that would require the application of the
laws of another jurisdiction).
SECTION 17. HEADINGS.
The headings of the sections contained in this Agreement are for
convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or
construction of any provision of this Agreement.
SECTION 18. COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.
SECTION 19. APPROVALS.
This Agreement is made and entered into, and the Company agrees
to employ the Executive and the Executive agrees to accept such employment,
subject to the approval of this Agreement by the Board of Directors of the
General Partner and Market Hub Partners, Inc. Without such approval and
ratification, this Agreement shall be void and of no further effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on
the 9th day of February, 1998 to be effective as of the date first above
written.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
By: Market Hub Partners, Inc.,
its General Partner
By:/s/ DONALD B. RUSSELL
Donald B. Russell, President
13
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.L.C
By:/s/ DONALD B. RUSSELL
Donald B. Russell, President
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P
By: Market Hub Partners Storage, L.L.C.,
its General Partner
By:/s/ DONALD B. RUSSELL
Donald B. Russell, President
"EXECUTIVE"
/s/ ANTHONY J. CLARK
Anthony J. Clark
14
EXHIBIT 10.8
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), entered into as of
January 1, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), by and among MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership which is an owner of several other discrete
business entities (hereinafter collectively referred to as "MHP"), MARKET HUB
PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the "Company"), MARKET
HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.L.C., the general partner of the Company (the "General
Partner") and JACK W. GATEWOOD (the "Executive"),
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, MHP and the General Partner desire to employ and secure
on behalf of the Company the experience, abilities, and service of Executive
upon the terms and conditions specified herein; and
WHEREAS, Executive is willing to enter into this Agreement upon
the terms and conditions specified herein;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the terms and
provisions set forth herein, the mutual benefits to be gained by the performance
thereof, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency
of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1. EMPLOYMENT.
The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive
hereby accepts such employment, all upon the terms and conditions set forth
herein.
SECTION 2. TERM.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the
Executive shall be employed by the Company for a period commencing on the
Effective Date through December 31, 2000 (the "Contract Term") unless sooner
terminated pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement.
SECTION 3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
A. CAPACITY. The Executive shall serve in the capacity of Vice
President, Engineering for the Company. The Executive shall be responsible for
such general management activities as are consistent with the responsibilities
of said office and such other activities as may hereafter be assigned to him by
the Company. All such duties shall be performed in accordance
<PAGE>
with any written or oral direction from time to time furnished to the Executive
by the President and the Executive Vice President and the Executive shall report
to the Executive Vice President of the Company.
B. Full-time Duties. The Executive shall devote his full
business time, attention, and energies to the business of the Company and the
General Partner and shall not be engaged in any other business activity, whether
or not pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage, which would impair
his ability to fulfill his duties to the Company under this Agreement, without
the prior written consent of the President. The Executive shall be allowed, to
the extent such activities do not substantially interfere with the performance
by the Executive of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, to (a) manage the
Executive's personal affairs, and (b) (i) serve on boards or committees of civic
or charitable organizations or trade associations, and (ii) serve on the board
of directors of any corporation; provided, however, that the Executive shall
advise the President in writing of any such corporate directorship under clause
(b) (ii) and, if requested by the President, the Executive shall first
demonstrate, to the reasonable satisfaction of the President, that any such
directorship does not detract from the Executive's performance of his duties and
responsibilities under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this paragraph B
shall prevent the Executive from passively investing his assets in such a form
or manner as will not conflict with the terms of this Agreement and will not
require services on the part of the Executive in the operation of the business
of the companies or other enterprises in which such investments are made.
C. Standard of Performance. The Executive will perform his
duties under this Agreement with fidelity and loyalty, to the best of his
ability, experience, and talent, and in a manner consistent with his fiduciary
responsibilities.
SECTION 4. COMPENSATION.
A. Base Salary. During the term of this Agreement, the Company
shall pay the Executive a salary (the "Base Salary") of $120,000 per annum,
prorated for partial years of employment. The Base Salary shall be payable twice
monthly in accordance with the general payroll practices of the Company in
effect from time to time.
B. Bonuses.
(1) The Executive shall receive a performance bonus for each
calendar year during the Contract Term. The actual bonus paid shall depend upon
MHP actual before tax income for the relevant calendar year, all as shown on its
"Combined Statement of Operations" as published by MHP and as modified in the
manner described herein (the "Actual Net Income"). For the purposes of
establishing MHP's Actual Net Income, such before tax income shall include the
before tax income of MHP and all of its subsidiary entities, and MHP shall not
2
<PAGE>
purchase or transfer ownership of a subsidiary entity or its assets for the
purpose of avoiding all or any portion of the bonus payments required by this
provision. In addition, (i) bonuses and incentive compensation payments made
under any agreement entered into prior to this Agreement with any other employee
or consultant of MHP or its subsidiary entities, (ii) bonuses and incentive
compensation payments made under any agreement entered into subsequent to this
Agreement with any person not listed on Schedule 4(B) hereto, and (iii) any
extraordinary expense items recognized in 1998 and resulting from the retirement
of the Senior Notes issued on July 3, 1996 by Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.P. and
Egan Hub Partners, L.P. shall not reduce, or otherwise adversely impact, the
amount of Actual Net Income used in calculating the performance bonus provided
for herein. The targeted bonus amount (the "Target Bonus") shall be an amount
equal to one percent (1%) of MHP's Actual Net Income for the relevant calendar
year. If MHP achieves Actual Net Income of (i) at least ninety percent (90%) but
not in excess of one hundred ten percent (110%) of the budgeted before tax
income for the relevant calendar year, as established by Market Hub Partners,
Inc., its general partner ("Budgeted Net Income"), the Executive shall be
entitled to receive one hundred percent (100%) of the Target Bonus, (ii) less
than ninety percent (90%) of the Budgeted Net Income, the Executive shall be
entitled to receive sixty-five percent (65%) of the Target Bonus, or (iii) in
excess of one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Budgeted Net Income, the
Executive shall be entitled to receive one hundred thirty-five percent (135%) of
the Target Bonus. This performance bonus shall be paid within thirty (30) days
after the end of the relevant calendar year.
(2) Other special compensation may be awarded at the sole
discretion of the General Partner from time to time.
C. Incentive Compensation.
(1) In the event of a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined)
that occurs during the Contract Term, the Executive shall be due from the
Company an amount (the "Incentive Compensation") equal to one percent (1%) of
the increase in value of MHP. The Incentive Compensation will be paid in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement within forty-five (45) days of
the date of the Change in Control. The increase in value of MHP is calculated by
subtracting the value of MHP as of January 1, 1998, from the value of MHP as
determined in accordance with Section 4.C.(2) below. In any calculation of the
increase in the value of MHP under this provision, the parties shall include the
increase in value of all subsidiary entities, including the increase in value of
all subsidiary entities acquired or established hereafter, from the date of
acquisition or establishment to the date of calculation.
For the sole purposes of this paragraph C, the value of MHP as of January 1,
1998, shall be determined based upon earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") for 1997 and an EBITDA multiple of ten
(10).
3
<PAGE>
(2) The value of MHP will be as agreed to by MHP and the
Executive. If MHP and the Executive fail to reach agreement within thirty days
of the Change in Control event requiring the valuation, the Chief Financial
Officer of MHP will retain the services of an investment banker to prepare a
determination of value of MHP as of the date necessary to carry out the intent
of this Agreement. The investment banker shall determine the value of MHP in a
manner consistent with the methodology used to determine the value of MHP as of
January 1, 1998, using the EBITDA of MHP based upon the four fiscal quarters
immediately preceding the event requiring valuation. In determining the
appropriate EBITDA multiplier the investment banker shall take into account
MHP's operations history, asset value, business prospects, any EBITDA multiplier
used to value comparable companies or to derive the value of any interest in MHP
sold in connection with the Change in Control and in any other recent
arm's-length transaction, and other factors deemed to relevant by the investment
banker to determine enterprise value. In either case, in determining the value
of MHP, appropriate adjustments will be made to take into account any capital
contributions by its partners to MHP and distributions by MHP to its partners
since January 1, 1998. For example, the amount of a capital contribution made to
fund a shortfall in working capital might be deducted from the value otherwise
determined, while the amount of a capital contribution made to fund a redemption
by MHP of outstanding equity interests might not be so deducted. The value of
MHP shall not be less than the value determined on the basis of the value
established in the transaction resulting in the Change in Control.
(3) A "Change in Control" shall mean (i) a sale, transfer or
other disposition or a series of sales, transfers or other dispositions
occurring during the Contract Term of an aggregate of more than 50% of the
beneficial ownership interest in the equity of MHP by the holders of equity
interests in MHP as of January 1, 1998 (the "Original Partners"), (ii) the
issuance by MHP during the Contract Term of any new equity interest that, in the
aggregate, exceeds 50% of the total equity interest in MHP, to any one or more
individuals, entities or groups that were not Original Partners, (iii) a sale,
transfer or disposition, or a series of sales, transfers or dispositions during
the Contract Term by MHP of assets of MHP constituting, in the aggregate, more
than 50% of the value of the assets of MHP, or (iv) a change in more than 50% of
the members of the Board of Directors of MHP during the Contract Term as a
result of any sale, transfer or other disposition or a series of sales,
transfers or other disposition, or a series of sales, transfers or other
dispositions of the legal or beneficial ownership interest in the equity of MHP,
including any transfer to an Original Partner.
D. Benefits.
(1) The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement from the
Company for reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket business expenses incurred
by him in the course of the performance of his duties hereunder, upon the
submission of an itemized account of
4
<PAGE>
such expenditures in accordance with the expense reimbursement policies
applicable to executives as adopted by the Company from time to time.
(2) If and to the extent that the Company maintains employee
benefit plans (including, but not limited to, pension, profit-sharing,
disability, accident, medical, life insurance, and hospitalization plans) (it
being understood that the Company may but shall not be obligated to do so), the
Executive shall be entitled to participate therein in accordance with the
Company's regular practices with respect to its executives. The Company will
have the right to amend or terminate any such benefit plans it may choose to
establish.
(3) The Executive shall be entitled to three (3) weeks of
vacation, together with holidays and other paid or unpaid leaves of absence as
are consistent with the Company's normal policies or as are otherwise approved
by the General Partner.
E. Payments. All payments to the Executive provided for under
this Agreement shall be paid in cash from the general funds of the Company and,
in the event the Company fails to satisfy its obligations hereunder, such
obligations shall be satisfied by MHP by cash payment from the general funds of
MHP. No special or separate funds shall be established and no other segregation
of assets shall be made to assure payment. The Executive shall have no right,
title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments that the Company or MHP
may make to aid it in meeting its obligations hereunder. To the extent that any
person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or MHP hereunder,
such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured creditor of the
Company or MHP.
SECTION 5. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.
A. Termination without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason.
(1) General. If, prior to the expiration of the Contract Term,
the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as
defined in Section 5.C), or if the Executive resigns from his employment
hereunder for Good Reason (as defined in Section 5.D), the Company shall pay the
Executive his Base Salary as then in effect through and including the date of
termination or resignation, and sixty-five percent (65%) of the Target Bonus for
the calendar year pro-rated for the number of days in the year prior to the
termination date. In the event of involuntary termination during the Contract
Term by the Company without Cause, or upon involuntary termination of the
Executive's employment by the Company without Cause as of the expiration of the
Contract Term, the Executive shall receive a lump sum cash payment equal to two
year's Base Salary as severance and relocation allowance, in addition to any
amounts set forth in the preceding sentence. With the exception of health care
coverage under the applicable laws, the Executive shall have no further right to
receive any other
5
<PAGE>
compensation, or to participate in any other plan, arrangement, or benefit,
after such termination or resignation of employment.
(2) Date of Termination. The date of termination of employment
without Cause shall be the date specified in a written notice of termination to
the Executive. The date of resignation for Good Reason shall be the date
specified in the written notice of resignation from the Executive to the
Company; provided, however, that no such written notice shall be effective
unless the cure period specified in Section 5.D has expired without the
Company's having corrected, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, the
event or events subject to cure. If no date of resignation is specified in the
written notice from the Executive to the Company, the date of termination shall
be the first day following such expiration of such cure period.
B. Termination for Cause; Resignation without Good Reason.
(1) General. If, prior to the expiration of the Employment Term,
the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or if the
Executive resigns from his employment hereunder other than for Good Reason, the
Executive shall be entitled only to payment of the Base Salary earned as then in
effect through and including the date of termination or resignation. With the
exception of health care coverage under the applicable laws, the Executive shall
have no further right to receive any other compensation, or to participate in
any other plan, arrangement, or benefit, after such termination or resignation
of employment.
(2) Date of Termination. The date of termination for Cause shall
be the date provided for in Section 5.C. The date of resignation without Good
Reason shall be the date specified in the written notice of resignation from the
Executive to the Company, or if no date is specified therein, 10 business days
after receipt by the Company of written notice of resignation from the
Executive.
C. Cause. Termination for "Cause" shall mean termination of the
Executive's employment because of:
(1) any act or omission which is willful and wrongful and is
materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of the
General Partner or the Company or any subsidiary thereof, unless such act or
omission was reasonably believed by the Executive in good faith to be in the
best interest of the General Partner or the Company or any subsidiary thereof;
or
(2) the failure or refusal of the Executive substantially to
perform the material duties of his position with the Company or any of its
subsidiaries.
6
<PAGE>
In each case, an act or omission that may constitute cause under
C.(2) above must be confirmed by directors of the General Partner (the "Board")
representing stockholders, which stockholders represent voting percentages of at
least 80% in the aggregate. The Company must give the Executive written notice
of its objection to such act or omission within ninety days after the Company
learns of such event. The Executive shall have thirty days from receipt of said
notice to correct the act or omission. In the event the Executive fails to
correct the cause as outlined in said notice, the Company shall notify the
Executive that the Company intends to terminate the Executive's employment for
Cause under this Section 5.C (the "Confirmation Notice") The Confirmation Notice
shall specify the act, or acts, upon the basis of which the majority of the
Board has so confirmed the existence of Cause. If the Executive notifies the
Company in writing (the "Opportunity Notice") within five days after the
Executive has received the Confirmation Notice, the Executive shall be provided
one opportunity to meet with the Board (or a sufficient quorum thereof) to
discuss such act or acts. Such opportunity to meet shall be fixed and shall
occur on a date selected by the Board (such date being not less than five or
more than forty-five days after the Company receives the Opportunity Notice from
the Executive). Such meeting shall take place at the principal offices of the
Company. The Executive may be accompanied by his legal counsel. During the
period commencing on the date of the Confirmation Notice and ending on the date
next succeeding the date on which such meeting between the Board (or a
sufficient quorum thereof) and the Executive is scheduled to occur, the
Executive shall be suspended with pay from his employment with the Company and
the Board may, during such suspension period, reasonably limit the Executive's
access to the principal offices of the Company or the General Partner or any of
their respective assets, and during such suspension period, the Executive shall
not have the authority to bind the Company or act on its behalf. If the Board
properly sets the date of such meeting and if the Board (or a sufficient quorum
thereof) attends such meeting and does not rescind its confirmation at such
meeting or if the Executive fails to attend such meeting for any reason, the
Executive's employment by the Company shall, immediately upon the closing of
such meeting, be terminated for Cause under this Section 5.C. If the Executive
does not respond in writing to the Confirmation Notice in the manner and within
the time deadline specified in this Section 5.C, the Executive's employment with
the Company shall, on the sixth business day after the receipt by the Executive
of the Confirmation Notice, be terminated for Cause under this Section 5.C.
D. Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason"
shall mean any of the following (without the Executive's prior written consent):
(1) any decrease in the Executive's base rate of compensation or
a failure by the Company or any of its subsidiaries promptly to pay compensation
due and payable to the Executive in connection with his employment;
(2) a diminution of the responsibilities or title of the
Executive with the Company or any of its subsidiaries;
7
<PAGE>
(3) the creation by the Company of a working environment which
materially and adversely prejudices the Executive's ability to perform his
duties hereunder;
(4) the Company's requiring the Executive to be based at any
office or location more than thirty miles from his principal employment location
as agreed to at the date of this Agreement; or
(5) a material breach by the Company of any term or provision of
this Agreement;
provided, however, that no event or condition described in clauses (1) through
(5) of this Section 5.D shall constitute Good Reason unless (X) the Executive
gives the Company written notice of his objection to such event or condition
within ninety days after the date the Executive learns of such event, (Y) such
event or condition is not corrected by the Company within thirty days of its
receipt of such notice and (Z) the Executive resigns his employment with the
Company and its subsidiaries not more than thirty days following the expiration
of the thirty day period described in the foregoing clause (Y).
SECTION 6. DEATH OR DISABILITY.
In the event of termination of employment by reason of death or
disability, the Executive (or his estate, as applicable) shall be entitled to
Base Salary through the date of termination and the Target Bonus for the
calendar year of termination, pro-rated for the number of days in the year prior
to the termination date. Other benefits shall be determined in accordance with
the benefit plans maintained by the Company, and the Company shall have no
further obligation hereunder.
SECTION 7. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
A. Nondisclosure. The Executive hereby acknowledges that it will
be necessary in connection with the performance of services hereunder to provide
or make available to the Executive certain confidential and proprietary
information, including, but not limited to, business and financial information,
technological information, customer lists and financial information on
customers, intellectual property, trade secrets, and other information relating
to the businesses, products, technology, services, customers, methods, or
tactics of MHP, the General Partner, the Company, or their affiliates (any such
confidential or proprietary information being hereinafter referred to as
"Confidential Information"). The Executive further acknowledges that the
Confidential Information includes certain protected trade secrets and agrees
that any such trade secrets shall remain the property of MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or its affiliates at all times during the term of this
Agreement and following the
8
<PAGE>
expiration or termination hereof. The Executive shall not publish, disseminate,
distribute, disclose, sell, assign, transfer, copy, remove from the premises of
MHP, the General Partner or the Company, commercially exploit, or otherwise make
use of any Confidential Information to or for the use or benefit of the
Executive or any other person, firm, corporation, or entity, except as
specifically authorized in writing by the President or as required for the due
and proper performance of his duties and obligations under this Agreement. In
addition, the Executive shall employ all necessary safeguards and precautions in
order to ensure that unauthorized access to the Confidential Information is not
afforded to any person, firm, corporation, or entity. Upon any expiration or
termination of this Agreement, or if the President so requests at any time, the
Executive shall promptly return to MHP, the General Partner, or the Company all
Confidential Information in the Executive's possession, whether in writing, on
computer disks, or other media, without retaining any copies, extracts, or other
reproductions thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this
paragraph A shall prevent the publishing, dissemination, distribution,
disclosure, sale, assignment, transfer, copying, removal, commercial
exploitation, or other use by the Executive of any information which (i) is
generally available to the public (other than through a breach on the part of
the Executive of any of the terms or provisions hereof), (ii) is lawfully
obtained by the Executive from a source other than MHP, the General Partner, the
Company or their affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents, or other
representatives (provided, however, that such source is not bound by a
confidentiality agreement with MHP, the General Partner, the Company or any of
their affiliates and is not otherwise under an obligation of secrecy or
confidentiality to any of them), or (iii) is required to be disclosed by
judicial or administrative process or, in the opinion of counsel, by the
requirements of applicable law (provided, however, that the Executive complies
fully with the provisions of paragraph C below).
B. Exclusive Property. The Executive confirms that all
confidential information is and shall remain the exclusive property of MHP, the
General Partner, the Company or its affiliates. All business records, papers and
documents kept or made by the Executive relating to the business of MHP, the
General Partner or the Company shall be and remain the property of MHP, the
General Partner, the Company or its affiliates.
C. Requests for Disclosure. If the Executive is requested
(whether by oral questions, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena,
civil investigative demand, or other legal process) to disclose any part of the
Confidential Information, the Executive shall (i) give prompt written notice to
the President of the existence of, and the circumstances attendant to, such
request, (ii) consult with the President as to the advisability of taking
legally available steps to resist or narrow any such request or otherwise to
eliminate the need for such disclosure, and (iii) if disclosure is required,
cooperate with the President in obtaining a protective order or other reliable
assurance in form and substance satisfactory to the President that confidential
treatment will be accorded to such portion of the Confidential Information as is
required to be disclosed.
9
<PAGE>
SECTION 8. COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.
A. NON-COMPETITION. The Executive hereby agrees that during the
"Non-Competition Period" (as hereinafter defined), he will not, directly or
indirectly (whether acting alone or through any of his affiliates, as a member
of a company or a joint-venture or an investor in, or a holder of securities of,
any corporation or other entity, or otherwise), engage in any of the following
activities in a substantive and ongoing manner: (i) conduct or participate in
any business or enterprise involved in the line of business of MHP, the General
Partner or the Company; or (ii) solicit, in competition with MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or any of their affiliates, or their respective successors,
the business of any customer of MHP, the General Partner, the Company or any of
their affiliates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8,
the Executive may own, for investment purposes only, up to five percent of the
stock of any publicly-held corporation whose stock is either listed on a
national securities exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System if the
Executive is not otherwise affiliated with such corporation. The Executive
acknowledges that (i) the provisions set forth in this Section 8 are for the
benefit of MHP, the General Partner, the Company and their affiliates, (ii) his
agreement to such provisions is an express condition to his employment by the
Company, and (iii) such provisions are reasonably necessary to protect the
goodwill and other business interests of MHP, the General Partner, the Company
and their affiliates. The Executive agrees that, if he engages in any activity
in violation of this Section 8, the Non-Competition Period shall automatically
be extended in such a way that the Executive will be subject to the restrictions
imposed by this Section 8 until the expiration of two years from the date he
ceases to be engaged in any activity in violation hereof. The "Non-Competition
Period" shall be the term of the Executive's employment hereunder.
B. Reformation of Scope. If any of the provisions of this
Section 8 is found to be unreasonably broad, oppressive, or unenforceable in an
action, suit, or proceeding before any federal or state court, such court (i)
shall narrow the Non-Competition Period or shall otherwise endeavor to reform
the scope of such agreements in order to ensure that the application thereof is
not unreasonably broad, oppressive, or unenforceable and (ii) to the fullest
extent permitted by law, shall enforce such agreements as so reformed.
SECTION 9. NONSOLICITATION.
The Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, during the
Non-Competition Period, (a) take any action to solicit or divert any business
(or potential business) or customers (or potential customers) away from MHP, the
General Partner, the Company or their affiliates, (b) induce customers,
potential customers, suppliers, agents, or other persons under contract or
otherwise associated or doing business with MHP, the General Partner, the
Company or their affiliates to terminate, reduce, or alter any such association
or business with or from MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their
affiliates or (c) induce any person in the employment of
10
<PAGE>
MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates or any consultant to
MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates to (i) terminate such
employment or consulting arrangement, (ii) accept employment, or enter into any
consulting arrangement, with anyone other than MHP, the General Partner, the
Company or their affiliates, or (iii) interfere with the customers, suppliers,
or clients of MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates in any
manner or the business of MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their
affiliates in any manner. For purposes of this Section 9, a "potential customer"
shall mean a person or entity that MHP, the General Partner, the Company or
their affiliates, (A) as of the date the Executive's employment terminates, is
soliciting or considering soliciting (or has targeted for solicitation), or (B)
has, at any time or from time to time, within the 12-month period prior to the
date the Executive's employment terminates, been soliciting for or in respect of
any current, actively pending, or contemplated business.
SECTION 10. REMEDIES.
The Executive hereby agrees that a violation of the provisions
of Section 7, 8, or 9 hereof would cause irreparable injury to MHP, the General
Partner, the Company and their affiliates for which they would have no adequate
remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, MHP, the General
Partner and the Company shall be entitled to preliminary and other injunctive
relief without necessity of complying with any requirement as to the posting of
a bond or other security (it being understood that the Executive hereby waives
any such requirement). Any such injunctive relief shall be in addition to any
other remedies to which MHP, the General Partner, and the Company may be
entitled at law or in equity, or otherwise.
SECTION 11. AMENDMENT; WAIVER.
The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or
amended only by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto, and
compliance with the terms and provisions hereof may be waived only by a written
instrument executed by each party entitled to the benefits thereof. No failure
or delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power, or privilege
granted hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or
partial exercise of any such right, power, or privilege preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege
granted hereunder.
SECTION 12. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the
parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all
prior written or oral agreements, arrangements, or understandings between MHP,
the General Partner, the Company and the Executive, including, without
limitation, the Employment Agreement among Market Hub Partners, L.P., Market Hub
Partners, Inc. and the Executive dated effective January 1, 1998.
11
<PAGE>
SECTION 13. NOTICES.
All notices or communications hereunder shall be in writing,
addressed as follows, or to any other address subsequently provided to the other
party:
To the Company:
Market Hub Partners Storage, LP.
44084 Riverside Parkway, Suite 340
Leesburg, Virginia 22075
Attention: Mr. Donald B. Russell
To the Executive:
Mr. Jack W. Gatewood
18326 Longcliffe
Houston, Texas 77084
All such notices shall be conclusively deemed to be received and shall be
effective, (i) if sent by hand delivery, upon receipt, (ii) if sent by telecopy
or facsimile transmission, upon confirmation of receipt by the sender of such
transmission, or (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, on the fifth day
after the day on which such notice is mailed.
SECTION 14. SEVERABILITY.
In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement is
found to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and
enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof shall not be in any
way affected or impaired thereby, and this Agreement shall be construed as if
such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained
therein.
SECTION 15. BINDING EFFECT; ASSIGNMENT.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the parties and their respective successors and assigns (it being understood and
agreed that, except as expressly provided herein, nothing contained in this
Agreement is intended to confer upon any other person or entity any rights,
benefits, or remedies of any kind or character whatsoever). Neither party may
assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party;
provided, however, that the Company may assign this Agreement to any of its
affiliates or to any successor
12
<PAGE>
(whether by operation of law or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its
business and assets without the consent of the Executive.
SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Texas (except that no effect shall be given to any
conflicts of law principles thereof that would require the application of the
laws of another jurisdiction).
SECTION 17. HEADINGS.
The headings of the sections contained in this Agreement are for
convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or
construction of any provision of this Agreement.
SECTION 18. COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.
SECTION 19. APPROVALS.
This Agreement is made and entered into, and the Company agrees
to employ the Executive and the Executive agrees to accept such employment,
subject to the approval of this Agreement by the Board of Directors of the
General Partner and Market Hub Partners, Inc. Without such approval and
ratification, this Agreement shall be void and of no further effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on
the 9th day of February, 1998 effective as of the date first above written.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
By: Market Hub Partners, Inc.,
its General Partner
By: /s/ DONALD B. RUSSELL
Donald B. Russell, President
13
<PAGE>
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.L.C
By: /s/ DONALD B. RUSSELL
Donald B. Russell, President
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P
By: Market Hub Partners Storage,
L.L.C., its General Partner
By: /s/ DONALD B. RUSSELL
Donald B. Russell, President
"EXECUTIVE"
/s/ JACK W. GATEWOOD
Jack W. Gatewood
14
EXHIBIT 10.9
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), entered into as of
January 1, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), by and among MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership which is an owner of several other discrete
business entities (hereinafter collectively referred to as "MHP"), MARKET HUB
PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the "Company"), MARKET
HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.L.C., the general partner of the Company (the "General
Partner") and PATRICK LORIO (the "Executive"),
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, MHP and the General Partner desire to employ and secure
on behalf of the Company the experience, abilities, and service of Executive
upon the terms and conditions specified herein; and
WHEREAS, Executive is willing to enter into this Agreement upon
the terms and conditions specified herein;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the terms and
provisions set forth herein, the mutual benefits to be gained by the performance
thereof, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency
of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1. EMPLOYMENT.
The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive
hereby accepts such employment, all upon the terms and conditions set forth
herein.
SECTION 2. TERM.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the
Executive shall be employed by the Company for a period commencing on the
Effective Date through December 31, 2000 (the "Contract Term") unless sooner
terminated pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement.
SECTION 3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
A. CAPACITY. The Executive shall serve in the capacity of Vice
President, Business Development for the Company. The Executive shall be
responsible for such general management activities as are consistent with the
responsibilities of said office and such other activities as may hereafter be
assigned to him by the Company. All such duties shall be performed in accordance
<PAGE>
with any written or oral direction from time to time furnished to the Executive
by the President and the Executive Vice President and the Executive shall report
to the Executive Vice President of the Company.
B. Full-time Duties. The Executive shall devote his full
business time, attention, and energies to the business of the Company and the
General Partner and shall not be engaged in any other business activity, whether
or not pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage, which would impair
his ability to fulfill his duties to the Company under this Agreement, without
the prior written consent of the President. The Executive shall be allowed, to
the extent such activities do not substantially interfere with the performance
by the Executive of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, to (a) manage the
Executive's personal affairs, and (b) (i) serve on boards or committees of civic
or charitable organizations or trade associations, and (ii) serve on the board
of directors of any corporation; provided, however, that the Executive shall
advise the President in writing of any such corporate directorship under clause
(b)(ii) and, if requested by the President, the Executive shall first
demonstrate, to the reasonable satisfaction of the President, that any such
directorship does not detract from the Executive's performance of his duties and
responsibilities under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this paragraph B
shall prevent the Executive from passively investing his assets in such a form
or manner as will not conflict with the terms of this Agreement and will not
require services on the part of the Executive in the operation of the business
of the companies or other enterprises in which such investments are made.
C. Standard of Performance. The Executive will perform his
duties under this Agreement with fidelity and loyalty, to the best of his
ability, experience, and talent, and in a manner consistent with his fiduciary
responsibilities.
D. Location. The Executive's primary place of employment shall
be at MHP's official offices in Houston, Texas. As consideration for the
Executive's commitment to relocate to the Houston area, the Company shall pay
the Executive the amount of $60,000.00 to cover usual and customary moving
expenses associated with the relocation. After relocating to the Houston area,
the Executive shall not be required to relocate again without his consent.
SECTION 4. COMPENSATION.
A. Base Salary. During the term of this Agreement, the Company
shall pay the Executive a salary (the "Base Salary") of $120,000 per annum,
prorated for partial years of employment. The Base Salary shall be payable twice
monthly in accordance with the general payroll practices of the Company in
effect from time to time.
B. Bonuses.
2
<PAGE>
(1) The Executive shall receive a performance bonus for each
calendar year during the Contract Term. The actual bonus paid shall depend upon
MHP actual before tax income for the relevant calendar year, all as shown on its
"Combined Statement of Operations" as published by MHP and as modified in the
manner described herein (the "Actual Net Income"). For the purposes of
establishing MHP's Actual Net Income, such before tax income shall include the
before tax income of MHP and all of its subsidiary entities, and MHP shall not
purchase or transfer ownership of a subsidiary entity or its assets for the
purpose of avoiding all or any portion of the bonus payments required by this
provision. In addition, (i) bonuses and incentive compensation payments made
under any agreement entered into prior to this Agreement with any other employee
or consultant of MHP or its subsidiary entities, (ii) bonuses and incentive
compensation payments made under any agreement entered into subsequent to this
Agreement with any person not listed on Schedule 4(B) hereto, and (iii) any
extraordinary expense items recognized in 1998 and resulting from the retirement
of the Senior Notes issued on July 3, 1996 by Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.P. and
Egan Hub Partners, L.P. shall not reduce, or otherwise adversely impact, the
amount of Actual Net Income used in calculating the performance bonus provided
for herein. The targeted bonus amount (the "Target Bonus") shall be an amount
equal to one percent (1%) of MHP's Actual Net Income for the relevant calendar
year. If MHP achieves Actual Net Income of (i) at least ninety percent (90%) but
not in excess of one hundred ten percent (110%) of the budgeted before tax
income for the relevant calendar year, as established by Market Hub Partners,
Inc., its general partner ("Budgeted Net Income"), the Executive shall be
entitled to receive one hundred percent (100%) of the Target Bonus, (ii) less
than ninety percent (90%) of the Budgeted Net Income, the Executive shall be
entitled to receive sixty-five percent (65%) of the Target Bonus, or (iii) in
excess of one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Budgeted Net Income, the
Executive shall be entitled to receive one hundred thirty-five percent (135%) of
the Target Bonus. This performance bonus shall be paid within thirty (30) days
after the end of the relevant calendar year.
(2) Other special compensation may be awarded at the sole
discretion of the General Partner from time to time.
C. Incentive Compensation.
(1) In the event of a Change in Control (as hereinafter
defined) that occurs during the Contract Term, the Executive shall be due from
the Company an amount (the "Incentive Compensation") equal to one percent (1%)
of the increase in value of MHP. The Incentive Compensation will be paid in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement within forty-five (45) days of
the date of the Change in Control. The increase in value of MHP is calculated by
subtracting the value of MHP as of January 1, 1998, from the value of MHP as
determined in accordance with Section 4.C.(2) below. In any calculation of the
increase in the value of MHP under this provision, the parties shall include the
increase in value of all subsidiary
3
<PAGE>
entities, including the increase in value of all subsidiary entities acquired or
established hereafter, from the date of acquisition or establishment to the date
of calculation.
For the sole purposes of this paragraph C, the value of the Company as of
January 1, 1998, shall be determined based upon earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") for 1997 and an EBITDA multiple of ten
(10).
(2) The value of MHP will be as agreed to by MHP and the
Executive. If MHP and the Executive fail to reach agreement within thirty days
of the Change in Control event requiring the valuation, the Chief Financial
Officer of MHP will retain the services of an investment banker to prepare a
determination of value of MHP as of the date necessary to carry out the intent
of this Agreement. The investment banker shall determine the value of MHP in a
manner consistent with the methodology used to determine the value of MHP as of
January 1, 1998, using the EBITDA of MHP based upon the four fiscal quarters
immediately preceding the event requiring valuation. In determining the
appropriate EBITDA multiplier the investment banker shall take into account
MHP's operations history, asset value, business prospects, any EBITDA multiplier
used to value comparable companies or to derive the value of any interest in MHP
sold in connection with the Change in Control and in any other recent
arm's-length transaction, and other factors deemed to relevant by the investment
banker to determine enterprise value. In either case, in determining the value
of MHP, appropriate adjustments will be made to take into account any capital
contributions by its partners to MHP and distributions by MHP to its partners
since January 1, 1998. For example, the amount of a capital contribution made to
fund a shortfall in working capital might be deducted from the value otherwise
determined, while the amount of a capital contribution made to fund a redemption
by MHP of outstanding equity interests might not be so deducted. The value of
MHP shall not be less than the value determined on the basis of the value
established in the transaction resulting in the Change in Control.
(3) A "Change in Control" shall mean (i) a sale, transfer or
other disposition or a series of sales, transfers or other dispositions
occurring during the Contract Term of an aggregate of more than 50% of the
beneficial ownership interest in the equity of MHP by the holders of equity
interests in MHP as of January 1, 1998 (the "Original Partners"), (ii) the
issuance by MHP during the Contract Term of any new equity interest that, in the
aggregate, exceeds 50% of the total equity interest in MHP, to any one or more
individuals, entities or groups that were not Original Partners, (iii) a sale,
transfer or disposition, or a series of sales, transfers or dispositions during
the Contract Term by MHP of assets of MHP constituting, in the aggregate, more
than 50% of the value of the assets of MHP, or (iv) a change in more thin 50% of
the members of the Board of Directors of MHP during the Contract Term as a
result of any sale, transfer or other disposition or a series of sales,
transfers or other disposition, or a series of sales, transfers or other
dispositions of the legal or beneficial ownership interest in the equity of MHP,
including any transfer to an Original Partner.
4
<PAGE>
D. Benefits.
(1) The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement from
the Company for reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket business expenses
incurred by him in the course of the performance of his duties hereunder, upon
the submission of an itemized account of such expenditures in accordance with
the expense reimbursement policies applicable to executives as adopted by the
Company from time to time.
(2) If and to the extent that the Company maintains employee
benefit plans (including, but not limited to, pension, profit-sharing,
disability, accident, medical, life insurance, and hospitalization plans) (it
being understood that the Company may but shall not be obligated to do so), the
Executive shall be entitled to participate therein in accordance with the
Company's regular practices with respect to its executives. The Company will
have the right to amend or terminate any such benefit plans it may choose to
establish.
(3) The Executive shall be entitled to three (3) weeks of
vacation, together with holidays and other paid or unpaid leaves of absence as
are consistent with the Company's normal policies or as are otherwise approved
by the General Partner.
E. Payments. All payments to the Executive provided for under
this Agreement shall be paid in cash from the general funds of the Company and,
in the event the Company fails to satisfy its obligations hereunder, such
obligations shall be satisfied by MHP by cash payment from the general funds of
MHP. No special or separate funds shall be established and no other segregation
of assets shall be made to assure payment. The Executive shall have no right,
title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments that the Company or MHP
may make to aid it in meeting its obligations hereunder. To the extent that any
person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or MHP hereunder,
such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured creditor of the
Company or MHP.
SECTION 5. TERMINATION OF EMP1OVMENT
A. Termination without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason.
(1) General. If, prior to the expiration of the Contract
Term, the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as
defined in Section 5.C), or if the Executive resigns from his employment
hereunder for Good Reason (as defined in Section 5.D), the Company shall pay the
Executive his Base Salary as then in effect through and including the date of
termination or resignation, and sixty-five percent (65%) of the Target
5
<PAGE>
Bonus for the calendar year pro-rated for the number of days in the year prior
to the termination date. In the event of involuntary termination during the
Contract Term by the Company without Cause or upon involuntary termination of
the Executive's employment by the Company without Cause as of the expiration of
the Contract Term, the Executive shall receive a lump sum cash payment equal to
two year's Base Salary as severance and relocation allowance, in addition to any
amounts set forth in the preceding sentence. With the exception of health care
coverage under the applicable laws, the Executive shall have no further right to
receive any other compensation, or to participate in any other plan,
arrangement, or benefit, after such termination or resignation of employment.
(2) Date of Termination. The date of termination of employment
without Cause shall be the date specified in a written notice of termination to
the Executive. The date of resignation for Good Reason shall be the date
specified in the written notice of resignation from the Executive to the
Company; provided, however, that no such written notice shall be effective
unless the cure period specified in Section 5.D has expired without the
Company's having corrected, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, the
event or events subject to cure. If no date of resignation is specified in the
written notice from the Executive to the Company, the date of termination shall
be the first day following such expiration of such cure period.
B. Termination for Cause; Resignation without Good Reason.
(1) General. If, prior to the expiration of the Employment
Term, the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or if
the Executive resigns from his employment hereunder other than for Good Reason,
the Executive shall be entitled only to payment of the Base Salary earned as
then in effect through and including the date of termination or resignation.
With the exception of health care coverage under the applicable laws, the
Executive shall have no further right to receive any other compensation, or to
participate in any other plan, arrangement, or benefit, after such termination
or resignation of employment.
(2) Date of Termination. The date of termination for Cause
shall be the date provided for in Section 5.C. The date of resignation without
Good Reason shall be the date specified in the written notice of resignation
from the Executive to the Company, or if no date is specified therein, 10
business days after receipt by the Company of written notice of resignation from
the Executive.
C. Cause. Termination for "Cause" shall mean termination of the
Executive's employment because of:
(1) any act or omission which is willful and wrongful and is
materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of the
General Partner or the Company
6
<PAGE>
or any subsidiary thereof, unless such act or omission was reasonably believed
by the Executive in good faith to be in the best interest of the General Partner
or the Company or any subsidiary thereof; or
(2) the failure or refusal of the Executive substantially to
perform the material duties of his position with the Company or any of its
subsidiaries.
In each case, an act or omission that may constitute cause under
C.(2) above must be confirmed by directors of the General Partner (the "Board")
representing stockholders which stockholders represent voting percentages of at
least 80% in the aggregate. The Company must give the Executive written notice
of its objection to such act or omission within ninety days after the Company
learns of such event. The Executive shall have thirty days from receipt of said
notice to correct the act or omission. In the event the Executive fails to
correct the cause as outlined in said notice, the Company shall notify the
Executive that the Company intends to terminate the Executive's employment for
Cause under this Section 5.C (the "Confirmation Notice"). The Confirmation
Notice shall specify the act, or acts, upon the basis of which the majority of
the Board has so confirmed the existence of Cause. If the Executive notifies the
Company in writing (the "Opportunity Notice") within five days after the
Executive has received the Confirmation Notice, the Executive shall be provided
one opportunity to meet with the Board (or a sufficient quorum thereof) to
discuss such act or acts. Such opportunity to meet shall be fixed and shall
occur on a date selected by the Board (such date being not less than five or
more than forty-five days after the Company receives the Opportunity Notice
from the Executive). Such meeting shall take place at the principal offices of
the Company. The Executive may accompanied by his legal counsel. During the
period commencing on the date of Confirmation Notice and ending on the date next
succeeding the date on which such meeting between the Board (or a sufficient
quorum thereof) and the Executive is scheduled to occur, the Executive shall be
suspended with pay from his employment with the Company and the Board may,
during such suspension period, reasonably limit the Executive's access to the
principal offices of the Company or the General Partner or any of their
respective assets, and during suspension period, the Executive shall not have
the authority to bind the Company or act on its behalf. If the Board properly
sets the date of such meeting and if the Board (or a sufficient quorum thereof)
attends such meeting and does not rescind its confirmation at such meeting or if
the Executive fails to attend such meeting for any reason, the Executive's
employment by the Company shall, immediately upon the closing of such meeting,
be terminated for Cause under this Section 5.C. If the Executive does not
respond in writing to the Confirmation Notice in the manner and within the time
deadline specified in this Section 5.C, the Executive's employment with the
Company shall, on the sixth business day after the receipt by the Executive of
Confirmation Notice, be terminated for Cause under this Section 5.C.
D. Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason"
shall mean any of the following (without the Executive's prior written consent):
7
<PAGE>
(1) any decrease in the Executive's base rate of
compensation or a failure by the Company or any of its subsidiaries promptly to
pay compensation due and payable to the Executive in connection with his
employment;
(2) a diminution of the responsibilities or title of the
Executive with the Company or any of its subsidiaries;
(3) the creation by the Company of a working environment
which materially and adversely prejudices the Executive's ability to perform his
duties hereunder;
(4) the Company's requiring the Executive to be based at any
office or location more than thirty miles from his principal employment location
as agreed to in this Agreement; or
(5) a material breach by the Company of any term or
provision of this Agreement;
provided, however, that no event or condition described in clauses (1) through
(5) of this Section 5.D shall constitute Good Reason unless (X) the Executive
gives the Company written notice of his objection to such event or condition
within ninety days after the date the Executive learns of such event, (Y) such
event or condition is not corrected by the Company within thirty days of its
receipt of such notice and (Z) the Executive resigns his employment with the
Company and its subsidiaries not more than thirty days following the expiration
of the thirty day period described in the foregoing clause (Y).
SECTION 6. DEATH OR DISABILITY.
In the event of termination of employment by reason of death or
disability, the Executive (or his estate, as applicable) shall be entitled to
Base Salary through the date of termination and the Target Bonus for the
calendar year of termination, pro-rated for the number of days in the year prior
to the termination date. Other benefits shall be determined in accordance with
the benefit plans maintained by the Company, and the Company shall have no
further obligation hereunder.
SECTION 7. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
8
<PAGE>
A. Nondisclosure. The Executive hereby acknowledges that it will
be necessary in connection with the performance of services hereunder to provide
or make available to the Executive certain confidential and proprietary
information, including, but not limited to, business and financial information,
technological information, customer lists and financial information on
customers, intellectual property, trade secrets, and other information relating
to the businesses, products, technology, services, customers, methods, or
tactics of MHP, the General Partner, the Company, or their affiliates (any such
confidential or proprietary information being hereinafter referred to as
"Confidential Information"). The Executive further acknowledges that the
Confidential Information includes certain protected trade secrets and agrees
that any such trade secrets shall remain the property of MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or its affiliates at all times during the term of this
Agreement and following the expiration or termination hereof. The Executive
shall not publish, disseminate, distribute, disclose, sell, assign, transfer,
copy, remove from the premises of MHP, the General Partner or the Company,
commercially exploit, or otherwise make use of any Confidential Information to
or for the use or benefit of the Executive or any other person, firm,
corporation, or entity, except as specifically authorized in writing by the
President or as required for the due and proper performance of his duties and
obligations under this Agreement. In addition, the Executive shall employ all
necessary safeguards and precautions in order to ensure that unauthorized access
to the Confidential Information is not afforded to any person, firm,
corporation, or entity. Upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement, or
if the President so requests at any time, the Executive shall promptly return to
MHP, the General Partner, or the Company all Confidential Information in the
Executive's possession, whether in writing, on computer disks, or other media,
without retaining any copies, extracts, or other reproductions thereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this paragraph A shall
prevent the publishing, dissemination, distribution, disclosure, sale,
assignment, transfer, copying, removal, commercial exploitation, or other use by
the Executive of any information which (i) is generally available to the public
(other than through a breach on the part of the Executive of any of the terms or
provisions hereof), (ii) is lawfully obtained by the Executive from a source
other than MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates, directors,
officers, employees, agents, or other representatives provided, however, that
such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or any of their affiliates and is not otherwise under an
obligation of secrecy or confidentiality to any of them), or (iii) is required
to be disclosed by judicial or administrative process or, in the opinion of
counsel, by the requirements of applicable law, (provided, however, that the
Executive complies fully with the provisions of paragraph C below).
B. Exclusive Property. The Executive confirms that all
confidential information is and shall remain the exclusive property of MHP, the
General Partner, the Company or its affiliates. All business records, papers and
documents kept or made by the Executive relating to the business of MHP, the
General Partner or the Company shall be and remain the property of MHP, the
General Partner, the Company or its affiliates.
9
<PAGE>
C. Requests for Disclosure. If the Executive is requested
(whether by oral questions, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena,
civil investigative demand, or other legal process) to disclose any part of the
Confidential Information, the Executive shall (i) give prompt written notice to
the President of the existence of, and the circumstances attendant to, such
request, (ii) consult with the President as to the advisability of taking
legally available steps to resist or narrow any such request or otherwise to
eliminate the need for such disclosure, and (iii) if disclosure is required,
cooperate with the President in obtaining a protective order or other reliable
assurance in form and substance satisfactory to the President that confidential
treatment will be accorded to such portion of the Confidential Information as is
required to be disclosed.
SECTION 8. COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.
A. Non-Competition. The Executive hereby agrees that during the
"Non-Competition Period" (as hereinafter defined), he will not, directly or
indirectly (whether acting alone or through any of his affiliates, as a member
of a company or a joint-venture or an investor in, or a holder of securities of,
any corporation or other entity, or otherwise), engage in any of the following
activities in a substantive and ongoing manner: (i) conduct or participate in
any business or enterprise involved in the line of business of MHP, the General
Partner or the Company; or (ii) solicit, in competition with MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or any of their affiliates, or their respective successors,
the business of any customer of MHP, the General Partner, the Company or any of
their affiliates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8,
the Executive may own, for investment purposes only, up to five percent of the
stock of any publicly-held corporation whose stock is either listed on a
national securities exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System if the
Executive is not otherwise affiliated with such corporation. The Executive
acknowledges that (i) the provisions set forth in this Section 8 are for the
benefit of MHP, the General Partner, the Company and their affiliates, (ii) his
agreement to such provisions is an express condition to his employment by the
Company, and (iii) such provisions are reasonably necessary to protect the
goodwill and other business interests of MHP, the General Partner, the Company
and their affiliates. The Executive agrees that, if he engages in any activity
in violation of this Section 8, the Non-Competition Period shall automatically
be extended in such a way that the Executive will be subject to the restrictions
imposed by this Section 8 until the expiration of two years from the date he
ceases to be engaged in any activity in violation hereof. The "Non-Competition
Period" shall be the term of the Executive's employment hereunder.
B. Reformation of Scope. If any of the provisions of this Section
8 is found to be unreasonably broad, oppressive, or unenforceable in an action,
suit, or proceeding before any federal or state court, such court (i) shall
narrow the Non-Competition Period or shall otherwise endeavor to reform the
scope of such agreements in order to ensure that the application thereof is not
unreasonably broad, oppressive, or unenforceable and (ii) to the fullest extent
permitted by law, shall enforce such agreements as so reformed.
10
<PAGE>
SECTION 9. NONSOLICITATION.
The Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, during the
Non-Competition Period, (a) take any action to solicit or divert any business
(or potential business) or customers (or potential customers) away from MHP, the
General Partner, the Company or their affiliates, (b) induce customers,
potential customers, suppliers, agents, or other persons under contract or
otherwise associated or doing business with MHP, the General Partner, the
Company or their affiliates to terminate, reduce, or alter any such association
or business with or from MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their
affiliates or (c) induce any person in the employment of MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or their affiliates or any consultant to MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or their affiliates to (i) terminate such employment or
consulting arrangement, (ii) accept employment, or enter into any consulting
arrangement, with anyone other than MHP, the General Partner, the Company or
their affiliates, or (iii) interfere with the customers, suppliers, or clients
of MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates in any manner or
the business of MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates in any
manner. For purposes of this Section 9, a "potential customer" shall mean a
person or entity that MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates,
(A) as of the date the Executive's employment terminates, is soliciting or
considering soliciting (or has targeted for solicitation), or (B) has, at any
time or from time to time, within the 12-month period prior to the date the
Executive's employment terminates, been soliciting for or in respect of any
current, actively pending, or contemplated business.
SECTION 10. REMEDIES.
The Executive hereby agrees that a violation of the provisions of
Section 7, 8, or 9 hereof would cause irreparable injury to MHP, the General
Partner, the Company and their affiliates for which they would have no adequate
remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, MHP, the General
Partner and the Company shall be entitled to preliminary and other injunctive
relief without necessity of complying with any requirement as to the posting of
a bond or other security (it being understood that the Executive hereby waives
any such requirement). Any such injunctive relief shall be in addition to any
other remedies to which MHP, the General Partner, and the Company may be
entitled at law or in equity, or otherwise.
SECTION 11. AMENDMENT: WAIVER.
The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or
amended only by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto, and
compliance with the terms and provisions hereof may be waived only by a written
instrument executed by each party entitled to the benefits thereof. No failure
or delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power, or privilege
granted hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or
partial
11
<PAGE>
exercise of any such right, power, or privilege preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege granted
hereunder.
SECTION 12. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the
parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all
prior written or oral agreements, arrangements, or understandings between MHP,
the General Partner, the Company and the Executive.
SECTION 13. NOTICES.
All notices or communications hereunder shall be in writing,
addressed as follows, or to any other address subsequently provided to the other
party:
To the Company:
Market Hub Partners Storage, LP.
44084 Riverside Parkway, Suite 340
Leesburg, Virginia 20176
Attention: Mr. Donald B. Russell
To the Executive:
Mr. Patrick Lorio
All such notices shall be conclusively deemed to be received and shall be
effective, (i) if sent by hand delivery, upon receipt, (ii) if sent by telecopy
or facsimile transmission, upon confirmation of receipt by the sender of such
transmission, or (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, on the fifth day
after the day on which such notice is mailed.
12
<PAGE>
SECTION 14. SEVERABILITY.
In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement is
found to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and
enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof shall not be in any
way affected or impaired thereby, and this Agreement shall be construed as if
such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained
therein.
SECTION 15. BINDING EFFECT; ASSIGNMENT.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the parties and their respective successors and assigns (it being understood and
agreed that, except as expressly provided herein, nothing contained in this
Agreement is intended to confer upon any other person or entity any rights,
benefits, or remedies of any kind or character whatsoever). Neither party may
assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party;
provided, however, that the Company may assign this Agreement to any of its
affiliates or to any successor (whether by operation of law or otherwise) to all
or substantially all of its business and assets without the consent of the
Executive.
SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Texas (except that no effect shall be given to any
conflicts of law principles thereof that would require the application of the
laws of another jurisdiction).
SECTION 17. HEADINGS.
The headings of the sections contained in this Agreement are for
convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or
construction of any provision of this Agreement.
SECTION 18. COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.
SECTION 19. APPROVALS.
This Agreement is made and entered into, and the Company agrees
to employ the Executive and the Executive agrees to accept such employment,
subject to the approval of this
13
<PAGE>
Agreement by the Board of Directors of the General Partner and Market Hub
Partners, Inc. Without such approval and ratification, this Agreement shall be
void and of no further effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on
the ________ day of , _____ to be effective as of the date first above written.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
By: Market Hub Partners, Inc.,
its General Partner
By:/s/ ____________________________
Donald B. Russell, President
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.L.C
By:/s/ ____________________________
Donald B. Russell, President
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P
By: Market Hub Partners Storage,
L.L.C., its General Partner
By:/s/ ____________________________
Donald B. Russell, President
"EXECUTIVE"
__________________________________
Patrick Lorio
14
EXHIBIT 10.10
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
The EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), entered into as of
January 1, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), by and among MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership which is an owner of several other discrete
business entities (hereinafter collectively referred to as "MHP"), MARKET HUB
PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the "Company"), MARKET
HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.L.C., the general partner of the Company (the "General
Partner") and MARK D. COOK (the "Executive"),
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, MHP and the General Partner desire to employ and secure on
behalf of the Company the experience, abilities, and service of Executive upon
the terms and conditions specified herein; and
WHEREAS, Executive is willing to enter into this Agreement upon the
terms and conditions specified herein:
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the terms and
provisions set forth herein, the mutual benefits to be gained by the performance
thereof, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency
of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1. EMPLOYMENT.
The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby
accepts such employment, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.
SECTION 2. TERM.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Executive
shall be employed by the Company for a period commencing on the Effective Date
through December 31, 2000 (the "Contract Term") unless sooner terminated
pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement.
SECTION 3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
A. CAPACITY. The Executive shall serve in the capacity of Vice
President of Marketing for the Company. The Executive shall be responsible for
such general management activities as are consistent with the responsibilities
of said office and such other activities as may hereafter be assigned to him by
the Company. All such duties shall be performed in accordance
<PAGE>
with any written or oral direction from time to time furnished to the Executive
by the President and the Executive Vice President and the Executive shall report
to the Executive Vice President of the Company.
B. Full-time Duties. The Executive shall devote his full business time,
attention, and energies to the business of the Company and the General Partner
and shall not be engaged in any other business activity, whether or not pursued
for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage, which would impair his ability to
fulfill his duties to the Company under this Agreement, without the prior
written consent of the President, The Executive shall be allowed, to the extent
such activities do not substantially interfere with the performance by the
Executive of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, to (a) manage the
Executive's personal affairs, and (b) (i) serve on boards or committees of civic
or charitable organizations or trade associations, and (ii) serve on the board
of directors of any corporation; provided, however, that the Executive shall
advise the President in writing of any such corporate directorship under clause
(b)(ii) and, if requested by the President, the Executive shall first
demonstrate, to the reasonable satisfaction of the President, that any such
directorship does not detract from the Executive's performance of his duties and
responsibilities under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this paragraph B
shall prevent the Executive from passively investing his assets in such a form
or manner as will not conflict with the terms of this Agreement and will not
require services on the part of the Executive in the operation of the business
of the companies or other enterprises in which such investments are made.
C. Standard of Performance. The Executive will perform his duties
under this Agreement with fidelity and loyalty, to the best of his ability,
experience, and talent, and in a manner consistent with his fiduciary
responsibilities.
SECTION 4. COMPENSATION.
A. Base Salary. During the term of this Agreement, the Company
shall pay the Executive a salary (the "Base Salary") of $120,000 per annum,
prorated for partial years of employment. The Base Salary shall be payable twice
monthly in accordance with the general payroll practices of the Company in
effect from time to time.
B. Bonuses.
(1) During the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall
receive commissions from the sale of Hub Services (as more fully defined in the
approved tariffs for Egan Hub Partners, LP, and Moss Bluff Hub Partners, LP) in
an amount equal to seven and one-half percent (7.5%) of the net revenues
associated with Hub Services to the Company, as shown on its "Combined Statement
of Operations", as published by the Company.
2
<PAGE>
(2) The Executive shall also receive the following
commissions from the sale and commencement of firm storage leasehold services,
that Executive was directly responsible for (rather that sales representatives
working for the Executive), between Company and unaffiliated third party
customers for storage of natural gas and/or natural gas liquids ("Lease
Agreements"), executed during the term of this Agreement or within ninety (90)
day thereafter:
(i) For lease Agreements at the Company's Tioga
storage project, the Company will pay a sales commission
equal to one and two-tenths percent (1.2%) of the present
value of the total lease payments due under each Lease
Agreement, discounted at the rate of ten percent (10%).
(ii) For lease Agreements at all other Company owned or
operated storage projects, the Company will pay a sales
commission equal to two percent (2%) of the present value of
the total lease payments due under each Lease Agreement,
discounted at the rate of ten percent (10%).
(3) Performance bonuses accrued under provisions (1) and (2)
above, will be paid quarterly and within thirty (30) days after each calendar
quarter.
(4) Other special compensation may be awarded at the sole
discretion of the General Partner from time to time.
C. Incentive Compensation.
(1) In the event of a Change in Control (as hereinafter
defined) that occurs during the Contract Term, the Executive shall be due from
the Company an amount (the "Incentive Compensation") equal to one and a quarter
percent (1.25%) of the increase in value of MHP. The Incentive Compensation will
be paid in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement within forty-five
(45) days of the date of the Change in Control. The increase in value of MHP is
calculated by subtracting the value of MHP as of January 1, 1998, from the value
of MHP as determined in accordance with Section 4.C.(2) below. In any
calculation of the increase in the value of MHP under this provision, the
parties shall include the increase in value of all subsidiary entities,
including the increase in value of all subsidiary entities acquired or
established hereafter, from the date of acquisition or establishment to the date
of calculation.
3
<PAGE>
For the sole purposes of this paragraph C, the value of MHP as of January 1,
1998, shall be determined based upon earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") for 1997 and an EBITDA multiple of
ten (10).
(2) The value of MHP will be as agreed to by MHP and the
Executive. If MHP and the Executive fail to reach agreement within thirty days
of the Change in Control event requiring the valuation, the Chief Financial
Officer of MHP will retain the services of an investment banker to prepare a
determination of value of MHP as of the date necessary to carry out the intent
of this Agreement. The investment banker shall determine the value of MHP in a
manner consistent with the methodology used to determine the value of MHP as of
January 1, 1998, using the EBITDA of MHP based upon the four fiscal quarters
immediately preceding the event requiring valuation. In determining the
appropriate EBITDA multiplier the investment banker shall take into account
MHP's operations history, asset value, business prospects, any EBITDA multiplier
used to value comparable companies or to derive the value of any interest in MHP
sold in connection with the Change in Control and in any other recent
arm's-length transaction, and other factors deemed to relevant by the investment
banker to determine enterprise value. In either case, in determining the value
of MHP, appropriate adjustments will be made to take into account any capital
contributions by its partners to MHP and distributions by MHP to its partners
since January 1, 1998. For example, the amount of a capital contribution made to
fund a shortfall in working capital might be deducted from the value otherwise
determined, while the amount of a capital contribution made to fund a redemption
by MHP of outstanding equity interests might not be so deducted. The value of
MHP shall not be less than the value determined on the basis of the value
established in the transaction resulting in the Change in Control.
(3) A "Change in Control" shall mean (i) a sale, transfer or
other disposition or a series of sales, transfers or other dispositions
occurring during the Contract Term of an aggregate of more than 50% of the
beneficial ownership interest in the equity of MHP by the holders of equity
interests in MHP as of January 1, 1998 (the "Original Partners"), (ii) the
issuance by MHP during the Contract Term of any new equity interest that, in the
aggregate, exceeds 50% of the total equity interest in MHP, to any one or more
individuals, entities or groups that were not Original Partners, (iii) a sale,
transfer or disposition, or a series of sales, transfers or dispositions during
the Contract Term by MHP of assets of MHP constituting, in the aggregate, more
than 50% of the value of the assets of MHP, or (iv) a change in more than 50% of
the members of the Board of Directors of MHP during the Contract Term as a
result of any sale, transfer or other disposition or a series of sales,
transfers or other disposition, or a series of sales, transfers or other
dispositions of the legal or beneficial ownership interest in the equity of MHP,
including any transfer to an Original Partner.
D. Benefits.
4
<PAGE>
(1) The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement from the
Company for reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket business expenses incurred
by him in the course of the performance of his duties hereunder, upon the
submission of an itemized account of such expenditures in accordance with the
expense reimbursement policies applicable to executives as adopted by the
Company from time to time.
(2) If and to the extent that the Company maintains employee
benefit plans (including, but not limited to, pension, profit-sharing,
disability, accident, medical, life insurance, and hospitalization plans) (it
being understood that the Company may but shall not be obligated to do so), the
Executive shall be entitled to participate therein in accordance with the
Company's regular practices with respect to its executives. The Company will
have the right to amend or terminate any such benefit plans it may choose to
establish.
(3) The Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of
vacation, together with holidays and other paid or unpaid leaves of absence as
are consistent with the Company's normal policies or as are otherwise approved
by the General Partner.
E. Payments. All payments to the Executive provided for under this
Agreement shall be paid in cash from the general funds of the Company and, in
the event the Company fails to satisfy its obligations hereunder, such
obligations shall be satisfied by MHP by cash payment from the general funds of
MHP. No special or separate funds shall be established and no other segregation
of assets shall be made to assure payment. The Executive shall have no right,
title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments that the Company or MHP
may make to aid it in meeting its obligations hereunder. To the extent that any
person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or MHP hereunder,
such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured creditor of the
Company or MHP.
5
<PAGE>
SECTION 5. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.
A. Termination without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason.
(1) General. If, prior to the expiration of the Contract
Term, the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as
defined in Section 5.C), or if the Executive resigns from his employment
hereunder for Good Reason (as defined in Section 5.D), the Company shall pay the
Executive his Base Salary as then in effect through and including the date of
termination or resignation, and sixty-five percent (65%) of the Target Bonus for
the calendar year pro-rated for the number of days in the year prior to the
termination date. In the event of involuntary termination during the Contract
Term by the Company without Cause, or upon involuntary termination of the
Executive's employment by the Company without Cause as of the expiration of the
Contract Term, the Executive shall receive a lump sum cash payment equal to two
year's Base Salary as severance and relocation allowance, in addition to any
amounts set forth in the preceding sentence. With the exception of health care
coverage under the applicable laws, the Executive shall have no further right to
receive any other compensation, or to participate in any other plan,
arrangement, or benefit, after such termination or resignation of employment.
(2) Date of Termination. The date of termination of
employment without Cause shall be the date specified in a written notice of
termination to the Executive. The date of resignation for Good Reason shall be
the date specified in the written notice of resignation from the Executive to
the Company; provided, however, that no such written notice shall be effective
unless the cure period specified in Section 5.D has expired without the
Company's having corrected, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, the
event or events subject to cure. If no date of resignation is specified in the
written notice from the Executive to the Company, the date of termination shall
be the first day following such expiration of such cure period.
B. Termination for Cause; Resignation without Good Reason.
(1) General. If, prior to the expiration of the Employment
Term, the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or if
the Executive resigns from his employment hereunder other than for Good Reason,
the Executive shall be entitled only to payment of the Base Salary earned as
then in effect through and including the date of termination or resignation.
With the exception of health care coverage under the applicable laws, the
Executive shall have no further right to receive any other compensation, or to
participate in any other plan, arrangement, or benefit, after such termination
or resignation of employment.
(2) Date of Termination. The date of termination for Cause
shall be the date provided for in Section 5.C. The date of resignation without
Good Reason shall be the
6
<PAGE>
date specified in the written notice of resignation from the Executive to the
Company, or if no date is specified therein, 10 business days after receipt by
the Company of written notice of resignation from the Executive.
C. Cause. Termination for "Cause" shall mean termination of the
Executive's employment because of:
(1) any act or omission which is willful and wrongful and is
materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of the
General Partner or the Company or any subsidiary thereof, unless such act or
omission was reasonably believed by the Executive in good faith to be in the
best interest of the General Partner or the Company or any subsidiary thereof;
or
(2) the failure or refusal of the Executive substantially to
perform the material duties of his position with the Company or any of its
subsidiaries.
In each case, an act or omission that may constitute cause under
C.(2) above must be confirmed by directors of the General Partner (the "Board")
representing stockholders, which stockholders represent voting percentages of at
least 80% in the aggregate. The Company must give the Executive written notice
of its objection to such act or omission within ninety days after the Company
learns of such event. The Executive shall have thirty days from receipt of said
notice to correct the act or omission. In the event the Executive fails to
correct the cause as outlined in said notice, the Company shall notify the
Executive that the Company intends to terminate the Executive's employment for
Cause under this Section 5.C (the "Confirmation Notice"). The Confirmation
Notice shall specify the act, or acts, upon the basis of which the majority of
the Board has so confirmed the existence of Cause. If the Executive notifies the
Company in writing (the "Opportunity Notice") within five days after the
Executive has received the Confirmation Notice, the Executive shall be provided
one opportunity to meet with the Board (or a sufficient quorum thereof) to
discuss such act or acts. Such opportunity to meet shall be fixed and shall
occur on a date selected by the Board (such date being not less than five or
more than forty-five days after the Company receives the Opportunity Notice from
the Executive). Such meeting shall take place at the principal offices of the
Company. The Executive may be accompanied by his legal counsel. During the
period commencing on the date of the Confirmation Notice and ending on the date
next succeeding the date on which such meeting between the Board (or a
sufficient quorum thereof) and the Executive is scheduled to occur, the
Executive shall be suspended with pay from his employment with the Company and
the Board may, during such suspension period, reasonably limit the Executive's
access to the principal offices of the Company or the General Partner or any of
their respective assets, and during such suspension period, the Executive shall
not have the authority to bind the Company or act on its behalf. If the Board
properly sets the date of such meeting and if the Board (or a sufficient quorum
thereof) attends such meeting and does not rescind its confirmation at such
meeting or if
7
<PAGE>
the Executive fails to attend such meeting for any reason, the Executive's
employment by the Company shall, immediately upon the closing of such meeting,
be terminated for Cause under this Section 5.C. If the Executive does not
respond in writing to the Confirmation Notice in the manner and within the time
deadline specified in this Section 5.C, the Executive's employment with the
Company shall, on the sixth business day after the receipt by the Executive of
the Confirmation Notice, be terminated for Cause under this Section 5.C.
D. Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall
mean any of the following (without the Executive's prior written consent):
(1) any decrease in the Executive's base rate of compensation
or a failure by the Company or any of its subsidiaries promptly to pay
compensation due and payable to the Executive in connection with his employment;
(2) a diminution of the responsibilities or title of the
Executive with the Company or any of its subsidiaries;
(3) the creation by the Company of a working environment
which materially and adversely prejudices the Executive's ability to perform his
duties hereunder;
(4) the Company's requiring the Executive to be based at any
office or location more than thirty miles from his principal employment location
with MHP at the time of this Agreement;
(5) a material breach by the Company of any term or provision
of this Agreement;
provided, however, that no event or condition described in clauses (1) through
(5) of this Section 5.D shall constitute Good Reason unless (X) the Executive
gives the Company written notice of his objection to such event or condition
within ninety days after the date the Executive learns of such event, (Y) such
event or condition is not corrected by the Company within thirty days of its
receipt of such notice and (Z) the Executive resigns his employment with the
Company and its subsidiaries not more than thirty days following the expiration
of the thirty day period described in the foregoing clause (Y).
SECTION 6. DEATH OR DISABILITY.
In the event of termination of employment by reason of death or
disability, the Executive (or his estate, as applicable) shall be entitled to
Base Salary through the date of termination and the Target Bonus for the
calendar year of termination, pro-rated for the number of days in the year prior
to the termination date. Other benefits shall be determined in
8
<PAGE>
accordance with the benefit plans maintained by the Company, and the Company
shall have no further obligation hereunder.
SECTION 7. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
A. Nondisclosure. The Executive hereby acknowledges that it will be
necessary in connection with the performance of services hereunder to provide or
make available to the Executive certain confidential and proprietary
information, including, but not limited to, business and financial information,
technological information, customer lists and financial information on
customers, intellectual property, trade secrets, and other information relating
to the businesses, products, technology, services, customers, methods, or
tactics of WHF, the General Partner, the Company, or their affiliates (any such
confidential or proprietary information being hereinafter referred to as
"Confidential Information"). The Executive further acknowledges that the
Confidential Information includes certain protected trade secrets and agrees
that any such trade secrets shall remain the property of MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or its affiliates at all times during the term of this
Agreement and following the expiration or termination hereof. The Executive
shall not publish, disseminate, disclose, sell, assign, transfer, copy, remove
from the premises of MHP, the General Partner or the Company, commercially
exploit, or otherwise make use of any Confidential Information to or for the use
or benefit of the Executive or any other person, firm, corporation, or entity,
except as specifically authorized in writing by the President or as required for
the due and proper performance of his duties and obligations under this
Agreement. In addition, the Executive shall employ all necessary safeguards and
precautions in order to ensure that unauthorized access to the Confidential
Information is not afforded to any person, firm, corporation,or entity. Upon any
expiration or termination of this Agreement, or if the President so requests at
any time, the Executive shall promptly return to MHP, the General Partner, or
the Company all Confidention Information in the Executive's possession, whether
in writing, on computer disks, or other media, without retaining any copies,
extracts, or other reproductions thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing
contained in this paragraph A shall prevent the publishing, dissemination,
distribution, disclosure, sale, assignment, transfer, copying, removal,
commercial exploitation or other use by the Executive of any information which
(i) is generally available to the public, (other than through a breach on the
part of the Executive of any of the terms or provisions hereof), (ii) is
lawfully obtained by the Executive from a source other than MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or their affiliates, directors, officers, employees,
agents, or other representatives (provided, however, that such source is not
bound by a confidentiality agreement with MHP, the General Partner, the Company
or any of their affiliates and is not otherwise under an obligation of secrecy
or confidentiality to any of them), or (iii) is required to be disclosed by
judicial or administrative process or, in the opinion of counsel, by the
requirements of applicable law (provided, however, that the Executive complies
fully with the provisions of paragraph C below).
9
<PAGE>
B. Exclusive Property. The Executive confirms that all confidential
information is and shall remain the exclusive property of MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or its affiliates. All business records, papers and
documents kept or made by the Executive relating to the business of MHP, the
General Partner or the Company shall be and remain the property of MHP, the
General Partner, the Company or its affiliates.
C. Requests for Disclosure. If the Executive is requested (whether
by oral questions, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil
investigative demand, or other legal process) to disclose any part of the
Confidential Information, the Executive shall (i) give prompt written notice to
the President of the existence of, and the circumstances attendant to, such
request, (ii) consult with the President as to the advisability of taking
legally available steps to resist or narrow any such request or otherwise to
eliminate the need for such disclosure, and (iii) if disclosure is required,
cooperate with the President in obtaining a protective order or other reliable
assurance in form and substance satisfactory to the President that confidential
treatment will be accorded to such portion of the Confidential Information as is
required to be disclosed.
SECTION 8. COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.
A. Non-Competition. The Executive hereby agrees that during the
"Non-Competition Period" (as hereinafter defined), he will not, directly or
indirectly (whether acting alone or through any of his affiliates, as a member
of a company or a joint-venture or an investor in, or a holder of securities of,
any corporation or other entity, or otherwise), engage in any of the following
activities in a substantive and ongoing manner: (i) conduct or participate in
any business or enterprise involved in the line of business of MHP, the General
Partner or the Company; or (ii) solicit, in competition with MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or any of their affiliates, or their respective successors,
the business of any customer of MHP, the General Partner, the Company or any of
their affiliates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8,
the Executive may own, for investment purposes only, up to five percent of the
stock of any publicly-held corporation whose stock is either listed on a
national securities exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System if the
Executive is not otherwise affiliated with such corporation. The Executive
acknowledges that (i) the provisions set forth in this Section 8 are for the
benefit of MHP, the General Partner, the Company and their affiliates, (ii) his
agreement to such provisions is an express condition to his employment by the
Company, and (iii) such provisions are reasonably necessary to protect the
goodwill and other business interests of MHP, the General Partner, the Company
and their affiliates. The Executive agrees that, if he engages in any activity
in violation of this Section 8, the Non-Competition Period shall automatically
be extended in such a way that the Executive will be subject to the restrictions
imposed by this Section 8 until the expiration of two years from the date he
ceases to be engaged in any activity in violation hereof. The "Non-Competition
Period" shall be the term of the Executive's employment hereunder.
10
<PAGE>
B. Reformation of Scope. If any of the provisions of this Section 8
is found to be unreasonably broad, oppressive, or unenforceable in an action,
suit, or proceeding before any federal or state court, such court (i) shall
narrow the Non-Competition Period or shall otherwise endeavor to reform the
scope of such agreements in order to ensure that the application thereof is not
unreasonably broad, oppressive. or unenforceable and (ii) to the fullest extent
permitted by law, shall enforce such agreements as so reformed.
SECTION 9. NONSOLICITATION.
The Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, during the
Non-Competition Period, (a) take any action to solicit or divert any business
(or potential business) or customers (or potential customers) away from MHP, the
General Partner, the Company or their affiliates, (b) induce customers,
potential customers, suppliers, agents, or other persons under contract or
otherwise associated or doing business with MHP, the General Partner, the
Company or their affiliates to terminate, reduce, or alter any such association
or business with or from MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their
affiliates or (c) induce any person in the employment of MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or their affiliates or any consultant to MHP, the General
Partner, the Company or their affiliates to (i) terminate such employment or
consulting arrangement, (ii) accept employment, or enter into any consulting
arrangement, with anyone other than MHP, the General Partner, the Company or
their affiliates, or (iii) interfere with the customers, suppliers, or clients
of MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates in any manner or
the business of MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates in any
manner. For purposes of this Section 9, a "potential customer" shall mean a
person or entity that MHP, the General Partner, the Company or their affiliates,
(A) as of the date the Executive's employment terminates, is soliciting or
considering soliciting (or has targeted for solicitation), or (B) has, at any
time or from time to time, within the 12-month period prior to the date the
Executive's employment terminates, been soliciting for or in respect of any
current, actively pending, or contemplated business.
SECTION 10. REMEDIES.
The Executive hereby agrees that a violation of the provisions of
Section 7, 8, or 9 hereof would cause irreparable injury to MHP, the General
Partner, the Company and their affiliates for which they would have no adequate
remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, MHP, the General
Partner and the Company shall be entitled to preliminary and other injunctive
relief without necessity of complying with any requirement as to the posting of
a bond or other security (it being understood that the Executive hereby waives
any such requirement). Any such injunctive relief shall be in addition to any
other remedies to which MHP, the General Partner, and the Company may be
entitled at law or in equity, or otherwise.
SECTION 11. AMENDMENT; WAIVER.
11
<PAGE>
The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or
amended only by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto, and
compliance with the terms and provisions hereof may be waived only by a written
instrument executed by each party entitled to the benefits thereof. No failure
or delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power, or privilege
granted hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or
partial exercise of any such right, power, or privilege preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege
granted hereunder.
SECTION 12. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties
with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior
written or oral agreements, arrangements, or understandings between MHP, the
General Partner, the Company and the Executive, including, without limitation,
the Employment Agreement among Market Hub Partners, L.P., Market Hub Partners.
Inc. and the Executive dated effective January 1, 1998.
SECTION 13. NOTICES.
All notices or communications hereunder shall be in writing,
addressed as follows, or to any other address subsequently provided to the other
party:
To the Company;
Market Hub Partners Storage, LP.
44084 Riverside Parkway, Suite 340
Leesburg, Virginia 22075
Attention; Mr. Donald B. Russell
To the Executive:
Mr. Mark D. Cook
6506 Mocasin Bend Dr.
Spring, Texas 77379-4882
All such notices shall be conclusively deemed to be received and shall be
effective, (i) if sent by hand delivery, upon receipt, (ii) if sent by telecopy
or facsimile transmission, upon confirmation of receipt by the sender of such
transmission, or (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, on the fifth day
after the day on which such notice is mailed.
12
<PAGE>
SECTION 14. SEVERABILITY.
In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement is found
to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and
enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof shall not be in any
way affected or impaired thereby, and this Agreement shall be construed as if
such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained
therein.
SECTION 15. BINDING EFFECT; ASSIGNMENT.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the parties and their respective successors and assigns (it being understood and
agreed that, except as expressly provided herein, nothing contained in this
Agreement is intended to confer upon any other person or entity any rights,
benefits, or remedies of any kind or character whatsoever). Neither party may
assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party;
provided, however, that the Company may assign this Agreement to any of its
affiliates or to any successor (whether by operation of law or otherwise) to all
or substantially all of its business and assets without the consent of the
Executive.
SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Texas (except that no effect shall be given to any
conflicts of law principles thereof that would require the application of the
laws of another jurisdiction).
SECTION 17. HEADINGS.
The headings of the sections contained in this Agreement are for
convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or
construction of any provision of this Agreement.
SECTION 18. COUNTERPARTS.
THIS Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.
SECTION 19. APPROVALS.
This Agreement is made and entered into, and the Company agrees to
employ the Executive and the Executive agrees to accept such employment, subject
to the approval of this
13
<PAGE>
Agreement by the Board of Directors of the General Partner and Market Hub
Partners, Inc. Without such approval and ratification, this Agreement shall be
void and of no further effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the
9th day of February, 98 to be effective as of the date first above written.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS, L.P.
By: Market Hub Partners,
Inc., its General Partner
By:/s/ DONALD B. RUSSELL
Donald B. Russell, President
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE,
L.L.C
By:/s/ DONALD B. RUSSELL
Donald B. Russell, President
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P
By: Market Hub Partners
Storage, L.L.C., its
General Partner
By:/s/ DONALD B. RUSSELL
Donald B. Russell, President
"EXECUTIVE"
/s/ MARK D. COOK
Mark D. Cook
14
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P. EXHIBIT 12.1
COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 21,
1994 (INCEPTION) TO HISTORICAL
DECEMBER 31, YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, PRO FORMA
YEAR ENDED
1994 1995 1996 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1997
-------------------------------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed Charges as defined:
(1) Interest on long-term debt ........................... $ 18 $2,246 $2,934 $ 4,752 $ 9,846
(2) One-third rent expense ............................... 1 13 21 43 43
-------------------------------------- -------
(3) Total fixed charges .................................. $ 19 $2,259 $2,955 $ 4,795 $ 9,889
====================================== =======
Earnings as defined:
(4) Earnings (loss) before extraordinary item ............ $ (622) $1,170 $6,010 $10,049 $ 4,955
(5) Total fixed charges .................................. 19 2,259 2,955 4,795 9,889
-------------------------------------- -------
(6) Earnings (loss) before extraordinary
item and fixed charges ............................. $ (603) $3,429 $8,965 $14,844 $14,844
====================================== =======
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(line 6 divided by line 3) ...........................................(a) N/A 1.5 3.0 3.1 1.5
====================================== =======
Coverage Deficiency ..................................................... $ (622) $ -- $ -- $ -- $ --
-------------------------------------- -------
PRO FORMA
3 MONTHS 3 MONTHS 3 MONTHS
ENDED 3/97 ENDED 3/98 ENDED 3/98
Fixed Charges as defined: -------------------------------------------------
(1) Interest on long-term debt ........................... $ 1,219 $ 1,542 $ 2,462
(2) One-third rent expense ............................... 9 14 14
-------------------------------------------------
(3) Total fixed charges .................................. $ 1,228 $ 1,556 $ 2,476
=================================================
Earnings as defined:
(4) Earnings (loss) before extraordinary item ............ $ 1,971 $ 3,710 $ 2,280
(5) Total fixed charges .................................. $ 1,228 1,556 2,476
-------------------------------------------------
(6) Earnings (loss) before extraordinary
item and fixed charges ............................. $ 3,199 $ 5,266 $ 5,296
=================================================
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(line 6 divided by line 3) ........................................... 2.6 3.4 2.1
=================================================
Coverage Deficiency ..................................................... $ - $ - $ -
-------------------------------------------------
(a) Earnings are inadequate to cover
fixed charges for 1994
</TABLE>
EXHIBIT 16
June 26, 1998
Office of the Chief Accountant
SECPS Letter File
Securities and Exchange Commission
Mail Stop 9-5
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549
Dear Sir:
We have read the information concerning the change in accountants contained in
the Experts section included in Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement on
Form S-4 (file No. 333-51713) of Market Hub Partners Storage L.P. and Market Hub
Partners Finance, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are
in agreement with the statements contained therein.
Very truly yours,
/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
- -----------------------
Arthur Andersen LLP
Copy to: Mr. Anthony J. Clark
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Market Hub Partners Storage L.P. and
Market Hub Partners Finance, Inc.
EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANTS
I. MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STATE OF FORMATION
SUBSIDIARY OWNERSHIP OR ORGANIZATION DBA
---------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------ ---
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Market Hub Partners Finance, Inc. Wholly Owned Subsidiary** Delaware N/A
Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.L.C.* Wholly Owned Subsidiary Delaware N/A
Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.P.* Owner of 99.99% of Voting Shares*** Delaware N/A
Egan Hub Partners, L.L.C.* Wholly Owned Subsidiary Delaware N/A
Egan Hub Partners, L.P.* Owner of 99.99% of Voting Shares Delaware N/A
II. MARKET HUB PARTNERS FINANCE, INC.
None
III. MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, L.L.C.*
STATE OF FORMATION
SUBSIDIARY OWNERSHIP OR ORGANIZATION DBA
------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------ ---
Moss Bluff Hub Partners, L.P.* Owner of .01% of Voting Shares Delaware N/A
IV. MOSS BLUFF HUB PARTNERS, L.P.*
None
V. EGAN HUB PARTNERS, L.L.C.*
STATE OF FORMATION
SUBSIDIARY OWNERSHIP OR ORGANIZATION DBA
------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------ ---
Egan Hub Partners, L.P.* Owner of .01% of Voting Shares Delaware N/A
VI. EGAN HUB PARTNERS, L.P.*
None
- ------------
</TABLE>
* Subsidiary Guarantor of the 8 1/4% Senior Notes.
** "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02(aa) of
Regulation S-X
*** "Voting Shares" has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02(z) of Regulation S-X
EXHIBIT 23.1
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
We consent to the use in Amendment No.1 to the Registration Statement No.
333-51713 of Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P. of our report dated April 15,
1998, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement,
and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
/s/DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Houston, Texas
June 26, 1998
EXHIBIT 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report
(and to all reference to our Firm) included in or made a part of this
registration statement.
/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Houston, Texas
June 26, 1998
EXHIBIT 99.1
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS FINANCE, INC.
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
FOR
TENDER OF ALL OUTSTANDING
8 1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008
IN EXCHANGE FOR
8 1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P. M., NEW YORK
CITY TIME, ON ______________, 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE").
PLEASE READ CAREFULLY THE ATTACHED INSTRUCTIONS
If you desire to accept the Exchange Offer, this Letter of Transmittal should be
completed, signed, and submitted to the Exchange Agent:
IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY
(the "Exchange Agent")
BY HAND/OVERNIGHT COURIER: BY MAIL:
One State Street P.O. Box 84
New York, NY 10004 Bowling Green Station
Attn: Securities Processing Window New York, NY 10274-0084
Subcellar One (SC-1)
BY FACSIMILE:
(212) 858-2611
CONFIRM BY TELEPHONE:
(212) 858-2103
DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET
FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL
NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. FOR ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THIS LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL OR FOR ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, YOU MAY CONTACT THE EXCHANGE
AGENT BY TELEPHONE AT (212) 858-2103.
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated
__________ , 1998 (the "Prospectus") of Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership ("MHP Storage"), its wholly owned subsidiary Market
Hub Partners Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Finance Corp." and,
together with MHP Storage, the "Issuers"), and certain other direct and indirect
wholly owned subsidiaries of MHP Storage (the "Subsidiary Guarantors") and this
Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), that together constitute
the Issuers' offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 in principal amount
of its 8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2008 (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
pursuant to a registration statement (the "Registration Statement") of which the
Prospectus is a part, for each $1,000 in principal amount of its outstanding 8
1/4% Senior Notes due 2008 (the "Old Notes"), of which $115,000,000 aggregate
principal amount is outstanding. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein
have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
1
<PAGE>
The undersigned hereby tenders the Old Notes described in Box 1 below
(the "Tendered Notes") pursuant to the terms and conditions described in the
Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal. The undersigned is the registered
owner of all the Tendered Notes and the undersigned represents that it has
received from each beneficial owner of the Tendered Notes (the "Beneficial
Owner(s)") a duly completed and executed form of "Instructions to Registered
Holder and/or Book-Entry Transfer Facility Participant from Beneficial Owner"
accompanying this Letter of Transmittal, instructing the undersigned to take the
action described in this Letter of Transmittal.
Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the
Tendered Notes, the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or
upon the order of, the Issuers, all right, title and interest in, to and under
the Tendered Notes.
Please issue the Exchange Notes exchanged for Tendered Notes in the
name(s) of the undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under "Special
Delivery Instructions" below (Box 3), please send or cause to be sent the
certificates for the Exchange Notes (and accompanying documents, as appropriate)
to the undersigned at the address shown below in Box 1.
The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange
Agent as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned with
respect to the Tendered Notes, with full power of substitution (such power of
attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest), to
(i) deliver the Tendered Notes to the Issuers or cause ownership of the Tendered
Notes to be transferred to, or upon the order of, the Issuers, on the books of
the registrar for the Old Notes and deliver all accompanying evidences of
transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Issuers upon receipt by
the Exchange Agent, as the undersigned's agent, of the Exchange Notes to which
the undersigned is entitled upon acceptance by the Issuers of the Tendered Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and (ii) receive all benefits and otherwise
exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of the Tendered Notes, all in
accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer.
The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Notes pursuant to the
procedures described under the caption "The Exchange Offer" in the Prospectus
and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the
undersigned and the Issuers upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the
Exchange Offer, subject only to withdrawal of such tenders on the terms set
forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer--Withdrawal of
Tenders." All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive
the death or incapacity of the undersigned and any Beneficial Owner(s), and
every obligation of the undersigned or any Beneficial Owner(s) hereunder shall
be binding upon the heirs, representatives, successors and assigns of the
undersigned and such Beneficial Owner(s).
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has
full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Tendered
Notes and that the Issuers will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto,
free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges, encumbrances and adverse
claims when the Tendered Notes are acquired by the Issuers as contemplated
herein. The undersigned and each Beneficial Owner will, upon request, execute
and deliver any additional documents reasonably requested by the Issuers or the
Exchange Agent as necessary or desirable to complete and give effect to the
transactions contemplated hereby.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the information set
forth in Box 2 is true and correct.
By accepting the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby represents and
warrants that (i) neither the undersigned nor any Beneficial Owner is an
"affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of any Issuer or
of any Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) the undersigned and each Beneficial Owner are
not engaged in, do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution of the
Exchange Notes, (iii) the Exchange Notes to be acquired by the undersigned and
any Beneficial Owner(s) in connection with the Exchange Offer are being acquired
by the undersigned and any Beneficial Owner(s) in the ordinary course of
business of the undersigned and any Beneficial Owner(s) and (iv) the undersigned
and each Beneficial Owner acknowledge and agree that any person participating in
the Exchange Offer with the intention or for the purpose of distributing the
Exchange Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act, and of the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder, in connection with a secondary resale of the Exchange Notes acquired
2
<PAGE>
by such person and cannot rely on the position of the Staff of the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") set forth in the no-action letters
that are discussed in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange
Offer." In addition, by accepting the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby (i)
represents and warrants that, if the undersigned or any Beneficial Owner of the
Old Notes is a Participating Broker-Dealer, such Participating Broker-Dealer
acquired the Old Notes for its own account as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities and has not entered into any arrangement
or understanding with the Issuers or any affiliate of the Issuers (within the
meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) to distribute the Exchange Notes
to be received in the Exchange Offer, and (ii) acknowledges that, by receiving
Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old
Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, such Participating Broker-Dealer will deliver a prospectus meeting
the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such
Exchange Notes (provided that, by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus such Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it
is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act).
Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will not
receive interest that is accrued and unpaid on such Old Notes for any period
from and after the last date to which interest has been paid or duly provided
for on such Old Notes prior to the original issue date of the Exchange Notes or,
if no such interest has been paid or duly provided for, will not receive any
accrued interest on such Old Notes, and the undersigned waives the right to
receive any interest on such Old Notes accrued from and after the last date to
which interest has been paid or duly provided for on such Old Notes or, if no
such interest has been paid or duly provided for, from and after March 4, 1998.
[__] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED HEREWITH.
[__] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY DELIVERED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE "USE
OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY" BELOW (BOX 4).
[__] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY
TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE "USE OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER" BELOW (BOX 5).
PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING THE BOXES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BOX 1
DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES TENDERED (Attach additional signed pages, if necessary)
<S> <C>
AGGREGATE
NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF PRINCIPAL AGGREGATE
REGISTERED OLD NOTE HOLDER(S), CERTIFICATE AMOUNT PRINCIPAL
EXACTLY AS NAME(S) APPEAR(S) ON NUMBER(S) OF REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT
NOTE CERTIFICATE(S) OLD NOTES* CERTIFICATE(S) TENDERED**
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL
======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
* Need not be completed by persons tendering by book-entry transfer.
** The minimum permitted tender is $1,000 in principal amount of Old Notes.
All other tenders must be in integral multiples of $1,000 of principal
amount. Unless otherwise indicated in this column, the principal amount
of all Old Note Certificates identified in this Box 1, or delivered to
the Exchange Agent herewith, shall be deemed tendered. See Instruction
4.
3
<PAGE>
BOX 2
BENEFICIAL OWNER(S)
STATE OF PRINCIPAL RESIDENCE OF EACH PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF TENDERED NOTES
BENEFICIAL OWNER OF TENDERED NOTES HELD FOR ACCOUNT OF BENEFICIAL OWNER
====================================== ========================================
- -------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
====================================== ========================================
BOX 3
SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 5, 6 AND 7)
TO BE COMPLETED ONLY IF EXCHANGE NOTES EXCHANGED FOR OLD NOTES AND UNTENDERED
NOTES ARE TO BE SENT TO SOMEONE OTHER THAN THE UNDERSIGNED, OR TO THE
UNDERSIGNED AT AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN THAT SHOWN ABOVE.
Mail Exchange Note(s) and any untendered Old Notes to:
Name(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(please print)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(include Zip Code)
Tax Identification or Social Security No.:
================================================================================
4
<PAGE>
BOX 4
USE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
(SEE INSTRUCTION 2)
TO BE COMPLETED ONLY IF OLD NOTES ARE BEING TENDERED BY MEANS OF A NOTICE OF
GUARANTEED DELIVERY.
Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date Of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:_____________________________
Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery:__________________________________
================================================================================
BOX 5
USE OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
(SEE INSTRUCTION 1)
TO BE COMPLETED ONLY IF DELIVERY OF TENDERED NOTES IS TO BE MADE BY BOOK-ENTRY
TRANSFER.
Name of Tendering Institution:__________________________________________________
Account Number:_________________________________________________________________
Transaction Code Number:________________________________________________________
================================================================================
5
<PAGE>
BOX 6
TENDERING HOLDER SIGNATURE
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1 AND 5) IN ADDITION, COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
X________________________________ Signature Guarantee
X________________________________ (If required by Instruction 5)
(Signature of Registered
Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory)
Authorized Signature
Note: The above lines must be signed by the
registered holder(s) of Old Notes as their name(s) X____________________________________
appear(s) on the Old Notes or by persons(s) authorized
Name:________________________________
to become registered holder(s) (evidence of which (please print)
authorization must be transmitted with this Letter of Title:_______________________________
Transmittal). If signature is by a trustee, executor,
administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or Name of Firm:________________________
other person acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such person must set forth his or her full (Must be an Eligible Institution as
title below. See Instruction 5. defined in Instruction 2)
Name(s):_____________________________ Address:_____________________________
_________________________________
Capacity:____________________________ _________________________________
(include Zip Code)
Street Address:______________________
___________________________
___________________________ Area Code and Telephone Number:
(include Zip Code)
-------------------------------
Area Code and Telephone Number:
Dated:_______________________________
Tax Identification or Social
Security Number:
---------------------------------
</TABLE>
================================================================================
BOX 7
BROKER-DEALER STATUS
[__] Check this box if the Beneficial Owner of the Old Notes is a
Participating Broker-Dealer and such Participating Broker-Dealer
acquired the Old Notes for its own account as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. In such case, you will be sent
extra copies of the Prospectus.
================================================================================
6
<PAGE>
PAYOR'S NAME: MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS FINANCE, INC.
Name (if joint names, list first and circle the name of the
person or entity whose number you enter in Part 1 below. See
instructions if your name has changed.)
____________________________________________________________
Address
____________________________________________________________
City, State and ZIP Code
SUBSTITUTE
____________________________________________________________
FORM W-9
Department List account number(s) here (optional)
of the Treasury
____________________________________________________________
Internal Revenue Service
PART 1--PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TAXPAYER Social
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ("TIN") IN THE BOX Security
AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND Number or
DATING BELOW TIN
____________________________________________________________
PART 2--Check the box if you are NOT subject to backup
withholding under the provisions of section 3406(a)(1)(C) of
the Internal Revenue Code because (1) you have not been
notified that you are subject to backup withholding as a result
of failure to report all interest or dividends or (2) the
Internal Revenue Service has notified you that you are no
longer subject to backup withholding.
[--]
________________________________________________________________________________
CERTIFICATION--UNDER THE PENALTIES OF
PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT THE INFORMATION PART 3--
PROVIDED ON THIS FORM IS TRUE, CORRECT
AND COMPLETE.
Awaiting
SIGNATURE_______________________ DATE________________ TIN [__]
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP
WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE
EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR
CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE
FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
7
<PAGE>
INSTRUCTIONS TO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
1. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND OLD NOTES. A properly
completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal, including
Substitute Form W-9, and any other documents required by this Letter of
Transmittal must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth
herein, and (i) either certificates for Tendered Notes must be received by the
Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein, (ii) such Tendered Notes must be
transferred pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described in the
Prospectus under the caption "Exchange Offer --Procedures for Tendering" (and a
confirmation of such transfer received by the Exchange Agent) or (iii) the
guaranteed delivery procedures described in Instruction 2 must be complied with,
in each case prior to 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the Expiration Date. The
method of delivery of certificates for Tendered Notes, this Letter of
Transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the
election and risk of the tendering holder and the delivery will be deemed made
only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail,
registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended.
Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that the Holder use an overnight
or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to
assure timely delivery. No Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes should be sent to
the Issuers. Neither the Issuers nor the registrar is under any obligation to
notify any tendering holder of the Issuers' acceptance of Tendered Notes prior
to the closing of the Exchange Offer.
2. GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES. Holders who wish to tender their Old
Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately available, (ii) who cannot
deliver their Old Notes, this Letter of Transmittal or any other documents
required hereby to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who
cannot complete the requirements for book-entry transfer prior to the Expiration
Date, must tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth below, including completion of Box 4. Pursuant to such
procedures: (i) such tender must be made by or through a firm which is a member
of a recognized Medallion Program approved by the Securities Transfer
Association Inc. (an "Eligible Institution") and the Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery must be signed by the holder; (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the
Exchange Agent must have received from the holder and the Eligible Institution a
properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile
transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the
holder, the certificate number(s) of the Tendered Notes and the principal amount
of Tendered Notes, stating that the tender is being made thereby and
guaranteeing that, within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the
Expiration Date, this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) together with
the certificate(s) representing the Old Notes (or a confirmation of book-entry
transfer of such Tendered Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility), and any other required documents will be
deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) such
properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), as
well as all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal and the
certificate(s) representing all Tendered Notes in proper form for transfer (or a
confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Tendered Notes into the Exchange
Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility), must be received by the
Exchange Agent on, or prior to, the fifth New York Stock Exchange trading day
after the Expiration Date. Any holder who wishes to tender Old Notes pursuant to
the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange
Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery relating to such Old Notes
prior to 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the Expiration Date. Failure to complete
the guaranteed delivery procedures outlined above will not, of itself, affect
the validity or effect a revocation of any Letter of Transmittal form properly
completed and executed by an Eligible Holder who attempted to use the guaranteed
delivery process.
3. BENEFICIAL OWNER INSTRUCTIONS TO REGISTERED HOLDERS. Only a
holder in whose name Tendered Notes are registered on the books of the registrar
(or the legal representative or attorney-in-fact of such registered holder) may
execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal. Any Beneficial Owner of Tendered
Notes who is not the registered holder must arrange promptly with the registered
holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his or her behalf
through the execution and delivery to the registered holder of the Instructions
to Registered Holder and/or Book-Entry Transfer Facility Participant from
Beneficial Owner form accompanying this Letter of Transmittal.
8
<PAGE>
4. PARTIAL TENDERS. Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in
integral multiples of $1,000 in principal amount. If less than the entire
principal amount of Old Notes held by the holder is tendered, the tendering
holder should fill in the principal amount tendered in the column labeled
"Aggregate Principal Amount Tendered" of the box entitled "Description of Old
Notes Tendered" (Box 1) above. The entire principal amount of Old Notes
delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless
otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of all Old Notes held by the
holder is not tendered, then Old Notes for the principal amount of Old Notes not
tendered and Exchange Notes issued in exchange for any Old Notes tendered and
accepted will be sent to the Holder at his or her registered address, unless a
different address is provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of
Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.
5. SIGNATURES ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL; BOND POWERS AND
ENDORSEMENTS; GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed
by the registered holder(s) of the Tendered Notes, the signature must correspond
with the name(s) as written on the face of the Tendered Notes without
alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
If any of the Tendered Notes are owned of record by two or more joint
owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal. If any Tendered
Notes are held in different names, it will be necessary to complete, sign and
submit as many separate copies of the Letter of Transmittal as there are
different names in which Tendered Notes are held.
If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of
Tendered Notes, and Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor are to be issued
(and any untendered principal amount of Old Notes is to be reissued) in the name
of the registered holder(s), then such registered holder(s) need not and should
not endorse any Tendered Notes, nor provide a separate bond power. In any other
case, such registered holder(s) must either properly endorse the Tendered Notes
or transmit a properly completed separate bond power with this Letter of
Transmittal, with the signature(s) on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed
by an Eligible Institution.
If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered holder(s) of any Tendered Notes, such Tendered Notes must be endorsed
or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in each case, signed as the name(s)
of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Tendered Notes, with the
signature(s) on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution.
If this Letter of Transmittal or any Tendered Notes or bond powers are
signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the
Issuers, evidence satisfactory to the Issuers of their authority to so act must
be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.
Endorsements on Tendered Notes or signatures on bond powers required by
this Instruction 5 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an
Eligible Institution unless the Tendered Notes are tendered (i) by a registered
holder who has not completed the box set forth herein entitled "Special Delivery
Instructions" (Box 3) or (ii) by an Eligible Institution.
6. SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. Tendering holders should indicate, in
the applicable box (Box 3), the name and address to which the Exchange Notes
and/or substitute Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted
for exchange are to be sent, if different from the name and address of the
person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a
different name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the
person named must also be indicated.
7. TRANSFER TAXES. The Issuers will pay all transfer taxes, if any,
applicable to the exchange of Tendered Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If,
however, a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer and
exchange of Tendered Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of
any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or on any
other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If
9
<PAGE>
satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not
submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes
will be billed directly to such tendering holder.
Except as provided in this Instruction 7, it will not be necessary for
transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Tendered Notes listed in this Letter of
Transmittal.
8. TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. Federal income tax law requires that the
holder(s) of any Tendered Notes which are accepted for exchange must provide the
Issuers (as payors) with its correct taxpayer identification number ("TIN"),
which, in the case of a holder who is an individual, is his or her social
security number. If the Issuers are not provided with the correct TIN, the
holder may be subject to backup withholding and a $50 penalty imposed by the
Internal Revenue Service. (If withholding results in an over-payment of taxes, a
refund may be obtained.) Certain holders (including, among others, all
corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup
withholding and reporting requirements.
To prevent backup withholding, each holder of Tendered Notes must
provide such holder's correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 set
forth herein, certifying that the TIN provided is correct (or that such holder
is awaiting a TIN), and that (i) the holder has not been notified by the
Internal Revenue Service that such holder is subject to backup withholding as a
result of failure to report all interest or dividends or (ii) the Internal
Revenue Service has notified the holder that such holder is no longer subject to
backup withholding. If the Tendered Notes are registered in more than one name
or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the "Guidelines for
Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9" for
information on which TIN to report.
The Issuers reserve the right in their sole discretion to take whatever
steps are necessary to comply with the Issuers' obligations regarding backup
withholding.
9. VALIDITY OF TENDERS. All questions as to the validity, form,
eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of Tendered
Notes will be determined by the Issuers in their sole discretion, which
determination will be final and binding. The Issuers reserve the right to reject
any and all Old Notes not validly tendered or any Old Notes the Issuers'
acceptance of which would, in the opinion of the Issuers or their counsel, be
unlawful. The Issuers also reserve the right in their sole discretion to waive
any conditions of the Exchange Offer or defects or irregularities in tenders of
Old Notes. The Issuers' interpretation of the terms and conditions of the
Exchange Offer (including this Letter of Transmittal and the instructions
hereto) shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or
irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured within such
time as the Issuers shall determine. Neither the Issuers, the Exchange Agent nor
any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or
irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes, nor shall any of them incur
any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Old Notes will
not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been
cured or waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not
properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been
cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders,
unless otherwise provided in this Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable
following the Expiration Date.
10. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS. The Issuers reserve the absolute right to
amend, waive or modify any of the conditions in the Exchange Offer in the case
of any Tendered Notes.
11. NO CONDITIONAL TENDER. No alternative, conditional, irregular or
contingent tender of Old Notes or transmittal of this Letter of Transmittal will
be accepted.
12. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED NOTES. Any tendering holder
whose Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact
the Exchange Agent at the address indicated herein for further instructions.
13. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions and requests
for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus or this
Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent
10
<PAGE>
at the address indicated herein. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the
Exchange Offer.
14. ACCEPTANCE OF TENDERED NOTES AND ISSUANCE OF EXCHANGE NOTES;
RETURN OF OLD NOTES. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer,
the Issuers will accept for exchange all validly tendered Old Notes as soon as
practicable after the Expiration Date and will issue Exchange Notes therefor as
soon as practicable thereafter. For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Issuers
shall be deemed to have accepted tendered Old Notes when, as and if the Issuers
have given written or oral notice (immediately followed in writing) thereof to
the Exchange Agent. If any Tendered Notes are not exchanged pursuant to the
Exchange Offer for any reason, such unexchanged Old Notes will be returned,
without expense, to the undersigned at the address shown in Box 1 or at a
different address as may be indicated herein under "Special Delivery
Instructions" (Box 3).
15. WITHDRAWAL. Tenders may be withdrawn only pursuant to the procedures
set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer --Withdrawal
of Tenders."
11
EXHIBIT 99.2
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS FINANCE, INC.
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
FOR
TENDER OF ALL OUTSTANDING
8 1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008
IN EXCHANGE FOR
8 1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008
This form must be used by a holder of 8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2008 (the
"Old Notes") of Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership ("MHP Storage"), and its wholly owned subsidiary Market Hub Partners
Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Finance Corp." and, together with MHP
Storage, the "Issuers"), who wishes to tender Old Notes to the Exchange Agent
pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in "The Exchange Offer
- -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" of the Prospectus, dated (the "Prospectus")
of the Issuers, and of certain direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of
MHP Storage (the "Subsidiary Guarantors"), and in Instruction 2 to the related
Letter of Transmittal. Any holder who wishes to tender Old Notes pursuant to
such guaranteed delivery procedures must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives
this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange
Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed
to them in the Prospectus or in the Letter of Transmittal.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK
TIME, ON ______________, 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE").
The Exchange Agent for the Exchange is:
IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY
(the "Exchange Agent")
BY HAND/OVERNIGHT COURIER: BY MAIL:
One State Street
New York, NY 10004
Attn: Securities Processing P.O. Box 84
Window Bowling Green Station
Subcellar One (SC-1) New York, NY 10274-0084
BY FACSIMILE:
(212) 858-2611
CONFIRM BY TELEPHONE:
(212) 858-2103
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE,
OR TRANSMISSION VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE
A VALID DELIVERY.
1
<PAGE>
THIS FORM IS NOT TO BE USED TO GUARANTEE SIGNATURES. IF A SIGNATURE ON A
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS REQUIRED TO BE GUARANTEED BY AN "ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION"
UNDER THE INSTRUCTIONS THERETO, SUCH SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MUST APPEAR IN THE
APPLICABLE SPACE PROVIDED IN THE SIGNATURE BOX ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuers, upon the terms and subject
to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of
Transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the principal amount of
Old Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set
forth in the Prospectus and in Instruction 2 of the Letter of Transmittal.
The undersigned hereby tenders the Old Notes listed below:
CERTIFICATE NUMBER(S) (IF KNOWN)
OF OLD NOTES OR ACCOUNT NUMBER AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL
AT THE BOOK-ENTRY FACILITY AMOUNT REPRESENTED AMOUNT TENDERED
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE
Signature of Registered Holder(s)
or Authorized Signatory:
- ------------------------------------------- Date:__________________, 1997
- ------------------------------------------- Address:_____________________
Names(s) of Registered Holder(s):__________ -----------------------------
- ------------------------------------------- Area Code and Telephone No.
- ------------------------------------------- ----------------------------
This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the holder(s) exactly
as their name(s) appear ON certificates for Old Notes or ON a security position
listing as the owner of Old Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become
holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator,
guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, such person must provide the following information.
Please print name(s) and address(es)
Name(s):________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
Capacity:_______________________________________________________________________
Address(es):____________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
2
<PAGE>
GUARANTEE
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)
The undersigned, a firm which is a member of a registered national
securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.,
or is a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in
the United States, or is otherwise an "eligible guarantor institution" within
the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, guarantees deposit with the Exchange Agent of the Letter of Transmittal
(or facsimile thereof), together with the Old Notes tendered hereby in proper
form for transfer (or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Old Notes
into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility described
in the prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for
Tendering" and in the Letter of Transmittal) and any other required documents,
all by 5:00 p.m., New York time, ON, OR PRIOR TO, the fifth New York Stock
Exchange trading day after the Expiration Date.
Name of Firm ______________________________ ______________________________
(Authorized Signature)
Address:___________________________________
___________________________________________ Name__________________________
(Include Zip Code) (Please Print)
Area Code and Tel. No._____________________ Title_________________________
Dated___________________, 1997
DO NOT SEND SECURITIES WITH THIS FORM. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF SECURITIES MUST
BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, AN EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
3
<PAGE>
INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
1. DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. A properly completed
and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other
documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the
Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date. The
method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other required
documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and sole risk of the holder,
and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange
Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested,
properly insured, is recommended. As an alternative to delivery by mail, the
holders may wish to consider using an overnight or hand delivery service. In all
cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a
description of the guaranteed delivery procedures, see Instruction 2 of the
Letter of Transmittal.
2. SIGNATURES ON THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. If this Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes
referred to herein, the signature must correspond with the name(s) written ON
the face of the Old Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change
whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a participant of
the Book-Entry Transfer Facility whose name appears ON a security position
listing as the owner of the Old Notes, the signature must correspond with the
name shown ON the security position listing as the owner of the Old Notes.
If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than
the registered holder(s) of any Old Notes listed or a participant of the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be
accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name of the registered
holder(s) appears ON the Old Notes or signed as the name of the participant
shown ON the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's security position listing.
If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor,
administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other
person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so
indicate when signing and submit with the Letter of Transmittal evidence
satisfactory to the Issuers of such person's authority to so act.
3. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions and requests
for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus may be
directed to the Exchange Agent at the address specified in the Prospectus.
Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or
other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.
4
EXHIBIT 99.3
MARKET HUB PARTNERS STORAGE, L.P.
MARKET HUB PARTNERS FINANCE, INC.
INSTRUCTIONS TO REGISTERED HOLDER AND/OR
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY PARTICIPANT FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER
FOR
TENDER OF ALL OUTSTANDING
8 1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008
IN EXCHANGE FOR
8 1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008
To Registered Holder and/or Participant of the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility:
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus, dated
__________ , 1998 (the "Prospectus") of Market Hub Partners Storage, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership ("MHP Storage"), its wholly owned subsidiary Market
Hub Partners Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Finance Corp." and,
together with MHP Storage, the "Issuers"), and certain other direct and indirect
wholly owned subsidiaries of MHP Storage (the "Subsidiary Guarantors"), and the
accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), that together
constitute the Issuers' offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000
principal amount of their 8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2008 (the "Exchange Notes")
for each $1,000 principal amount of their 8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2008 (the "Old
Notes"). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings
ascribed to them in the Prospectus or in the Letter of Transmittal.
This will instruct you, the registered holder and/or book-entry transfer
facility participant, as to action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange
Offer with respect to Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.
The aggregate face amount of the Old Notes held by you for the account
of the undersigned is (FILL IN AMOUNT) :
$ of the 8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2008
-------------------
With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you
(CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX):
[ ] TO TENDER the following Old Notes held by you for the account of
the undersigned (INSERT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES TO BE TENDERED, IF ANY): $
[ ] NOT TO TENDER any Old Notes held by you for the account of the
undersigned.
If the undersigned instructs you to tender the Old Notes held by you for
the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized (a) to
make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below,
hereby makes to you), the representation and warranties contained in the Letter
of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a
beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations that (i) the
undersigned is not an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), of any Issuer or of any
Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) the undersigned is not engaged in, does not intend to
engage in and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate
in, the distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iii) the undersigned is acquiring
the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned and
(iv) the undersigned acknowledges that any person participating in the Exchange
Offer with the intention or for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
1
<PAGE>
Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale of the Exchange Notes
acquired by such person and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the
Securities and Exchange Commission set forth in no-action letters that are
discussed in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer - Resale
of Exchange Notes" and (b) to agree, on behalf of the undersigned, as set forth
in the Letter of Transmittal; and (c) to take such other action as necessary
under the Prospectus or the Letter of Transmittal to effect the valid tender of
such Old Notes.
SIGN HERE
Name of Beneficial Owner(s):________________________________________________
Signature(s):_______________________________________________________________
Names (please print):_______________________________________________________
Address:____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
Telephone Number:___________________________________________________________
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:__________________________
Date:_______________________________________________________________________
2
